0% found this document useful (0 votes)

136 views1,204 pages

Listenhandbuch Eng

Uploaded by

Dwi Cahyo

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

136 views1,204 pages

Listenhandbuch Eng

Uploaded by

Dwi Cahyo

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

s

SINAMICS
SINAMICS DCM

List Manual

Edition 02/2015

Answers for industry.

s Preface

Fundamental safety
instructions 1

SINAMICS Parameters 2

SINAMICS DCM Function diagrams 3

Faults and alarms 4

List Manual
Appendix A

Index

Valid for
Drive Firmware version
SINAMICS DCM 1.4 SP1 (based on 4.7)

02/2015
6RX1800-0ED76
A5E34800804/RS-AA/001
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid
material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to equipment damage have no safety alert symbol. Depending on the hazard level,
warnings are indicated in a descending order as follows:

DANGER
indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or serious injury could result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one level of danger is simultaneously applicable, the warning notice for the highest level is used. A
notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property
damage.
Qualified personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may only be operated by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task, in particular its warning notices and safety
instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying
risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications listed in the catalog and in the associated
technical documentation. If third-party products and components are used, then they must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set up,
mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly. The permissible ambient conditions must be
adhered to. Notes in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified with ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Any other names used in this publication may
be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of liability
We have checked the contents of this publication for consistency with the hardware and software described. Since
variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. The information given in this document
is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent editions.

Siemens AG Document order number: 6RX1800-0ED76 Copyright © Siemens AG 2009 - 2015.

Division Process Industries and Drives 02/2015 Subject to change All rights reserved
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Preface

Information about the SINAMICS documentation

The SINAMICS documentation is structured according to the following categories:
• General documentation/catalogs
• Manufacturer/service documentation
This documentation is part of the Technical Customer Documentation developed for
SINAMICS.
In the interests of clarity, this documentation does not contain all the detailed information for all
product types and cannot take into account every possible aspect of installation, operation or
maintenance.
The contents of this documentation are not part of an earlier or existing agreement, a promise
or a legal agreement, nor do they change this. All obligations on the part of Siemens can be
found in the respective sales contract, which also contains the complete and sole warranty
provisions. These contractual warranty provisions are neither extended nor restricted as a
result of the statements made in this documentation.

Target group
This documentation addresses commissioning engineers and service personnel who use
SINAMICS.

Objective
This manual contains information about all parameters, function diagrams, faults and alarms
required to commission and service the system.
This manual should be used in addition to the other manuals and tools provided for the product.

Search tools
The following tools are provided to help you locate information in this manual:
1. Table of contents
– Table of contents for the complete manual (Page 7)
– Table of contents for function diagrams (Page 662)
2. List of abbreviations (Page 1183)
3. Index (Page 1193)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 5
Preface

Technical Support
Country-specific telephone numbers for technical support are provided on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

SINAMICS
You can find information on SINAMICS at:
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics

SINAMICS DCM
6 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
Table of contents

1 Fundamental safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.1 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2 Industrial security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1 Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.1 Explanation of the list of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.2 List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.3 Parameters for data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
2.3.1 Parameters for command data sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
2.3.2 Parameters for drive data sets (DDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
2.3.3 Parameters for encoder data sets (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
2.4.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
2.4.2 Parameters with "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
2.4.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
3 Function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
3.1 Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
3.3 Overviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
3.4 CUD input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
3.5 Control Unit communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
3.6 PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
3.7 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
3.8 Sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
3.9 Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
3.10 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
3.11 Encoder evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
3.12 Armature circuit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
3.13 Field circuit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
3.14 Power unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
3.15 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
3.16 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
3.17 Faults and alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 7
Table of contents

3.18 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825

3.19 Communication between devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
4 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
4.1.1 General information on faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
4.2 List of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180
A.2 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193

SINAMICS DCM
8 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
Fundamental safety instructions 1
Content

1.1 General safety instructions 10

1.2 Industrial security 11

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 9
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.1 General safety instructions

1.1 General safety instructions

WARNING
Risk of death if the safety instructions and remaining risks are not carefully observed
If the safety instructions and residual risks are not carefully observed in the associated
hardware documentation, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur.
• Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation.
• When assessing the risk, take into account residual risks.

WARNING
Danger to life or malfunctions of the machine as a result of incorrect or changed
parameter assignment
Machines can malfunction as a result of incorrect or changed parameter assignment, which
in turn can lead to injuries or death.
• Protect the parameterization (parameter assignments) against unauthorized access.
• Respond to possible malfunctions by applying suitable measures
(e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP or EMERGENCY-OFF).

SINAMICS DCM
10 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.2 Industrial security

1.2 Industrial security

Note
Industrial security
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens products and
solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
To ensure that Siemens products and solutions are operated securely, suitable preventive
measures (e.g. cell protection concept) and each component must be integrated into a state-
of-the-art holistic industrial security concept. Any third-party products that may be in use must
also be taken into account. You will find more information about industrial security at:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
To receive information about product updates on a regular basis, register for our product
newsletter. You will find more information at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com

WARNING
Danger due to unsafe operating states caused by software manipulation
Software manipulation (e.g. by viruses, Trojan horses, malware, worms) can cause unsafe
operating states to develop in your installation which can result in death, severe injuries
and/or material damage.
• Update your software regularly.
You can find information and newsletters on this subject at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
• Integrate the automation and drive components into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
security concept for the plant or machine.
For more information, visit:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
• Make sure that you include all installed products into the holistic industrial security
concept.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 11
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.2 Industrial security

SINAMICS DCM
12 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
Parameters 2
Content

2.1 Overview of parameters 14

2.2 List of parameters 28

2.3 Parameters for data sets 646

2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 656

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 13
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1.1 Explanation of the list of parameters

Basic structure of the parameter descriptions

The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The description of a
parameter includes as a maximum, the information listed below. Some of the information is
optional.
The "List of parameters" (Page 28) has the following structure:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

pxxxx[0...n] BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name

Drive object Can be changed: C1(x), C2(x), U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 2
(function module) Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8070
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: ASM Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 10.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Text
Value: 0: Name and meaning of value 0
1: Name and meaning of value 1
2: Name and meaning of value 2
etc.
Recommendation: Text
Index: [0] = Name and meaning of index 0
[1] = Name and meaning of index 1
[2] = Name and meaning of index 2
etc.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Name and meaning of bit 0 Yes no 8060
01 Name and meaning of bit 1 Yes no
02 Name and meaning of bit 2 Yes no 8065
etc.
Dependency: Text
Refer to: pxxxx, rxxxx
Refer to: Fxxxxx, Axxxxx
Danger: Warning: Caution: Safety notices with a warning triangle

Notice: Safety notice without a warning triangle

Note: Information that might be useful.

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

The individual pieces of information are described in detail below.

SINAMICS DCM
14 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number

The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the
index (optional).
Examples of the representation in the parameter list:
• p... Adjustable parameters (read and write parameters)
• r... Display parameters (read only)
• p0918 Adjustable parameter 918
• p0099[0...3] Adjustable parameter 99, indices 0 to 3
• p1001[0...n] Adjustable parameter 1001, indices 0 to n (n = configurable)
• r0944 Display parameter 944
• r2129.0...15 Display parameter 2129 with bit field from bit 0 (smallest bit) to bit 15
(largest bit)
Other examples of the notation used in the documentation:
• p1070[1] Adjustable parameter 1070, index 1
• p2098[1].3 Adjustable parameter 2098, index 1 bit 3
• r0945[2](3) Display parameter 945, index 2 of drive object 3
• p0795.4 Adjustable parameter 795, bit 4
The following applies to adjustable parameters:
The parameter value "when shipped" is specified under "Factory setting" with the relevant unit
in square parentheses. The value can be adjusted within the range defined by "Min" and "Max".
The term "linked parameterization" is used in cases where changes to adjustable parameters
affect the settings of other parameters.
Linked parameterization can occur, for example, as a result of the following actions and
parameters:
• Executing macros
p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500
• Setting a PROFIBUS telegram (BICO interconnection)
p0922
• Setting component lists
p0400
• Automatically calculating and preassigning
p0112, p0340, p3900
• Restoring factory settings
p0970
The following applies to display parameters:
The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit
in square parentheses.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 15
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Note:
The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular
commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions).

BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated parameter name

The following abbreviations can appear in front of the parameter name:
• BI: Binector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal.
• BO: Binector Output
This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CI: Connector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of an "analog" signal.
• CO: Connector Output
This parameter is available as an “analog” signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CO/BO: Connector/Binector Output
This parameter is available as an “analog” and digital signal for interconnection
with other parameters.

Note:
A connector input (CI) cannot be just interconnected with any connector output (CO, signal
source).
When interconnecting a connector input using the commissioning software, only the
corresponding possible signal sources are listed.

Drive object (function module)

A drive object (DO) is an independent, "self-contained" functional unit that has its own
parameters and, in some cases, faults and alarms.
When carrying out commissioning using the commissioning software, you can select/deselect
additional functions and their parameters by activating/deactivating function modules
accordingly.
The parameter list specifies the associated drive object and function module for each individual
parameter.
Example:
• r61000: PROFINET Name of Station
CU_DC (PROFINET)
The parameter is only available in the case of the CU_DC drive object with the “PROFINET”
function module.
A parameter can belong to one, several, or all drive objects.
The following information relating to "Drive object" and "Function module" can be displayed
under the parameter number:

SINAMICS DCM
16 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-1 Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field

Drive object (function Type Meaning

module)

All objects - This parameter is used by all drive objects.

CU_DC 6 Advanced Control Unit SINAMICS DCM (CUD) is to the left.
CU_DC_R 6 Advanced Control Unit SINAMICS DCM (CUD) is to the right.
CU_DC_S 6 Standard Control Unit SINAMICS DCM (CUD) is to the left.
CU_DC_R_S 6 Standard Control Unit SINAMICS DCM (CUD) is to the right.
CU_DC (PROFINET) - Control Unit SINAMICS DCM with "PROFINET" function module
DC_CTRL 17 DC closed-loop control general or
DC closed-loop control on the Advanced CUD left.
DC_CTRL_R 17 DC closed-loop control extended on the Advanced CUD right.
DC_CTRL_S 17 DC closed-loop control on the standard CUD right.
DC_CTRL_R_S 17 DC closed-loop control extended on the standard CUD right.
DC_CTRL (PROFINET) - DC closed-loop control with "PROFINET" function module.
TM31 200 Terminal Module 31.
TM31 (PROFINET) - Terminal Module 31 with "PROFINET" function module.
TM15DI_DO 204 Terminal Module 15 (for SINAMICS).
TM15DI_DO (PROFINET) - Terminal Module 15 (for SINAMICS) with "PROFINET" function module.
TM150 208 Terminal Module 150.
TM150 (PROFINET) - Terminal Module 150 with "PROFINET" function module.

Note:
The drive object type is used to identify the drive objects in the drive system (e.g. r0107,
r0975[1]).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 17
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Can be changed
The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the
change will be effective immediately.
The information "C1(x), C2(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed
only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit
switches to another state. This can be a single state or multiple states.
The following states are available:
• C1(x) Device commissioning C1: Commissioning 1
Device is being commissioned (p0009 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed for the following device commissioning
settings (p0009 > 0):
• C1: Can be changed for all settings p0009 > 0.
• C1(x): Can be changed only when p0009 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until the device commissioning
mode is exited with p0009 = 0.
• C2(x) Drive object commissioning C2: Commissioning 2
Drive commissioning is in progress (p0009 = 0 and p0010 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed in the following drive commissioning settings
(p0010 > 0):
• C2: Can be changed for all settings p0010 > 0.
• C2(x): Can only be changed for the settings p0010 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until drive commissioning mode is
exited with p0010 = 0.
• U Operation U: Run
Pulses are enabled.
• T Ready T: Ready to run
The pulses are not enabled and the state "C1(x)" or "C2(x)" is not active.

Note
Parameter p0009 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).
Parameter p0010 is drive-specific (belongs to each drive object).
The operating state of individual drive objects is displayed in r0002.

SINAMICS DCM
18 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Calculated
Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations.
The calculation attribute defines which activities influence the parameter.
The following attributes apply:
• CALC_MOD_ALL
– p0340 = 1
• CALC_MOD_CON
– p0340 = 1
• CALC_MOD_EQU
– p0340 = 1
• CALC_MOD_LIM_REF
– p0340 = 1, 5
• CALC_MOD_REG
– p0340 = 1, 3

Note:
For p3900 > 0, p0340 = 1 is also called automatically.

Access level
Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the relevant
parameter. The required access level can be set using p0003.
The system uses the following access levels:
• 1: Standard
• 2: Extended
• 3: Expert
• 4: Service
Parameters with this access level are password protected.

Note
Parameter p0003 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).
A higher access level will also include the functions of the lower levels.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 19
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Data type
The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated by a slash):
• First item
Data type of the parameter.
• Second item (for binector or connector input only)
Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector/connector output).
Parameters can have the following data types:
• Integer8 I8 8-bit integer number
• Integer16 I16 16-bit integer number
• Integer32 I32 32-bit integer number
• Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign
• Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign
• Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign
• FloatingPoint32 Float 32-bit floating point number
Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO output
parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when creating BICO
interconnections:

Table 2-2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections

BICO input parameter

CI parameter BI parameter

BICO output parameter Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 /

Integer16 Integer32 FloatingPoint32 Binary

CO: Unsigned8 x x – –
CO: Unsigned16 x x – –
CO: Integer16 x x r2050, r8850 –
CO: Unsigned32 x x – –
CO: Integer32 x x r2060, r8860 –
CO: FloatingPoint32 x x x –
BO: Unsigned8 – – – x
BO: Unsigned16 – – – x
BO: Integer16 – – – x
BO: Unsigned32 – – – x
BO: Integer32 – – – x
BO: FloatingPoint32 – – – –
Legend: x : BICO interconnection permitted
–: BICO interconnection not permitted
rxxxx: BICO interconnection is only permitted for the specified CO parameters

SINAMICS DCM
20 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Dynamic index
For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here:
• Data set (if available).
• Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1).
This field can contain the following information:
• “CDS, p0170” (Command Data Set, CDS count)
Example:
p1070[0]  main setpoint [command data set 0]
p1070[1]  main setpoint [command data set 1], etc.
• “DDS, p0180” (Drive Data Set, DDS count)
• “EDS, p0140” (Encoder Data Set, EDS count)

Note:
Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references:
References: SINAMICS DC MASTER operating instructions
“Data sets” Chapter

Function diagram
The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and
its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram.

P-Group (refers only to access via BOP (Basic Operator Panel))

Specifies the functional group to which this parameter belongs. The required parameter group
can be set via p0004.

Note:
Parameter p0004 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).

Unit, unit group and unit selection

The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for “Min”,
“Max”, and “Factory setting”.

Note:
The units cannot be switched over for SINAMICS DCM.
The information under Unit Group and Unit Selection has no relevance.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 21
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Parameter values
Min. Minimum value of the parameter [unit]
Max Maximum value of the parameter [unit]
Factory setting Value when delivered [unit]
In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal source of the
default BICO interconnection is specified. A non-indexed
connector output is assigned the index [0].

Not for motor type

This information is of no relevance for SINAMICS DC MASTER.

Scaling
Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically converted for
a BICO interconnection.
The following reference variables are available:
• p2000 ... p2007: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc.
• PERCENT: 1.0 = 100 %
• 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 %

Expert list
Specifies whether this parameter is available in the expert list of the specified drive objects in
the commissioning software.
1: Parameter is available in the expert list.
0: Parameter is not available in the expert list.

NOTICE
Users are responsible for using parameters that are marked "Expert list: 0" (parameter not
included in the expert list).
These parameters and their functionalities have not been tested and no further user
documentation is available for them (e.g. description of functions). Moreover,
"Technical Support" (hotline) does not provide any support for these parameters.

SINAMICS DCM
22 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Description
Explanation of a parameter function.

Value
List of the possible values of a parameter.

Recommendation
Information about recommended settings.

Index
The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed parameters.
The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) of indexed adjustable
parameters:
• Min, Max:
The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices.
• Factory setting:
When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to
represent all indices.
When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually with the unit.

Bit field
For parameters with bit fields, the following information is provided about each bit:
• Bit number and signal name
• Meaning for signal states 0 and 1
• Function diagram (optional)
The signal is shown on this function diagram.

Dependency
Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes special effects
that can occur between this parameter and others.
See also: List of other parameters to be additionally considered.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 23
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Safety instructions
Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material
damage.
Information that must be observed to avoid any problems.
Information that the user may find useful.
Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Warning The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Caution The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Note Information that the user may find useful.

SINAMICS DCM
24 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters

Number ranges for SINAMICS in general

Note:
The following number ranges represent an overview of all parameters available for the
SINAMICS drive family.
The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of
parameters" (Page 28).

Parameters are grouped into the following number ranges:

Table 2-3 Number ranges for SINAMICS

Range Description

From To

0000 0099 Display and operation

0100 0199 Commissioning
0200 0299 Power section
0300 0399 Motor
0400 0499 Encoder
0500 0599 Technology and units, motor-specific data, probes
0600 0699 Thermal monitoring, maximum current, operating hours, motor data,
central probe
0700 0799 Control Unit terminals, measuring sockets
0800 0839 CDS, DDS data sets, motor changeover
0840 0879 Sequence control (e.g. signal source for ON/OFF1)
0880 0899 ESR, parking, control and status words
0900 0999 PROFIBUS/PROFIdrive
1000 1199 Setpoint channel (e.g. ramp-function generator)
1200 1299 Functions (e.g. motor holding brake)
1300 1399 U/f control
1400 1799 Closed-loop control
1800 1899 Gating unit
1900 1999 Power unit and motor identification
2000 2009 Reference values
2010 2099 Communication (fieldbus)
2100 2139 Faults and alarms
2140 2199 Signals and monitoring
2200 2359 Technology controller
2360 2399 Staging, hibernation

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 25
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-3 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range Description

From To

2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS)

2700 2719 Reference values, display
2720 2729 Load gearbox
2800 2819 Logic operations
2900 2930 Fixed values (e. g. percentage, torque)
3000 3099 Motor identification results
3100 3109 Real-time clock (RTC)
3110 3199 Faults and alarms
3200 3299 Signals and monitoring
3400 3659 Infeed closed-loop control
3660 3699 Voltage Sensing Module (VSM), Braking Module internal
3700 3779 Advanced Positioning Control (APC)
3780 3819 Synchronization
3820 3849 Friction characteristic
3850 3899 Functions (e. g. long stator)
3900 3999 Management
4000 4599 Terminal Board, Terminal Module (e. g. TB30, TM31)
4600 4699 Sensor Module
4700 4799 Trace
4800 4849 Function generator
4950 4999 OA application
5000 5169 Spindle diagnostics
5200 5230 Current setpoint filter 5 ... 10 (r0108.21)
5400 5499 System droop control (e. g. shaft generator)
5500 5599 Dynamic grid support (solar)
5600 5614 PROFIenergy
5900 6999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL/SL
7000 7499 Parallel connection of power units
7500 7599 SINAMICS SM120
7700 7729 External messages
7770 7789 NVRAM, system parameters
7800 7839 EEPROM read/write parameters
7840 8399 Internal system parameters
8400 8449 Real-time clock (RTC)
8500 8599 Data and macro management

SINAMICS DCM
26 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-3 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range Description

From To

8600 8799 CAN bus

8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive
8900 8999 Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20
9000 9299 topology
9300 9399 Safety Integrated
9400 9499 Parameter consistency and storage
9500 9899 Safety Integrated
9900 9949 topology
9950 9999 Diagnostics, internal
10000 10199 Safety Integrated
11000 11299 Free technology controller 0, 1, 2
20000 20999 Free function blocks (FBLOCKS)
21000 25999 Drive Control Chart (DCC)
50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER (closed-loop DC current control)
61000 61001 PROFINET

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 27
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

2.2 List of parameters

Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng
Objects: CU_DC, CU_DC_R, CU_DC_R_S, CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL, DC_CTRL_R, DC_CTRL_R_S, DC_CTRL_S, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER OA, Version: 1401800, Language: eng
Objects: DC_CTRL

r0002 Control Unit operating display / CU op_display

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 -
Description: Operating display for the Control Unit (CU).
Value: 0: Operation
10: Ready
20: Wait for run-up
25: Wait for automatic FW update of DRIVE-CLiQ components
31: Commissioning software download active
33: Remove/acknowledge topology error
34: Exit commissioning mode
35: Carry out first commissioning
70: Initialization
80: Reset active
99: Internal software error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 129 -
Description: Operating display for the drive.
Value: 0: o0.0 No torque direction switched on
1: o0.1 Torque direction I switched on
2: o0.2 Torque direction II switched on
9: o0.9 Wait for enable from master
10: o1.0 Wait time for brake opening time running
11: o1.1 Wait for operating enable at terminal 13
12: o1.2 Wait for operating enable (signal source acc. to p0852)
13: o1.3 Wait time after withdrawing a jog command running
14: o1.4 Wait until the field has been reversed
15: o1.5 Wait for operating enable from the optimization run
16: o1.6 Wait for withdrawal of the immediate pulse inhibit
17: o1.7 Wait for SINAMICS DCM connected in parallel in status o0.0
18: o1.8 Operating state o1.8
19: o1.9 Operating state o1.9
20: o2.0 Wait for setpoint
21: o2.1 Operating state o2.1
22: o2.2 Operating state o2.2
30: o3.0 Wait for the thyristor check to be completed
31: o3.1 Wait for line supply symmetry
32: o3.2 Wait for a DC contactor to pick up
33: o3.3 Wait for the feedback signal "main contactor"
34: o3.4 Operating state o3.4
35: o3.5 Operating state o3.5
40: o4.0 Wait for voltage at 1U1, 1V1, 1W1
41: o4.1 Wait until fuse monitoring signals OK
42: o4.2 Operating state o4.2

SINAMICS DCM
28 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

43: o4.3 Operating state o4.3

44: o4.4 Operating state o4.4
45: o4.5 Wait until CCP pre-charged
50: o5.0 Wait for field current actual value
51: o5.1 Wait for voltage at 3U1, 3W1
52: o5.2 Operating state o5.2
53: o5.3 Operating state o5.3
60: o6.0 Wait until auxiliaries have been switched on
61: o6.1 Wait for small setpoint
62: o6.2 Operating state o6.2
63: o6.3 Operating state o6.3
70: o7.0 Wait for power-on via terminal 12
71: o7.1 Wait for power-on (signal source according to p0840)
72: o7.2 Stopping saved
73: o7.3 Wait for parallel master to power up
74: o7.4 Start of an optimization run
75: o7.5 Wait until SINAMICS DCM conn. in par. are rdy to switch on
76: o7.6 Operating state o7.6
77: o7.7 Operating state o7.7
78: o7.8 Operating state o7.8
79: o7.9 Operating state o7.9
80: o8.0 Switching on inhibited
81: o8.1 Simulation mode active
82: o8.2 Operating state o8.2
83: o8.3 Operating state o8.3
90: o9.0 Operating state o9.0
91: o9.1 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0848) present
92: o9.2 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0849) present
93: o9.3 Quick stop (OFF3) saved
94: o9.4 SS1 command (Safe Stop 1) present
95: o9.5 Operating state o9.5
96: o9.6 Operating state o9.6
97: o9.7 Operating state o9.7
98: o9.8 Operating state o9.8
99: o9.9 Operating state o9.9
100: o10.0 Operating state o10.0
101: o10.1 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0844)
102: o10.2 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0845)
103: o10.3 E stop (safety shutdown) (terminal 105/106)
104: o10.4 STO command (Safe Torque Off) present
105: o10.5 Operating state o10.5
106: o10.6 CUD right
107: o10.7 Operating state o10.7
108: o10.8 Operating state o10.8
109: o10.9 Operating state o10.9
110: o11.0 Fault present
120: o12.0 Initializ. of line voltage sensing for field in progress
121: o12.1 Initializ. of line voltage sensing for armature in progr.
122: o12.2 Operating state o12.2
123: o12.3 Reading out data of the gating modules
124: o12.4 Offset calibr. of curr. act. val. sensing being performed
125: o12.5 Read out data from the power unit
126: o12.6 Initializing the second processor (TMS320)
127: o12.7 Operating state o12.7
128: o12.8 Operating state o12.8
129: o12.9 Operating state o12.9
Dependency: Refer to: r0046
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.
Note: OC: Operating condition
RFG: Ramp-function generator
COMM: Commissioning

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 29
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0002 TM150 operating display / TM150 op_display

TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 TM15DI/DO operating display / TM15D op_display

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 TM31 operating display / TM31 op_display

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

SINAMICS DCM
30 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0003 BOP access level / BOP acc_level

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1, U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 1
Description: Sets the access level for reading and writing parameters via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Value: 1: Standard
2: Extended
3: Expert
4: Service
Note: A higher set access level also includes the lower one.
Access level 1 (standard):
Parameters for simplest possible operations.
Access level 2 (extended):
Parameters to operate the basic functions of the drive unit.
Access level 3 (experts):
Expert know-how is required for these parameters (e.g. BICO parameterization).
Access level 4 (service):
For these parameters, it is necessary that authorized service personnel enter the appropriate password (p3950).

p0004 BOP display filter / BOP disp_filter

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 0
Description: Sets the display filter for parameters with the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Value: 0: All parameters
1: Displays, signals
2: Power unit
3: Motor
4: Encoder/pos enc
5: Technology/units
7: Digital inputs/outputs, commands, sequence control
12: Functions
14: Control
15: Data sets
20: Communication
21: Faults, alarms, monitoring functions
28: Free function blocks
47: Trace and function generator
50: OA parameters
90: Topology
98: Command Data Sets (CDS)
99: Drive Data Sets (DDS)
Dependency: Refer to: p0003
Notice: The display filter via p0004 provides precise filtering and displays the corresponding parameters only when p0009
and p0010 = 0.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 31
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The set access level via p0003 is also relevant for the display filter via p0004.
Examples (assumption: p0009 = p0010 = 0):
p0003 = 1, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access level 1 are displayed.
p0003 = 2, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access levels 1 and 2 are displayed.

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006
Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 50000
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006
Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

SINAMICS DCM
32 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 2, 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Examples for the SERVO drive object:
p0005[0] = 21, p0005[1] = 0: Actual speed smoothed (r0021)
p0005[0] = 25, p0005[1] = 0: Output voltage smoothed (r0025)
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006
Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

p0006 BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for
operation" and "operation".
Value: 4: p0005
Dependency: Refer to: p0005
Note: Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

p0006 BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for
operation" and "operation".
Value: 4: p0005
Dependency: Refer to: p0005
Note: Mode 0 ... 3 can only be selected if also r0020, r0021 are available on the drive object.
Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 33
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0007 BOP background lighting / BOP lighting

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 2000 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time until the background lighting of the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) is switched off.
If no keys are actuated, then the background lighting automatically switches itself off after this time has expired.
Note: p0007 = 0: Background lighting is always switched on (factory setting).

p0008 BOP drive object after booting / BOP DO after boot

p0009 Device commissioning parameter filter / Dev comm par_filt

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 55 1
Description: Sets the device and basic drive commissioning.
By appropriately setting this parameter, those parameters are filtered that can be written into in the various
commissioning steps.
Value: 0: Ready
1: Device configuration
2: Defining the drive type/function module
3: Drive base configuration
4: Data set base configuration
29: Device download
30: Parameter reset
50: OA application configuration
55: OA application installation
Notice: For p0009 = 10000 the following applies:
After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: The drives can only be powered up outside the device commissioning (the drive enabled). In this case, p0009 must
be 0 (Ready) and the individual drive objects must have already gone into operation (p0010).
p0009 = 1: Device configuration
At the first commissioning of the device, after booting, the device is in the "device configuration" state. To start the
internal automatic first commissioning of the drive unit, p0009 should be set to 0 (Ready) after the ID for the actual
topology (r0098) was transferred into the ID for the target topology (p0099). To do this, it is sufficient to set a single
index value of p0099[x] the same as r0098[x]. Before the device has been completely commissioned, no other
parameter can be changed. After the first commissioning was carried out, in this state, when required, other basic
device configuration parameters can be adapted (e.g. the basic sampling time in p0110).

SINAMICS DCM
34 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0009 = 2: Defines the drive type / function module

In this state, the drive object types and/or the function modules can be changed or selected for the individual drive
objects. To do this, the drive object type can be set using p0107[0...15] and the function can be set using
p0108[0...15] (refer to p0101[0...15]).
p0009 = 3: Drive basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, basic changes can be made for the individual
drive objects (e.g. sampling times in p0111, p0112, p0115 and the number of data sets in p0120, p0130, p0140,
p0170, p0180).
p0009 = 4: Data set basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, for the individual drive objects changes can be
made regarding the assignment of the components (p0121, p0131, p0141, p0151, p0161) to the individual data sets
and the assignment of the power unit, motor and encoder to the drive data sets (p0185, ...).
p0009 = 29: Device download
If a download is made using the commissioning software, the device is automatically brought into this state. After the
download has been completed, p0009 is automatically set to 0 (ready). It is not possible to manually set p0009 to this
value.
p0009 = 30: Parameter reset
In order to bring the complete unit into the "first commissioning" state or to load the parameters saved using p0977, to
start, p0009 must be set to this value. p0976 can then be changed to the required value.
p0009 = 50: OA application configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, changes can be made for the individual drive
objects regarding the activity (p4956) of the OA applications.
p0009 = 55: OA application installation
OA applications can be installed and/or uninstalled in this state.

p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 1
Description: Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
Value: 0: Ready
1: Quick commissioning
4: Encoder commissioning
15: Data sets
29: Only Siemens int
30: Reserved
Note: The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (drive enable). To realize this, this parameter
must be set to 0.
By setting p3900 to a value other than 0, the quick commissioning is completed, and this parameter is automatically
reset to 0.

p0010 TM150 commissioning parameter filter / TM150 com par_filt

TM150 Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 35
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010 TM15DI/DO commissioning the parameterizing filter / TM15D com par_filt

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.
Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010 TM31 commissioning parameter filter / TM31 comm par_filt

TM31 Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.
Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0011 BOP password entry (p0013) / BOP passw ent p13

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Dependency: Refer to: p0012, p0013

SINAMICS DCM
36 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0012 BOP password acknowledgement (p0013) / BOP passw ackn p13

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Acknowledges the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Dependency: Refer to: p0011, p0013

p0013[0...49] BOP user-defined list / BOP list

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the required parameters to read and write via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Activation:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. p0013[0...49] = requested parameter number
3. If required, enter p0011 = password in order to prevent non-authorized de-activation.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the selected user-defined list.
De-activation/change:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. If required, p0012 = p0011, in order to be authorized to change or de-activate the list.
3. If required p0013[0...49] = required parameter number.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the modified user-defined list.
5. p0003 = 0 --> de-activates the user-defined list.
Dependency: Refer to: p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976
Note: The following parameters can be read and written on the Control Unit drive object:
- p0003 (access stage)
- p0009 (device commissioning, parameter filter)
- p0012 (BOP password acknowledgement (p0013))
The following applies for the user-defined list:
- password protection is only available on the drive object Control Unit and is valid for all of the drive objects.
- p0013 cannot be included in the user-defined list for all drive objects.
- p0003, p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976 cannot, for the drive object Control Unit, be included in the user-defined list.
- the user-defined list can be cleared and de-activated "restore factory setting".
A value of 0 means: Entry is empty.

p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1 Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 1
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 37
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570

Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

p0015 Macro drive object / Macro DO

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S, TM150, P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

p0016 Activate BOP user-defined list / BOP user list act

r0018 Control Unit basic firmware version / CU Basic FW Vers

SINAMICS DCM
38 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0019.0...14 CO/BO: Control word BOP / STW BOP

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9912
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the control word for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON / OFF (OFF1) ON OFF (OFF1) -
01 No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) No coast down Coast down (OFF2) -
02 No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) No Quick Stop Quick Stop (OFF3) -
07 Acknowledge fault (0 -> 1) Yes No -
13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No -
14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No -

r0020 Speed setpoint smoothed / n_set smth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual smoothed speed setpoint at the speed controller input.
Dependency: Refer to: r0060
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0022, p0045, r0063
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022, r0063[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0063[0]).

r0022 Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
r0022 is identical to r0021, however, it always has units of rpm and contrary to r0021 cannot be changed over.
Dependency: Refer to: r0021, p0045, r0063

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 39
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms

The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022, r0063[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0063[0]).

r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / I_act abs val smth
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the smoothed absolute actual current value.
Dependency: Refer to: p0045, r0068
Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. In this case, the
unsmoothed value should be used.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The absolute value of the current actual value is available smoothed (r0027, r0068[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed
(r0068[0]).

r0031 Actual torque smoothed / M_act smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Displays the smoothed torque actual value.
Dependency: Refer to: p0045, r0080
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The torque actual value is available smoothed (r0031, r0080[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0080[0]).

r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power.
Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. In this case, the
unsmoothed value should be used.
Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The active power is available smoothed (r0032, r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]).

SINAMICS DCM
40 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7008, 8017
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual temperature in the motor.
Note: For r0035 not equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies:
- this temperature display is valid.
- a KTY sensor is connected.
For r0035 equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies:
- this temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error).
- A PTC sensor or bimetallic NC contact is connected.

p0045 Display values smoothing time constant / Disp_val T_smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810, 6850
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 10000.00 [ms] 1.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the following display values:
r0063[1], r0068[1], r0080[1], r0082[1]

r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2655
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being
commissioned.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 OFF1 enable missing Yes No -
01 OFF2 enable missing Yes No -
02 OFF3 enable missing Yes No -
03 Operation enable missing Yes No -
10 Ramp-function generator enable missing Yes No -
11 Ramp-function generator start missing Yes No -
12 Setpoint enable missing Yes No -
16 OFF1 enable internal missing Yes No -
17 OFF2 enable internal missing Yes No -
18 OFF3 enable internal missing Yes No -
19 Pulse enable internal missing Yes No -
26 Drive inactive or not operational Yes No -
28 Brake open missing Yes No -
30 Speed controller inhibited Yes No -
31 Jog setpoint active Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r0002
Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals are present.
Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.
- there is a "switching on inhibited".

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 41
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:

- the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal.
Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal.
Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- there is an OFF1 fault response. The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the
"switching on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0.
Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing), if:
- the commissioning mode is selected (p0009 > 0 or p0010 > 0) or there is an OFF2 fault response or the OFF1
signal source (p0840) is changed.

r0049[0...3] Encoder data set effective / EDS effective

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Encoder Data Sets (EDS).
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Encoder 1 Encoder Data Set EDS effective
[2] = Encoder 2 Encoder Data Set EDS effective
[3] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p0187, p0188
Note: Value 99 means the following: No encoder assigned (not configured).

r0050.0 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8560
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Command Data Set (CDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS eff bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0810, r0836
Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g. p0810) is displayed using r0836.

r0051.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Drive Data Set (DDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS eff bit 0 ON OFF -
01 DDS eff bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0820, p0821, r0837

SINAMICS DCM
42 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0056.13 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2526
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the closed-loop control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
13 Current/torque limiting Active Inactive 6060

r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt.
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the speed controller input.
Dependency: Refer to: r0020
Note: The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

r0061[0...1] CO: Actual speed unsmoothed / n_act unsmoothed

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4710,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 6810
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual speed values sensed by the encoders.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2

r0063[0...1] CO: Speed actual value / n_act

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the actual speed actual value for speed control.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Refer to: r0021, r0022, p0045, r0061
Note: The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021 with 100 ms, r0022 with 100 ms, r0063 with p0045) and
unsmoothed (r0063[0], r0061).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 43
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0068[0...1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays actual absolute current.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Refer to: r0027, p0045
Note: The absolute value of the current actual value is available smoothed (r0027 with 100 ms, r0068[1] with p0045) and
unsmoothed (r0068[0]).

r0080[0...1] CO: Torque actual value / M_act

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm]
Description: Display and connector output for actual torque value.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Refer to: r0031, p0045
Note: The value is available smoothed (r0031 with 100 ms, r0080[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0080[0]).

r0082[0...1] CO: Active power actual value / P_act

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.
Index: [0] = Unsmoothed
[1] = Smoothed with p0045
Dependency: Refer to: r0032
Note: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms, r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]).

p0097 Select drive object type / Select DO type

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 0
Description: Executes an automatic device configuration.
In so doing, p0099, p0107 and p0108 are appropriately set.
Value: 0: No selection
15: Drive object type DC_CTRL
Dependency: Refer to: r0098, p0099
Note: For p0097 = 0, p0099 is automatically set to the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
44 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0098[0...5] Actual device topology / Device_act topo

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the automatically detected actual device topology in coded form.
Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100
[1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101
[2...5] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: p0097, p0099
Note: Topology coding: abcd efgh hex
a=0
b=0
c=0
d = no. of motor encoders
e = no. of additional encoders
f = number of Terminal Modules
g = number of Terminal Boards
h = reserved
if the value 0 is displayed in all indices, then components are not detected via DRIVE-CLiQ.
If a value F hex occurs at a position of the coding (abcd efgh hex), then an overflow has occurred.

p0099[0...5] Device target topology / Device_target topo

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the device target topology in coded form (refer to r0098). The setting is made during commissioning.
De-activated or non-available components are also counted
Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100
[1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101
[2...5] = Reserved
Dependency: The parameter can only be written into for p0097 = 0.
To perform an automatic device configuration run, an index of the device target topology must be set to the value of
the device actual topology in r0098 for acknowledgement. An index of the device actual topology with a value other
than 0 must be selected.
Refer to: p0097, r0098
Note: The parameter can only be set to the values 0, the value of the actual device topology, the value of the actual device
target topology and FFFFFFFF hex.
If the value 0 is displayed in all of the indices, then the system has still not been commissioned.
The value FFFFFFFF hex indicates that the topology was not generated by the automatic device configuration but
was commissioned using the commissioning software (e.g. using parameter download).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 45
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0101[0...n] Drive object numbers / DO numbers

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 62 0
Description: The parameter contains the object number via which every drive object can be addressed.
The number of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
Value = 0: No drive object is defined.
Note: The numbers are automatically allocated.
For the commissioning software, this object number cannot be entered using the expert list, but is automatically
assigned when inserting an object.

r0102[0...1] Number of drive objects / DO count

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of existing or existing and prepared drive objects.
Index: [0] = Existing drive objects
[1] = Existing and prepared drive objects
Dependency: Refer to: p0101
Note: The numbers of the drive objects are in p0101.
Index 0:
Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up.
Index 1:
Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up and, in addition, the drive objects that still have to
be set up.

p0103[0...n] Application-specific view / Appl_spec view

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999 0
Description: The application-specific view of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
The parameter cannot be changed.
Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107
Note: The application-specific views are defined in files on the memory card with the following structure:
PDxxxyyy.ACX
xxx: Application-specific view (p0103)
yyy: Type of drive object (p0107)
Example:
PD052017.ACX
--> "017" stands for the drive object of type DC_CTRL
--> "052" is the number of the view for this drive object

SINAMICS DCM
46 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0103 Application-specific view / Appl_spec view

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 -
Description: Displays the application-specific view of the individual drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

TM150, TM15DI_DO Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 47
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: When activating drive objects with the safety functions enabled, the following applies:
After reactivating, a warm restart (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3) or POWER ON should be carried out.
Refer to: r0106
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.
Note: Re value = 0, 2:
When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. They can be
removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If a component has been deactivated, only the component with the correct serial number may be inserted, or none at
all.
If value = 1:
All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual
topology from the very start. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while this parameter is
being changed over.

Notice: The following applies when activating:

If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.
Note: Re value = 0, 2:
When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. They can be
removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If a component has been deactivated, only the component with the correct serial number may be inserted, or none at
all.
If value = 1:
All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual
topology from the very start. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

SINAMICS DCM
48 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0106 Drive object active/inactive / DO act/inact

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Displays the "active/inactive" state of a drive object.
Value: 0: Drive object inactive
1: Drive object active
Dependency: Refer to: p0105

p0107[0...n] Drive object type / DO type

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 600 0
Description: The type of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
Value: 0: -
1: SINAMICS S
2: SINAMICS G
3: SINAMICS I
4: SINAMICS NX/CX32
6: SINAMICS DC
9: SINAMICS S110
10: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL
11: SERVO
12: VECTOR
13: VECTORMV
14: VECTORGL
15: VECTOR3P
16: VECTORSL
17: DC_CTRL
18: VECTORM2C
19: VECTORDM
20: SMART INFEED CONTROL
21: RENEWABLE INFEED CONTROL
30: BASIC INFEED CONTROL
35: BRAKE MODULE M2C
40: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV
41: BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV
42: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C
51: SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
52: SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
53: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector)
54: SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
55: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo)
56: SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
57: SINAMICS ET200
58: Link variant for Sinamics Microbasissystem
70: HLA
100: TB30 (Terminal Board)
102: SINAMICS MV
150: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
200: TM31 (Terminal Module)
201: TM41 (Terminal Module)
202: TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module)
203: TM15 (Terminal Module)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 49
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

204: TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS)

205: TM54F - Master (Terminal Module)
206: TM54F - Slave (Terminal Module)
207: TM120 (Terminal Module)
208: TM150 (Terminal Module)
254: CU-LINK
300: ENCODER
600: SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2
Dependency: Refer to: p0103, r0103
Caution: If you change this parameter and exit the device commissioning mode, then the complete software will be set up
again and all of the previous drive parameter settings are deleted.

Note: The number (p0101) and the associated drive object type are in the same index.

r0107 Drive object type / DO type

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 600 -
Description: Displays the type of each drive object.
Value: 0: -
1: SINAMICS S
2: SINAMICS G
3: SINAMICS I
4: SINAMICS NX/CX32
6: SINAMICS DC
9: SINAMICS S110
10: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL
11: SERVO
12: VECTOR
13: VECTORMV
14: VECTORGL
15: VECTOR3P
16: VECTORSL
17: DC_CTRL
18: VECTORM2C
19: VECTORDM
20: SMART INFEED CONTROL
21: RENEWABLE INFEED CONTROL
30: BASIC INFEED CONTROL
35: BRAKE MODULE M2C
40: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV
41: BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV
42: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C
51: SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
52: SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
53: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector)
54: SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
55: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo)
56: SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
57: SINAMICS ET200
58: Link variant for Sinamics Microbasissystem
70: HLA
100: TB30 (Terminal Board)
102: SINAMICS MV
150: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
200: TM31 (Terminal Module)
201: TM41 (Terminal Module)
202: TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module)
203: TM15 (Terminal Module)
204: TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS)

SINAMICS DCM
50 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

205: TM54F - Master (Terminal Module)

206: TM54F - Slave (Terminal Module)
207: TM120 (Terminal Module)
208: TM150 (Terminal Module)
254: CU-LINK
300: ENCODER
600: SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2
Dependency: Refer to: p0103, r0103

p0108[0...n] Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: The function module of an existing drive object is entered into each index (also refer to p0101, p0107).
The following bits are available for the Control Unit (Index 0):
Bit 18: Free function blocks
Bit 31: PROFINET
For all other drive objects (Index > 0), the significance of the bits should be taken from the display parameters r0108
of the drive object.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 51
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0108 Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
16 Techn controller / Tech_ctrl Activated Not activated -
18 Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Activated Not activated -
31 PROFINET CBE20 / PROFINET CBE20 Activated Not activated -
Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

r0108 Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
18 Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Activated Not activated -
31 PROFINET CBE20 / PROFINET CBE20 Activated Not activated -
Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

r0110[0...2] Basic sampling times / t_basis

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 10000.00 [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the basic sampling times.
The sampling times are set using p0112 and p0115. The values for the basic sampling times are determined as a
result of these settings.
Index: [0] = Basic sampling time 0
[1] = Basic sampling time 1
[2] = Basic sampling time 2

r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 2 -
Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r0110

SINAMICS DCM
52 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel

TM15DI_DO, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 -
Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r0110
Note: For TB30 and the Terminal Module, this parameter has no significance.
For TB30 and certain Terminal Modules, the sampling times can be set using p4099 (see description of p4099 for the
Module in question).

p0112 Sampling times pre-setting p0115 / t_sample for p0115

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Pre-assignment of the sampling times in p0115.
The clock cycles for the current controller / speed controller / - / setpoint channel / - / - / technology controller are
defined as follows:
p0112 = 3: 1000 / 2000 / - / 4000 / - / - / 4000 µs
Value: 0: Expert
3: Standard
Note: For p0112 = 0 (expert) the individual sampling times in p0115 can be adjusted.

p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the basic sampling time for supplementary functions (DCC, free function blocks) on this object.
Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible.
Index: [0] = Basic sampl time

p0115[0...6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1000.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] [0] 1000.00 [µs]
[1] 2000.00 [µs]
[2] 8000.00 [µs]
[3] 4000.00 [µs]
[4] 8000.00 [µs]
[5] 8000.00 [µs]
[6] 8000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling times for the control loops.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 53
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The default setting is made using p0112 and can only be individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert).
Index: [0] = Current controller
[1] = Speed controller
[2] = -
[3] = Setpoint channel
[4] = -
[5] = -
[6] = Techn controller
Dependency: The sampling times can only be separately set if p0112 is 0 (expert). If a sampling time is modified in the expert
mode, then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling
time itself was changed. Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted. Upper
limit is 8 ms.
Higher-level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower-level controls (e.g. p0115[1] = N * p0115[0]; where
N is an integer number). The sampling time of the speed controller (p0115[1]) can have as a maximum a value of
800% of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]).
Refer to: r0110, r0111, p0112
Note: For function modules that can be activated (e.g. technology controller), the parameters values are pre-assigned.
The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is permanently set to 1 ms and cannot be changed.

p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling times for supplementary functions (DCC, free function blocks) on this object.
Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible.
Index: [0] = Basic sampl time
Note: This parameter only applies to set the sampling times of possible supplementary functions.
The sampling times for inputs/outputs must be set in p4099.

r0116[0...1] Drive object clock cycle recommended / DO_clock recom

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
DC_CTRL_R, P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S, Min Max Factory setting
TM15DI_DO, TM31
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the recommended sampling time for the drive objects.
r00116[0] = recommended sampling time:
Recommended value which would then make the complete system operational.
r00116[1] = recommended sampling time:
Recommended value, which after changing other clock cycles on the DRIVE-CLiQ line, would result in an operational
system.
Index: [0] = Change only for the actual drive object
[1] = Changing all objects on the DRIVE-CLiQ line
Dependency: Refer to: p0115

SINAMICS DCM
54 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0121[0...n] Power unit component number / PU comp_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: PDS Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: The power unit data set is assigned to a power unit using this parameter.
This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.
Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a power unit.
Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107

p0124[0...n] Main component detection using LED / M_comp detect LED

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Converter Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Detection of the main components of the drive object selected via the index.

p0125[0...n] Activate/de-activate power unit components / PU_comp act/deact

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4), T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: PDS Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a power unit component.
Value: 0: De-activate component
1: Activate component
2: Component de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting a component, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01317.
Caution: For a parallel connection, the following applies:
When deactivating individual power units using p0125, it is not permissible that the power units of the parallel
connection involved are connected. Infeed units should be disconnected from the line supply (for example, using a
contactor). Motor feeder cables should be disconnected. In addition, defective power units should be disconnected
from the DC link.
Notice: It is not permissible to de-activate drive objects with safety functions enabled.
Note: The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time. In this case, it is only
possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited.
For units connected in parallel, when one of the power units is de-activated, then the enable in p7001 is withdrawn.
Re value = 0, 2:
When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value. It can be removed from the
DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If value = 1:
The component must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from
the very start. This means that the component is marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 55
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0140 Number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS) / EDS count

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 16 1
Description: Sets the number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS).
Note: When parameterizing the drive with "no encoder" there must be at least one encoder data set (p0140 >= 1).

p0141[0...n] Encoder interface (Sensor Module) component number / Enc_interf comp_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704, 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: This parameter is used to assign the encoder data set to an encoder evaluation (e.g. SMC).
This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.
Only a component number can be entered that corresponds to an encoder evaluation.
Note: If the encoder evaluation and encoder are integrated (motor with DRIVE-CLiQ), then their component numbers are
identical.
For an SMC, different component numbers are assigned for the SMC (p0141) and the (actual) encoder (p0142).
SMC: Sensor Module Cabinet

p0142[0...n] Encoder component number / Encoder comp_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: This parameter is used to assign the encoder data set to an encoder.
This assignment is made using the unique component number that was assigned when parameterizing the topology.
Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an encoder.
Note: If the encoder evaluation and encoder are integrated (motor with DRIVE-CLiQ), then their component numbers are
identical.
For an SMC, different component numbers are assigned for the SMC (p0141) and the (actual) encoder (p0142).

p0144[0...n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Detects the Sensor Module assigned to this drive and data set.
Note: While p0144 = 1, the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Sensor Module.

SINAMICS DCM
56 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0145[0...n] Activate/de-activate encoder interface / Enc_intf act/deact

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate an encoder interface (Sensor Module).
Value: 0: De-activate component
1: Activate component
2: Component de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting a component, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01317.
Dependency: Refer to: r0146
Note: The de-activation of an encoder interface corresponds to the"parking encoder" function and has the same effect.
The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time.
In this case, it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited.
With the encoder interface for encoder 1 (motor encoder), the relevant drive object for writing the parameter must be
in the "Ready for operation" state.
With the encoder interface for encoders 2 and 3, the parameter can also be written during operation.
Re value = 0, 2:
When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value. It can be removed from the
DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If value = 1:
The component must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from
the very start.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

r0146[0...n] Encoder interface active/inactive / Enc_intf act/inact

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Displays the "active" or "inactive" state of an encoder interface (Sensor Module).
Value: 0: Component inactive
1: Component active
Dependency: Refer to: p0105, p0145, p0480

r0147[0...n] Sensor Module EEPROM data version / SM EEPROM version

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of the EEPROM data of the Sensor Module.
Dependency: Refer to: r0157

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 57
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0148[0...n] Sensor Module firmware version / SM FW version

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the firmware version of the Sensor Module.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0158, r0197, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

p0151 Terminal Module component number / TM comp_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: Sets the component number for the Terminal Module.
This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.
Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a Terminal Module.

p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED / TM detection LED

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Detects the Terminal Module assigned to this drive and data set.
Note: While p0154 = 1, the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Terminal Module.

r0157 Terminal Module EEPROM data version / TM EEPROM version

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of the EEPROM data of the Terminal Module.
Dependency: Refer to: r0147
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

SINAMICS DCM
58 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0158 Terminal Module firmware version / TM FW version

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the firmware version of the Terminal Module.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0148, r0197, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 2 2
Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS).
Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover.

p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS).

p0187[0...n] Encoder 1 encoder data set number / Enc 1 EDS number

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 99
Description: Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 1.
The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set.
Example:
Encoder data set 0 should be assigned to encoder 1 in drive data set 2.
--> p0187[2] = 0
Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 59
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0188[0...n] Encoder 2 encoder data set number / Enc 2 EDS number

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8570
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 99
Description: Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 2.
The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set.
Example:
Encoder data set 1 should be assigned to encoder 2 in drive data set 2.
--> p0188[2] = 1
Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured).

r0196[0...255] Topology component status / Top comp stat

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the components.
r0196[0]: group status of all components
r0196[1]: Status of component with component number 1
...
r0196[255]: Status of component with component number 255
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Component status bit 0 High Low -
01 Component status bit 1 High Low -
02 Component status bit 2 High Low -
03 Component status bit 3 High Low -
04 Component state Active Inactive/parking -
07 Part of the target topology Yes No only act topo -
08 Alarm present Yes No -
09 Safety message present Yes No -
10 Fault present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: Re bit 03 ... 00:
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 0, 0 --> component not available.
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 0, 1 --> power-up, non-cyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 1, 0 --> operating mode, cyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = green).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 1, 1 --> alarm (LED = green).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 0, 0 --> fault (LED = red).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 0, 1 --> detection via LED and operating mode (LED = green/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 1, 0 --> detection via LED and alarm (LED = green/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 1, 1 --> detection via LED and fault (LED = red/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 1, 0, 0, 0 --> firmware being downloaded (LED = green/red with 0.5 Hz).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 1, 0, 0, 1 --> firmware download completed, wait for POWER ON (LED = green/red with 2.0 Hz).
Re bits 12 ... 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

SINAMICS DCM
60 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0197[0...1] Bootloader version / Bootloader vers

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bootloader version.
Index 0:
Displays the bootloader version.
Index 1:
Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2)
Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0148, r0158, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0198[0...2] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version.
r0198[0]: BIOS version
r0198[1]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 0
r0198[2]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 1
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0148, r0158, r0197
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

p0199[0...24] Drive object name / DO name

All objects Can be changed: C1 Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Freely assignable name for a drive object.
In the commissioning software, this name cannot be entered using the expert list, but is specified in the configuration
assistant. The object name can be subsequently modified in the Project Navigator using standard Windows
resources.
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 61
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: PDS Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Converter Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the unique code number of the power unit.
Note: r0200 = 0: No power unit found

p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2 Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: PDS Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Code number of the power unit.
Each time the system boots, the code number is transferred from the data of the power unit to r0200 and to p0201.

r0203[0...15] Firmware package name / FW pkg name

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the name of the firmware package on the memory card/device memory.
r0203[0]: Name character 1
...
r0203[15]: Name character 16
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(3), T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Motor Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and closed-loop control parameters from rating plate data.
Value: 0: No calculation
1: Complete calculation
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.

SINAMICS DCM
62 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0400[0...n] Encoder type selection / Enc_typ sel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 1580, 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 20000 0
Description: Selects the encoder from the list of encoder types supported.
Value: 0: No encoder
3001: 1024 HTL A/B R
3002: 1024 TTL A/B R
3003: 2048 HTL A/B R
3005: 1024 HTL A/B
3006: 1024 TTL A/B
3007: 2048 HTL A/B
3008: 2048 TTL A/B
3009: 1024 HTL A/B unipolar
3011: 2048 HTL A/B unipolar
3020: 2048 TTL A/B R, with sense
3081: SSI, Singleturn, 24 V
3082: SSI, Multiturn 4096, 24 V
3090: 4096, HTL, A/B, SSI, Singleturn
9999: User-defined
20000: Encoder from OEM encoder list
Notice: An encoder type with p0400 < 9999 defines an encoder for which there is an encoder parameter list.
When selecting a catalog encoder (p0400 < 9999) the parameters from the encoder parameter list cannot be
changed (write protection). To remove write protection, the encoder type should be set to a third-party encoder
(p0400 = 9999).
Note: The connected encoder can be identified by p0400 = 10000. This assumes that the encoder supports this method,
which is possible in the following cases: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ, encoder with EnDat interface, DRIVE-CLiQ
encoder.
The encoder data (e.g. pulse number p0408) can only be changed when p0400 = 9999.
When using an encoder with track A/B and zero pulse, as standard, fine synchronization is not set using a zero mark.
If, for a synchronous motor, fine synchronization is to be realized using a zero mark, then the following must be
executed:
- set p0400 to 9999
- set p0404.15 to 1
Prerequisite:
Coarse synchronization must be selected (e.g. pole position identification) and the zero pulse of the encoder must be
either mechanically or electronically (p0431) adjusted to the pole position.
For p0400 = 10000 the following applies:
If an identification is not possible, then p0400 is set to 0.

p0401[0...n] Encoder type OEM selection / Enc type OEM sel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 32767 0
Description: Selects the encoder from the list of encoder types that the OEM supports.
Note: The connected encoder can be identified by p0400 = 10000. This means that the encoder must support this and is
possible in the following cases: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ, encoder with EnDat interface.
If an identification is not possible, then p0400 is set to 0.
The encoder data (e.g. pulse number p0408) can only be changed when p0400 = 9999.
Using p0400 = 20000, the encoder type can be selected from the list of OEM encoders using p0401.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 63
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0402[0...n] Gearbox type selection / Gearbox type sel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 10100 9999
Description: Selects the gearbox type to pre-set the inversion and the gearbox factor.
Measuring gear factor = motor or load revolutions / encoder revolutions.
Value: 1: Gearbox 1:1 not inverted
2: Gearbox 2:7 inverted
3: Gearbox 4:17 inverted
4: Gearbox 2:10 inverted
9999: Gearbox user-defined
10000: Identify gearbox
10100: Identify gearbox
Dependency: Refer to: p0410, p0432, p0433
Note: Re p0402 = 1:
Automatic setting of p0410 = 0000 bin, p0432 = 1, p0433 = 1.
Re p0402 = 2:
Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin, p0432 = 7, p0433 = 2.
Re p0402 = 3:
Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin, p0432 = 17, p0433 = 4.
Re p0402 = 4:
Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin, p0432 = 10, p0433 = 2.
Re p0402 = 9999:
No automatic setting of p0410, p0432, p0433. The parameters should be manually set.
Re p0402 = 10000:
It is only possible to identify the gearbox type for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. Parameters p0410, p0432 and p0433 are
set corresponding to the identified gearbox. If an identification is not possible, then p0402 is set to 9999.

p0404[0...n] Encoder configuration effective / Enc_config eff

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Settings for the basic encoder properties.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Linear encoder Yes No -
01 Absolute encoder Yes No -
02 Multiturn encoder Yes No -
03 Track A/B sq-wave Yes No -
04 Track A/B sine Yes No -
05 Track C/D Yes No -
06 Hall sensor Yes No -
08 EnDat encoder Yes No -
09 SSI encoder Yes No -
10 DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Yes No -
11 Digital encoder Yes No -
12 Equidistant zero mark Yes No -
13 Irregular zero mark Yes No -
14 Distance-coded zero mark Yes No -
15 Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Yes No -
16 Acceleration Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
64 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

17 Track A/B analog Yes No -

20 Voltage level 5 V Yes No -
21 Voltage level 24 V Yes No -
22 Remote sense (only SMC30) Yes No -
23 Resolver excit Yes No -
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: ZM: Zero mark
SMC: Sensor Module Cabinet
If a technique to determine the commutation information/data has not been selected (e.g. track C/D, Hall sensor), and
the encoder pulse number is an integer multiple of the pole number, then the following applies:
The track A/B is adjusted to match the magnetic position of the motor.
Re bit 01, 02 (absolute encoder, multiturn encoder):
These bits can only be selected for EnDat encoders, SSI encoders or DRIVE-CLiQ encoders.
Re bit 10 (DRIVE-CLiQ encoder):
This bit is only used for the large-scale integrated DRIVE-CLiQ encoders that provide their encoder data directly in
DRIVE-CLiQ format without converting this data. This bit is not, therefore, set for first-generation DRIVE-CLiQ
encoders.
Re bit 12 (equidistant zero mark):
The zero marks occur at regular intervals (e.g. rotary encoder with 1 zero mark per revolution or linear encoder with
constant zero mark distance).
The bit activates monitoring of the zero mark distance (p0424/p0425, linear/rotary) or in the case of the linear
encoder with 1 zero mark and p0424 = 0 zero mark monitoring is activated.
Re bit 13 (irregular zero mark):
The zero marks occur at irregular intervals (e.g. a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range). The zero
mark distance is not monitored.
Re bit 14 (distance-coded zero mark):
The distance (clearance) between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be
calculated.
Re bit 15 (commutation with zero mark):
Only applicable for synchronous motors.
The function can be de-selected by priority via p0430.23.
For distance-coded zero marks, the following applies:
The phase sequence of the C/D track (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the encoder (A/B
track).
The phase sequence of the Hall signal (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the motor. Further,
the position of the Hall sensor must be mechanically adjusted to the motor EMF.
The fine synchronization is only started after two zero marks have been passed.

p0405[0...n] Square-wave encoder track A/B / Sq-wave enc A/B

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 1111 bin
Description: Settings for the track A/B in a square-wave encoder.
For square-wave encoders, p0404.3 must also be 1.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Signal Bipolar Unipolar -
01 Level TTL HTL -
02 Track monitoring A/B <> -A/B None -
03 Zero pulse Same as A/B track 24 V unipolar -
04 Switching threshold High Low -
05 Pulse/direction Active Inactive -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 65
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: Re bit 02:
When the function is activated, track monitoring can be de-activated by setting p0437.26.
Re bit 05:
When the function is activated, a frequency setpoint and a direction for traveling can be entered via an encoder
interface.

p0407[0...n] Linear encoder grid division / Enc grid div

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [nm] 250000000 [nm] 16000 [nm]
Description: Sets the grid division for a linear encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The lowest permissible value is 250 nm.

p0408[0...n] Rotary encoder pulse number / Rot enc pulse No.

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16777215 2048
Description: Sets the number of pulses for a rotary encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The number of pole pairs for a resolver is entered here.
The smallest permissible value is 1 pulse.

p0410[0...n] Encoder inversion actual value / Enc inv act value

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4710, 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert actual values.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Invert speed actual value Yes No 4710
01 Invert position actual value Yes No 4704
Note: The inversion influences the following parameters:
Bit 00: r0061, r0094
Bit 01: r0482, r0483

SINAMICS DCM
66 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0411[0...n] Measuring gear configuration / Meas gear config

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for position tracking of a measuring gear.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Measuring gear activate position tracking Yes No -
01 Axis type Linear axis Rotary axis -
02 Measuring gear reset position Yes No -
03 Meas. gearbox, activate pos. tracking for Yes No -
incremental encoders
Notice: For p0411.3 = 1 the following applies:
If position tracking is activated for incremental encoders, only the position actual value is stored. Axis or encoder
motion is not detected when de-activated! Any tolerance window entered in p0413 has no effect.
Note: For the following events, the non-volatile, saved position values are automatically reset:
- when an encoder replacement has been identified.
- when changing the configuration of the Encoder Data Set (EDS).

p0412[0...n] Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4194303 0
Description: Sets the number of rotations that can be resolved for a rotary encoder with activated position tracking of the
measuring gear.
Dependency: This parameter is only of significance for an absolute encoder (p0404.1 = 1) with activated position tracking (p0411.0
= 1) and for an incremental encoder with activated position tracking (p0411.3 = 1).
Note: The resolution that is set must be able to be represented using r0483.
For rotary axes/modulo axes, the following applies:
p0411.0 = 1:
This parameter is pre-set with p0421 and can be changed.
p0411.3 = 1:
The parameter value is pre-set to the highest possible value. The highest possible value depends on the pulse
number (p0408) and the fine resolution (p0419).
For linear axes, the following applies:
p0411.0 = 1:
This parameter is pre-assigned with p0421, expanded by 6 bits for multiturn information (maximum number of
overflows) and cannot be changed.
p0411.3 = 1:
The parameter value is pre-set to the highest possible value. The highest possible value depends on the pulse
number (p0408) and the fine resolution (p0419).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 67
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0413[0...n] Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track window
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 4294967300.00 0.00
Description: Sets a tolerance window for position tracking.
After the system is powered up, the difference between the saved position and the actual position is determined, and
depending on this, the following is initiated:
Difference within the tolerance window --> The position is reproduced as a result of the encoder actual value.
Difference outside the tolerance window --> An appropriate message is output.
Caution: Rotation, e.g. through a complete encoder range is not detected.

Note: The value is entered in integer (complete) encoder pulses.

For p0411.0 = 1, the value is automatically pre-assigned quarter of the encoder range.
Example:
Quarter of the encoder range = (p0408 * p0421) / 4
It is possible that the tolerance window may not be able to be precisely set due to the data type (floating point number
with 23 bit mantissa).

p0414[0...n] Redundant coarse position value relevant bits (identified) / Relevant bits
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 16
Description: Sets the number of relevant bits for the redundant coarse position value.

p0415[0...n] Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit (identified) / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 14
Description: Sets the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position.
Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit

p0416[0...n] Non safety-relevant meas. steps position value POS1 (detected) / nsrPos1
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 22000
Description: Sets the non safety-relevant measuring steps of POS1.
Dependency: Refer to: r0473

SINAMICS DCM
68 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0417[0...n] Encoder safety comparison algorithm (detected) / Safety comp_algo

p0418[0...n] Fine resolution Gx_XIST1 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 1580, 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 18 11
Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the incremental position actual values.
Note: The parameter applies for the following process data:
- Gx_XIST1
- Gx_XIST2 for reference mark or flying measurement
The fine resolution specifies the fraction between two encoder pulses. Depending on the physical measurement
principle, an encoder pulse can be broken down into a different number of fractions (e.g. squarewave encoder: 2 bit =
resolution 4, sin/cos encoder: Typical 11 bit = resolution 2048).
For a squarewave encoder, with the factory setting, the least significant bits have the value zero, i.e. they do not
supply any useful information.
For especially high quality measuring systems, the fine resolution must be increased corresponding to the available
accuracy.

p0419[0...n] Fine resolution absolute value Gx_XIST2 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST2
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 1580, 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 18 9
Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the absolute position actual values.
Dependency: Refer to: p0418
Note: This parameter applies to process data Gx_XIST2 when reading the absolute value.

p0420[0...n] Encoder connection / Enc_connection

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Selecting the encoder connection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 69
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 SUB-D Yes No -
01 Terminal Yes No -

p0421[0...n] Absolute encoder rotary multiturn resolution / Enc abs multiturn

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 4096
Description: Sets the number of rotations that can be resolved for a rotary absolute encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.

p0422[0...n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [nm] 4294967295 [nm] 100 [nm]
Description: Sets the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: The serial protocol of an absolute encoder provides the position with a certain resolution , e.g. 100 nm. This value
must be entered here.

p0423[0...n] Absolute encoder rotary singleturn resolution / Enc abs singleturn

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1073741823 8192
Description: Sets the number of measuring steps per revolution for a rotary absolute encoder.
The resolution refers to the absolute position.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog
encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed
when removing write protection.

p0424[0...n] Encoder linear zero mark distance / Enc lin ZM_dist

SINAMICS DCM
70 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0425[0...n] Encoder rotary zero mark distance / Enc rot dist ZM

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704, 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16777215 2048
Description: Sets the distance in pulses between two zero marks for a rotary encoder. This information is used for zero mark
monitoring.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: For distance-coded zero marks, this means the basic distance.

p0426[0...n] Encoder zero mark differential distance / Enc ZM Dif_dist

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 65535 1
Description: Sets the differential distance with distance-coded zero marks [signal periods].
The value corresponds to jump displacement of "zero mark with interference".
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog
encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed
when removing write protection.

p0427[0...n] Encoder SSI baud rate / Enc SSI baud rate

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [kHz] 65535 [kHz] 100 [kHz]
Description: Sets the baud rate for an SSI encoder.
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). When selecting a catalog
encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed
when removing write protection.
Note: SSI: Synchronous Serial Interface

p0428[0...n] Encoder SSI monoflop time / Enc SSI t_monoflop

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 71
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0429[0...n] Encoder SSI configuration / Enc SSI config

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for an SSI encoder.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Transfer code Binary code Gray code -
02 Transfer absolute value twice Yes No -
06 Data line during the monoflop time High level Low level -
Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).
When selecting a catalog encoder, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should
be carefully observed when removing write protection.
Note: Re bit 06:
The quiescent signal level of the data line corresponds to the inverted, set level.

p0430[0...n] Sensor Module configuration / SM config

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1110 0000 0000 1000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration of the Sensor Module.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
17 Burst oversampling Yes No -
18 Continuous oversampling (reserved) Yes No -
19 Safety position actual value sensing Yes No -
20 Speed calculation mode (only SMC30) Incremental diff Flank time meas -
21 Zero mark tolerance Yes No -
22 Rot pos adapt Yes No -
23 De-select commutation with zero mark Yes No -
24 Commutation with selected zero mark Yes No -
25 Switch off encoder voltage supply during Yes No -
parking
27 Extrapolate position values Yes No -
28 Cubic correction Yes No -
29 Phase correction Yes No -
30 Amplitude correction Yes No -
31 Offset correction Yes No -
Notice: A bit-wise configuration is only possible if the corresponding property is also present in r0458.
Note: Re bit 17 (burst oversampling):
- if bit = 1, burst oversampling is switched on.
Re bit 18 (continuous oversampling):
- if bit = 1, continuous oversampling is switched on.
Re bit 19 (Safety position actual value sensing):
- if bit = 1, the Safety position actual value is transferred in the cyclic telegram.
Re bit 20 (speed calculation mode):
- if bit = 1, the speed is calculated via incremental difference without extrapolation.
- if bit = 0, the speed is calculated via edge time measurement with extrapolation. p0453 is effective in this mode.

SINAMICS DCM
72 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 21 (zero mark tolerance):

- if bit = 1, a one-off zero mark distance error is tolerated. In the event of a defect, the fault F3x100/F3x101 does not
appear, but alarm A3x400/A3x401 does.
Re bit 22 (rotor position adaptation):
- if bit = 1, the rotor position is corrected automatically. The correction speed is +/-1/4 encoder pulse per zero mark
distance.
Re bit 23 (de-select commutation with zero mark):
- The bit should only be set for encoders that have not been adjusted.
Re bit 24 (commutation with selected zero mark):
- if bit = 1, the commutation position is corrected via a selected zero mark.
Re bit 25 (disconnect the encoder power supply on parking):
- if bit = 1, the encoder power supply is switched off on parking (0 V).
- if bit = 0, the encoder power supply is not switched off on parking, it is reduced from 24 V to 5 V.
Re bit 27 (extrapolate position values):
- if bit = 1, the extrapolation of the position values is activated.
Re bit 28 (cubic correction);
- if bit = 1, the cubic correction for track A/B sine is activated.
Re bit 29 (phase correction):
- if bit = 1, the phase correction for track A/B sine is activated.
Re bit 30 (amplitude correction):
- if bit = 1, the amplitude correction for track A/B sine is activated.
Re bit 31 (offset correction):
- if bit = 1, the offset correction for track A/B sine is activated.

p0431[0...n] Angular commutation offset / Ang_com offset

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-180.00 [°] 180.00 [°] 0.00 [°]
Description: Sets the angular commutation offset.
Notice: The angular commutation offset cannot be generally taken from other drive systems.
Note: Angular commutation offset, angular difference between electrical position of encoder and flux position.
For p0404.5 = 1 (track C/D) the following applies:
The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B, the zero mark on track C/D.
For p0404.6 = 1 (Hall sensor) the following applies:
The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B and the zero mark.

p0432[0...n] Gearbox factor encoder revolutions / Grbx_fact enc_rev

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704, 4710,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4711
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 10000 1
Description: Sets the encoder revolutions for the gearbox factor of the encoder evaluation.
The gearbox factor specifies the ratio between the encoder shaft and motor shaft (for motor encoders) or between
the encoder shaft and the load.
Dependency: This parameter can only be set for p0402 = 9999.
Refer to: p0402, p0410, p0433
Note: Negative gearbox factors should be implemented with p0410.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 73
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0433[0...n] Gearbox factor motor/load revolutions / Grbx_fact mot_rev

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: 4704, 4710,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4711
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 10000 1
Description: Sets the motor and load revolutions for the gearbox factor of the encoder evaluation.
The gearbox factor specifies the ratio between the encoder shaft and motor shaft (for motor encoders) or between
the encoder shaft and the load.
Dependency: This parameter can only be set for p0402 = 9999.
Refer to: p0402, p0410, p0432
Note: Negative gearbox factors should be implemented with p0410.

p0434[0...n] Encoder SSI error bit / Enc SSI error bit

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the position and level of the error bit in the SSI protocol.
Notice: The bit may only be positioned before (p0446) or after (p0448) the absolute value in the SSI protocol.
Note: Value = dcba
ba: Position of the error bit in the protocol (0 ... 63).
c: Level (0: Low level, 1: High level).
d: Status of the evaluation (0: Off, 1: On with 1 error bit, 2: On with 2 error bits ... 9: On with 9 error bits).
For several error error bits, the following applies:
- the position specified under ba and the additional bits are assigned increasing consecutively.
- the level set under c applies to all error bits.
Example:
p0434 = 1013
--> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a low level.
p0434 = 1113
--> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level.

p0435[0...n] Encoder SSI alarm bit / Enc SSI alarm bit

SINAMICS DCM
74 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Example:
p0435 = 1014
--> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a low level.
p0435 = 1114
--> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a high level.

p0436[0...n] Encoder SSI parity bit / Enc SSI parity bit

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the position and parity of the parity bit in the SSI protocol.
Notice: The bit may only be positioned before (p0446) or after (p0448) the absolute value in the SSI protocol.
Note: Value = dcba
ba: Position of the parity bit in the protocol (0 ... 63).
c: Parity (0: even, 1: uneven).
d: State of the evaluation (0: Off, 1: On).
Example:
p0436 = 1015
--> The evaluation is switched in and the parity bit is at position 15 with even parity.
p0436 = 1115
--> The evaluation is switched in and the parity bit is at position 15 with uneven parity.

p0437[0...n] Sensor Module configuration extended / SM config ext

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0011 0000 0000 0000 0000
1000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the extended configuration of the Sensor Module.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Data logger Yes No -
01 Zero mark edge detection Yes No -
02 Correction position actual value XIST1 Yes No -
04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No -
05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No -
06 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt Yes No -
errors
07 Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Yes No -
11 Fault handling after PROFIdrive Yes No -
12 Activate additional messages Yes No -
13 Support absolute position for incremental Yes No 4750
encoder
25 Deselect monitoring multiturn Yes No -
representation in Gx_XIST2
26 Deselect track monitoring Yes No -
28 EnDat linear encoder monitoring Yes No -
incremental/absolute
29 EnDat encoder initialization with high Yes No -
accuracy
31 Analog unipolar track monitoring Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0430, r0459

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 75
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

Re bit 00:
When the data logger (trace) is activated, in the case of a fault, data before and after the event are recorded (traced)
and saved in files on the non-volatile memory medium. Experts can then evaluate this data.
Re bit 01:
If bit = 0, the zero mark is evaluated by ANDing tracks A and B and the zero mark.
For bit = 1, the zero mark is evaluated depending on the direction of rotation detected. For a positive direction of
rotation, the positive edge of the zero mark is considered and for a negative direction of rotation, the negative edge of
the zero mark.
Re bit 02:
If the bit is set, in the event of a deviation less than the tolerance window for the zero mark (p4681, p4682), the
pulses per revolution are corrected. If the bit is not set, encoder fault F3x131 is triggered.
Re bits 05, 04:
The actual hardware only supports 1x or 4x signal evaluation.
Bit 5/4 = 0/0: Signal evaluation per period, 4x.
Bit 5/4 = 1/0: Illegal setting.
Bit 5/4 = 0/1: Signal evaluation per period, 1x.
Bit 5/4 = 1/1: Illegal setting.
Re bit 06:
If the function is active, when dn/dt monitoring responds, the speed actual value is internally frozen for a time
equivalent to two current controller clock cycles. The rotor position continues to be integrated. The actual value is
then re-enabled after this time has expired.
Re bit 07:
If the bit is set, the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to p4688 at the zero mark.
Re bit 11:
If the bit is set, the Sensor Module checks within a certain time grid whether the fault cause is still present. This
enables the Sensor Module to switch from the fault state to the operating state and provide valid actual values
automatically. The faults are displayed until the user acknowledges them.
Re bit 12:
Additional fault messages can be activated for extended fault diagnostics.
Re bit 13:
When the bit is set, for an incremental encoder with zero mark, the absolute value in Gn_XIST2 can be requested via
Gn_STW.13.
Re bit 26:
Track monitoring is de-activated for the square-wave encoders when the bit is set, even if the monitoring function is
selected in p0405.2.
Re bit 28:
Monitoring of the difference between incremental and absolute position in the case of linear encoders.
Re bit 29:
When the bit is set, the EnDat encoder is initialized under a certain speed and, therefore, with high accuracy. If
initialization at a higher speed is requested, fault F31151, F32151, or F33151 is output.
Re bit 31:
When monitoring is active, the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are
monitored separately.

p0438[0...n] Squarewave encoder filter time / Enc t_filt

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 100.00 [µs] 0.64 [µs]
Description: Sets the filter time for a squarewave encoder.
The hardware of the squarewave encoder only supports the following values:
0: No filtering
0.04 µs

SINAMICS DCM
76 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

0.64 µs
2.56 µs
10.24 µs
20.48 µs
Dependency: Refer to: r0452
Notice: If the filter time is too long, the track signals A/B/R may be suppressed and the appropriate messages output.
Note: The most suitable filter time depends on the number of pulses and maximum speed of the square-wave encoder.
The filter time is automatically corrected to the next value when entering a non-specified value. In this case, no
message is output.
The effective filter time is displayed in r0452.

p0439[0...n] Encoder ramp-up time / Enc ramp-up time

p0440[0...n] Copy encoder serial number / Copy enc ser_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Copies the actual serial number of the encoder belonging to this Encoder Data Set (EDS) to p0441 ... p0445.
Example:
For p0440[0] = 1, the serial number of the encoder belonging EDS0 is copied to p0441[0] ... p0445[0].
Value: 0: No action
1: Transfer serial number
Dependency: Refer to: p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Note: For encoders with serial number, encoder replacement is monitored in order to request angular commutation
calibration (adjustment) for motor encoders and absolute calibration for direct measuring systems with absolute value
data. The serial number, which from then onwards is used for monitoring purposes, can be transferred using p0440.
In the following cases, copying is automatically started in the following cases:
1.) When commissioning 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FK7 motors.
2.) When writing into p0431.
3.) For p1990 = 1.
p0440 is automatically set to 0 when the copying has been completed.
In order to permanently accept the copied values, it is necessary to save in a non-volatile fashion (p0977).

p0441[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 1 / Enc comm ser_no 1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Serial number part 1 of the encoder for the commissioning.
Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 77
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p0442[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 2 / Enc comm ser_no 2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Serial number part 2 of the encoder for the commissioning.
Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0441, p0443, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p0443[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 3 / Enc comm ser_no 3

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Serial number part 3 of the encoder for the commissioning.
Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0441, p0442, p0444, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p0444[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 4 / Enc comm ser_no 4

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Serial number part 4 of the encoder for the commissioning.
Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0441, p0442, p0443, p0445, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p0445[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 / Enc comm ser_no 5

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Serial number part 5 of the encoder for the commissioning.
Dependency: Refer to: p0440, p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

SINAMICS DCM
78 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0452[0...2] Squarewave encoder filter time display / Enc t_filt displ

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the effective filter time for a squarewave encoder.
The filter time is set using p0438.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p0438
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p0453[0...n] Pulse encoder evaluation zero speed measuring time / Enc_ev n_0 t_meas
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [ms] 10000.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the measuring time for evaluating zero speed.
If no pulses are detected from track A/B during this time, a speed actual value of zero is output.
Dependency: Refer to: r0452
Note: This function is required for slow-running motors so that actual speeds close to zero can be output correctly.

r0455[0...2] Encoder configuration recognized / Enc config act

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the detected encoder configuration.
In this case, the encoder must automatically support the function (e.g. encoder with EnDat interface).
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Linear encoder Yes No -
01 Absolute encoder Yes No -
02 Multiturn encoder Yes No -
03 Track A/B sq-wave Yes No -
04 Track A/B sine Yes No -
05 Track C/D Yes No -
06 Hall sensor Yes No -
08 EnDat encoder Yes No -
09 SSI encoder Yes No -
10 DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Yes No -
11 Digital encoder Yes No -
12 Equidistant zero mark Yes No -
13 Irregular zero mark Yes No -
14 Distance-coded zero mark Yes No -
15 Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Yes No -
16 Acceleration Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 79
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

17 Track A/B analog Yes No -

20 Voltage level 5 V Yes No -
21 Voltage level 24 V Yes No -
22 Remote sense (only SMC30) Yes No -
23 Resolver excit Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0404
Note: ZM: Zero mark
This parameter is only used for diagnostics.
A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.
Re bit 20, 21 (voltage level 5 V, voltage level 24 V):
The voltage level cannot be detected. Therefore, these bits are always set to 0.

r0456[0...2] Encoder configuration supported / Enc_config supp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder configuration supported by the Sensor Module.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Linear encoder Yes No -
01 Absolute encoder Yes No -
02 Multiturn encoder Yes No -
03 Track A/B sq-wave Yes No -
04 Track A/B sine Yes No -
05 Track C/D Yes No -
06 Hall sensor Yes No -
08 EnDat encoder Yes No -
09 SSI encoder Yes No -
10 DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Yes No -
11 Digital encoder Yes No -
12 Equidistant zero mark Yes No -
13 Irregular zero mark Yes No -
14 Distance-coded zero mark Yes No -
15 Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Yes No -
16 Acceleration Yes No -
17 Track A/B analog Yes No -
20 Voltage level 5 V Yes No -
21 Voltage level 24 V Yes No -
22 Remote sense (only SMC30) Yes No -
23 Resolver excit Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0404
Note: ZM: Zero mark
This parameter is only used for diagnostics.
A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

r0458[0...2] Sensor Module properties / SM properties

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the Sensor Module configuration.

SINAMICS DCM
80 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Encoder 1

[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Encoder data available Yes No -
01 Motor data available Yes No -
02 Temperature sensor connection available Yes No -
03 Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVE- Yes No -
CLiQ also available
04 Module temperature available Yes No -
05 Absolute encoder p0408/p0421 no power of Yes No -
2
06 Sensor Module permits parking/unparking Yes No -
07 Hall sensor can be combined with actual Yes No -
value inversion
08 Evaluation through several temperature Yes No -
channels possible
09 Encoder fault and its associated information Yes No -
available
10 Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Yes No -
11 Configuring without park state possible Yes No -
12 Extended functions available Yes No -
13 Extended encoder fault handling Yes No -
14 Extended singleturn/multiturn information Yes No -
available
15 Evaluation function reserve Yes No -
16 Pole position identification Yes No -
17 Burst oversampling Yes No -
18 Continuous oversampling Yes No -
19 Safety position actual value sensing Yes No -
20 Extended speed calculation being used Yes No -
(only SMC30)
21 Zero mark tolerance Yes No -
22 Rot pos adapt Yes No -
23 Commutation with zero mark can be de- Yes No -
selected
24 Commutation with selected zero mark Yes No -
25 Disconnection of encoder power supply on Yes No -
parking supported
26 Parking with temperature evaluation Yes No -
27 SSI position value extrapolation Yes No -
28 Cubic correction Yes No -
29 Phase correction Yes No -
30 Amplitude correction Yes No -
31 Offset correction Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p0601
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.
Re bit 11:
When the property is set, the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface
becoming invalid (state r0481.14 = 1 "parking encoder active"):
p0314, p0315, p0430, p0431, p0441, p0442, p0443, p0444, p0445
Re bit 12:
The extended functions can be configured using p0437.
Re bit 13:
Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW.15.
Re bit 14:
Only for internal Siemens use.
Re bit 23:
When the property is set, commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430.23.
Re bit 24:
If the property is set, commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 81
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0459[0...2] Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the extended properties supported by the Sensor Module.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Data logger Yes No -
01 Zero mark edge detection Yes No -
02 Correction position actual value XIST1 Yes No -
04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No -
05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No -
06 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt Yes No -
errors
07 Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Yes No -
09 Function p0426, p0439 supported Yes No -
10 Pulse/direction interface Yes No -
11 Fault handling after PROFIdrive Yes No -
12 Activate additional messages Yes No -
13 Absolute position for incremental encoder Yes No -
supported
14 Spindle functionality Yes No -
15 Additional temperature sensor available Yes No -
16 Internal encoder temperature available Yes No -
17 Extended multiturn resolution Yes No -
24 Multiturn via battery Yes No -
25 Deselect monitoring multiturn Yes No -
representation in Gx_XIST2
26 Track monitoring de-selection Yes No -
28 EnDat linear encoder monitoring Yes No -
incremental/absolute
29 EnDat encoder initialization with high Yes No -
accuracy
31 Analog unipolar track monitoring Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p0437
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.
Re bit 09:
Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module.

r0460[0...2] Encoder serial number part 1 / Enc ser_no 1

SINAMICS DCM
82 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0461[0...2] Encoder serial number part 2 / Enc ser_no 2

r0462[0...2] Encoder serial number part 3 / Enc ser_no 3

r0463[0...2] Encoder serial number part 4 / Enc ser_no 4

r0464[0...2] Encoder serial number part 5 / Enc ser_no 5

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 83
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0465[0...27] Encoder 1 identification number/serial number / Enc1 ID_no/Ser_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification/serial number of encoder 1.
Index 0 = first character of the identification number
...
Index x = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 1 = 2F hex (slash) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number
...
Index y with contents = last character of the serial number
Dependency: Refer to: r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters.

r0466[0...27] Encoder 2 identification number/serial number / Enc2 ID_no/Ser_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification/serial number of encoder 2.
Index 0 = first character of the identification number
...
Index x = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 1 = 2F hex (slash) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number
Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number
...
Index y with contents = last character of the serial number
Dependency: Refer to: r0460, r0461, r0462, r0463, r0464
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters.

r0469[0...2] Absolute encoder linear measuring step / Enc lin meas step
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [nm] - [nm] - [nm]
Description: Displays the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Encoder 3
Dependency: Refer to: p0422

SINAMICS DCM
84 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0470[0...2] Redundant coarse position value valid bits / Valid bits

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the valid bits of the redundant coarse position value.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -

r0471[0...2] Redundant coarse position value fine resolution bits / Fine bit
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of valid bits for the fine resolution of the redundant coarse position value.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -

r0472[0...2] Redundant coarse position value relevant bits / Relevant bits

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of relevant bits for the redundant coarse position value.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -

r0473[0...2] Non safety-relevant measuring steps position value pos1 / nsrPos1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 85
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0474[0...2] Redundant coarse position value configuration / Red pos config

r0475[0...2] Gx_XIST1 coarse position safe most significant bit / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit

r0477[0...2] CO: Measuring gear position difference / Meas gear pos diff
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position difference before the measuring gear between powering down and powering up.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Note: The increments are displayed in the format the same as r0483. The position difference should be read in encoder
increments.

r0479[0...2] CO: Diagnostics encoder position actual value Gn_XIST1 / Diag Gn_XIST1
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive for
diagnostics.

SINAMICS DCM
86 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

In contrast to r0482, the value is updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Caution: Following ramping-up or after a data set changeover, the new value is present at connector inputs which are
interconnected to connector output r0479 and under certain circumstances take 100 ms to become available.
Reason:
These interconnections are updated in the background, unlike interconnections involving other connector outputs
(e.g. CO: r0482).
The value is immediately available when non-cyclically reading r0479 (e.g. via the expert list).

p0480[0...2] CI: Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source / Enc Gn_STW S_src
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4720,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4750
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1) is activated, the following BICO interconnection is
established:
CI: p0480[0] = r2520[0], CI: p0480[1] = r2520[1] and CI: p0480[2] = r2520[2]

r0481[0...2] CO: Encoder status word Gn_ZSW / Enc Gn_ZSW

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704, 4730
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder status word Gn_ZSW according to PROFIdrive.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Encoder 3
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Function 1 active Yes No -
01 Function 2 active Yes No -
02 Function 3 active Yes No -
03 Function 4 active Yes No -
04 Value 1 Displayed in r0483 Not present -
05 Value 2 Displayed in r0483 Not present -
06 Value 3 Displayed in r0483 Not present -
07 Value 4 Displayed in r0483 Not present -
08 Measuring probe 1 deflected Yes No -
09 Measuring probe 2 deflected Yes No -
11 Encoder fault acknowledge active Yes No 9676
13 Absolute value cyclically Displayed in r0483 No -
14 Parking encoder active Yes No -
15 Encoder fault Displayed in r0483 None -
Note: Re bit 14:
Displays the acknowledgement for "activate parking encoder" (Gn_STW.14 = 1) or encoder position actual value
(Gn_XIST1) invalid.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 87
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 14, 15:

r0481.14 = 1 and r0481.15 = 0 can have one of the following causes:
- the encoder is parked.
- the encoder is de-activated.
- the encoder is being commissioned.
- no parameterized encoder available.
- encoder data set is being changed over.
r0481.14 = 1 and r0481.15 = 1 has the following significance:
An encoder error has occurred and the encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) is invalid.

r0482[0...2] CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 / Enc Gn_XIST1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4704,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4735
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Note: - this value is reset if necessary when the "parking encoder" (r0481.14) function is de-selected.
- in this value, the measuring gear (p0432, p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated
(p0411.0 = 1).
- The update time for the position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4].
- The update time in isochronous operation corresponds to the bus cycle time r2064[1].
- The update time in isochronous operation and with position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller
clock cycle p0115[4].
- The update time in non-isochronous operation or without position control (EPOS) comprises the following:
Update time = 4 * least common multiple (LCM) of all current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) in the drive group
(infeed + drives). The minimum update time is 1 ms.
Example 1: infeed, servo
Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs, 125 µs) = 4 * 250 µs = 1 ms
Example 2: infeed, servo, vector
Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs, 125 µs, 500 µs) = 4 * 500 µs = 2 ms

r0483[0...2] CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 / Enc Gn_XIST2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 according to PROFIdrive.
Recommendation: Possible causes:
Re Error code = 4097, 4098: Defective Control Unit hardware.
Re Error codes = 4099, 4100: Too many measuring pulses have occurred.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW.13.

SINAMICS DCM
88 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: - in this value, the measuring gear (p0432, p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated
(p0411.0 = 1).
- if GxZSW.15 = 1 (r0481), then an error code with the following significance is located in Gx_XIST2 (r0483):
1: Encoder fault.
2: Possible position shift in Gx_XIST1.
3: Encoder parking not possible.
4: Cancellation, reference block search (e.g. reference mark not available or input terminal for external zero mark not
set). Zero mark is requested, however according to p0404.12/13/14 there is no zero mark (alarm A07565).
5: Cancellation, fetch reference value (e.g. illegal change from reference mark search to flying measurement).
6: Cancellation, flying measurement (e.g. input terminal for probe not set).
7: Cancellation, fetch measured value (e.g. illegal change from flying measurement to reference mark search).
8: Abort, absolute value transfer.
3841: Function not supported.
4097: Abort, reference mark search due to an initialization error.
4098: Abort, flying measurement due to an initialization error.
4099: Abort, reference mark search due to a measuring error.
4100: Abort, flying measurement due to a measuring error.

r0484[0...2] CO: Redundant coarse encoder position + CRC / Enc red pos+CRC
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the redundant coarse encoder position including CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check).
Upper 16 bits:
CRC over the redundant coarse encoder position.
Lower 16 bits:
Redundant coarse encoder position.
On an SMx Sensor Module, the encoder coarse position count direction is opposite to r0482 (encoder actual value
Gn_XIST1). The value contains 2 bit fine resolution.
With a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder, the encoder coarse position count direction is the same as r0482.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: The values are valid when the safety position actual value sensing is activated (p0430.19 = 1).
Refer to: p0430
Note: This absolute value does not change, contrary to r0482, when de-selecting the function "parking axis".

r0485[0...2] CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value incremental / Enc raw val incr
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the raw value of the incremental encoder actual value before the measuring gear.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 89
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0486[0...2] CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value absolute / Enc raw val abs
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the raw value of the absolute encoder actual value before the measuring gear.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -

r0487[0...2] Diagnostic encoder control word Gn_STW / Enc Gn_STW

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4704,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4720, 4735
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Request function 1 Yes No -
01 Request function 2 Yes No -
02 Request function 3 Yes No -
03 Request function 4 Yes No -
04 Request command bit 0 Yes No -
05 Request command bit 1 Yes No -
06 Request command bit 2 Yes No -
07 Flying measurement mode/search for Flying measurement Reference marks -
reference mark
13 Request absolute value cyclic Yes No -
14 Request parking encoder Yes No -
15 Request acknowledge encoder fault Yes No -
Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The signal source for the encoder control word is set with p0480.

p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER / Fault resp ENCODER

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 0
Description: Sets the behavior for the ENCODER fault response (motor encoder).
This means, for example, if an encoder fault occurs, encoderless operation can be automatically selected with a
shutdown behavior that can be selected.
Value: 0: Encoder fault results in OFF2
1: Enc fault results in encoderless oper. and oper. continues
2: Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF1
3: Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF3
4: Encoder fault results in an armature short-cct int/DC braking
5: Enc fault results in encoderless op, operation continues, alarm

SINAMICS DCM
90 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The following parameters are relevant for encoderless operation.

Caution: For a value = 1, 2, 3, 5 the following applies:
- encoderless operation must have been started.
- if, for synchronous motors, an encoder fault occurs below the switchover speed p1755, when switching over to
encoderless operation, the motor can stall.
For a value = 1, 5 the following applies:
- in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred, the motor continues to operate.
Note: For a value = 1, 2, 3, 5 the following applies:
- Refer to the status signal "encoderless operation due to a fault" (BO: r1407.13).
- If, with r1407.13 = 1, a different drive data set is selected (e.g. interconnection from p0820), then the open-loop or
closed-loop control type p1300 of this data set must match that of the original data set (e.g. p1300 = 21). Encoderless
closed-loop controlled operation is kept when changing over.
For a value = 4, the following applies:
- The value can only be set for all motor data sets when p1231 = 3, 4.
- For synchronous motors, an armature short circuit is initiated on an encoder fault.
- For induction motors, DC braking is initiated on an encoder fault. DC braking must be commissioned (p1232,
p1233, p1234).
For a value = 5, the following applies:
Same function as for value = 1. However, encoder faults are output as alarm and the message bit "Fault active"
(r2139.3) is not set. The encoder fault has to be acknowledged via the encoder interface in order to resume operation
with encoder.

p0492 Square-wave encoder maximum speed difference per sampling cycle /

n_dif max/samp_cyc
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum permissible speed difference within the current controller sampling time for squarewave
encoders.
When the value is exceeded, depending on p0491, either encoderless closed-loop speed/torque control is selected
or the drive is powered down.
Note: For a value of 0.0, the speed change monitoring is disabled.
if the set maximum speed difference is only exceeded for one sampling time of the current controller, then an
appropriate alarm is output. However, if the maximum speed difference is exceeded over several sampling times,
then a corresponding fault is output.

p0496[0...2] Encoder diagnostic signal selection / Enc diag select

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 86 0
Description: Selects the trace signal to be output in r0497, r0498 and r0499 for encoder diagnostics.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: r0497: Mechanical revolution
10: r0498: Raw value track A, r0499: Raw value track B
11: r0498: Fine position X (-A/2), r0499: Fine position Y (-B/2)
12: r0498: Fine position Phi, r0499: -
13: r0498: Offset correction X, r0499: Offset correction Y
14: r0498: Phase correction X, r0499: Amplitude correction Y
15: r0498: Cubic correction X, r0499: Fine position X
16: r0498: oversampling channel A, r0499: oversampling channel B
17: r0498: fan-out amount, r0499: fan-out number

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 91
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

18: r0498: Oversampling angle, r0499: Oversampling amount

19: r0498: Fault counter AB, r0499: raw value track A
20: r0498: Raw value track C, r0499: Raw value track D
21: r0498: CD position X (-D/2), r0499: CD position Y (C/2)
22: r0498: CD position Phi, r0499: CD pos. Phi - mech. revolution
23: r0497: Zero mark status
24: r0498: Raw value track R, r0499: Zero mark status
25: r0498: Raw value track A, r0499: Raw value track R
30: r0497: Absolute position serial
31: r0497: Absolute position incremental
32: r0497: Zero mark position
33: r0497: Correction absolute position difference
40: r0498: Raw temperature, r0499: Temperature in 0.1 °C
41: r0498: Resistance in 0.1 Ohm, r0499: Temperature in 0.1 °C
42: r0497: Resistance 2500 Ohm
51: r0497: Absolute speed difference (dn/dt)
52: r0497: Xact1 corrected quadrants
60: Analog sensor: r0498: raw val chann. A, r0499: raw val chann. B
61: Analog sensor: r0498: fine pos chann. A,r0499: fine pos chann. B
62: Analog sensor: r0498: Fine pos before characteristic, r0499: -
70: Resolver: r0498: Transformation ratio, r0499: phase
80: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (raw), r0499: Sensor S4 (raw)
81: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (raw), r0499: -
85: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (cal), r0499: Sensor S4 (cal)
86: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (cal), r0499: -
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: r0497, r0498, r0499
Notice: The setting option depends on the following properties:
Sensor Module type, hardware version, firmware version (Sensor Module and Control Units), order number (last
digit).
Not all combinations are supported.
Note: Re p0496 = 1: 360 ° <--> 2^32
Re p0496 = 10 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec
Re p0496 = 10, 20 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): 500 mV <--> 21299 dec
Re p0496 = 11 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec, internal processor offset is corrected
Re p0496 = 11, 21 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec, internal processor offset is corrected
Re p0496 = 12: 180 ° fine position <--> 32768 dec
Re p0496 = 13 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec
Re p0496 = 13 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec
Re p0496 = 14: 1 ° <--> 286 dec, 100% <--> 16384 dec
Re p0496 = 15: 100 % <--> 16384 dec
Re p0496 = 16: (resolver): channel A: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec, channel B: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec
Re p0496 = 16: (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat) channel A: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec, channel B: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec
Re p0496 = 17 (resolver): absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec, number: 1 ... 8
Re p0496 = 17 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): absolute value 500 mV <--> 10650 dec, number: 1 ... 8
Re p0496 = 18 (resolver): angle: signal period <--> 2^16, absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec
Re p0496 = 18 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): angle: signal period <--> 2^16, absolute value: 500 mV <--> 10650 dec
Re p0496 = 19 (resolver): counter: dec, channel A: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec
Re p0496 = 19 (sin/cos 1 Vpp, EnDat): counter: dec, channel A: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec
Re p0496 = 22: 180 ° <--> 32768 dec
Re p0496 = 23, 24: r0497.31 (r0499.15) set for at least 1 current controller cycle when encoder zero mark detected
Re p0496 = 24, 25: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec
Re p0496 = 30: Rotary: 1 singleturn measuring step <--> 1 dec, linear: 1 measuring step <--> 1 dec
Re p0496 = 31: Absolute position, incremental in 1/4 encoder pulses
Re p0496 = 32: Zero mark position in 1/4 encoder pulses
Re p0496 = 33: counter offset absolute value in 1/4 encoder pulses
Re p0496 = 40: r0498 <--> (R_KTY/1 kOhm - 0.9) * 32768

SINAMICS DCM
92 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re p0496 = 42: 2500 Ohm <--> 2^32

Re p0496 = 51: 1 rpm <--> 1000 dec
Re p0496 = 52: In 1/4 encoder pulses
Re p0496 = 60: voltage, channel A in mV, voltage, channel B in mV
Re p0496 = 61: Channel A: encoder periods <--> 2^16, channel B: encoder periods <--> 2^16
Re p0496 = 62: encoder periods <--> 2^16
Re p0496 = 70: r: 100% <--> 10000 dec, phase: 180 ° <--> 18000 dec
Re p0496 = 80, 81, 85, 86: 1V <--> 1000 inc

r0497[0...2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal double word / Enc diag DW

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (double word).
The signal to be output is selected in p0496.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p0496, r0498, r0499

r0498[0...2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal low word / Enc diag low word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (low component).
The signal to be output is selected in p0496.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p0496, r0497, r0499

r0499[0...2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal high word / Enc diag high word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (high component).
The signal to be output is selected in p0496.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p0496, r0497, r0498

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 93
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0595 Technological unit selection / Tech unit select

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: C2(5) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Applications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
1 32 1
Description: Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller.
For p0595 = 1, 2, the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active.
Value: 1: %
2: 1 referred no dimensions
3: bar
4: °C
5: Pa
6: ltr/s
7: m³/s
8: ltr/min
9: m³/min
10: ltr/h
11: m³/h
12: kg/s
13: kg/min
14: kg/h
15: t/min
16: t/h
17: N
18: kN
19: Nm
20: psi
21: °F
22: gallon/s
23: inch³/s
24: gallon/min
25: inch³/min
26: gallon/h
27: inch³/h
28: lb/s
29: lb/min
30: lb/h
31: lbf
32: lbf ft
Dependency: Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1).
Refer to: p0596
Note: When switching over from % into another unit, the following sequence applies:
- set p0596
- set p0595 to the required unit

p0596 Technological unit reference quantity / Tech unit ref qty

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.01 340.28235E36 1.00
Description: Sets the reference quantity for the technological units.
When changing over using changeover parameter p0595 to absolute units, all of the parameters involved refer to the
reference quantity.
Dependency: Refer to: p0595

SINAMICS DCM
94 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When changing over from one technological unit into another, or when changing the reference parameter, a
changeover is not made.

p0601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(3), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: MDS Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Motor Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the sensor type for the motor temperature monitoring.
Value: 0: No sensor
2: KTY84
Dependency: Refer to: r0458

p0700[0...n] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The binector inputs of the corresponding command data set are appropriately interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0700 = 6 --> macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p1000, p1500, r8571
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8571. r8571 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
BI: Binector Input
CDS: Command Data Set

p0700 Macro Binector Input (BI) for TMs / Macro BI TM

TM15DI_DO, TM31 Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0700 = 6 --> macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: r8571
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 95
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8571. r8571 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
BI: Binector Input
CDS: Command Data Set

p0802 Data transfer: memory card as source/target / mem_card src/targ

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to memory card.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- Sets the source of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 48 --> PS048xxx.ACX is the source).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- Sets the target of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 23 --> PS023xxx.ACX is the target).
Dependency: Refer to: p0803, p0804
Notice: If the data between the volatile and non-volatile device memories differ, then it may be necessary to save the data on
the memory card in a non-volatile fashion prior to the transfer (e.g. p0971 = 1).

p0803 Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 20 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to device memory.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- Sets the target of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 10 --> PS010xxx.ACX is the target).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- Sets the source of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 11 --> PS011xxx.ACX is the source).
Value: 0: Source/target standard
10: Source/target with setting 10
11: Source/target with setting 11
12: Source/target with setting 12
20: Source/target with setting 20
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0804
Notice: If the data between the volatile and non-volatile device memories differ, then it may be necessary to save the data on
the memory card in a non-volatile fashion prior to the transfer (e.g. p0971 = 1).

p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start

SINAMICS DCM
96 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Example 1:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the device memory to the memory card with setting 0. The parameter
backup is to be stored on the memory card with setting 22.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as target with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as source with setting 0)
p0804 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card)
--> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX.
Example 2:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the memory card to the device memory with setting 22. The
parameter backup is to be stored in the device memory as setting 0.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as source with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as target with setting 0)
p0804 = 1 (start data transfer from memory card to device memory)
--> PS022xxx.ACX is transferred from memory card to device memory and stored as PS000xxx.ACX.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Memory card to device memory
2: Device memory to memory card
1001: File on memory card cannot be opened
1002: File in device memory cannot be opened
1003: Memory card not found
1100: File cannot be transferred
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803
Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred.
Note: If a parameter backup with setting 0 is detected on the memory card when the Control Unit is switched on
(PS000xxx.ACX), this is transferred automatically to the device memory.
When the memory card is inserted, a parameter backup with setting 0 (PS000xxx.ACX) is automatically written to the
memory card when the parameters are saved in a non-volatile memory (e.g. by means of "Copy RAM to ROM").
Once the data has been successfully transferred, this parameter is automatically reset to 0. If an error occurs, the
parameter is set to a value > 1000. Possible fault causes:
p0804 = 1001:
The parameter backup set in p0802 as the source on the memory card does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available on the memory card.
p0804 = 1002:
The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available in the device memory.
p0804 = 1003:
No memory card has been inserted.

p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control.
Dependency: Refer to: r0807
Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 97
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays what has the master control.
The drive can be controlled via the BICO interconnection or from external (e.g. the commissioning software).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Master control active Yes No 2580,
3113,
3130
Dependency: Refer to: p0806
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control words/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active
Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP
The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8560
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 0
Description: Copies one Command Data Set (CDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Command Data Set
[1] = Target Command Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which command data set should be copied.
2. In Index 1, enter the command data set that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0809[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8560
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, r0836
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.
A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809.

SINAMICS DCM
98 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(15) Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 0
Description: Copies one Drive Data Set (DDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Drive Data Set
[1] = Target Drive Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which drive data set is to be copied.
2. In Index 1, enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0819[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(15), T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8565, 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 0 (DDS, bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, r0837
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(15), T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8565, 8570
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Data sets Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 1 (DDS, bit 1).
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, r0837
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

r0835.2 CO/BO: Data set changeover status word / DDS_ZSW

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8575
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word for the drive data set changeover.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
02 Internal parameter calculation active Yes No -
Note: Re bit 02:
A data set changeover is delayed by the time required for the internal parameter calculation.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 99
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0836.0 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8560
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the command data set (CDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS select. bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, p0810
Note: Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.

r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8565
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS select. bit 0 ON OFF -
01 DDS select. bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820, p0821
Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following.
The currently effective drive data set is displayed in r0051.

p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p1055, p1056
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056.
The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056.
For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switch-on inhibit is acknowledged.
Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCM
100 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p50084 = 1), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression and switch-on inhibit)
For drives with closed-loop torque control (p50084 = 2), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: immediate pulse suppression
For drives with closed-loop speed/torque control, the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled)

p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- No OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- No OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 101
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p50296), then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- No OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p50296), then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- No OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3).
BI: p0852 = 0 signal
Inhibit operation (suppress pulses).
BI: p0852 = 1 signal
Enable operation (pulses can be enabled).

SINAMICS DCM
102 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10).
BI: p0854 = 0 signal
No control by PLC
BI: p0854 = 1 signal
Master control by PLC.
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available,
then binector input p0854 should be set to 1.
If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies
regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999).

p0855[0...n] BI: Unconditionally release holding brake / Uncond open brake

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "unconditionally open holding brake".
Dependency: Refer to: p0858
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The signal via BI: p0858 (unconditionally close holding brake) has a higher priority than via BI: p0855 (unconditionally
open holding brake).

p0856[0...n] BI: Speed controller enable / n_ctrl enable

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable speed controller" (r0898.12).
0 signal: Set the I component and speed controller output to zero.
1 signal: Enable speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r0898
Note: If "enable speed controller" is withdrawn, then an existing brake will be closed.
If "speed controller enable" is withdrawn, the pulses are not suppressed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 103
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0858[0...n] BI: Unconditionally close holding brake / Uncond close brake

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "unconditionally close holding brake".
Dependency: Refer to: p0855
Note: The signal via BI: p0858 (unconditionally close holding brake) has a higher priority than via BI: p0855 (unconditionally
open holding brake).
For a 1 signal via BI: p0858, the command "unconditionally close the holding brake" is executed and internally a zero
setpoint is entered.

r0898.0...14 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the control word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Operation enable Yes No -
04 Ramp-function generator enable Yes No -
05 Continue ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Speed setpoint enable Yes No -
07 Command open brake Yes No -
08 Jog 1 Yes No -
09 Jog 2 Yes No -
10 Master ctrl by PLC Yes No -
12 Speed controller enable Yes No -
14 Command close brake Yes No -
Note: OC: Operating condition

r0899.0...15 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2585, 2750,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 3150, 3151, 3152, 6810, 6830
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Rdy for switch on Yes No -
01 Ready Yes No -
02 Operation enabled Yes No -
03 Jog active Yes No -
04 No coasting active OFF2 inactive OFF2 active -
05 No Quick Stop active OFF3 inactive OFF3 active -
06 Switching on inhibited active Yes No -
07 Drive ready Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
104 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

08 Controller enable Yes No -

09 Control request Yes No -
11 Pulses enabled Yes No -
12 Open holding brake Yes No -
13 Command close holding brake Yes No -
14 Pulse enable from the brake control Yes No -
15 Setpoint enable from the brake control Yes No -
Note: Re bits 00, 01, 02, 04, 05, 06, 09:
For PROFIdrive, these signals are used for status word 1.

p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address

CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1520, 2410
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 126 125
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface (X126) on the Control Unit.
The address can be set as follows:
Via p0918
--> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM".
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126
Address 126 is used for commissioning.
Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address

CU_DC, CU_DC_S Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1520, 2410
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 126 126
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface (X126) on the Control Unit.
The address can be set as follows:
Via p0918
--> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM".
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126
Address 126 is used for commissioning.
Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / IF1 PZD telegr

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1520, 2420
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
390 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Value: 390: SIEMENS telegram 390, PZD-2/2
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 105
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / IF1 PZD telegr

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1520, 2420
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Value: 1: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2
3: Standard telegram 3, PZD-5/9
4: Standard telegram 4, PZD-6/14
20: Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6
220: SIEMENS telegram 220, PZD-10/10
352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Note: For p0922 = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed. This means that for
these telegrams, the "SIMODRIVE 611 universal" interface mode is set and cannot be changed.
If a value is not equal to 999, a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are
inhibited.
The inhibited interconnections can only be changed again after setting value 999.

r0924[0...1] ZSW bit pulses enabled / ZSW pulse enab

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position of the "Pulses enabled" status signal in the PROFIdrive telegram.
Index: [0] = Signal number
[1] = Bit position

r0944 CO: Counter for fault buffer changes / Fault buff change
All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays fault buffer changes. This counter is incremented every time the fault buffer changes.
Recommendation: Used to check whether the fault buffer has been read out consistently.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109

r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Notice: The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.

SINAMICS DCM
106 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Fault buffer structure (general principle):
r0945[0], r0949[0], r0948[0], r2109[0], r3115[0] --> actual fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[7], r0949[7], r0948[7], r2109[7], r3115[7] --> actual fault case, fault 8
r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8], r3115[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15], r3115[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8
...
r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56], r3115[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63], r3115[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8

r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Notice: The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Fault buffer structure (general principle):
r0945[0], r0949[0], r0948[0], r2109[0], r3115[0] --> actual fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[7], r0949[7], r0948[7], r2109[7], r3115[7] --> actual fault case, fault 8
r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8], r3115[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15], r3115[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8
...
r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56], r3115[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63], r3115[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8

r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit.
The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code.
Dependency: The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 107
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit.
The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code.
Dependency: The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.

r0947[0...63] Fault number / Fault number

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r0945.

r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred.

SINAMICS DCM
108 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset.
Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136

p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6700, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset.
Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 109
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0963 PROFIBUS baud rate / PB baud rate

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the corresponding value for the PROFIBUS baud rate.
Value: 0: 9.6 kbit/s
1: 19.2 kbit/s
2: 93.75 kbit/s
3: 187.5 kbit/s
4: 500 kbit/s
6: 1.5 Mbit/s
7: 3 Mbit/s
8: 6 Mbit/s
9: 12 Mbit/s
10: 31.25 kbit/s
11: 45.45 kbit/s
255: Unknown

r0964[0...6] Device identification / Device ident

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the device identification.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Device type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = Number of drive objects
[6] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0964[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0964[1] = device type, see below
r0964[2] = 403 --> first part of the firmware version V04.03 (for second part, refer to index 6)
r0964[3] = 2010 --> year 2010
r0964[4] = 1705 --> 17th of May
r0964[5] = 2 --> 2 drive objects
r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00)
Device type:
r0964[1] = 5490 --> SINAMICS DCM

r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number

SINAMICS DCM
110 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Constant value = 0329 hex.

Byte 1: Profile number = 03 hex = PROFIdrive profile
Byte 2: Profile version = 29 hex = Version 4.1
Note: When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the Octet String 2 data type applies.

p0969 System runtime relative / t_System relative

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in ms since the last POWER ON.
Note: The value in p0969 can only be reset to 0.
The value overflows after approx. 49 days.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

p0970 TM150 reset parameters / TM150 par reset

TM150 Can be changed: C2(30) Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

p0970 TM15DI/DO reset parameter / TM15D par reset

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C2(30) Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
The sampling time p4099 is not reset if in so doing a conflict occurs with the basic clock cycle.
Parameter p0151 is not reset. It is only reset if the entire drive unit is reset to the factory settings (p0976).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 111
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0970 TM31 reset parameters / TM31 par reset

TM31 Can be changed: C2(30) Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The sampling time p4099 is not reset if in so doing a conflict occurs with the basic clock cycle.
Parameter p0151 is not reset. It is only reset if the entire drive unit is reset to the factory settings (p0976).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

p0971 Save drive object parameters / Drv_obj par save

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to save the parameter of the particular drive object in the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save drive object
Dependency: Refer to: p0977, r3996
Caution: If a memory card (optional) is inserted, the following applies:
The parameters are also saved on the card and therefore overwrite any existing data!

Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.
Note: Starting from the particular drive object, the following parameters are saved:
CU3xx: Device-specific parameters and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Other objects: Parameters of the actual object and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Prerequisite:
In order that the parameter of a drive object, saved with p0971 = 1, is read the next time that the Control Unit is
booted, then all parameters must, as a minimum, have first been saved once with p0977 = 1.

p0971 Save drive object parameters / Drv_obj par save

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to save the parameter of the particular drive object in the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.

SINAMICS DCM
112 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save drive object
Dependency: Refer to: p0977, r3996
Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.
Note: Starting from the particular drive object, the following parameters are saved:
CU3xx: Device-specific parameters and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Other objects: Parameters of the actual object and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Prerequisite:
In order that the parameter of a drive object, saved with p0971 = 1, is read the next time that the Control Unit is
booted, then all parameters must, as a minimum, have first been saved once with p0977 = 1.

p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the required procedure to execute a hardware reset for the drive unit.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Hardware-Reset immediate
2: Hardware reset preparation
3: Hardware reset after cyclic communication has failed
Danger: It must be absolutely ensured that the system is in a safe condition.
The memory card/device memory of the Control Unit must not be accessed.

Note: If value = 1:
Reset is immediately executed and communications interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 2:
Help to check the reset operation.
Firstly, set p0972 = 2 and then read back. Secondly, set p0972 = 1 (it is possible that this request is possibly no
longer acknowledged). The communication is then interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 3:
The reset is executed after interrupting cyclic communication. This setting is used to implement a synchronized reset
by a control for several drive units.
If cyclic communication is not active, then the reset is immediately executed.
If the cyclic communication is active for both PROFIdrive interfaces, then the reset is executed after completing both
cycle communications.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
To check the reset operation:
After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established, read p0972 and check the
following:
p0972 = 0? --> The reset was successfully executed.
p0972 > 0? --> The reset was not executed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 113
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0975[0...10] Drive object identification / DO identification

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification of the drive object.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Drive object type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = PROFIdrive drive object type class
[6] = PROFIdrive drive object sub-type Class 1
[7] = Drive object number
[8] = Reserved
[9] = Reserved
[10] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0975[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0975[1] = 11 --> SERVO drive object type
r0975[2] = 102 --> first part, firmware version V01.02 (second part, refer to index 10)
r0975[3] = 2003 --> year 2003
r0975[4] = 1401 --> 14th of January
r0975[5] = 1 --> PROFIdrive drive object, type class
r0975[6] = 9 --> PROFIdrive drive object sub-type class 1
r0975[7] = 2 --> drive object number = 2
r0975[8] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[9] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[10] = 600 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V01.02.06.00)

r0975[0...10] Drive object identification / DO identification

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification of the drive object.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Drive object type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = PROFIdrive drive object type class
[6] = PROFIdrive drive object sub-type Class 1
[7] = Drive object number
[8] = Reserved
[9] = Reserved
[10] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0975[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0975[1] = 17 --> DC_CTRL drive object type
r0975[2] = 102 --> first part, firmware version V01.02 (second part, refer to index 10)
r0975[3] = 2003 --> year 2003

SINAMICS DCM
114 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0975[4] = 1401 --> 14th of January

r0975[5] = 1 --> PROFIdrive drive object, type class
r0975[6] = 9 --> PROFIdrive drive object sub-type class 1
r0975[7] = 2 --> drive object number = 2
r0975[8] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[9] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[10] = 600 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V01.02.06.00)

p0976 Reset and load all parameters / Reset load all par
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(30) Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1013 0
Description: Resets or downloads all parameters of the drive system.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start reset of all parameters to factory setting
2: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=1
3: Start download of volatile parameters from RAM
10: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=10
11: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=11
12: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=12
20: Start download Siemens internal setting 20
100: Start resetting of all BICO interconnections
200: Start deleting all user data
1011: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1011
1012: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1012
1013: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1013
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
After executing p0976 = 200, the Control Unit is powered on automatically.
Note: After all of the parameters have been reset to their factory setting, the system must be commissioned for the first time
again.
Resetting or loading is realized in the non-volatile memory.
Procedure:
1. Set p0009 = 30 (parameter reset).
2. Set p0976 to "required value". The system is rebooted.
p0976 is automatically set to 0 after execution.

p0977 Save all parameters / Save all par

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Factory settings Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1013 0
Description: Saves all parameters of the drive system to the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save in non-volatile memory - downloaded at POWER ON
10: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=10
11: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=11
12: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=12
20: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 20 (reserved)
80: Save in non-volatile memory time-optimized (reserved)
1011: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1011

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 115
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

1012: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1012

1013: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1013
Dependency: Refer to: p0976, r3996
Caution: Memory card inserted:
The drive parameterization is also saved on the card. Any backed-up data is overwritten!

p0978[0...n] List of drive objects / List of the DO

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 [0] 1
[1...24] 0
Description: This parameter is an image of p0101 in conformance with PROFIdrive.
Parameters p0101 and p0978 contain the following information:
1) The same number of drive objects
2) The same drive objects
In this sense, they are consistent.
Difference between p0101 and p0978:
p0978 can be re-sorted and a zero inserted in order to identify those drive objects that participate in the process data
exchange and to define their sequence in the process data exchange. Drive objects that are listed after the first zero,
are excluded from the process data exchange.
For p0978, in addition, the value 255 can be inserted a multiple number of times.
p0978[n] = 255 means: The drive object is visible for the PROFIBUS master and is empty (without any actual process
data exchange). This allows cyclic communications of a PROFIBUS master with unchanged configuring to the drive
units with a lower number of drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: p0101, p0971, p0977
Note: p0978 cannot be changed when the drive system is first commissioned. The reason for this is that at this time the
actual topology has still not been acknowledged (p0099 is still not equal to r0098 and p0009 is set to 0).

r0979[0...30] PROFIdrive encoder format / PD encoder format

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual position encoder used according to PROFIdrive.
Index: [0] = Header
[1] = Type encoder 1
[2] = Resolution enc 1
[3] = Shift factor G1_XIST1
[4] = Shift factor G1_XIST2
[5] = Distinguishable revolutions encoder 1
[6...10] = Reserved
[11] = Type encoder 2
[12] = Resolution enc 2
[13] = Shift factor G2_XIST1
[14] = Shift factor G2_XIST2
[15] = Distinguishable revolutions encoder 2

SINAMICS DCM
116 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[16...20] = Reserved
[21] = Type encoder 3
[22] = Resolution enc 3
[23] = Shift factor G3_XIST1
[24] = Shift factor G3_XIST2
[25] = Distinguishable revolutions encoder 3
[26...30] = Reserved
Note: Information about the individual indices can be taken from the following literature:
PROFIdrive Profile Drive Technology

r0980[0...299] List of existing parameters 1 / List avail par 1

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0981, r0989
Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In
a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0981[0...299] List of existing parameters 2 / List avail par 2

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0989
Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In
a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0989[0...299] List of existing parameters 10 / List avail par 10

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 117
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang par 1

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0999[0...99] List of modified parameters 10 / List chang par 10

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0991
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

SINAMICS DCM
118 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1000[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The Connector Inputs (CI) for the speed setpoints of the appropriate Command Data Set (CDS) are appropriately
interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p1000 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1500, r8572
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8572. r8572 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
CI: Connector Input

p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-up time (p1047) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1035).
Dependency: Refer to: p1036
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to continuously lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
The setpoint change (CO: r1050) depends on the set ramp-down time (p1048) and the duration of the signal that is
present (BI: p1036).
Dependency: Refer to: p1035
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 119
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to power up can also be used to power down again.

p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2.
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Dependency: Refer to: p0840
Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
The command "ON/OFF1" can be issued using BI: p0840 or using BI: p1055/p1056.
Only the signal source that was used to power up can also be used to power down again.

p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3113
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2442, 3113
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCM
120 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 4 (STW1.4).
BI: p1140 = 0 signal:
Inhibits the ramp-function generator (the ramp-function generator output is set to zero).
BI: p1140 = 1 signal:
Ramp-function generator enable.
Dependency: Refer to: p1141, p1142
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 5 (STW1.5).
BI: p1141 = 0 signal:
Freezes the ramp-function generator.
BI: p1141 = 1 signal:
Continue ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p1140, p1142
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2580
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 (STW1.6).
BI: p1142 = 0 signal
Inhibits the setpoint (the ramp-function generator input is set to zero).
BI: p1142 = 1 signal
Setpoint enable.
Dependency: Refer to: p1140, p1141
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 121
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: When the function module "position control" (r0108.3 = 1) is activated, this binector input is interconnected as follows
as standard:
BI: p1142 = 0 signal

r1407.0...23 CO/BO: Status word speed controller / ZSW n_ctrl

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the speed controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 U/f control active Yes No -
01 Encoderless operation active Yes No -
02 Torque control active Yes No 6030,
6060,
8010
03 Speed control active Yes No 6040
05 Speed controller I component frozen Yes No 6040
06 Speed controller I component set Yes No 6040
07 Torque limit reached Yes No 6060
08 Upper torque limit active Yes No 6060
09 Lower torque limit active Yes No 6060
10 Droop enabled Yes No 6030
11 Speed setpoint limited Yes No 6030
12 Ramp-function generator set Yes No -
13 Encoderless operation due to a fault Yes No -
14 I/f control active Yes No -
15 Torque limit reached (without pre-control) Yes No 6060
23 Acceleration model activated Yes No -

p1441[0...n] Actual speed smoothing time / n_act T_smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4711
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Closed-loop control Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 50.00 [ms] 0.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant (PT1) for the speed actual value.
Dependency: Refer to: r0063
Note: The speed actual value should be smoothed for encoders with a low pulse number or for resolvers.
After this parameter has been changed, we recommend that the speed controller is adjusted and/or the speed
controller settings Kp (r50219) and Tn (r50218) checked.

p1500[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The Connector Inputs (CI) for the torque setpoints of the appropriate Command Data Set (CDS) are appropriately
interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.

SINAMICS DCM
122 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Example:
p1500 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1000, r8573
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8573. r8573 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
CI: Connector Input

p1821[0...n] Dir of rot / Dir of rot

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704, 4710,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 4711
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to change the direction of rotation.
Changing the parameter reverses the direction of the encoder actual value.
Value: 0: CW
1: CCW
Notice: An appropriate fault is output for a drive data set changeover where the direction of rotation changes and the pulses
are enabled.

p2000 Reference speed / n_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3113, 9566,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9568, 9572
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
6.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for speed.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Dependency: Refer to: p2001, p2002, p2003, r2004

p2001 Reference voltage / Reference voltage

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [Vrms] 100000 [Vrms] 1000 [Vrms]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for voltages.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Note: For the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) an appropriate pre-assignment is only made if the parameter is
not inhibited from being overwritten using p0573 = 1.
If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
For infeed units, the parameterized device supply voltage (p0210) is pre-assigned as the reference quantity.
Example:
The actual value of the DC link voltage (r0070) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual voltage value
is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference voltage (p2001) and output according to the parameterized
scaling.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 123
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2002 Reference current / I_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [Arms] 100000.00 [Arms] 100.00 [Arms]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for current.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

p2003 Reference torque / M_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: 7_2 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 1.00 [Nm]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for torque.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

r2004 Reference power / P_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9572
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the reference quantity for power.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
Dependency: This value is calculated as follows:
Closed-loop control: Calculated from torque times speed.
Refer to: p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003
Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities
are used as internal conversion factor.
The reference power is calculated as follows:
- 2 * Pi * reference speed / 60 * reference torque (motor)

p2005 Reference angle / Reference angle

SINAMICS DCM
124 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2006 Reference temp / Ref temp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [°C] 300.00 [°C] 100.00 [°C]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for temperature.
All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

p2007 Reference acceleration / a_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [rev/s²] 500000.00 [rev/s²] 0.01 [rev/s²]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for acceleration.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add

CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 127 5
Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (PPI).
Note: Only odd-numbered addresses can be set.
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add

CU_DC, CU_DC_S Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 127 3
Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (PPI).
Note: Only odd-numbered addresses can be set.
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 125
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2019[0...7] Comm IF error statistics / Comm err

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive errors at the commissioning interface (RS232).
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of rejected telegrams
[2] = Number of framing errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of starting character errors
[6] = Number of checksum errors
[7] = Number of length errors

p2020 Field bus interface baud rate / Field bus baud

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
4 13 8
Description: Sets the baud rate for the fieldbus interface USS.
Value: 4: 2400 baud
5: 4800 baud
6: 9600 baud
7: 19200 baud
8: 38400 baud
9: 57600 baud
10: 76800 baud
11: 93750 baud
12: 115200 baud
13: 187500 baud
Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.

p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 0
Description: Sets the address for the fieldbus interface USS.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.

SINAMICS DCM
126 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2022 Field bus int USS PZD no. / Field bus USS PZD
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 2
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PZD part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2023 Field bus int USS PKW no. / Field bus USS PKW
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 127 127
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: PKW 0 words
3: PKW 3 words
4: PKW 4 words
127: PKW variable
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

r2029[0...7] Field bus int error statistics / Field bus error

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive errors on the field bus interface (USS).
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of rejected telegrams
[2] = Number of framing errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of starting character errors
[6] = Number of checksum errors
[7] = Number of length errors

p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
1: USS
3: PROFIBUS

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 127
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.

The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

r2032 Master control control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Operation enable Yes No -
04 Ramp-function generator enable Yes No -
05 Start ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Speed setpoint enable Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030
09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030
10 Master ctrl by PLC Yes No -
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control words/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: OC: Operating condition

p2035 Fieldbus interface USS PIV drive object number / Fieldbus USS DO_no
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 62 2
Description: Sets the drive object number for communication via the field bus interface (USS).
Dependency: Refer to: p0978
Note: p2035 defines the destination for USS parameter requests (PIV).
p0978[0] defines the destination for USS process data (PZD).
The parameter is available globally on all drive objects.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2037 IF1 PROFIdrive STW1.10 = 0 mode / IF1 PD STW1.10=0

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC".
Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive
profile). The behavior of STW1.10 = 0 corresponds to that of the PROFIdrive profile. For other applications that
deviate from this, the behavior can be adapted using this particular parameter.
Value: 0: Freeze setpoints and continue to process sign-of-life
1: Freeze setpoints and sign-of-life
2: Do not freeze setpoints
Recommendation: Do not change the setting p2037 = 0.

SINAMICS DCM
128 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then
p2037 should be set to 2.

p2038 IF1 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode

p2039 Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the serial interface for the debug monitor.
With p2039 = 1, the serial interface COM2 (X179) is set.
Other values are not permitted.

p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9310
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1999999 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via the fieldbus interface.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Note: p2040 = 0:
Monitoring is de-activated.

p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB Ident No.

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS Ident Number (PNO-ID).
SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is
independent of the device (e.g. PROFIdrive VIK-NAMUR with Ident Number 3AA0 hex).
Value: 0: SINAMICS
1: VIK-NAMUR
Note: Every change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 129
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2043.0...2 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD state / IF1 PD PZD state

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint failure Yes No -
02 Fieldbus oper Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p2044
Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered
when the setpoint fails.

p2044 IF1 PROFIdrive fault delay / IF1 PD fault delay

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 100 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time to initiate fault F01910 after a setpoint failure.
The time until the fault is initiated can be used by the application. This means that is is possible to respond to the
failure while the drive is still operational (e.g. emergency retraction).
Dependency: Refer to: r2043

p2047 PROFIBUS additional monitoring time / PB suppl t_monit

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 20000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the additional monitoring time to monitor the process data received via PROFIBUS.
Enables short bus faults to be compensated.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Recommendation: In the isochronous mode, the additional monitoring time should not be set.
Note: For controller STOP, the additional monitoring time is not effective.

p2048 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD sampling time / IF1 PZD t_sample

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [ms] 16.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the cyclic interface 1 (IF1).
Note: The system only permits certain sampling times and after writing to this parameter, displays the value that has
actually been set.
For clock cycle synchronous operation, the specified bus cycle time applies (Tdp).

SINAMICS DCM
130 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2050[0...19] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2050[0...63] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2440
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 131
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: r2060
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2050[0...4] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
132 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2051[0...24] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2483
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

p2051[0...63] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 2483
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 133
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: p2061
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

p2051[0...4] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.

SINAMICS DCM
134 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = PZD 1

[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2053[0...24] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2483
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 135
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2053[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54

SINAMICS DCM
136 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p2061
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2053[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 137
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 -
Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Value: 0: OFF
1: No connection (search for baud rate)
2: Connection OK (baud rate found)
3: Cyclic connection with master (data exchange)
4: Cyclic data OK
Note: Re r2054 = 3:
In state 3 (the LED flashes green), a cyclic connection has been established to the PROFIBUS master; however, one
of the following prerequisites is missing for cyclic operation:
- No setpoints are being received as the PROFIBUS master is in the STOP condition.
Only for clock-cycle synchronous operation, the following applies:
- The drive is not in synchronism as the global control (GC) has an error.
Re r2054 = 4:
In the status 4 (LED green), the cyclic connection to the PROFIBUS master has been established and setpoints are
being received. The clock cycle synchronization is OK, the global control (GC) is error-free.
This state does not provide any statement regarding the quality of the clock cycle synchronous sign-of-life characters
on the drive objects.

r2055[0...2] PROFIBUS diagnostics standard / PB diag standard

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Diagnostics display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Index: [0] = Master bus address
[1] = Master input total length bytes
[2] = Master output total length bytes

r2060[0...62] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / IF1 PZD recv DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2460
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with double word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12

SINAMICS DCM
138 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: r2050
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.
A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 139
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2061[0...62] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send double word / IF1 PZD send DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55

SINAMICS DCM
140 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: p2051
Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2063[0...62] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word / IF1 diag send DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with double word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 141
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
142 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2064[0...7] PB/PN diagnostics clock cycle synchronism / PB/PN diag clock

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the last parameter received from the PROFIBUS/PROFINET controller for clock synchronism.
The parameters for clock synchronism are created when configuring the bus and are transferred at the start of cyclic
operation from the controller to the device.
Index: [0] = Clock synchronous mode activated
[1] = Bus cycle time (Tdp) [µs]
[2] = Master cycle time (Tmapc) [µs]
[3] = Instant of actual value acquisition (Ti) [µs]
[4] = Instant of setpoint acquisition (To) [µs]
[5] = Data exchange interval (Tdx) [µs]
[6] = PLL window (Tpll-w) [1/12 µs]
[7] = PLL delay time (Tpll-d) [1/12 µs]

r2065 PB/PN controller sign of life diagnostics / PB/PN ctr SoL diag
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays how often the sign-of-life from the clock synchronous PROFIBUS/PROFINET controller last failed.

r2067[0...1] IF1 PZD maximum interconnected / IF1 PZDmaxIntercon

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction
Index 0: receive (r2050, r2060)
Index 1: send (p2051, p2061)

p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure / Resp aft PZD fail
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the response for the receive value (r2090) after PZD failure.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Unconditionally open holding brake (p0855) Freeze value Zero the value -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 143
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2074[0...19] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2074[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18

SINAMICS DCM
144 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2074[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 145
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2075[0...19] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2075[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11

SINAMICS DCM
146 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 147
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2075[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...24] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

SINAMICS DCM
148 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2076[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 149
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.

p2079 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / IF1 PZD telegr ext
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
390 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded.
Value: 390: SIEMENS telegram 390, PZD-2/2
391: SIEMENS telegram 391, PZD-3/7
392: SIEMENS telegram 392, PZD-3/15
393: SIEMENS telegram 393, PZD-4/21
394: SIEMENS telegram 394, PZD-3/3

SINAMICS DCM
150 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

395: SIEMENS telegram 395, PZD-4/25

396: SIEMENS telegram 396, PZD-20/21
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies:
p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are
inhibited.
For p0922 = 999 the following applies:
p2079 can be freely set. If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set.
For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies:
The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended.

p2079 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / IF1 PZD telegr ext
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded.
Value: 1: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2
3: Standard telegram 3, PZD-5/9
4: Standard telegram 4, PZD-6/14
20: Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6
220: SIEMENS telegram 220, PZD-10/10
352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Dependency: Refer to: p0922
Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies:
p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are
inhibited.
For p0922 = 999 the following applies:
p2079 can be freely set. If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set.
For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies:
The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended.

p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 151
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2081[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2472
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For clock synchronous operation, bit 12 to 15 to transfer the sign-of-life are reserved in status word 2 - and may not
be freely interconnected.

p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3

SINAMICS DCM
152 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2472
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089

p2084[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2472
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 153
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2472
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089

r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2472
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCM
154 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083
Note: r2089 together with p2080 to p2084 forms five binector-connector converters.

r2090.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIBUS PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD1 recv bitw
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2460,
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL, 2481
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2090.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIBUS PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD1 recv bitw
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 155
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2091.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD2 recv bitw
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2091.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD2 recv bitw
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
156 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2092.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD3 recv bitw
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2092.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD3 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 157
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2093.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD4 recv bitw
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2093.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD4 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCM
158 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 159
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2460,
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL, 2481
DC_CTRL_R,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

SINAMICS DCM
160 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2098[0...1] Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p2098[0], the signals of connector input p2099[0] are influenced.
Using p2098[1], the signals of connector input p2099[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099

p2098[0...1] Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p2098[0], the signals of connector input p2099[0] are influenced.
Using p2098[1], the signals of connector input p2099[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 161
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p2099[0...1] together with r2094.0...15 and r2095.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p2099[0] to binector output in r2094.0...15
Connector input p2099[1] to binector output in r2095.0...15

p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2468
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p2099[0...1] together with r2094.0...15 and r2095.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p2099[0] to binector output in r2094.0...15
Connector input p2099[1] to binector output in r2095.0...15

p2100[0...19] Change fault response fault number / Chng resp F_no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
DC_CTRL_R, P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2101
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

SINAMICS DCM
162 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2100[0...19] Change fault response fault number / Chng resp F_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2101
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 0 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 7 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
1: OFF1
2: OFF2
3: OFF3
5: Reserved
6: Reserved
7: Reserved
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2100
Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 163
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The fault response can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification (see the List Manual, chapter
"Faults and alarms").
Example:
F12345 and fault response = OFF3 (OFF1, OFF2, NONE)
--> The default fault response OFF3 can be changed to OFF1, OFF2 or NONE.
Re value = 1 (OFF1):
Braking along the ramp-function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
Re value = 2 (OFF2):
Internal/external pulse inhibit.
Re value = 3 (OFF3):
Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
Parameter values designated as "reserved", act just like the value = 2 (OFF2)

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

p2102 BI: Acknowledge all faults / Ackn all faults

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to acknowledge all faults at all drive objects of the drive system.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2103 BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

SINAMICS DCM
164 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2104 BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge

p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge

p2105 BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge

p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the third signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 165
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2106 BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1.
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1.
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2107 BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 2.
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 2.
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

SINAMICS DCM
166 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2108 BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p3110, p3111, p3112
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2546
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p3110, p3111, p3112
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 167
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r2110[0...63] Alarm number / Alarm number

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r2122.

p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset.
Dependency: When p2111 is set to 0, the following is initiated:
- all of the alarms of the alarm buffer that have gone [0...7] are transferred into the alarm history [8...63].
- the alarm buffer [0...7] is deleted.
Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125
Note: The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON.

p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset.
Dependency: When p2111 is set to 0, the following is initiated:
- all of the alarms of the alarm buffer that have gone [0...7] are transferred into the alarm history [8...63].
- the alarm buffer [0...7] is deleted.
Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125
Note: The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON.

SINAMICS DCM
168 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2112 BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1

p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1

r2114[0...1] System runtime total / Sys runtime tot

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the total system runtime for the drive unit.
The time comprises r2114[0] (milliseconds) and r2114[1] (days).
After r2114[0] has reached a value of 86.400.000 ms (24 hours) this value is reset and r2114[1] is incremented.
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r0948, r2109, r2123, r2125, r2130, r2136, r2145, r2146
Note: The time in r2114 is used to display the times for faults and alarms.
When the electronic power supply is switched out, the counter values are saved.
After the drive unit is powered up, the counter continues to run with the last value that was saved.

p2116 BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 169
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2

p2117 BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3

p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3

p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2119
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.

p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.

SINAMICS DCM
170 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2119
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.

p2119[0...19] Change message type type / Change type type

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm.
Value: 1: Fault (F)
2: Alarm (A)
3: No message (N)
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2118
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.
The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0).
Example:
F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345.
In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically
removed.

p2119[0...19] Change message type type / Change type type

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm.
Value: 1: Fault (F)
2: Alarm (A)
3: No message (N)
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2118
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.
The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0).
Example:
F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345.
In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically
removed.

r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed
All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sum of all of the fault and alarm buffer changes in the drive unit.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 171
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r0944, r2121

r2121 CO: Counter alarm buffer changes / Alrm buff changed

r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Alarm buffer structure (general principle):
r2122[0], r2124[0], r2123[0], r2125[0] --> alarm 1 (the oldest)
...
r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest)
When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history:
r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest)
...
r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest)

r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Alarm buffer structure (general principle):
r2122[0], r2124[0], r2123[0], r2125[0] --> alarm 1 (the oldest)
...
r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest)
When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history:
r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest)
...
r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest)

SINAMICS DCM
172 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 173
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2127
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2127
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

SINAMICS DCM
174 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2127[0...19] Change acknowledge mode mode / Chng ackn mode

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8075
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
Value: 1: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON
2: Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed
3: Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2126
Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
--> The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON.

p2127[0...19] Change acknowledge mode mode / Chng ackn mode

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
Value: 1: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON
2: Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed
3: Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2126
Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
--> The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 175
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8070
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15.
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: r2129

p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8070
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15.
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: r2129

r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Faults/alarms trigger signal / F/A trigger signal

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8070
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the trigger signals of the faults/alarms set in p2128[0...15].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Trigger signal p2128[0] ON OFF -
01 Trigger signal p2128[1] ON OFF -
02 Trigger signal p2128[2] ON OFF -
03 Trigger signal p2128[3] ON OFF -
04 Trigger signal p2128[4] ON OFF -
05 Trigger signal p2128[5] ON OFF -
06 Trigger signal p2128[6] ON OFF -
07 Trigger signal p2128[7] ON OFF -
08 Trigger signal p2128[8] ON OFF -
09 Trigger signal p2128[9] ON OFF -
10 Trigger signal p2128[10] ON OFF -
11 Trigger signal p2128[11] ON OFF -
12 Trigger signal p2128[12] ON OFF -
13 Trigger signal p2128[13] ON OFF -
14 Trigger signal p2128[14] ON OFF -
15 Trigger signal p2128[15] ON OFF -
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: p2128
Note: CO: r2129 = 0 --> None of the selected messages has occurred.
CO: r2129 > 0 --> At least one of the selected messages has occurred.

SINAMICS DCM
176 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2130[0...63] Fault time received in days / t_fault recv days

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code

r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code

r2133[0...63] Fault value for float values / Fault val float

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2136, r3115
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 177
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2134[0...63] Alarm value for float values / Alarm value float

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2135.0...2 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2548
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault encoder 1 Yes No -
01 Fault encoder 2 Yes No -
02 Fault encoder 3 Yes No -

r2135.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2548
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault encoder 1 Yes No -
01 Fault encoder 2 Yes No -
02 Fault encoder 3 Yes No -
12 Fault motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
13 Fault power unit thermal overload Yes No 8014
14 Alarm motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
15 Alarm power unit thermal overload Yes No 8014

r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv days

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

SINAMICS DCM
178 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060,
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL, 8065
DC_CTRL_R,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060
10 External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Yes No 8065
11 External alarm 2 (A07851) effective Yes No 8065
12 External alarm 3 (A07852) effective Yes No 8065
13 External fault 1 (F07860) effective Yes No 8060
14 External fault 2 (F07861) effective Yes No 8060
15 External fault 3 (F07862) effective Yes No 8060
Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112

r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060
10 External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Yes No 8065
11 External alarm 2 (A07851) effective Yes No 8065
12 External alarm 3 (A07852) effective Yes No 8065
13 External fault 1 (F07860) effective Yes No 8060
14 External fault 2 (F07861) effective Yes No 8060
15 External fault 3 (F07862) effective Yes No 8060
Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112

r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2548, 8060,
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL, 8065
DC_CTRL_R,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Being acknowledged Yes No -
01 Acknowledgment required Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No 8060
05 Safety message present Yes No -
06 Internal message 1 present Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No 8065
08 Internal message 2 present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 179
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

13 Maintenance required Yes No -

14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: Re bit 03, 05, 07:
These bits are set if at least one fault/alarm occurs. Data is entered into the fault/alarm buffer with delay. This is the
reason that the fault/alarm buffer should only be read if, after "fault present" or "alarm present" has occurred, a
change in the buffer was also detected (r0944, r9744, r2121).
Re bit 06, 08:
These status bits are used for internal diagnostic purposes only.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2548
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Being acknowledged Yes No -
01 Acknowledgment required Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No 8060
05 Safety message present Yes No -
06 Internal message 1 present Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No 8065
08 Internal message 2 present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: Re bit 03, 05, 07:
These bits are set if at least one fault/alarm occurs. Data is entered into the fault/alarm buffer with delay. This is the
reason that the fault/alarm buffer should only be read if, after "fault present" or "alarm present" has occurred, a
change in the buffer was also detected (r0944, r9744, r2121).
Re bit 06, 08:
These status bits are used for internal diagnostic purposes only.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

r2145[0...63] Alarm time received in days / t_alarm recv days

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

SINAMICS DCM
180 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

p2147 Delete fault buffer of all drive objects / Del fault buffer
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to delete the fault buffer of all existing drive objects.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start to delete the fault buffer of all drive objects
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136
Note: p2147 is automatically set to 0 after execution.

r2197.3...7 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2534
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the first status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
03 n_act >= 0 Yes No 8011
07 Speed setp - act val deviation in tolerance Yes No 8011
t_off

r2199.1 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2537
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the third status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 f or n comparison value reached or Yes No 8010
exceeded

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 181
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller.
The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal.

p2252 Technology controller configuration / Tec_ctrl config

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Modulation Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0111 bin
Description: Sets the configuration of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Ramp-up/down time independent of Yes No -
setpoint sign
01 Integrator independent of Kp Yes No -
02 Output signal without ramp active Yes No -
03 Actual value limiting Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p2257, p2258, p2267, p2268, p2280, p2285
Note: Re bit 00 = 0:
The ramp-down time (p2258) switches to the ramp-up time (p2257) when the sign for the output signal r2260
changes. When the sign changes, the output signal is kept at zero for one arithmetic cycle.
Re bit 00 = 1:
When r2260 exhibits a positive gradient, the ramp-up time (p2257) is active; when it exhibits a negative gradient, the
ramp-down time (p2258) is active. The sign for r2260 does not have any effect on the ramp time.
Re bit 01 = 0:
The integration time of the PID controller is evaluated with the gain factor Kp (p2280) (p2285 = integral time).
Re bit 01 = 1:
The integration time of the PID controller is independent of the gain factor (p2285 = integration time) if p2280 > 0.
Re bit 02 = 0:
When the PID controller is de-activated via p2200, the output signal r2294 is reduced to zero via the ramp-down time
p2293.
Re bit 02 = 1:
When the PID controller is de-activated via p2200, the output signal r2294 is set directly to zero.
Re bit 03 = 0:
The actual values are not limited by p2267 and p2268.
Re bit 03 = 1:
The actual values are limited by p2267 and p2268.

p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2254, p2255

SINAMICS DCM
182 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2253, p2256

p2255 Technology controller setpoint 1 scaling / Tec_ctrl set1 scal

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2253

p2256 Technology controller setpoint 2 scaling / Tec_ctrl set2 scal

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2254

p2257 Technology controller ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2252, p2258
Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.

p2258 Technology controller ramp-down time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-dn

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
DC_CTRL_R_S P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2252, p2257
Note: The ramp-down time is referred to 100 %.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 183
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2260 CO: Technology controller setpoint after ramp-function generator / Tec_ctr set aftRFG
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint after the ramp-function generator of the technology controller.

p2261 Technology controller setpoint filter time constant / Tec_ctrl set T

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

r2262 CO: Technology controller setpoint after filter / Tec_ctr set aftFlt
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed setpoint after the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0 1 0
Description: Sets the type of technology controller.
Value: 0: D component in the actual value signal
1: D component in the fault signal

p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
DC_CTRL_R_S P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the technology controller.

SINAMICS DCM
184 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2265 Technology controller actual value filter time constant / Tec_ctrl act T
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the actual value filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

r2266 CO: Technology controller actual value after filter / Tec_ctr act aftFlt
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed actual value after the filter (PT1) of the technology controller.

p2267 Technology controller upper limit actual value / Tec_ctrl u_lim act
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2252, p2264, p2265, p2271
Notice: If the actual value exceeds this upper limit, this results in fault F07426.
Note: Limiting only active for p2252.3 = 1.

p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2271
Notice: If the actual value falls below this lower limit, this results in fault F07426.
Note: Limiting only active for p2252.3 = 1.

p2269 Technology controller gain actual value / Tech_ctrl gain act

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
DC_CTRL_R_S P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [%] 500.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling factor for the actual value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2271

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 185
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For 100%, the actual value is not changed.

p2270 Technology controller actual value function / Tec_ctr ActVal fct

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0 3 0
Description: Setting to use an arithmetic function for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
Value: 0: No function
1: Root function (root from x)
2: Square function (x * x)
3: Cube function (x * x * x)
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2271

p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion (sensor type) / Tech_ctrl act inv
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the actual value signal of the technology controller.
The inversion depends on the sensor type for the actual value signal.
Value: 0: No inversion
1: Inversion actual value signal
Caution: If the actual value inversion is incorrectly selected, then the closed-loop control with the technology controller can
become unstable and can oscillate!

Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows:

- inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0).
- increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal of the technology controller.
--> If the actual value increases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 0 (no inversion).
--> If the actual value decreases as the motor speed increases, then p2271 should be set to 1 (the actual value signal
is inverted).

r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, r2266, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2270, p2271

SINAMICS DCM
186 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2273 CO: Technology controller error / Tec_ctrl error

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the error (system deviation) between the setpoint and actual value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2263

p2274 Technology controller differentiation time constant / Tec_ctrl D comp T

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the technology controller.
Note: p2274 = 0: Differentiation is disabled.

p2280 Technology controller proportional gain / Tec_ctrl Kp

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.000 1000.000 1.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2252
Note: p2280 = 0: The proportional gain is disabled.

p2285 Technology controller integral time / Tec_ctrl Tn

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time (I component, integrating time constant) of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2252
Note: p2285 = 0: The integral time is disabled.

p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
DC_CTRL_R_S P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 187
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig

p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting / Tec_ctrl max_lim

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum limit of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2292
Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292).

p2292 CO: Technology controller minimum limiting / Tec_ctrl min_lim

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the minimum limit of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291
Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292).

p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time / Tec_ctr t_RU/RD

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramping time for the output signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291, p2292
Note: The time refers to the set maximum and minimum limits (p2291, p2292).

SINAMICS DCM
188 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2294 CO: Technology controller output signal / Tec_ctrl outp_sig

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output signal of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2295

p2295 CO: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
-100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the output signal of the technology controller.

p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 2295[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling value of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2295

p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 2291[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limiting of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2291

p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s
DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 2292[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limiting of the technology controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p2292

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 189
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the offset of the output limiting of the technology controller.

p2306 Technology controller fault signal inversion / Tec_ctrl fault inv

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the fault signal of the technology controller.
The setting depends on the type of control loop.
Value: 0: No inversion
1: Inversion
Caution: If the actual value inversion is incorrectly selected, then the closed-loop control with the technology controller can
become unstable and can oscillate!

Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows:

- inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0).
- increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal (of the technology controller).
- if the actual value increases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be switched out.
- if the actual value decreases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be set.
If value = 0:
The drive reduces the output speed when the actual value rises (e.g. for heating fans, intake pump, compressor).
If value = 1:
The drive increases the output speed when the actual value increases (e.g. for cooling fans, discharge pumps).

r2349.0...11 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 7958
(Tech_ctrl),
DC_CTRL_R_S P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
- - -
Description: Displays the status word of the technology controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Technology controller de-activated Yes No -
01 Technology controller limited Yes No -
02 Technology controller motorized Yes No -
potentiometer limited max
03 Technology controller motorized Yes No -
potentiometer limited min
08 Technology controller actual value at the Yes No -
minimum
09 Technology controller actual value at the Yes No -
maximum

SINAMICS DCM
190 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

10 Technology controller output at the Yes No -

minimum
11 Technology controller output at the Yes No -
maximum

p2398 Energy-saving mode / En_save mode

DC_CTRL (Tech_ctrl), Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(Tech_ctrl),
P-Group: Technology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R_S
(Tech_ctrl), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
(Tech_ctrl)
0 1 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for the energy-saving mode function.
Value: 0: Energy-saving mode inhibited
1: Energy-saving mode activated
Dependency: Refer to: p2200
Caution: When this function is active, the motor can start again automatically.

Note: When the energy-saving mode function (p2398 = 1) is activated, its behavior is defined as to whether the technology
controller is additionally switched in (closed-loop) or switched out (open-loop).
The technology controller is enabled via binector input p2200 and its mode is set in p2251.
p2200 = 0, p2251 = 0, 1:
Energy-saving mode operates without technology controller (open-loop)
p2200 = 1, p2251 = 0:
Energy-saving mode operates with technology controller (closed-loop)
p2200 = 1, p2251 = 1:
Energy-saving mode operates without technology controller (open-loop) as its output is only used as supplementary
setpoint and not as main setpoint.

p2504[0...n] LR motor/load motor revolutions / Mot/load motor rev

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704, 4711
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 1048576 1
Description: Sets the motor revolutions for the gearbox factor between the motor shaft and load shaft.
Gearbox factor = motor revolutions (p2504) / load revolutions (p2505)
Dependency: Refer to: p0432, p0433, p2505
Note: The gearbox factor between the encoder shaft and the motor shaft is set using p0432 and p0433.

p2505[0...n] LR motor/load load revolutions / Mot/load load rev

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704, 4711
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1048576 1048576 1
Description: Sets the load revolutions for the gearbox factor between the motor shaft and load shaft.
Gearbox factor = motor revolutions (p2504) / load revolutions (p2505)
Dependency: Refer to: p0432, p0433, p2504
Note: The gearbox factor between the encoder shaft and the motor shaft is set using p0432 and p0433.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 191
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2700 CO: Reference speed / n_ref

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for reference speed p2000.
All speeds specified as relative values refer to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit rpm.
Dependency: Refer to: p2000
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2000 as a connector output for
interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector
output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

r2701 CO: Reference voltage / Reference voltage

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for voltages p2001.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit [Vrms].
Dependency: Refer to: p2001
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2001 as a connector output for
interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector
output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

r2702 CO: Reference current / Reference current

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for currents p2002.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit Arms.
Dependency: Refer to: p2002
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2002 as a connector output for
interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector
output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

SINAMICS DCM
192 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2703 CO: Reference torque / Reference torque

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity p2003 for torque (r0108.12 = 0) or force (r0108.12 = 1).
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
The unit of this parameter is the same as the unit selected for p2003.
Dependency: p0505, r0108.12
Refer to: p2003
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2003 in the currently selected unit as a
connector output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted
unchanged from this connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic
communication.

r2704 CO: Reference power / Reference power

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for powers p2004.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
The unit of this parameter is the same as the unit selected for p2004.
Dependency: This value is calculated as voltage x current for the infeed and as torque x speed for closed-loop controls.
Refer to: r2004
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2004 in the currently selected unit as a
connector output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted
unchanged from this connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic
communication.
The reference power is calculated as follows:
- 2 * Pi * reference speed / 60 * reference torque (motor)
- reference voltage * reference current * root(3) (infeed)

r2705 CO: Reference angle / Reference angle

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for angles p2005.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit degree.
Dependency: Refer to: p2005
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2005 as a connector output for
interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector
output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 193
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2706 CO: Reference temp / Reference temp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for temperatures.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit degree Celsius.
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity for the temperature as a connector
output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this
connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

r2706 CO: Reference temp / Reference temp

TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for temperatures.
All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit degree Celsius.
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity for the temperature as a connector
output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this
connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

r2707 CO: Reference acceleration / Ref accel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for accelerations p2007.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
The unit of this parameter is the same as the unit selected for p2007.
Dependency: r0108.12, p0505
Refer to: p2007
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2007 as a connector output for
interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value in the currently selected unit can be adopted
unchanged from this connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic
communication.

SINAMICS DCM
194 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2720[0...n] Load gear configuration / Load gear config

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for position tracking of a load gear.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Load gear activate position tracking Yes No -
01 Axis type Linear axis Rotary axis -
02 Load gear reset position Yes No -
Note: For the following events, the non-volatile, saved position values are automatically reset:
- when an encoder replacement has been identified.
- when changing the configuration of the Encoder Data Set (EDS).
- when adjusting the absolute encoder again

p2721[0...n] Load gear rotary absolute encoder revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4194303 0
Description: Sets the number of rotations that can be resolved for a rotary absolute encoder with activated position tracking of the
load gear.
Dependency: This parameter is only of significance for an absolute encoder (p0404.1 = 1) with activated position tracking of the
load gear (p2720.0 = 1).
Note: The resolution that is set must be able to be represented using r2723.
For rotary axes/modulo axes, the following applies:
This parameter is pre-set with p0421 when activating position tracking and can be changed.
For linear axes, the following applies:
This parameter is pre-assigned with p0421 when activating position tracking, expanded by 6 bits for multiturn
information (maximum number of overflows) and cannot be changed.

p2722[0...n] Load gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track tol
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1, 4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 4294967300.00 0.00
Description: Sets a tolerance window for position tracking.
After the system is powered up, the difference between the saved position and the actual position is determined, and
depending on this, the following is initiated:
Difference within the tolerance window --> The position is reproduced as a result of the encoder actual value.
Difference outside the tolerance window --> An appropriate message is output.
Caution: Rotation, e.g. through a complete encoder range is not detected.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 195
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The value is entered in integer (complete) encoder pulses.

For p2720.0 = 1, the value is automatically pre-assigned quarter of the encoder range.
Example:
Quarter of the encoder range = (p0408 * p0421) / 4
It is possible that the tolerance window may not be able to be precisely set due to the data type (floating point number
with 23 bit mantissa).

r2723[0...n] CO: Load gear absolute value / Load gear abs_val

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 4704
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the absolute value after the load gear.
Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW.13.
Note: The increments are displayed in the format the same as r0483.

r2724[0...n] CO: Load gear position difference / Load gear pos diff
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position difference before the load gear between powering down and powering up.
Note: The increments are displayed in the same format as for r0483/r2723.
If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is not activated, the position difference should be read in encoder
increments.
If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is activated, the position difference is converted using the measuring gear
factor.

p2810[0...1] BI: AND logic operation inputs / AND inputs

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2634
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for the inputs of the AND logic operation.
Dependency: Refer to: r2811
Note: [0]: AND logic operation, input 1 --> the result is displayed in r2811.0.
[1]: AND logic operation, input 2 --> the result is displayed in r2811.0.

r2811.0 CO/BO: AND logic operation result / AND result

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2634
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the result of the AND logic operation

SINAMICS DCM
196 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 -
Dependency: Refer to: p2810

p2816[0...1] BI: OR logic operation inputs / OR inputs

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2634
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Functions Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for the inputs of the OR logic operation.
Dependency: Refer to: r2817
Note: [0]: OR logic operation, input 1 --> the result is displayed in r2817.0.
[1]: OR logic operation, input 2 --> the result is displayed in r2817.0.

r2817.0 CO/BO: OR logic operation result / OR result

p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Free function blocks Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2901, r2902, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the main setpoint)

p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Free function blocks Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the supplementary setpoint)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 197
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%]

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Free function blocks Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values.
Index: [0] = Fixed value +0 %
[1] = Fixed value +5 %
[2] = Fixed value +10 %
[3] = Fixed value +20 %
[4] = Fixed value +50 %
[5] = Fixed value +100 %
[6] = Fixed value +150 %
[7] = Fixed value +200 %
[8] = Fixed value -5 %
[9] = Fixed value -10 %
[10] = Fixed value -20 %
[11] = Fixed value -50 %
[12] = Fixed value -100 %
[13] = Fixed value -150 %
[14] = Fixed value -200 %
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, p2930
Note: The signal sources can, for example, be used to interconnect scalings.

p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Free function blocks Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505
Not for motor type: REL Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-100000.00 [Nm] 100000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed torque value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, r2902
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can, for example, be used to interconnect a supplementary torque.

p3100 RTC time stamp mode / RTC t_stamp mode

SINAMICS DCM
198 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3101[0...1] RTC set UTC time / RTC set UTC

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Setting the UTC time.
This means that the drive system is synchronized to the time specified by the time master.
To start p3101[1] must be written to followed by p3101[0]. After writing to p3101[0], the UTC time is accepted.
p3101[0]: Milliseconds
p3101[1]: Days

r3102[0...1] RTC read UTC time / RTC read UTC

p3103 RTC synchronization source / RTC sync_source

p3104 BI: RTC real time synchronization PING / RTC PING

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the PING event to set the UTC time.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 199
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3107[0...3] RTC synchronizing time / RTC t_sync

r3108[0...1] RTC last synchronization deviation / RTC sync_dev

p3109 RTC real time synchronization tolerance window / RTC sync tol
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the tolerance window for time synchronization.
When this tolerance window is exceeded, an appropriate alarm is output.

p3110 External fault 3 power-up delay / Ext fault 3 t_on

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for external fault 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3111, p3112

SINAMICS DCM
200 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3111 BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3112

p3111[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3112

p3112 BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2546
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the negated enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3111

p3112[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the negated enable signal of external fault 3.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 201
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:

- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3111

r3113.0...15 CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar.
The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message
bit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault converter information Yes No -
electronics/software error
01 Network fault Yes No -
02 DC link overvoltage Yes No -
03 Fault drive converter power electronics Yes No -
04 Drive converter overtemperature Yes No -
05 Ground fault Yes No -
06 Motor overload Yes No -
07 Bus error Yes No -
08 External safety-relevant shutdown Yes No -
09 Mot encoder fault Yes No -
10 Error communication internal Yes No -
11 Fault infeed Yes No -
15 Other faults Yes No -
Note: Re bit 00:
Hardware or software malfunction was identified. Carry out a POWER ON of the component involved. If it occurs
again, contact the hotline.
Re bit 01:
A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level, ...). Check the line supply / fuses. Check the supply
voltage. Check the wiring.
Re bit 02:
The DC link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value. Check the dimensioning of the system (line supply,
reactor, voltages). Check the infeed settings.
Re bit 03:
An inadmissible operating state of the power electronics was identified (overcurrent, overtemperature, IGBT failure,
...). Check that the permissible load cycles are maintained. Check the ambient temperatures (fan).
Re bit 04:
The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest permissible limit. Check the ambient temperature /
control cabinet cooling.
Re bit 05:
A ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit was detected in the power cables or in the motor windings. Check the power
cable (connection). Check the motor.
Re bit 06:
The motor was operated outside the permissible limits (temperature, current, torque, ...). Check the load cycles and
limits that have been set. Check the ambient temperature / motor cooling.
Re bit 07:
The communication to the higher-level control system (internal coupling, PROFIBUS, PROFINET, ...) is faulted or
interrupted. Check the state of the higher-level control system. Check the communication connection/wiring. Check
the bus configuration / clock cycles.
Re bit 08:
A safety operation monitoring function (Safety) has detected an error.

SINAMICS DCM
202 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 09:
When evaluating the encoder signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values, ...) an illegal signal state was
detected. Check the encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum frequencies.
Re bit 10:
The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is faulted or interrupted. Check the DRIVE-CLiQ
wiring. Ensure an EMC-compliant design. Observe the maximum permissible quantity structure / clock cycles.
Re bit 11:
The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...).
Check the closed-loop infeed control.
Re bit 15:
Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool.

r3114.9...11 CO/BO: Messages status word global / Msg ZSW global

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the global status word for messages.
The appropriate bit is set if at least one message is present at the drive objects.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
09 Group alarm present Yes No 8065
10 Group fault present Yes No 8060
11 Safety group message present Yes No -
Note: The status bits are displayed with delay.

r3115[0...63] Fault drive object initiating / F DO initiating

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, DC_CTRL,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_R,
DC_CTRL_R_S, Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
DC_CTRL_S Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive object number of the initiating drive object for this fault as integer number.
Value = 63:
The fault was initiated by the drive object itself.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r3115[0...63] Fault drive object initiating / F DO initiating

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive object number of the initiating drive object for this fault as integer number.
Value = 63:
The fault was initiated by the drive object itself.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 203
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3116 BI: Acknowledgement automatically suppressed / Ackn suppress

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the automatic acknowledgement on the device drive object.
BI: p3116 = 0 signal
Faults present are automatically acknowledged on the device drive object. Local device faults are forwarded to the
first active drive object.
BI: p3116 = 1 signal
Faults present are not automatically acknowledged on the device drive object. Local device faults are not forwarded.
Dependency: Refer to: p2102, p2103, p2104, p2105, p3981
Note: When selecting a standard telegram, the BICO interconnection for control signal STW1.10 (master control by PLC) is
automatically established.

r3120[0...63] Component fault / Comp fault

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component of the fault which has occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3122
Note: Value = 0: Assignment to a component not possible.
The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r3121[0...63] Component alarm / Comp alarm

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component of the alarm which has occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3123
Note: Value = 0: Assignment to a component not possible.
The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r3122[0...63] Diagnostic attribute fault / Diag_attr fault

SINAMICS DCM
204 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
Re bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault

r3123[0...63] Diagnostic attribute alarm / Diag_attr alarm

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8065
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the alarm which has occurred.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 205
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.
Re bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault

r3131 CO: Actual fault value / Act fault val

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the fault value of the oldest active fault.
Dependency: Refer to: r2131, r3132

r3132 CO: Actual component number / Comp_no act

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component number of the oldest fault that is still active.
Dependency: Refer to: r2131, r3131

SINAMICS DCM
206 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3135 Suppress active fault / Supp act flt

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the suppression of r2139.3 "Fault present" for certain fault responses.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
08 Suppression of fault response ENCODER ON OFF -
10 Suppression of fault response NONE ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0491, r2139
Note: Depending on the suppression of a fault reaction in this parameter, r2139.1 "Acknowledgement required" is set when
at least one fault occurs.
Re bit 08:
The suppression is only effective if p0491 = 1.

r3770 CO: Load speed / n_load

r3771[0...1] CO: Load speed smoothed / n_load smooth

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1580, 4711
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed actual values for APC (Advanced Positioning Control).
Index 0:
Displays the smoothed load speed.
Index 1:
Displays the load/motor speed actual value weighted with p3702 for p3700.8=1.
Index: [0] = Load actual value speed smoothed
[1] = Load/motor actual speed weighted
Dependency: Refer to: p1441, r3770

p3900 Completion of quick commissioning / Compl quick_comm

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Exits quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) with automatic calculation of all parameters of all existing drive data sets that
depend on the entries made during quick commissioning.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 207
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3900 = 3 only includes the calculations associated with the motor, open-loop and closed-loop control parameters
corresponding to p0340 = 1.
Value: 0: No quick parameterization
3: Quick parameterization for motor parameters (only)
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: When the calculations have been completed, p3900 and p0010 are automatically reset to a value of zero.

p3950 Service parameter / Serv par

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1, U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: For service personnel only.

r3974 Drive unit status word / Drv_unit ZSW

r3977 BICO counter topology / BICO counter topo

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the BICO interconnections that have been parameterized in the complete (overall) topology.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.
Dependency: Refer to: r3978, r3979

r3978 BICO CounterDevice / BICO CounterDevice

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this device.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
208 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3979 BICO counter drive object / BICO counter DO

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this drive object.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.

p3981 Faults acknowledge drive object / Faults ackn DO

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: Messages Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object.
Notice: Safety messages cannot be acknowledged using this parameter.
Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge.
After acknowledgement, the parameter is automatically reset to 0.

p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Setpoints Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the mode to change over the master control / LOCAL mode.
Value: 0: Change master control for STW1.0 = 0
1: Change master control in operation
Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate
up to another setpoint.

r3986 Parameter count / Parameter No.

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of parameters for this drive unit.
The number comprises the device-specific and the drive-specific parameters.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981, r0989

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 209
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3988[0...1] Boot state / Boot_state

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 10800 -
Description: Index 0:
Displays the boot state.
Index 1:
Displays the partial boot state
Value: 0: Not active
1: Fatal fault
10: Fault
20: Reset all parameters
30: Drive object modified
40: Download using commissioning software
50: Parameter download using commissioning software
90: Reset Control Unit and delete drive objects
100: Start initialization
110: Instantiate Control Unit basis
150: Wait until actual topology determined
160: Evaluate topology
170: Instantiate Control Unit reset
180: Initialization YDB configuration information
200: First commissioning
210: Create drive packages
250: Wait for topology acknowledge
325: Wait for input of drive type
350: Determine drive type
360: Write into topology-dependent parameters
370: Wait until p0009 = 0 is set
380: Check topology
550: Call conversion functions for parameter
625: Wait non-cyclic starting DRIVE-CLiQ
650: Start cyclic operation
660: Evaluate drive commissioning status
670: Autom. FW update DRIVE-CLiQ components
680: Wait for CU LINK slaves
690: Wait non-cyclic starting DRIVE-CLiQ
700: Save parameters
725: Wait until DRIVE-CLiQ cyclic
740: Check the ability to operate
745: Start of the time slices
750: Interrupt enable
800: Initialization finished
10050: Wait for synchronization
10100: Wait for CU LINK slaves
10150: Wait until actual topology determined
10200: Evaluation component status
10250: Call conversion functions for parameter
10300: Preparation cyclic operation
10350: Autom. FW update DRIVE-CLiQ components
10400: Wait for slave properties
10450: Check CX/NX status
10500: Wait until DRIVE-CLiQ cyclic
10550: Carry out warm start
10600: Evaluate, encoder status
10800: Partial boot completed
Index: [0] = System
[1] = Partial boot

SINAMICS DCM
210 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3996[0...1] Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited.
r3996[0] = 0:
Parameter write not inhibited.
0 < r3996[0] < 100:
Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
Index: [0] = Progress calculations
[1] = Cause
Note: Re index 1:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

r4021 TM15DI/DO digital inputs terminal actual value / TM15D DI act val
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual value at the digital inputs.
This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x or DI/DO x prior to switching from the
simulation mode (p4095.x = 1) to terminal mode (p4095.x = 0).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Note: If a DI/DO is parameterized as output (p4028.x = 1), then r4021.x = 0 is displayed.
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 211
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4021 TM31 digital inputs terminal actual value / TM31 DI act value
TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual value at the digital inputs.
This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x or DI/DO x prior to switching from the
simulation mode (p4095.x = 1) to terminal mode (p4095.x = 0).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Note: If a DI/DO is parameterized as output (p4028.x = 1), then r4021.x = 0 is displayed.
DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4022.0...23 CO/BO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs status / TM15D DI status

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -

SINAMICS DCM
212 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -

21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4023, r4024, r4025
Notice: For the BICO interconnection of the connector output (CO) only bit 00 ... 15 are transferred.
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4022.0...11 CO/BO: TM31 digital inputs status / TM31 DI status

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4023
Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4023.0...23 CO/BO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs status inverted / TM15D DI stat inv
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 213
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -

15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4024, r4025
Notice: For the BICO interconnection of the connector output (CO) only bit 00 ... 15 are transferred.
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4023.0...11 CO/BO: TM31 digital inputs status inverted / TM31 DI status inv
TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022
Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4024 CO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs 16 ... 23 status / TM15D DI 16-23 St

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of digital inputs 16 ... 23 of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) ON OFF -
01 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) ON OFF -
02 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) ON OFF -
03 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) ON OFF -
04 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) ON OFF -
05 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) ON OFF -
06 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) ON OFF -
07 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4023, r4025

SINAMICS DCM
214 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: DI: Digital Input

r4025 CO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs 16 ... 23 status inverted / TM15D DI 16-23 inv
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of digital inputs 16 ... 23 of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) ON OFF -
01 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) ON OFF -
02 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) ON OFF -
03 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) ON OFF -
04 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) ON OFF -
05 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) ON OFF -
06 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) ON OFF -
07 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4023, r4024
Note: DI: Digital Input

p4028 TM15DI/DO set input or output / TM15D DI or DO

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the bidirectional digital inputs/outputs on the Terminal Module 15 (TM15) as input or output.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Output Input -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Output Input -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Output Input -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Output Input -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Output Input -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Output Input -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Output Input -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Output Input -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Output Input -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Output Input -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Output Input -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Output Input -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Output Input -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Output Input -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Output Input -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Output Input -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Output Input -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Output Input -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Output Input -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Output Input -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Output Input -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Output Input -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Output Input -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Output Input -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 215
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4028 TM31 set input or output / TM31 DI or DO

TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9560,
9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the bidirectional digital inputs/outputs as input or output on the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Output Input -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Output Input -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Output Input -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Output Input -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4030 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 0 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO 0
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9399, 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 0 (X520.2) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.0 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4030 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DO 0 / TM31 s s DO 0

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9556
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the digital output DO 0 (X542.1, X542.2, X542.3) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Digital output 0 of TM31 is a relay output.
If the signal at the binector input p4030 is low, then terminal COM 0 (X542.2) is connected to NC 0 (X542.1). This
connection also matches the mechanical quiescent setting of the relay.
If the signal at the binector input p4030 is high, then terminal COM 0 (X542.2) is connected to NO 0 (X542.3).
Note: DO: Digital Output
NC: Normally Closed contact
NO: Normally Open contact

p4031 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 1 / TM15D s_src DI/DO1
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 1 (X520.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.1 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
216 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4031 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DO 1 / TM31 s s DO 1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9556
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the digital output DO 1 (X542.4, X542.5, X542.6) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Digital output 1 of TM31 is a relay output.
If the signal at the binector input p4031 is low, then terminal COM 1 (X542.5) is connected to NC 1 (X542.4). This
connection also matches the mechanical quiescent setting of the relay.
If the signal at the binector input p4031 is high, then terminal COM 1 (X542.5) is connected to NO 1 (X542.6).
Note: DO: Digital Output
NC: Normally Closed contact
NO: Normally Open contact

p4032 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 2 / TM15D s_src DI/DO2
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 2 (X520.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.2 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4033 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 3 / TM15D s_src DI/DO3
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 3 (X520.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.3 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4034 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 4 / TM15D s_src DI/DO4
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 4 (X520.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.4 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 217
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4035 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 5 / TM15D s_src DI/DO5
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 5 (X520.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.5 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4036 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 6 / TM15D s_src DI/DO6
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 6 (X520.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.6 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4037 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 7 / TM15D s_src DI/DO7
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 7 (X520.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.7 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4038 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 / TM15D s_src DI/DO8
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 (X521.2) of terminal module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.8 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
218 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4038 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 / TM31 S_src DI/DO8
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9560
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 (X541.2) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.8 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4039 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 / TM15D s_src DI/DO9
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 (X521.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.9 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4039 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 / TM31 S_src DI/DO9
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9560
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 (X541.3) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.9 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4040 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO10
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 (X521.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.10 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 219
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4040 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 / TM31 S_src DI/DO10
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 (X541.4) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.10 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4041 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO11
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 (X521.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.11 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4041 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 / TM31 S_src DI/DO11
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 (X541.5) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.11 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4042 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 12 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO12
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 12 (X521.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.12 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
220 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4043 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 13 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO13
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 13 (X521.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.13 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4044 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 14 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO14
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 14 (X521.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.14 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4045 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 15 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO15
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9401
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 15 (X521.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.15 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4046 TM31 digital outputs limit current / TM31 DO limit curr

TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9560
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the limit for the total output voltage of terminals X541.1, X541.2, X541.3 and X541.4 (DI/DO 8 ... 11) of Terminal
Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: 0.1 A total current limit DI/DO 8 ... 11
1: 1.0 A total current limit DI/DO 8 ... 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4028
Warning: Since the sum of the output currents at terminals X541.1, X541.2, X541.3 and X541.4 is limited, an overcurrent or
short circuit at one output terminal can cause a dip in the signal at the other terminals.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 221
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4047 TM15DI/DO digital outputs status / TM15D DO status

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Note: Inversion using p4048 has been taken into account.
The setting of the DI/DO as either input or output is of no significance (p4028).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4047 TM31 digital outputs status / TM31 DO status

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9556, 9560,
9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X542.1 - 3) High Low -
01 DO 1 (X542.4 - 6) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Note: Inversion using p4048 has been taken into account.
The setting of the DI/DO as either input or output is of no significance (p4028).
DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
222 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4048 TM15DI/DO invert digital outputs / TM15D DO inv

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Inverted Not inverted -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Inverted Not inverted -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Inverted Not inverted -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Inverted Not inverted -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Inverted Not inverted -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Inverted Not inverted -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Inverted Not inverted -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Inverted Not inverted -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Inverted Not inverted -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Inverted Not inverted -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Inverted Not inverted -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Inverted Not inverted -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Inverted Not inverted -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Inverted Not inverted -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Inverted Not inverted -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Inverted Not inverted -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Inverted Not inverted -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Inverted Not inverted -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Inverted Not inverted -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Inverted Not inverted -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Inverted Not inverted -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Inverted Not inverted -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Inverted Not inverted -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Inverted Not inverted -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4048 TM31 invert digital outputs / TM31 DO inv

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9556, 9560,
9562
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X542.1 - 3) Inverted Not inverted -
01 DO 1 (X542.4 - 6) Inverted Not inverted -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Inverted Not inverted -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Inverted Not inverted -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Inverted Not inverted -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Inverted Not inverted -
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 223
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4052[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs current input voltage/current / TM31 AI U/I_inp
TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input.
Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The type of analog input AI x (voltage or current input) is set using p4056.
Refer to: p4056
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4053[0...1] TM31 analog inputs smoothing time constant / TM31 AI T_smooth

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st-order low pass filter for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

r4055[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs actual value in percent / TM31 AI value in %
TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9566,
9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the currently referred input value of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
When interconnected, the signals are referred to the reference quantities p200x and p205x.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4056[0...1] TM31 analog inputs type / TM31 AI type

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 4
Description: Sets the type of analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
p4056[x] = 0, 4 correspond to a voltage input (r4052, p4057, p4059 are displayed in V).
p4056[x] = 2, 3, 5 correspond to a current input (r4052, p4057, p4059 are displayed in mA).
In addition, the associated switch S5 must be appropriately set.

SINAMICS DCM
224 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

AI 0: S5.0 = V --> voltage input, S5.0 = I --> current input (burden resistor = 250 Ohm)
AI 1: S5.1 = V --> voltage input, S5.1 = I --> current input (burden resistor = 250 Ohm)
Value: 0: Unipolar voltage input (0 V ... +10 V)
2: Unipolar current input (0 mA ... +20 mA)
3: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA)
4: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
5: Bipolar current input (-20 mA to +20 mA)
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Warning: The maximum voltage difference between the analog input terminals AI+, AI- and the ground of the TM31 (X520.6,
X530.3) may not exceed 35 V.
For operation with the load resistor switched in, the voltage between the differential inputs AI+ and AI- may not
exceed 15 V or the impressed current of 60 mA; if this is not carefully observed, the input will be damaged.
Notice: For operation as a voltage input/current input, switch S5.0 or S5.1 must be appropriately set.
Note: When changing p4056, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p4057, p4058, p4059, p4060) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p4056 = 0, 4, p4057 is set to 0.0 V, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 10.0 V and p4060 to 100.0 %.
For p4056 = 2, 5, p4057 is set to 0.0 mA, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 20.0 mA and p4060 to 100.0 %.
For p4056 = 3, p4057 is set to 4.0 mA, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 20.0 mA and p4060 to 100.0 %.

p4057[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value x1 / TM31 AI char x1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (input voltage in V or input current in mA) of the 1st value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4056
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4058[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y1 / TM31 AI char y1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 225
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4059[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value x2 / TM31 AI char x2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 10.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (input voltage in V or input current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4056
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4060[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y2 / TM31 AI char y2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4061[0...1] TM31 analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold /

TM31 WireBrkThresh
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [mA] 20.00 [mA] 2.00 [mA]
Description: Sets the response threshold for wire-breakage monitoring of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA))
Refer to: p4056

SINAMICS DCM
226 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4062[0...1] TM31 analog inputs wire breakage monitoring delay time / TM31 wirebrk t_del
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for wire-breakage monitoring of the analog inputs on Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4063[0...1] TM31 analog inputs offset / TM31 AI offset

p4066[0...1] TM31 analog inputs activate absolute value generation / TM31 AI absVal act
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog input signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: No absolute value generation
1: Absolute value generation switched in
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4067[0...1] BI: TM31 analog inputs invert signal source / TM31 AI inv s s
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog inputs signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 227
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4068[0...1] TM31 analog inputs window to suppress noise / TM31 AI window

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the noise suppression window of the analog inputs for Terminal Module31 (TM31).
Changes less than the window are suppressed.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4069[0...1] BI: TM31 analog inputs signal source for enable / TM31 AI enable
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4071[0...1] CI: TM31 analog outputs signal source / TM31 AO s s

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Note: AO: Analog Output

r4072[0...1] TM31 analog outputs output value currently referred / TM31 AO outp_val
TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the actual referred output value of the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

SINAMICS DCM
228 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4073[0...1] TM31 analog outputs smoothing time constant / TM31 AO T_smooth

r4074[0...1] TM31 analog outputs current output voltage/current / TM31 AO U/I_outp

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual output voltage in V when set as voltage output.
Displays the actual output voltage in mA when set as current output.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The type of the analog output AO x (voltage or current output) is set using p4076.
Refer to: p4076
Note: AO: Analog Output

p4075[0...1] TM31 analog outputs activate absolute value generation / TM31 AO absVal act
TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: No absolute value generation
1: Absolute value generation switched in
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

p4076[0...1] TM31 analog outputs type / TM31 AO type

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 4
Description: Sets the type of analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
p4076[x] = 1, 4 correspond to a voltage output (p4074, p4078, p4080, p4083 are displayed in V).
p4076[x] = 0, 2, 3 correspond to a current output (p4074, p4078, p4080, p4083 are displayed in mA).
Value: 0: Current output (0 mA ... +20 mA)
1: Voltage output (0 V ... +10 V)
2: Current output (+4 mA ... +20 mA)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 229
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

3: Current output (-20 mA ... +20 mA)

4: Voltage output (-10 V ... +10 V)
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4077, p4078, p4079, p4080
Note: When changing p4076, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p4077, p4078, p4079, p4080) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p4076 = 0, 3, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 0.0 mA, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 20.0 mA.
For p4076 = 1, 4, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 0.0 V, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 10.0 V.
For p4076 = 2, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 4.0 mA, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 20.0 mA.

p4077[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value x1 / TM31 AO char x1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4078[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value y1 / TM31 AO char y1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 0.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 1st value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4079[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value x2 / TM31 AO char x2

SINAMICS DCM
230 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4080[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value y2 / TM31 AO char y2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 10.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4082[0...1] BI: TM31 analog outputs invert signal source / TM31 AO inv s s
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

p4083[0...1] TM31 analog outputs offset / TM31 AO offset

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9572
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the offset for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The offset is added to the output signal after the scaling characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4076
Note: This means, for example, the offset of a downstream isolating amplifier can be compensated.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 231
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4086 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 16 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO16
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 16 (X522.2) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.16 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4087 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 17 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO17
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 17 (X522.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.17 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4088 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 18 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO18
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 18 (X522.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.18 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4089 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 19 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO19
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 19 (X522.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.19 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
232 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4090 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 20 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO20
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 20 (X522.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.20 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4091 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 21 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO21
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 21 (X522.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.21 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4092 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 22 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO22
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 22 (X522.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.22 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4093 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 23 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO23
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9402
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 23 (X522.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.23 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 233
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4094.0...23 BO: TM15 digital inputs status inverted raw data internal / TM15 DI st raw dat
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the raw data of the digital inputs of the Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Notice: The raw data of the digital inputs is directly displayed (e.g. without any debounce).
Note: Should only used for internal Siemens purposes (alternative r4022, r4023).

p4095 TM15DI/DO digital inputs simulation mode / TM15D DI sim_mode

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Simulation Terminal eval -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Simulation Terminal eval -

SINAMICS DCM
234 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Simulation Terminal eval -

13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Simulation Terminal eval -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p4096.
Refer to: p4096
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while the Terminal
Module is being activated or de-activated.

Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4095 TM31 digital inputs simulation mode / TM31 DI sim_mode

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) Simulation Terminal eval -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) Simulation Terminal eval -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p4096.
Refer to: p4096
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while the Terminal
Module is being activated or de-activated.

Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 235
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4096 TM15DI/DO digital inputs simulation mode, setpoint / TM15D DI sim setp
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the simulation mode of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p4095.
Refer to: p4095
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4096 TM31 digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / TM31 DI sim setp
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the simulation mode of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -

SINAMICS DCM
236 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -

09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p4095.
Refer to: p4095
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4097[0...1] TM31 analog inputs simulation mode / TM31 AI sim_mode

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: Terminal evaluation for analog input x
1: Simulation for analog input x
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p4098.
Refer to: p4098
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
AI: Analog Input

p4098[0...1] TM31 analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / TM31 AI sim setp
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in simulation mode of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The simulation of an analog input is selected using p4097.
If AI x is parameterized as voltage input (p4056), then the setpoint is a voltage in V.
If AI x is parameterized as current input (p4056), then the setpoint is a current in mA.
Refer to: p4056, p4097
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
AI: Analog Input

p4099[0] TM15DI/DO inputs/outputs sampling time / TM15D I/O t_sampl

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9399, 9400
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 5000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the inputs and outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Index: [0] = TM15 input/output sampling time

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 237
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The parameter can only be modified for p0009 = 3, 29.

The following applies for the sampling time:
The sampling times at a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be integral multiples of one another.
The sampling times of this TM must be an integral multiple of a servo or vector drive that exists in the system.
The minimum permissible sampling time is 125 µs.
Refer to: p0009, r0110, r0111
Note: The changed sampling time is immediately effective after a completed sub-boot (p0009 -> 0).
Parameter p4099[0] must never be equal to zero.

p4099[0...2] TM31 inputs/outputs sampling time / TM31 I/O t_sample

TM31 Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9550
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 5000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the inputs and outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = Digital inputs/outputs (DI/DO)
[1] = Analog inputs (AI)
[2] = Analog outputs (AO)
Dependency: The parameter can only be modified for p0009 = 3, 29.
The following applies for the sampling time:
The sampling times at a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be integral multiples of one another.
The sampling times of this TM must be an integral multiple of a servo or vector drive that exists in the system.
The minimum permissible sampling time is 125 µs.
The sampling times entered in index 0 (digital inputs/outputs) and index 2 (analog outputs) must always be greater
than or equal to the sampling time in index 1 (analog inputs).
Refer to: p0009, r0110, r0111
Notice: The sampling times entered in index 0 (digital inputs/outputs) and index 2 (analog outputs) must always be greater
than or equal to the sampling time in index 1 (analog inputs).
Note: The changed sampling time is immediately effective after a completed sub-boot (p0009 -> 0).
Parameter p4099[0] must never be equal to zero.

p4100[0...11] TM150 sensor type / TM150 sensor type

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 5
Description: Sets the sensor type for Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
This means that the temperature sensor type is selected and the evaluation is switched in.
Value: 0: Evaluation disabled
1: PTC thermistor
2: KTY84
4: Bimetallic NC contact
5: PT100
6: PT1000
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8

SINAMICS DCM
238 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[9] = Temperature channel 9

[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Notice: For p4102[0...23] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...23] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Details on the wiring are included in the parameter description for p4108.

p4100 TM31 sensor type / TM31 sensor type

TM31 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9576
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the sensor type for Terminal Module 31 (TM31)
This means that the temperature sensor type is selected and the evaluation is switched in.
Value: 0: Evaluation disabled
1: PTC thermistor
2: KTY84
Notice: For p4102[0...1] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...1] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

r4101[0...11] TM150 sensor resistance / TM150 R_sensor

TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual resistance value of the temperature sensor connected at the Terminal Module.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 239
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The maximum measurable resistance value is approx. 2500 Ohm.

For 1x2 and 2x2 wire evaluation:
The actual sensor resistance is displayed in this parameter(i.e. the wire resistance (p4110) is taken into account).
The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Details on the wiring are included in the parameter description for p4108.

r4101 TM31 sensor resistance / TM31 R_sensor

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9576
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual resistance value of the temperature sensor connected at the Terminal Module.
Note: The maximum measurable resistance value is approx. 2170 Ohm.
The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

p4102[0...23] TM150 fault threshold/alarm threshold / TM150 F/A_thresh

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-99 [°C] 251 [°C] 251 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold/alarm threshold for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
For alarms (even indices [0, 2, 4 ... 22]), the following applies:
- The corresponding alarm is initiated, if the temperature actual value associated with a temperature channel
exceeds the associated alarm threshold (r4105[x] > p4102[2x]. In addition, the timer is started (p4103[x]).
- The alarm remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value
(p4102[2x] - hysteresis (p4118[x]).
For faults (uneven indices [1, 3, 5 ... 23]), the following applies:
- The corresponding fault is initiated, if the temperature actual value associated with a temperature channel exceeds
the associated fault threshold (r4105[x] > p4102[2x+1] or the associated timer (p4103[x] has expired.
- The fault remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value
(p4102[2x+1]) - hysteresis (p4118[x]) and the fault has been acknowledged.
Index: [0] = Channel 0 alarm threshold (A35211)
[1] = Channel 0 fault threshold (F35207)
[2] = Channel 1 alarm threshold (A35212)
[3] = Channel 1 fault threshold (F35208)
[4] = Channel 2 alarm threshold (A35213)
[5] = Channel 2 fault threshold (F35209)
[6] = Channel 3 alarm threshold (A35214)
[7] = Channel 3 fault threshold (F35210)
[8] = Channel 4 alarm threshold (A35410)
[9] = Channel 4 fault threshold (F35400)
[10] = Channel 5 alarm threshold (A35411)
[11] = Channel 5 fault threshold (F35401)
[12] = Channel 6 alarm threshold (A35412)
[13] = Channel 6 fault threshold (F35402)
[14] = Channel 7 alarm threshold (A35413)
[15] = Channel 7 fault threshold (F35403)

SINAMICS DCM
240 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[16] = Channel 8 alarm threshold (A35414)

[17] = Channel 8 fault threshold (F35404)
[18] = Channel 9 alarm threshold (A35415)
[19] = Channel 9 fault threshold (F35405)
[20] = Channel 10 alarm threshold (A35416)
[21] = Channel 10 fault threshold (F35406)
[22] = Channel 11 alarm threshold (A35417)
[23] = Channel 11 fault threshold (F35407)
Dependency: Refer to: p4103, r4104, r4105, p4118
Notice: Faults F35207 ... F35210 and F35400 ... F35407 only result in the drive being shut down if at least one BICO
interconnection exists between the drive and the TM150.
For p4102[0...23] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100[0...11] = 1), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...23] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The hysteresis can be set in p4118[0...11].

p4102[0...1] TM31 fault threshold/alarm threshold / TM31 F/A_thresh

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9576
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-48 [°C] 251 [°C] [0] 100 [°C]
[1] 120 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold/alarm threshold for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
A35211 is initiated, if the temperature actual value r4105[0] > p4102[0]
F35207 is initiated if the temperature actual value r4105[0] > p4102[1] or timer p4103[0] has expired
For alarm A35211 the following applies:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105) reaches or falls below the value (p4102[0] - hysteresis).
For fault F35207 the following applies:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105) reaches or falls below the value (p4102[1] - hysteresis) and the
fault has been acknowledged.
- The hysteresis value is 5 K and cannot be changed by the user.
Index: [0] = Alarm threshold
[1] = Fault threshold
Dependency: Refer to: r4104
Notice: Fault F35207 only causes the drive to be shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive
and TM31.
For p4102[0...1] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
To activate the alarm or fault, p4102[0...1] must be set <= 250 °C.

p4103[0...11] TM150 delay time / TM150 t_delay

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: Motor Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 600.0 [s] 0.0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for the output of the fault for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
The timer is started when the alarm threshold (e.g. p4102[0]) is exceeded.
If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then the
corresponding fault is output.
The fault can be acknowledged, if, after the delay time has expired, the alarm threshold is again fallen below.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 241
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- If the fault threshold (e.g. p4102[1]) is exceeded before the delay time has expired, then the corresponding fault is
immediately output.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor", "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- Alarm and fault threshold simultaneously respond. The fault is only issued after the delay time has expired.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, r4104, r4105, p4118
Warning: The fault F35207 ... F35210 and F35400 ... 35407 only results in the drive being shut down if at least one BICO
interconnection exists between the drive and the TM150.

Note: For p4103 = 0 s and sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- The corresponding fault can only be initiated via the fault threshold (output of the timer is always a logical 0).
For p4103 = 0 s and sensor type "PTC thermistor", "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following
applies:
- The corresponding alarm and fault are simultaneously output (delay time = 0 s).

p4103 TM31 temperature evaluation delay time / TM31 temp t_delay

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9576
P-Group: Motor Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ms] 600000.000 [ms] 0.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for the output of the fault for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The timer is started when the alarm threshold (p4102[0]) is exceeded.
If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F35207
is output.
The fault can be acknowledged, if, after the delay time has expired, the alarm threshold is again fallen below.
For sensor type "KTY84" (p4100 = 2), the following applies:
If the fault threshold (p4102[1]) is exceeded before the delay time has expired, then fault F35207 is immediately
output.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
- Alarm and fault threshold simultaneously respond. The fault is only issued after the delay time has expired.
Dependency: Refer to: r4104
Warning: Fault F35207 only causes the drive to be shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive
and TM31.

Note: With p4103 = 0 ms, the timer is de-activated and only the fault threshold is effective.

r4104.0...23 BO: TM150 temperature evaluation status / TM150 temp status

TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).

SINAMICS DCM
242 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Channel 0 alarm present Yes No 9626
01 Channel 0 fault present Yes No 9626
02 Channel 1 alarm present Yes No 9626
03 Channel 1 fault present Yes No 9626
04 Channel 2 alarm present Yes No 9626
05 Channel 2 fault present Yes No 9626
06 Channel 3 alarm present Yes No 9626
07 Channel 3 fault present Yes No 9626
08 Channel 4 alarm present Yes No 9626
09 Channel 4 fault present Yes No 9626
10 Channel 5 alarm present Yes No 9626
11 Channel 5 fault present Yes No 9626
12 Channel 6 alarm present Yes No 9627
13 Channel 6 fault present Yes No 9627
14 Channel 7 alarm present Yes No 9627
15 Channel 7 fault present Yes No 9627
16 Channel 8 alarm present Yes No 9627
17 Channel 8 fault present Yes No 9627
18 Channel 9 alarm present Yes No 9627
19 Channel 9 fault present Yes No 9627
20 Channel 10 alarm present Yes No 9627
21 Channel 10 fault present Yes No 9627
22 Channel 11 alarm present Yes No 9627
23 Channel 11 fault present Yes No 9627
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, p4103, r4105, p4118

r4104.0...1 BO: TM31 temperature evaluation status / TM31 temp status

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9576
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Alarm is present Yes No -
01 Fault is present Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p4102

r4105[0...11] CO: TM150 temperature actual value / TM150 temp_act val

TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the temperature actual value for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 243
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- below the nominal response temperature, r4105[0...11] = -50 °C.
- above the nominal response temperature, r4105[0...11] = 250 °C.
For sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- the displayed value corresponds to the temperature actual value.
Refer to: p4100, p4111, r4112, r4113, r4114
Note: r4105[0...11] = -300 °C is displayed in the following cases:
- temperature actual value invalid (F35920 ... F35931 output).
- no sensor selected (p4100[0...11] = 0).
The temperature actual values can be grouped using p4111[0...2] and the maximum value, minimum value as well as
the average value for each group evaluated (r4112[0...2], r4113[0...2], r4114[0...2]).

r4105 CO: TM31 temperature actual value / TM31 temp_act val

TM31 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9549, 9576
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the temperature actual value for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31)
Dependency: For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
- below the nominal response temperature, r4105 = -50°C.
- above the nominal response temperature, r4105 = 250 °C.
For sensor type "KTY84" (p4100 = 2), the following applies:
- the displayed value corresponds to the temperature actual value.
Refer to: p4100
Note: r4105 = -300 °C is displayed in the following cases:
- temperature actual value invalid (F35920 output).
- no sensor selected (p4100 = 0).
The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

p4108[0...5] TM150 terminal block measuring method / TM150 meas method

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625, 9626,
9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the measuring method for the terminal block X531 ... X536 for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Re p4108[0...5] = 0 (1x2 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).
Re p4108[0...5] = 1 (2x2 wire evaluation):
- The first temperature sensor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).
- The second temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
Re p4108[0...5] = 2 (3 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
- the measuring conductor is connected at terminal 1(+).
- terminals 2(-) and 4(-) must be jumpered.
Re p4108[0...5] = 3 (4 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
- the measuring conductor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).

SINAMICS DCM
244 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: 1x2 wire evaluation

1: 2x2 wire evaluation
2: 3 wire evaluation
3: 4 wire evaluation
Index: [0] = X531
[1] = X532
[2] = X533
[3] = X534
[4] = X535
[5] = X536
Note: The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Re p4108[0...5] = 0, 2, 3 (1x2, 3, 4 wire evaluation):
The temperature channel belonging to the terminal block with the higher number is automatically deactivated (e.g. for
X531 with 3-wire evaluation, channel 6 is deactivated).

p4109[0...11] TM150 wire resistance measurement / TM150 R_wire meas

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to start the measurement of the wire resistance for a channel for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
For a 2 wire evaluation, the total wire resistance is measured and saved. During the temperature evaluation, the
temperature actual value is automatically calibrated using the measured wire resistance.
Procedure:
1. Select the measuring method (1x2/2x2) for the corresponding terminal block (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
2. Set the required sensor type for the corresponding channel (p4100[x] = 1 ... 6, x = 0...5 or 0...11).
3. Jumper the sensor to be connected (short-circuit the sensor conductor close to the sensor).
4. Connect the sensor conductors to the appropriate terminals 1(+), 2(-) or 3(+), 4(-).
5. For the corresponding channel, start the measurement of the wire resistance (p4109[x] = 1).
6. After p4109[x] = 0, check the measured resistance value in p4110[x].
7. Remove the jumper across the temperature sensor.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4100, p4108, p4110
Notice: Wire resistance measurement is only possible for 1x2 or 2x2 wire evaluation (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
Note: The wire resistance value can be also directly entered into p4110[0...11].
The automatic conductor calibration for 1x2 and 2x2 wire evaluation is always performed with the value in
p4110[0...11].

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 245
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4110[0...11] TM150 wire resistance value / TM150 R_wire value

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ohm] 3000.00 [ohm] 0.00 [ohm]
Description: Sets and displays the wire resistance for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
The value is used for the automatic conductor calibration.
The value is automatically set by starting the wire resistance measurement (p4109[0...11]) of the corresponding
channel.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4109
Notice: Wire resistance measurement is only possible for 1x2 or 2x2 wire evaluation (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
Note: Automatic conductor calibration is deactivated using p4110[0...11] = 0.

p4111[0...2] TM150 group channel assignment / TM150 grp channel

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Assigns the temperature channels to groups for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
For each group, the following calculated values are provided from the temperature actual values (r4105[0...11]):
- Maximum value (r4112[0...2])
- Minimum value (r4113[0...2])
- average value (r4114[0...2])
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Temperature channel 0 Yes No -
01 Temperature channel 1 Yes No -
02 Temperature channel 2 Yes No -
03 Temperature channel 3 Yes No -
04 Temperature channel 4 Yes No -
05 Temperature channel 5 Yes No -
06 Temperature channel 6 Yes No -
07 Temperature channel 7 Yes No -
08 Temperature channel 8 Yes No -
09 Temperature channel 9 Yes No -
10 Temperature channel 10 Yes No -
11 Temperature channel 11 Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, r4112, r4113, r4114

SINAMICS DCM
246 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When forming groups, it must be ensured that in one particular group, only temperature channels with the following
sensor types are included:
- "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6), real temperature actual value
or alternatively
- "PTC thermistor", "bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), fictitious temperature actual value (-50 °C, 250 °C)
If these sensor types are combined within one group, then the calculated values for maximum, minimum and average
value will be falsified.
Note: Active and inactive temperature channels can be included in one group. However, when calculating the values
(r4112, r4113, r4114) only the active temperature channels with valid actual value are taken into account
(r4105[0...11] not equal to -300 °C).

r4112[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature actual value maximum value / TM150 grp temp max
TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the maximum value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.
Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4113, r4114

r4113[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature actual value minimum value / TM150 grp temp min
TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the minimum value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.
Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4114

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 247
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4114[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature average actual value / TM150 grp temp av
TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625
P-Group: Terminals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the average value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.
Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113
Note: If one group is assigned sensor type "PTC" or "bimetal NC contact", then the average value -300 °C is output.

p4117[0...2] TM150 group sensor error effect / TM150 error effect

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9625
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the effect for an error of a sensor of a group for Terminal Module TM150 (TM150).
For p4117 = 0, the following applies:
The defective temperature sensor assigned to a group is not take into account when forming the group.
For p4117 = 1, the following applies:
For a sensor error, for the maximum value, minimum value and average value of the corresponding group, a value of
-300 °C is output.
Value: 0: Skip sensor
1: Output value = -300 °C
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113, r4114

p4118[0...11] TM150 fault threshold/alarm threshold hysteresis / TM150 thresh hyst

TM150 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [K] 50 [K] 5 [K]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the fault threshold/alarm threshold (p4102[0...23]) for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5

SINAMICS DCM
248 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[6] = Temperature channel 6

[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, p4103, r4104, r4105
Note: The following applies for a corresponding alarm:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value (p4102[2x] -
hysteresis (p4118[x]).
The following applies for a corresponding fault:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value (p4102[2x+1]) -
hysteresis (p4118[x]) and the fault has been acknowledged.

p4119[0...11] TM150 activate/deactivate smoothing / TM150 smooth act

r4120 TM150 temperature filter time constant / TM150 temp_filt T

TM150 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the smoothing time constant for the temperature filter for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113
Note: The time constant lies in the range from 80 to 1000 ms and depends on the number of channels that are
simultaneously active.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 249
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4121 TM150 filter rated line frequency / TM150 filt f_line

r4640[0...95] Encoder diagnostics state machine / Enc diag stat_ma

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder diagnostics for the PROFIdrive interface.

p4641[0...2] OEM encoder diagnostic signal selection / OEM enc diag sel
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Trace functionality for OEM encoder manufacturers.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Encoder 3

p4650 Encoder functional reserve component number / Enc fct_res num

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 399 0
Description: Sets the component number (p0141) of the encoder whose functional reserve is to be displayed (r4651).
Dependency: Refer to: r4651

r4651[0...3] Encoder functional reserve / Enc fct_reserve

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Displays, signals Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the functional reserve of the encoder selected via p4650.

SINAMICS DCM
250 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

0 ... 25 %:
The function limit has been reached. A service is recommended.
26 ... 100 %:
The encoder is working in the specified range.
Index: [0] = Function reserve 1
[1] = Function reserve 2
[2] = Function reserve 3
[3] = Function reserve 4
Dependency: Refer to: p4650
Note: Value = 999 means:
- the component specified in p4650 is not connected
- the encoder does not support the display of the functional reserve

p4652[0...2] XIST1_ERW reset mode / XIST1_ERW res mode

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode to reset the actual value in XIST_ERW (CO: r4653).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Reset with zero mark
2: Reset with BICO
3: Reset with selected zero mark
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: r4653, r4654, p4655
Note: If value = 1:
The value in XIST1_ERW is reset when passing every zero mark.
If value = 2:
The value in XIST1_ERW is reset with a 0/1 edge via binector input p4655.
If value = 3:
The value in XIST1_ERW is reset after a 0/1 edge via binector input p4655 when passing the next zero mark.

r4653[0...2] CO: XIST1_ERW actual value / XIST1_ERW actval

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value XIST1_ERW.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p4652, r4654, p4655

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 251
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4654.0...8 CO/BO: XIST1_ERW status / XIST1_ERW stat

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output to reset XIST1_ERW.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Encoder 1 XIST1_ERW reset High Low -
08 Encoder 2 XIST1_ERW reset High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: p4652, r4653, p4655
Note: The reset of XIST1_ERW is initiated via binector input p4655.
Binector output r4654 is reset with a 0 signal from binector input p4655.

p4655[0...2] BI: XIST1_ERW reset signal source / XIST1_ERW resS_src

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 4750
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to reset XIST1_ERW (CO: r4653).
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p4652, r4653, r4654
Note: The reset of XIST1_ERW depends on the selected mode (p4652).

p4660[0...2] Sensor Module filter bandwidth / SM Filt_bandw

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [kHz] 20000.00 [kHz] 0.00 [kHz]
Description: Sets the filter bandwidth for Sensor Module SMx10 (resolver) and SMx20 (sin/cos).
The value set on the Sensor Module is displayed in r4661.
The Sensor Module hardware only supports the following values:
- 0: The Sensor Module's default is used.
- 50 kHz
- 170 kHz
- 500 kHz
- Unlimited: Only the bandwidth of the operational amplifier is effective.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r4661
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

SINAMICS DCM
252 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4661[0...2] Sensor Module filter bandwidth display / SM Filt_bandw disp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [kHz] - [kHz] - [kHz]
Description: Display of the effective filter bandwidth for Sensor Module SMx10 (resolver) and SMx20 (sin/cos).
The bandwidth of the filter is set using p4660.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: p4660
Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.

p4678[0...n] Analog sensor LVDT ratio / An_sens LVDT ratio

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%]
Description: Sets the ratio for the LVDT sensor.

p4679[0...n] Analog sensor LVDT phase / An_sens LVDT ph

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4), T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-360.00 [°] 360.00 [°] 0.00 [°]
Description: Sets the phase for the LVDT sensor.

p4680[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance permissible / ZM_monit tol perm

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1000 4
Description: Sets the permissible tolerance in encoder pulses for the zero mark distance in the context of zero mark monitoring.
Causes fault F3x100 to appear less frequently.

p4681[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1 positive / ZM tol lim 1 pos
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1000 2
Description: Sets the positive tolerance window in encoder pulses for limit 1 for the zero mark monitoring.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 253
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

If the deviation is less than this limit, then the pulse number is not corrected. If it is higher than this limit, fault F3x131
is triggered.
If fault F3x131 is re-parameterized to alarm (A) or no message (N), the encoder pulses which have not been
corrected are added to the accumulator (p4688). The accumulator can be de-activated using p0437.7.
Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p4688
Note: This monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction).
The positive limit describes additional pulses due to EMC.

p4682[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1 negative / ZM tol lim 1 neg
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1001 0 -1001
Description: Sets the negative tolerance window in encoder pulses for limit 1 for the zero mark monitoring.
If the deviation is less than this limit, the PPR is not corrected. If it is higher than this limit, fault F3x131 is triggered.
If fault F3x131 is re-parameterized to alarm (A) or no message (N), the encoder pulses which have not been
corrected are added to the accumulator (p4688). The accumulator can be de-activated using p0437.7.
Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p4681, p4688
Note: This monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction).
For a set value = -1001, the negated value of p4681 is effective.
The negative limit describes the pulses lost due to a covered glass panel in the incremental encoder.

p4683[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold positive / ZM tol A_thr pos
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100000 0
Description: Sets the positive tolerance window in encoder pulses for limit 2 for the zero mark monitoring.
If the zero mark deviation is higher than the tolerance set in p4681 and p4682 and fault F3x131 is re-parameterized
to alarm (A) or no message (N), the accumulator p4688 is compared with this parameter and, if applicable, alarm
A3x422 is output for 5 seconds.
Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p4681, p4682, p4688
Note: Zero mark monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction).

p4684[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold negative / ZM tol A_thr neg
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-100001 0 -100001
Description: Sets the negative tolerance window in encoder pulses for limit 2 for the zero mark monitoring.
If the zero mark deviation is higher than the tolerance set in p4681 and p4682 and fault F3x131 is re-parameterized
to alarm (A) or no message (N), the accumulator p4688 is compared with this parameter and, if applicable, alarm
A3x422 is output for 5 seconds.
Dependency: Refer to: p0437, p4683, p4688
Note: Zero mark monitoring is activated by setting p0437.2 = 1 (position actual value correction).
For a set value = -100001, the negated value of p4683 is effective.

SINAMICS DCM
254 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4685[0...n] Speed actual value mean value generation / n_act mean val
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: EDS, p0140 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 20 0
Description: Sets the number of current controller clock cycles for mean value generation of the speed actual value.
Note: Value = 0, 1: No mean value generation.
Higher values also mean higher dead times for the speed actual value.

p4686[0...n] Zero mark minimum length / ZM min length

p4688[0...2] CO: Zero mark monitoring differential pulse count / ZM diff_pulse qty
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-2147483648 2147483647 0
Description: Displays the number of differential pulses for the zero mark monitoring that have accumulated.
If fault F3x131 is re-parameterized to alarm (A) or no message (N), the encoder pulses which have not been
corrected are added to the accumulator (p4688).
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Dependency: Refer to: p4681, p4682, p4683, p4684
Note: The display can only be reset to zero.

r4689[0...2] CO: Squarewave encoder diagnostics / Sq-wave enc diag

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Encoder Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the encoder status according to PROFIdrive for a squarewave encoder.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = -
Note: After alarm A3x422 is output, this parameter is set for 100 ms.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 255
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4700[0...1] Trace control / Trace control

p4701 Measuring function control / Meas fct ctrl

p4703[0...1] Trace options / Trace options

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the options for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Automatically start trace with time slices Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p4700
Note: Re bit 00:
0: The trace starts with p4700 as before.
1: When powering up, the trace starts immediately with the saved parameter settings with the start of the time slices.

r4705[0...1] Trace status / Trace status

SINAMICS DCM
256 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Trace inactive

1: Trace is recording presamples
2: Trace is waiting for trigger event
3: Trace is recording
4: Recording (trace) ended
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4706 Measuring function status / Meas fct status

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 -
Description: Displays the actual status of the measuring function.
Value: 0: Measurement function inactive
1: Measuring function parameterization checked
2: Measuring function waits for stabilizing time
3: Measuring function recording (tracing)
4: Measuring function trace ended with error
5: Measuring function trace successfully completed

p4707 Measurement function configuration / Meas fct config

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to configure the measurement function.
Value: 0: Standard
1: Free meas fct
Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed when the measurement function has been started (r4706 = 2, 3).
Note: This parameter involves the free measuring functions and is only active for p4810=6.
For value = 0:
The free measuring function is parameterized with master control.
For value = 1:
The free measuring function is parameterized without master control.

r4708[0...1] Trace memory space required / Trace mem required

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 257
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4709[0...1] Trace memory space required for measuring functions / Trace mem required
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the required memory in bytes for the actual parameterization.
This applies, if the trace for the measurement functions is used.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: r4799

p4710[0...1] Trace trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
1 8 2
Description: Sets the trigger condition for the trace.
Value: 1: Immediate trace start
2: Positive edge
3: Negative edge
4: Entry to hysteresis band
5: Leaving hysteresis band
6: Trigger at bit mask
7: Start with function generator
8: Trigger at bit mask with edge
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4711[0...5] Trace trigger signal / Trace trig_signal

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the trigger signal for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 does not equal 1.
Note: It only makes sense to trace the PINs using the commissioning software.
For index 2(4) and 3(5) equal to zero, index 0(1) can only be written and vice versa.
Re index 0 ... 1:
Here, the trigger signal for trace 0 or 1 is entered as parameter in the BICO format.
For trace with a physical address (p4789), the data type of the trigger signal is set here.

SINAMICS DCM
258 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 2 ...3:
The triggering PIN for trace 0 is entered here.
Index 2 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the Drive Object (DO), bit 15 ... 0: Number of the chart
Index 3 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the block, bit 15 ... 0: Number of the PIN
Re index 4 ... 5:
The triggering PIN for trace 1 is entered here.
Index 4 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the Drive Object (DO), bit 15 ... 0: Number of the chart
Index 5 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the block, bit 15 ... 0: Number of the PIN

p4712[0...1] Trace trigger threshold / Trace trig_thresh

p4713[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 1 / Trace trig thr 1

p4714[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 2 / Trace trig thr 2

p4715[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger, bit mask / Trace trig mask
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the bit mask for the bit mask trigger.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 259
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Trace 0

[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 6.

p4716[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond

r4719[0...1] Trace trigger index / Trace Trig_index

p4720[0...1] Trace recording cycle / Trace record_cyc

p4721[0...1] Trace recording time / Trace record_time

SINAMICS DCM
260 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4722[0...1] Trace trigger delay / Trace trig_delay

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-3600000.000 [ms] 3600000.000 [ms] 0.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the trigger delay for the trace.
Trigger delay < 0:
Pretrigger: Tracing (recording) starts the selected time before the trigger event actually occurs.
Trigger delay > 0:
Post trigger: Tracing does not start until the set time after the trigger event.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4723[0...1] Trace time slice cycle / Trace cycle

p4724[0...1] Trace average in the time range / Trace average

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 0001 bin 0000 bin
Description: Sets the averaging in the time range for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4725[0...1] Trace data type 1 traced / Trace rec type 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 261
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4726[0...1] Trace data type 2 traced / Trace rec type 2

r4727[0...1] Trace data type 3 traced / Trace rec type 3

r4728[0...1] Trace data type 4 traced / Trace rec type 4

r4729[0...1] Trace number of recorded values / Trace rec values

p4730[0...5] Trace record signal 0 / Trace record sig 0

SINAMICS DCM
262 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format

[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4731[0...5] Trace record signal 1 / Trace record sig 1

p4732[0...5] Trace record signal 2 / Trace record sig 2

p4733[0...5] Trace record signal 3 / Trace record sig 3

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 263
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4734[0...5] Trace record signal 4 / Trace record sig 4

p4735[0...5] Trace record signal 5 / Trace record sig 5

p4736[0...5] Trace record signal 6 / Trace record sig 6

p4737[0...5] Trace record signal 7 / Trace record sig 7

SINAMICS DCM
264 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format

r4740[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 0

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 0.
The trace (record) buffer is sub-divided into memory banks, each containing 16384 values. Parameter p4795 can be
used to toggle between the individual banks.
Example A:
The first 16384 values of signal 0, trace 0 are to be read out.
In this case, memory bank 0 is set with p4795 = 0. The first 16384 values can now be read out using r4740[0] to
r4740[16383].
Example B:
The values 16385 to 32768 from signal 0, trace 0 are to be read out.
In this case, memory bank 1 is set with p4795 = 1. The values can now be read out in r4740[0] to r4740[16383].
Dependency: Refer to: p4795

r4741[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 1 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 1

r4742[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 2 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 2

r4743[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 3 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 3

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 265
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4744[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 4 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 4

r4745[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 5 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 5

r4746[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 6 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 6

r4747[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 7 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 7

r4750[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 0 floating point / Trace 1 trace sig0
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 0.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

SINAMICS DCM
266 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4751[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 1 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 1

r4752[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 2 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 2

r4753[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 3 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 3

r4754[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 4 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 4

r4755[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 5 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 5

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 267
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4756[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 6

r4757[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 7 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 7

r4760[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 / Trace 0 tr sig 0

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 0 as integer number.
Note: For signals, data type I32 or U32, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 0
r4760[1] = value 1
...
r4760[8191] = value 8191
For signals, data type I16 or U16, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 1 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 0 (bit 15 ... 0)
r4760[1] = value 3 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 2 (bit 15 ... 0)
...
r4760[8191] = value 16383 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 16382 (bit 15 ... 0)
For signals, data type I8 or U8, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 3 (bit 31 ... 24) value 2 (bit 23 ... 16) value 1 (bit 15 ... 8) value 0 (bit 7 ... 0)
r4760[1] = value 7 (bit 31 ... 24) value 6 (bit 23 ... 16) value 5 (bit 15 ... 8) value 4 (bit 7 ... 0)
...
r4760[8191] = value 32767 (bit 31 ... 24) value 32766 (bit 23 ... 16) value 32765 (bit 15 ... 8) value 32764 (bit 7 ... 0)

r4761[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 1 / Trace 0 tr sig 1

SINAMICS DCM
268 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4762[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 2 / Trace 0 tr sig 2

r4763[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 3 / Trace 0 tr sig 3

r4764[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 4 / Trace 0 tr sig 4

r4765[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 5 / Trace 0 tr sig 5

r4766[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 6 / Trace 0 tr sig 6

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 269
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4767[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 7 / Trace 0 tr sig 7

r4770[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 0 / Trace 1 trace sig0

r4771[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 1 / Trace 1 tr sig 1

r4772[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 2 / Trace 1 tr sig 2

r4773[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 3 / Trace 1 tr sig 3

SINAMICS DCM
270 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4774[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 4 / Trace 1 tr sig 4

r4775[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 5 / Trace 1 tr sig 5

r4776[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 / Trace 1 tr sig 6

r4777[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 7 / Trace 1 tr sig 7

p4780[0...1] Trace physical address signal 0 / Trace PhyAddr Sig0

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 271
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4781[0...1] Trace physical address signal 1 / Trace PhyAddr Sig1

p4782[0...1] Trace physical address signal 2 / Trace PhyAddr Sig2

p4783[0...1] Trace physical address signal 3 / Trace PhyAddr Sig3

p4784[0...1] Trace physical address signal 4 / Trace PhyAddr Sig4

SINAMICS DCM
272 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4785[0...1] Trace physical address signal 5 / Trace PhyAddr Sig5

p4786[0...1] Trace physical address signal 6 / Trace PhyAddr Sig6

p4787[0...1] Trace physical address signal 7 / Trace PhyAddr Sig7

p4789[0...1] Trace physical address trigger signal / Trace PhyAddr Trig

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 273
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4790[0...1] Trace data type 5 traced / Trace rec type 5

r4791[0...1] Trace data type 6 traced / Trace rec type 6

r4792[0...1] Trace data type 7 traced / Trace rec type 7

r4793[0...1] Trace data type 8 traced / Trace rec type 8

p4795 Trace memory bank changeover / Trace mem changeov

SINAMICS DCM
274 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4797[0...1] Trace 0 trigger instant / Trace 0 t_trigger

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the instant in time for fulfilling the trigger condition for trace recorder 0.
The time comprises milliseconds (index 0) and days (index 1).
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r2114, r3102, r4719
Notice: The accuracy of the trigger instant depends on the accuracy of the underlying basis time.
For clarification:
The trigger instant is calculated with a µs accuracy. If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy,
then as a result of rounding effects, an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur.
When referred to r4719, the trigger instant can therefore deviate somewhat.
Note: If the time calculation of the drive can be synchronized with a higher-level control, then this time can be taken from
the actual UTC time (r3102 ). Otherwise, the time is based on the system runtime (r2114).

r4798[0...1] Trace 1 trigger instant / Trace 1 t_trigger

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the instant in time for fulfilling the trigger condition for trace recorder 1.
The time comprises milliseconds (index 0) and days (index 1).
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r2114, r3102, r4719
Notice: The accuracy of the trigger instant depends on the accuracy of the underlying basis time.
For clarification:
The trigger instant is calculated with a µs accuracy. If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy,
then as a result of rounding effects, an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur.
When referred to r4719, the trigger instant can therefore deviate somewhat.
Note: If the time calculation of the drive can be synchronized with a higher-level control, then this time can be taken from
the actual UTC time (r3102 ). Otherwise, the time is based on the system runtime (r2114).

r4799 Trace memory location free / Trace mem free

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 275
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4800 Function generator control / FG control

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: The function generator is started with p4800 = 1.
The signal is only generated for a 1 signal of binector input p4819.
Value: 0: Stop function generator
1: Start function generator
2: Check function generator parameterization
3: Start function generator without enable signals
Dependency: Refer to: p4819

r4805 Function generator status / FG status

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 -
Description: Displays the actual status of the function generator.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Generate accelerating ramp to offset
2: Generate parameterized signal shape
3: Generate braking ramp
4: Function generator stopped due to missing enable signals
5: Function generator waits for BI: p4819
6: Function generator parameterization has been checked
Dependency: Refer to: p4800, p4819

r4806.0 BO: Function generator status signal / FG status signal

p4810 Function generator mode / FG operating mode

SINAMICS DCM
276 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Connection at connector output r4818

1: Connection at current setpoint after filter and r4818
2: Connection as disturbing torque and r4818
3: Connection at speed setpoint after filter and r4818
4: Connection at current setpoint before filter and r4818
5: Connection at speed setpoint before filter and r4818
6: Connection for free measurement function r4818 and r4834
99: Connection at physical address and r4818

p4812 Function generator physical address / FG phys address

p4813 Function generator physical address reference value / FG phys addr ref
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 1000000.00 1.00
Description: Sets the reference value for 100 % for referred inputs.
Dependency: Only effective when p4810 = 99.

p4816 Function generator output signal integer number scaling / FG outp integ scal
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-2147483648 2147483647 0
Description: Sets the scaling for the integer number of the output signal for the function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r4805, r4817
Note: The parameter can only be changed in the following operating states:
r4805 = 0, 4, 6

r4817 CO: Function generator output signal integer number / FG outp integ no.
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the integer number of the output signal for the function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p4816
Note: The value is output independent of the function generator operating mode.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 277
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4818 CO: Function generator output signal / FG outp_sig

p4819 BI: Function generator control / FG control

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to control the function generator.
When the function generator is running, signal generation is stopped with a 0 signal from BI: p4819 and p4800 is set
to 0.
Dependency: Refer to: p4800

p4820 Function generator signal shape / FG signal shape

p4821 Function generator period / FG period duration

SINAMICS DCM
278 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4822 Function generator pulse width / FG pulse width

p4823 Function generator bandwidth / FG bandwidth

p4824 Function generator amplitude / FG amplitude

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 5.00 [%]
Description: Sets the amplitude for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed).

p4825 Function generator 2nd amplitude / FG 2nd amplitude

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 7.00 [%]
Description: Sets the second amplitude for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Only effective for p4820 = 2 (staircase).
Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 279
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4826 Function generator offset / FG offset

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset (DC component) of the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The offset is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The offset is referred to p2000 (reference speed).
If p4810 = 2: In order to avoid the undesirable effects of play (backlash), the offset does not act on the current
setpoint, but instead on the speed setpoint.

p4827 Function generator ramp-up time to offset / FG ramp-up offset

p4828 Function generator lower limit / FG lower limit

p4829 Function generator upper limit / FG upper limit

p4830 Function generator time slice cycle / FG time slice

SINAMICS DCM
280 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4831 Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal

p4832[0...2] Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the amplitude of the signal waveforms separately for each output channel.
The value cannot be changed while the function generator is running.
Index: [0] = First drive for connection
[1] = Second drive for connection
[2] = Third drive for connection

p4833[0...2] Function generator offset scaling / FG offset scal

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the offset of the signal waveforms separately for each output channel.
The value cannot be changed while the function generator is running.
Index: [0] = First drive for connection
[1] = Second drive for connection
[2] = Third drive for connection

r4834[0...4] CO: Function generator free measurement output signal / FG fr MeasFct outp
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the output signal for the free measurement function.
Index: [0] = Signal 1
[1] = Signal 2
[2] = Signal 3
[3] = Signal 4
[4] = Signal 5
Dependency: Refer to: p4810
Note: The signals are only output in the "free measurement function" operating mode (p4810 = 6)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 281
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4835[0...4] Function generator free measurement function scaling / FG fr MeasFct scal

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00000 [%] 200.00000 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling of the output signals for the free measurement function.
Index: [0] = Signal 1
[1] = Signal 2
[2] = Signal 3
[3] = Signal 4
[4] = Signal 5
Note: The parameter cannot be changed when the measurement function has been started (r4706 = 2, 3).

p4840[0...1] MTrace cycle number setting / Cycle number

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the number of cycles of a multiple trace.
The multiple trace is de-activated with a value = 0.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: r4841, p4844
Notice: A multiple trace can have a negative impact on the total system performance.
From their inherent principle of operation, flash memory cards are subject to wear as a result of write operations. As
a consequence, the lifetime of flash memory cards is reduced when using the multiple trace functionality.

r4841[0...1] MTrace cycle actual display / Cycle act display

p4844[0...1] MTrace ring buffer files number / Ring buff file qty
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Trace and function generator Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
5 5 5
Description: Sets the number of ring buffer files for the measurement results of the multiple trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

SINAMICS DCM
282 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p4840, r4841

r4950 OA DO-specific number / OA DO qty

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 -
Description: Displays the number of OA applications installed on this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: DO: Drive Object
OA: Open Architecture (OA application)

r4951 OA DO-specific identifier total length / OA DO id tot_lgth

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 144 -
Description: Displays the total length of the identifiers of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: The identifier of an OA application comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator.

r4952 OA DO-specific GUID total length / OA DO GUID length

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 288 -
Description: Displays the total length of the GUIDs of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: The GUID of an OA application comprises 16 characters plus 1 character major information plus 1 character, minor
information.
GUID: Globally Unique IDentifier

r4955[0...n] OA DO-specific identifier / OA DO ident

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4951 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identifier of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4955[0...8]: Identifier of OA application 1
r4955[9...17]: Identifier of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 283
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4956[0...n] OA DO-specific activation / OA DO act

All objects Can be changed: C1, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: r4950 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4956[0]: Activates OA application 1
r4956[1]: Activates OA application 2, ...
Value: 0: OA application inactive
1: OA application active
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4957[0...n] OA DO-specific version / OA DO version

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4950 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 -
Description: Displays the version of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4957[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4957[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r4958[0...n] OA DO-specific interface version / OA DO interf_vers

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4950 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the interface version of OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4958[0]: Interface version of OA application 1
r4958[1]: Interface version of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

SINAMICS DCM
284 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4959[0...n] OA DO-specific GUID / OA DO GUID

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4952 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUIDs of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4959[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4959[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4959[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4959[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4959[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4959[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4960[0...n] OA DO-specific GUID drive object / OA DO GUID DO

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4952 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUIDs of this drive object of the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4960[0...15]: GUID of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[16]: Major information of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[17]: Minor information of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[18...33]: GUID of this drive object of OA application 2
r4960[34]: Major information of this drive object of OA application 2
r4960[35]: Minor information of this drive object of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

p4961[0...n] OA DO-specific logbook module selection / OA DO log module

All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4950 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Only for service purposes.

r4975 OA invalid number / OA inv no.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 285
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: OA: Open Architecture (OA application)

r4976 OA invalid identifier total length / OA inv ID tot_lgth

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the total length of the IDs of all the invalid OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4975, r4978, r4979
Note: The identifier of an invalid OA application comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator.

r4978[0...n] OA invalid identifier / OA inv ID

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4976 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the IDs of all the invalid OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4978[0...8]: Identifier of invalid OA application 1
r4978[9...17]: Identifier of invalid OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4975, r4976, r4979
Notice: If there is no invalid OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4979[0...n] OA invalid error code / OA inv error code

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4975 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the error code of the invalid OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4979[0]: Fault value of OA application 1
r4979[1]: Fault value of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4975, r4976, r4978
Notice: If there is no invalid OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: The value in the error code must be interpreted in binary form. The bits have the following meaning:
Bit 0: Incompatible OA interface version.
Bit 1: OA application could not be loaded.
Bit 2: Incorrect description files.
Bit 3: OA application does not define a CPU type.
Bit 4: OA application for this device not supported (incorrect CPU type).
Bit 5: OA application for this device not supported (incorrect type ID).
Bit 6: Incorrect description files (Const/Startup incompatible).

SINAMICS DCM
286 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4985 OA number / OA no
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 -
Description: Displays the number of OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: OA: Open Architecture (OA application)

r4986 OA identifier total length / OA id tot_length

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 144 -
Description: Displays the total length of the IDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: The identifier of an OA application comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator.

r4987 OA GUID total length / OA GUID tot_length

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 288 -
Description: Displays the total length of the GUIDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: The GUID of an OA application comprises 16 characters plus 1 character major information plus 1 character, minor
information.
GUID: Globally Unique IDentifier

r4988[0...n] OA identifier / OA ID
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4986 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the IDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4988[0...8]: Identifier of OA application 1
r4988[9...17]: Identifier of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 287
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4989[0...n] OA version / OA version

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4985 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4989[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4989[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r4990[0...n] OA interface version / OA interf_vers

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4985 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the interface version of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4990[0]: Interface version of OA application 1
r4990[1]: Interface version of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r4991[0...n] OA GUID / OA GUID

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4987 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUID of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4991[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4991[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4991[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4991[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4991[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4991[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

SINAMICS DCM
288 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4992[0...n] OA GUID ES / OA GUID ES

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: r4987 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUID of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4992[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4992[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4992[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4992[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4992[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4992[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4993[0...n] OA activation status / OA act stat

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: r4985 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Displays the activation status of the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4993[0]: Activates OA application 1
r4993[1]: Activates OA application 2, ...
Value: 0: OA application inactive
1: OA application active
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4994[0...n] OA properties / OA property

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r4985 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: OEM range Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the properties of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4994[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4994[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Properties diagnostics bit 0 Yes No -
01 Properties diagnostics bit 1 Yes No -
02 Properties diagnostics bit 2 Yes No -
03 OEM No Yes -
04 Properties diagnostics bit 4 Yes No -
05 Properties diagnostics bit 5 Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: The parameter is only for internal Siemens diagnostics.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 289
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7758[0...19] KHP Control Unit serial number / KHP CU ser_no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual serial number of the Control Unit.
The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection

p7759[0...19] KHP Control Unit reference serial number / KHP CU ref ser_no
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the reference serial number for the Control Unit.
Using this parameter, if a Control Unit and/or a memory card is replaced at the end customer, the OEM can again
adapt the project to the modified hardware.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
- The OEM may only change this parameter for the use case "Sending encrypted SINAMICS data".
- SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted "Load into file system..." output or
when powering up from the encrypted PS files. The evaluation is only made when know-how protection and memory
card copy protection have been activated.

r7760 Write protection/know-how protection status / Wr_prot/KHP stat

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status for the write protection and know-how protection.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Write protection active Yes No -
01 Know-how protection active Yes No -
02 Know-how protection temporarily withdrawn Yes No -
03 Know-how protection cannot be deactivated Yes No -
04 Extended copy protection is active Yes No -
05 Basic copy protection is active Yes No -
06 Trace and measuring functions for Yes No -
diagnostic purposes active
Dependency: Refer to: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Re bit 00:
Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit.
Re bit 01:
The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768).

SINAMICS DCM
290 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 02:
If it has already been activated, know-how protection can be temporarily deactivated by entering the valid password
in p7766. In this case, bit 1 = 0 and bit 2 = 1 offset.
Re bit 03:
Know-how protection cannot be deactivated, as p7766 is not entered in the OEM exception list (only the factory
setting is possible). This bit is only set if know-how protection is active (bit 1 = 1) and p7766 has not been entered in
the OEM exception list.
Re bit 04:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards/Control Units. This bit is only set if know-how
protection is active and p7765 bit 00 is set.
Re bit 05:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards. This bit is only set if know-how protection is
active and in p7765 bit 01 is set and not bit 00.
Re bit 06:
When know-how protection is activated, the drive data can be traced using the device trace function. This bit is only
set if know-how protection is active and in p7765.2 is set.

p7761 Write protection / Write protection

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting for activating/de-activating the write protection for adjustable parameters.
Value: 0: Deactivate write protection
1: Activate write protection
Dependency: Refer to: r7760
Notice: While write protection is active, a download is prevented; however, it is still possible to restore the factory settings.
Note: Parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attributes are excluded from the write protection.
A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual.

p7762 Write protection multi-master fieldbus system access behavior / Fieldbus acc_behav
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the behavior for write protection when accessing via multi-master fieldbus systems (e.g. CAN, BACnet).
Value: 0: Write access independent of p7761
1: Write access dependent on p7761
Dependency: Refer to: r7760, p7761

p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764
All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 500 1
Description: Sets the number of parameters for the OEM exception list (p7764[0...n]).
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 291
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p7764

Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: p7763 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 7766
[1...499] 0
Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection.
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: The number of indices depends on p7763.
Refer to: p7763
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: p7763 Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection.
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: The number of indices depends on p7763.
Refer to: p7763
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7765 KHP configuration / KHP config

SINAMICS DCM
292 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: KHP: Know-How Protection

For copy protection, the serial numbers of the memory card and/or Control Unit are checked.
The memory card copy protection and preventing data to be traced are only effective when the know-how protection
has been activated.
Re bit 00, 01:
If both bits are inadvertently set to 1 (e.g. at the BOP), then the setting of bit 0 applies.
There is no copy protection if both bits are set to 0.

p7766[0...29] KHP password input / KHP passw input

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the password for know-how protection.
Example of a password:
123aBc = 49 50 51 97 66 99 dec (ASCII characters)
[0] = character 1 (e.g. 49 dec)
[1] = character 2 (e.g. 50 dec)
...
[5] = character 6 (e.g. 99 dec)
[29] = 0 dec (completes the entry)
Dependency: Refer to: p7767, p7768
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
When using the STARTER commissioning software, the password should be entered using the associated dialogs.
The following rules apply when entering the password:
- Password entry must start with p7766[0].
- No gaps are permissible in the password.
- Entering a password is completed when writing to p7766[29] (p7766[29] = 0 for passwords less than 30 characters).
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
When reading, p7766[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed.
Parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute are not involved in the know-how protection.
Parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute can be read even when know-how protection is activated.
A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual.

p7767[0...29] KHP password new / KHP passw new

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 293
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p7768[0...29] KHP password confirmation / KHP passw confirm

p7769[0...20] KHP memory card reference serial number / KHP mem ref ser_no
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the reference serial number for the memory card.
Using this parameter, if a Control Unit and/or a memory card is replaced at the end customer, the OEM can again
adapt the project to the modified hardware.
Dependency: Refer to: p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
- The OEM may only change this parameter for the use case "Sending encrypted SINAMICS data".
- SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter when powering up from the encrypted "Load into file system..." output or
when powering up from the encrypted PS files. The evaluation is only made when know-how protection and memory
card copy protection have been activated.

p7770 NVRAM action / NVRAM action

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the action to be executed for NVRAM data.
At the end of the action the value is automatically set to 0.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Load NVRAM data to parameters
2: Load parameters to NVRAM
3: Reset
Notice: After action p7770 = 1 no more pulses may be enabled.
After action p7770 = 2, it is essential that parameters are backed up (p0977 = 1) and that a warm restart is then
performed (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3). This will apply the values written.
Note: If value = 1:
This action loads the NVRAM data to the parameters.
If value = 2:
This action loads the parameters to the NVRAM.
If value = 3:
This action sets parameters p7771 ... p7774 to the factory setting.
It is recommended to avoid placing unnecessary load on the subsequent upload/download operation.

SINAMICS DCM
294 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p7775 NVRAM data backup/import/delete / NVRAM backup

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1, U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 17 0
Description: Setting to backup/import/delete NVRAM data.
NVRAM data are non-volatile data in the device (e.g. fault buffer).
For NVRAM data actions, the following data are excluded:
- Crash diagnostics
- CU operating hours counter
- CU temperature
- Safety logbook
Value: 0: Inactive
1: NVRAM data backup to memory card
2: Import NVRAM data from the memory card
3: Delete NVRAM data in the device
10: Error when clearing
11: Error when backing up, memory card not available
12: Error when backing up, insufficient memory space
13: Error when backing up
14: Error when importing, memory card not available
15: Error when importing, checksum error
16: Error when importing, no NVRAM data available
17: Error when importing
Notice: Re value = 2, 3:
These actions are only possible when pulses are inhibited.
Note: After the action has been successfully completed, the parameter is automatically set to zero.
The actions importing and deleting NVRAM data immediately initiate a warm restart.
If the procedure was not successfully completed, then an appropriate fault value is displayed (p7775 >= 10).

p7820 DRIVE-CLiQ component component number / DQ compo_no

p7821 DRIVE-CLiQ component parameter number / DQ para_no

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 295
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p7822 DRIVE-CLiQ component parameter index / DQ para_index

r7823 DRIVE-CLiQ component read parameter value / Read DQ value

r7825[0...6] DRIVE-CLiQ component versions / DQ comp version

p7826 Firmware update automatic / FW update auto

SINAMICS DCM
296 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Upgrade and downgrade
2: Upgrade
Notice: If this parameter is changed, it only becomes effective the next time that the drive system boots.
Note: The firmware is automatically updated when the system boots. The boot can take several minutes.
After the update has been completed, it is necessary to carry out a new POWER ON (power-down/power-up) for the
components involved.
The firmware update procedure is displayed as follows:
Control Unit (LED RDY):
Flashes yellow with 0.5 Hz --> firmware is being updated.
Flashing yellow with 2 Hz --> POWER ON is required for the components involved.
Components involved:
Flashing red/green with 0.5 Hz --> firmware is being updated.
Flashing red/green with 2 Hz --> POWER ON of the components is required.
Only components from firmware version 2.5 support the red/green flashing at 2 Hz.

r7827 Firmware update progress display / FW update progress

p7828[0...1] Firmware download component number / FW downl comp_no

p7829 Activate firmware download / FW download act

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 297
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

1: Activate download.
-1: activate the download and carry out a reset.
0: Download successfully completed.
> 1: Fault code
011: DRIVE-CLiQ component has detected a checksum error.
015: The selected DRIVE-CLiQ components did not accept the contents of the firmware file.
018: Firmware version is too old and is not accepted by the component.
019: Firmware version is not suitable for the hardware release of the component.
101: After several communication attempts, no response from the DRIVE-CLiQ component.
140: Firmware file for the DRIVE-CLiQ component not available on the memory card/device memory.
143: Component has not changed to the mode for firmware download. It was not possible to delete the existing
firmware.
144: When checking the firmware that was downloaded (checksum), the component detected a fault. It is possible
that the file on the memory card/device memory is defective.
145: Checking the loaded firmware (checksum) was not completed by the component in the appropriate time.
156: Component with the specified component number is not available.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Dependency: Refer to: p7828
Note: p7829 is automatically set to 0 after the firmware has been successfully downloaded.
The new firmware only becomes active at the next system run-up.

p7830 Telegram diagnostics selection / Telegr diag sel

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Selects a telegram whose contents should be shown in r7831 ... r7836.
Value: 0: Reserved
1: First cyclic receive telegram sensor 1
2: First cyclic receive telegram sensor 2
3: First cyclic receive telegram sensor 3
Dependency: Refer to: r7831, r7832, r7833, r7834, r7835, r7836

r7831[0...23] Telegram diagnostics signals / Telegr diag sig

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 15157 -
Description: Displays the signals contained in the selected telegram (p7830).
Value: 0: UNUSED
1: UNKNOWN
102: SAPAR_ID_DSA_ALARM
110: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_0
111: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_1
112: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_2
113: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_3
114: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_4
115: SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_5
10500: ENC_ID_TIME_PRETRIGGER
10501: ENC_ID_TIME_SEND_TELEG_1
10502: ENC_ID_TIME_CYCLE_FINISHED
10503: ENC_ID_TIME_DELTA_FUNMAN

SINAMICS DCM
298 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

10504: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_CALCTIMES
10505: ENC_ID_SYNO_PERIOD
10516: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A
10517: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B
10518: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_C
10519: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_D
10520: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A_SAFETY
10521: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B_SAFETY
10523: ENC_ID_ADC_TEMP_1
10524: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_TRACK_A
10525: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_TRACK_B
10526: ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_R
10532: ENC_ID_TRACK_AB_X
10533: ENC_ID_TRACK_AB_Y
10534: ENC_ID_OFFSET_CORR_AB_X
10535: ENC_ID_OFFSET_CORR_AB_Y
10536: ENC_ID_AB_ABS_VALUE
10537: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_X
10538: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_Y
10539: ENC_ID_TRACK_CD_ABS
10542: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_X
10543: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_Y
10544: ENC_ID_AB_RAND_ABS_VALUE
10545: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_ABS_ARRAY
10546: ENC_ID_PROC_OFFSET_0
10547: ENC_ID_PROC_OFFSET_4
10550: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_AMPL
10563: ENC_ID_ENCODER_TEMP
10564: ENC_SELFTEMP_ACT
10565: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_TOP
10566: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_1
10567: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_1_COD
10569: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_2_COD
10571: ENC_ID_MOTOR_TEMP_3_COD
10580: ENC_ID_RESISTANCE_1
10590: ENC_ID_ANA_CHAN_A
10591: ENC_ID_ANA_CHAN_B
10592: ENC_ID_ANA_CHAN_X
10593: ENC_ID_ANA_CHAN_Y
10596: ENC_ID_AB_ANGLE
10597: ENC_ID_CD_ANGLE
10598: ENC_ID_MECH_ANGLE_HI
10599: ENC_ID_RM_POS_PHI_COMMU
10600: ENC_ID_PHI_COMMU
10601: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_ANGLE
10612: ENC_ID_DIFF_CD_INC
10613: ENC_ID_RM_POS_PHI_COMMU_RFG
10628: ENC_ID_MECH_ANGLE
10629: ENC_ID_MECH_RM_POS
10644: ENC_ID_INIT_VECTOR
10645: FEAT_INIT_VECTOR
10660: ENC_ID_SENSOR_STATE
10661: ENC_ID_BASIC_SYSTEM
10662: ENC_ID_REFMARK_STATUS
10663: ENC_ID_DSA_STATUS1_SENSOR
10664: ENC_ID_DSA_RMSTAT_HANDSHAKE
10665: ENC_ID_DSA_CONTROL1_SENSOR
10667: ENC_ID_SAFETY
10669: ENC_ID_SUB_STATE
10676: ENC_ID_COUNTCORR_SAW_VALUE
10677: ENC_ID_COUNTCORR_ABS_VALUE
10678: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH_CORR
10680: ENC_ID_SM_XIST1_CORRECTED_QUADRANTS
10692: ENC_ID_RESISTANCE_CALIB_INSTANT
10693: ENC_ID_SERPROT_POS
10700: ENC_ID_AB_VIOL_COUNT

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 299
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

10723: ENC_ID_ACT_STATEMACHINE_FUNCTION
10724: ENC_ID_ACT_FUNMAN_FUNCTION
10725: ENC_ID_SAFETY_COUNTER_CRC
10728: ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_AREA
10740: ENC_ID_POS_ABSOLUTE
10741: ENC_ID_POS_REFMARK
10742: ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH
10743: ENC_ID_SAFETY_PULSE_COUNTER
10745: ENC_ID_EIU_ZEROCTRL
10756: ENC_ID_DSA_ACTUAL_SPEED
10757: ENC_ID_SPEED_DEV_ABS
10772: ENC_ID_DSA_POS_XIST1
10788: ENC_ID_AB_CROSS_CORR
10789: ENC_ID_AB_GAIN_Y_CORR
10790: ENC_ID_AB_PEAK_CORR
11825: ENC_ID_RES_TRANSITION_RATIO
11826: ENC_ID_RES_PHASE_SHIFT
15150: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S1_RAW
15151: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S4_RAW
15152: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S5_RAW
15155: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S1_CAL
15156: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S4_CAL
15157: ENC_ID_SPINDLE_S5_CAL

r7832[0...23] Telegram diagnostics numerical format / Telegr diag format

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1 14 -
Description: Displays the original numerical format of the signals contained in the telegram.
The associated signal number is represented in the appropriate index of r7831.
Value: -1: Unknown
0: Boolean
1: Signed 1 byte
2: Signed 2 byte
3: Signed 4 byte
4: Signed 8 byte
5: Unsigned 1 byte
6: Unsigned 2 byte
7: Unsigned 4 byte
8: Unsigned 8 byte
9: Float 4 byte
10: Double 8 byte
11: mm dd yy HH MM SS MS DOW
12: ASCII string
13: SINUMERIK frame type
14: SINUMERIK axis type
Dependency: Refer to: r7831

r7833[0...23] Telegram diagnostics unsigned / Telegr diag unsign

SINAMICS DCM
300 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7834[0...23] Telegram diagnostics signed / Telegr diag sign

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Parameter to display a DSA signal in the signed-integer format.
The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831.

r7835[0...23] Telegram diagnostics real / Telegr diag real

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Parameter to display a DSA signal in the float format.
The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831.

r7836[0...23] Telegram diagnostics unit / Telegr diag unit

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1 147 -
Description: Displays the units of a DSA signal.
The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831.
Value: -1: Unknown
0: None
1: Millimeter or degrees
2: Millimeter
3: Degrees
4: mm/min or RPM
5: Millimeter / min
6: Revolutions / min
7: m/sec^2 or U/sec^2
8: m/sec^2
9: U/sec^2
10: m/sec^3 or U/sec^3
11: m/sec^3
12: U/sec^3
13: sec
14: 16.667 / sec
15: mm/revolution
16: ACX_UNIT_COMPENSATION_CORR
18: Newton
19: Kilogram
20: Kilogram meter^2
21: Percent
22: Hertz
23: Volt peak-to-peak
24: Amps peak-to-peak
25: Degrees Celsius
26: Degrees
28: Millimeter or degrees

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 301
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

29: Meters / minute

30: Meters / second
31: ohm
32: Millihenry
33: Newton meter
34: Newton meter/Ampere
35: Volt/Ampere
36: Newton meter second / rad
38: 31.25 microseconds
39: Microseconds
40: Milliseconds
42: Kilowatt
43: Micro amps peak-to-peak
44: Volt seconds
45: Microvolt seconds
46: Micro newton meters
47: Amps / volt seconds
48: Per mille
49: Hertz / second
53: Micrometer or millidegrees
54: Micrometer
55: Millidegrees
59: Nanometer
61: Newton/Amps
62: Volt seconds/meter
63: Newton seconds/meter
64: Micronewton
65: Liters / minute
66: Bar
67: Cubic centimeters
68: Millimeter / volt minute
69: Newton/Volt
80: Millivolts peak-to-peak
81: Volt rms
82: Millivolts rms
83: Amps rms
84: Micro amps rms
85: Micrometers / revolution
90: Tenths of a second
91: Hundredths of a second
92: 10 microseconds
93: Pulses
94: 256 pulses
95: Tenths of a pulse
96: Revolutions
97: 100 revolutions / minute
98: 10 revolutions / minute
99: 0.1 revolutions / minute
100: Thousandth revolution / minute
101: Pulses / second
102: 100 pulses / second
103: 10 revolutions / (minute x seconds)
104: 10000 pulses/second^2
105: 0.1 Hertz
106: 0.01 Hertz
107: 0.1 / seconds
108: Factor 0.1
109: Factor 0.01
110: Factor 0.001
111: Factor 0.0001
112: 0.1 Volt peak-to-peak
113: 0.1 Volt peak-to-peak
114: 0.1 amps peak-to-peak
115: Watt
116: 100 Watt
117: 10 Watt

SINAMICS DCM
302 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

118: 0.01 percent

119: 1/second^3
120: 0.01 percent/millisecond
121: Pulses / revolution
122: Microfarads
123: Milliohm
124: 0.01 Newton meter
125: Kilogram millimeter^2
126: Rad / (seconds newton meter)
127: Henry
128: Kelvin
129: Hours
130: Kilohertz
131: Milliamperes peak-to-peak
132: Millifarads
133: Meter
135: Kilowatt hours
136: Percent
137: Amps / Volt
138: Volt
139: Millivolts
140: Microvolts
141: Amps
142: Milliamperes
143: Micro amps
144: Milliamperes rms
145: Millimeter
146: Nanometer
147: Joules

r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual serial number of the memory card.
The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
Dependency: Refer to: p9920, p9921
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: Example: displaying the serial number for a memory card:
r7843[0] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 1
r7843[1] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 2
r7843[2] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 3
r7843[3] = 57 dec --> ASCII characters = "9" --> serial number, character 4
r7843[4] = 50 dec --> ASCII characters = "2" --> serial number, character 5
r7843[5] = 51 dec --> ASCII characters = "3" --> serial number, character 6
r7843[6] = 69 dec --> ASCII characters = "E" --> serial number, character 7
r7843[7] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8
...
r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20
r7843[20] = 0 dec
Serial number = 111923E

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 303
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7844[0...2] Device memory firmware version / Dev_mem FW

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of the firmware stored on the device memory.
Index: [0] = Internal
[1] = External
[2] = Parameter backup
Note: Re index 0:
Displays the internal firmware version (e.g. 01402315).
This firmware version is the version of the device memory and not the CU firmware (r0018), however, normally they
have the same versions.
Re index 1:
Displays the external firmware version (e.g. 01040000 -> 1.4).
Re index 2:
Displays the internal CU firmware version (r0018) of the parameter backup.
With this CU firmware version, the parameter backup was saved, which was used when powering up.

r7850[0...n] Drive object operational/not operational / DO ready for oper

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-32786 32767 -
Description: Displays whether, for an activated drive object, all activated topology components are available or not (or whether
these can be addressed).
0: Drive object not ready for operation
1: Drive object ready for operation

p7852 Number of indices for r7853 / Qty indices r7853

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 200 1
Description: Displays the number of indices for r7853[0...n].
This corresponds to the number of DRIVE-CLiQ components that are in the target topology.
Dependency: Refer to: r7853
Note: The values are valid if all available Control Units adopt the "Initialization finished" state (r3988 = 800) following
power-up.

SINAMICS DCM
304 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7853[0...n] Component available/not available / Comp present

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: p7852 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF hex -
Description: Displays the component and whether this component is currently present.
High byte: Component number
Low byte: 0/1 (not available/available)
Dependency: Refer to: p7852
Note: The values are valid if all available Control Units adopt the "Initialization finished" state (r3988 = 800) following
power-up.

p7857 Sub-boot mode / Sub-boot mode

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the mode for the sub-boot.
Value: 0: Sub-boot manual
1: Sub-boot automatic
Note: For p7857 = 0 (manual sub-boot) the following applies:
The parameter should be set to 1 to start the sub-boot.

p7859[0...199] Component number global / Comp_no global

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
-32786 32767 0
Description: Sets the global and unique component number in a drive system with several Control Units.
Each index of the parameter corresponds to a possible local component number on the corresponding Control Unit.
The indices are allocated to the global component numbers as follows:
p7859[0]: Not used
p7859[1]: Sets the global component number for the local component number 1
p7859[2]: Sets the global component number for the local component number 2
...
p7859[199]: Sets the global component number for the local component number 199
Notice: This parameter is preferably set via suitable commissioning software (e.g. UpdateAgent, STARTER, SCOUT).
Changing the parameter via the AOP (Advanced Operator Panel) or BOP (Basic Operator Panel) can destroy a valid
unique setting.
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 305
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7867 Status/configuration changes global / Changes global

r7868[0...24] Configuration changes drive object reference / Config_chng DO ref

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Reference to the drive objects whose configuration has changed.
Index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is increased.
Index 1...n:
The drive object with object number in p0101[n-1] has changed its configuration.
Example:
r7868[3] was incremented since the last time it was read.
--> the configuration of the drive object with object number in p0101[2] was changed.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = Object number in p0101[0]
[2] = Object number in p0101[1]
[3] = Object number in p0101[2]
[4] = Object number in p0101[3]
[5] = Object number in p0101[4]
[6] = Object number in p0101[5]
[7] = Object number in p0101[6]
[8] = Object number in p0101[7]
[9] = Object number in p0101[8]
[10] = Object number in p0101[9]
[11] = Object number in p0101[10]
[12] = Object number in p0101[11]
[13] = Object number in p0101[12]
[14] = Object number in p0101[13]
[15] = Object number in p0101[14]
[16] = Object number in p0101[15]
[17] = Object number in p0101[16]
[18] = Object number in p0101[17]
[19] = Object number in p0101[18]
[20] = Object number in p0101[19]
[21] = Object number in p0101[20]
[22] = Object number in p0101[21]
[23] = Object number in p0101[22]
[24] = Object number in p0101[23]
Dependency: Refer to: p0101, r7867, r7871

SINAMICS DCM
306 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7869[0...24] Status changes drive object reference / Status_chng DO ref

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Reference to the drive objects whose status has changed.
Index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is increased.
Index 1...n:
The drive object with object number in p0101[n-1] has changed its status.
Example:
r7868[3] was incremented since the last time it was read.
--> the status of the drive object with object number in p0101[2] was changed.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = Object number in p0101[0]
[2] = Object number in p0101[1]
[3] = Object number in p0101[2]
[4] = Object number in p0101[3]
[5] = Object number in p0101[4]
[6] = Object number in p0101[5]
[7] = Object number in p0101[6]
[8] = Object number in p0101[7]
[9] = Object number in p0101[8]
[10] = Object number in p0101[9]
[11] = Object number in p0101[10]
[12] = Object number in p0101[11]
[13] = Object number in p0101[12]
[14] = Object number in p0101[13]
[15] = Object number in p0101[14]
[16] = Object number in p0101[15]
[17] = Object number in p0101[16]
[18] = Object number in p0101[17]
[19] = Object number in p0101[18]
[20] = Object number in p0101[19]
[21] = Object number in p0101[20]
[22] = Object number in p0101[21]
[23] = Object number in p0101[22]
[24] = Object number in p0101[23]
Dependency: Refer to: p0101, r7867, r7872

r7870[0...7] Configuration changes global / Config_chng global

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 307
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r7867, r7871

Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object configuration. When changing r7871[0] on a drive object, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object, configuration unit. When changing either p0101 or r0102, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 3:
PROFIBUS configuration unit. When changing p0978, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 4:
DRIVE-CLiQ actual topology. When changing either r9900 or r9901, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 5:
DRIVE-CLiQ target topology. When changing either p9902 or p9903, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 6:
DRIVE-CLiQ sockets. When changing p0109, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 7:
OA applications. When changing OA applications, the value in this index is incremented.

r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S, TM150,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the configuration changes on the drive object.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = p0010, p0107, p0108
[2] = Drive object name (p0199)
[3] = Structure-relevant parameters (e.g. p0180)
[4] = BICO interconnections
[5] = Activate/de-activate drive object
[6] = Data backup required
[7] = Reserved
[8] = Reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000)
[9] = Parameter count through Drive Control Chart (DCC)
[10] = p0107, p0108
[11] = Reserved
[12] = Write protection and know-how protection status
[13] = Reserved
[14] = Reserved
[15] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r7868, r7870
Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object commissioning: When changing p0010, p0107 or p0108, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object name. When changing p0199, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 3:
Drive object structure. When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure (e.g. number of data sets), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 4:
Drive object BICO interconnections. When changing r3977, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 5:
Drive object activity: When changing p0105, the value in this index is incremented.

SINAMICS DCM
308 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 6:
Drive object, data save.
0: There are no parameter changes to save.
1: There are parameter changes to save.
Re index 8:
Drive object changeover of units. When changing reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000, p0304), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 9:
Drive object parameter count. When changing the number of parameters by loading Drive Control Chart (DCC), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 10:
Drive object configuration. When changing either p0107 or p0108, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 12:
Drive object configuration. When activating/deactivating write protection or know-how protection, the value in this
index is incremented.

r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the configuration changes on the drive object.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = p0010, p0107, p0108, p0171, p0172 or p0173
[2] = Drive object name (p0199)
[3] = Structure-relevant parameters (e.g. p0180)
[4] = BICO interconnections
[5] = Activate/de-activate drive object
[6] = Data backup required
[7] = Activate/de-activate component
[8] = Reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000)
[9] = Parameter count through Drive Control Chart (DCC)
[10] = p0107, p0108, p0171, p0172 or p0173
[11] = Reserved
[12] = Write protection and know-how protection status
[13] = Reserved
[14] = Reserved
[15] = Enc type (p0400)
Dependency: Refer to: r7868, r7870
Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object commissioning: When changing p0010, p0107, p0108, p0171, p0172 or p0173, the value in this index is
incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object name. When changing p0199, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 3:
Drive object structure. When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure (e.g. number of data sets), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 4:
Drive object BICO interconnections. When changing r3977, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 5:
Drive object activity: When changing p0105, the value in this index is incremented.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 309
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 6:
Drive object, data save.
0: There are no parameter changes to save.
1: There are parameter changes to save.
Re index 7:
Drive object component activity: When changing either p0125 or p0145, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 8:
Drive object changeover of units. When changing reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000, p0304), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 9:
Drive object parameter count. When changing the number of parameters by loading Drive Control Chart (DCC), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 10:
Drive object configuration. When changing p0107, p0108, p0171, p0172 or p0173, the value in this index is
incremented.
Re index 15:
Encoder configuration. When changing p0400, the value in this index is incremented.

r7872[0...3] Drive object status changes / DO stat_chng

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status changes on the drive object.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = Faults (r0944)
[2] = Alarms (r2121)
[3] = Safety messages (r9744)
Dependency: Refer to: r7869
Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object faults. When changing r0944, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object alarms. When changing r2121, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 3:
Drive object safety messages. When changing r9744, the value in this index is incremented.

p7900[0...23] Drive objects priority / DO priority

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the priority for processing the existing drive objects in the system.
The parameter enables a free sequence to be set for processing the drive objects. For this purpose all the drive
object numbers existing in the system have to be written in the desired sequence into the corresponding indices of
the parameter. After re-booting this sequence will be effective without a plausibility check.
With the factory setting the following priorities regarding processing are applicable:
- The drive objects are pre-sorted according to type as follows: CU_DC, DC_CTRL, TM
- If they are of the same type, they are sorted in ascending order according to their drive object number, i.e. the lower
the number, the higher the priority for processing.

SINAMICS DCM
310 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Drive object number Control Unit

[1] = Drive object number object 1
[2] = Drive object number object 2
[3] = Drive object number object 3
[4] = Drive object number object 4
[5] = Drive object number object 5
[6] = Drive object number object 6
[7] = Drive object number object 7
[8] = Drive object number object 8
[9] = Drive object number object 9
[10] = Drive object number object 10
[11] = Drive object number object 11
[12] = Drive object number object 12
[13] = Drive object number object 13
[14] = Drive object number object 14
[15] = Drive object number object 15
[16] = Drive object number object 16
[17] = Drive object number object 17
[18] = Drive object number object 18
[19] = Drive object number object 19
[20] = Drive object number object 20
[21] = Drive object number object 21
[22] = Drive object number object 22
[23] = Drive object number object 23
Notice: This parameter may only be used by qualified service personnel.
Note: If the same drive object numbers are used and if the existing drive object numbers in the system are entered
incompletely, the content of this parameter is ignored entirely. The behavior as with factory setting will then become
effective.

r7901[0...81] Sampling times / t_sample

r7903 Hardware sampling times still assignable / HW t_samp free

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of hardware sampling times that can still be assigned.
These free sampling times can be used by OA applications such as DCC or FBLOCKS.
Note: OA: Open Architecture

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 311
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8550 AOP LOCAL/REMOTE / AOP LOCAL/REMOTE

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 1001 bin
Description: Setting for saving the actual configuration of the Advanced Operator Panel (AOP).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 LOCAL save Yes No -
01 Start in LOCAL Yes No -
02 Change in oper Yes No -
03 OFF acts like OFF1 Yes No -
04 OFF acts like OFF2 Yes No -
05 OFF acts like OFF3 Yes No -
06 Reserved Yes No -
07 CW/CCW active Yes No -
08 Jog active Yes No -
09 Save speed setpoint Yes No -
14 Inhibit operation Yes No -
15 Inhibit parameterization Yes No -

r8570[0...39] Macro drive object / Macro DO

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the macro file saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8571[0...39] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0700
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8572[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p1000
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

SINAMICS DCM
312 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8573[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p1500
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8585 Macro execution actual / Macro executed

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the macro currently being executed on the drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570, r8571, r8572, r8573

p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the content of identification and maintenance 4 (I&M 4, p8809).
Value: 0: Standard value for I&M 4 (p8809)
1: User value for I&M 4 (p8809)
Dependency: For p8805 = 0, if the user writes at least one value in p8809[0...53], then p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
When p8805 is reset = 0, then the content of the factory setting is set in p8809.
Note: Re p8805 = 0:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the information for the SI change tracking.
Re p8805 = 1:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the values written by the user.

p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 313
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8806[0...31]:
System identifier.
Re p8806[32...53]:
Location identifier.

p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 2" (I&M 2).
This information is known as "Installation date".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8808
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8807[0...15]:
Dates of installation or first commissioning of the (ASCII) device with the following format options.
YYYY-MM-DD
or
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm
- YYYY: year
- MM: month 01 ... 12
- DD: day 01 ... 31
- hh: hours 00 ... 23
- mm: minutes 00 ... 59
Separators must be placed between the individual data, i.e. a hyphen '-', space ' ' and colon ':'.

p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 3" (I&M 3).
This information is known as "Supplementary information".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8807
Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec).
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8808[0...53]:
Any supplementary information and comments (ASCII).

p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4

SINAMICS DCM
314 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: This parameter is preassigned as standard (see note).

After writing information to p8809, p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
Refer to: p8805
Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies:
Parameter p8809 contains the information described below.
Re p8809[0...3]:
Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional".
Re p8809[4...7]:
Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional".
Re p8809[8...53]:
Reserved.

p8811 SINAMICS Link project selection / SINAMICS Link proj

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2198
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
16 64 64
Description: Project selection for SINAMICS Link.
Value: 16: SINAMICS Link project 16 participants
64: SINAMICS Link project 64 participants
Note: SINAMICS Link requires that the appropriate CBE20 firmware version is selected (p8835 = 3).
The parameter must be set the same for all participants.
A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8812[0...1] SINAMICS Link settings / SINAMICS Link cl c

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2198
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 2000 [0] 0
[1] 2000
Description: Sets the clock cycle for SINAMICS Link.
Re index 0:
0 = clock synchronous mode not activated, 1 = clock synchronous mode activated
Re index 1:
Possible values: 500, 1000, 2000 µs
Index: [0] = Activate isochronous mode
[1] = Bus CC [µs]
Dependency: Refer to: p8811
Note: SINAMICS Link requires that the appropriate CBE20 firmware version is selected (p8835 = 3).
A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
Re index 0:
Is applicable for the synchronization of the application. The SINAMICS Link itself is always synchronous.
Re index 1:
The value must be set the same for all participants.
When newly selecting the project p8811, p8812[1] is set to the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 315
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For p8811 = 16, the following applies:

Min/max/factory setting: 500/500/500 µs
For p8811 = 64, the following applies:
Min/max/factory setting: 1000/2000/2000 µs

p8829 CBE2x remote controller number / CBE2x rem ctrl num

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
1 2 1
Description: Sets the number of remote controllers expected for PROFINET CBE20/CBE25.
The "Shared Device" functionality is activated with a value = 2.
The drive is being accessed by two PROFINET controllers simultaneously:
- automation controller (SIMOTION or SIMATIC A-CPU).
- safety controller (SIMATIC F-CPU).
Value: 1: Automation or Safety
2: Automation and Safety
Notice: The F CPU may only use PROFIsafe telegrams.
The A CPU must be connected to enable the F CPU to gain access.
Set the value = 1 to commission the F CPU individually.
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

p8835 CBE20 firmware selection / CBE20 FW sel

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2198
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
1 99 1
Description: Selects the firmware version for the CBE20.
Value: 1: PROFINET Device
3: SINAMICS Link
4: EtherNet/IP
99: Customer-specific from the OEM directory
Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
CBE20: Communication Board Ethernet 20

p8836 SINAMICS Link address / SINAMICS Link add

SINAMICS DCM
316 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8837 IF2 STW1.10 = 0 mode / IF2 STW1.10=0

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 2
Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC".
Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive
profile). The behavior of STW1.10 = 0 corresponds to that of the PROFIdrive profile. For other applications that
deviate from this, the behavior can be adapted using this particular parameter.
Value: 0: Freeze setpoints and continue to process sign-of-life
1: Freeze setpoints and sign-of-life
2: Do not freeze setpoints
Recommendation: Do not change the setting p2037 = 0.
Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then
p2037 should be set to 2.

p8839[0...1] PZD interface hardware assignment / PZD IF HW assign

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2198
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 99
Description: Assignment of the hardware for cyclic communications via PZD interface 1 (IF1) and interface 2 (IF2).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Control Unit onboard
2: COMM BOARD
99: Automatic
Index: [0] = Interface 1
[1] = Interface 2
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: For value = 99 (automatic) the following applies:
- if a COMM BOARD is not inserted, then the integrated communication interface (PROFIBUS/USS) communicates
via IF1.
- if a CBE20 is inserted, then PROFINET CBE20 communicates via IF1 and PROFIBUS/USS via IF2.
For a value not equal to 99 (automatic) the following applies:
- both indices must be set to a number not equal to 99 (automatic).
A new setting only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset or download.

p8840 COMM BOARD monitoring time / CB t_monit

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 [ms] 65535000 [ms] 20 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via COMM BOARD.
If, during this time, the Control Unit does not receive any process data from the COMM BOARD, then an appropriate
message is output.
Note: This monitoring function only monitors the connection between the Control Unit and COMM BOARD and not the data
traffic on the fieldbus.
Value = 0: Monitoring is de-activated.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 317
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8841[0...239] COMM BOARD send configuration data / CB s config_dat

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the send configuration data for the COMM BOARD.
The setting is activated with p8842.
Dependency: Refer to: p8842
Note: The configuration data are specific to the inserted COMM BOARD.
For CBE20, the configuration data are not relevant.

p8842 Activate COMM BOARD send configuration / CB s config act

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 1 0
Description: Activate a modified send configuration for COMM BOARD.
With p8842 = 1, the values in p8841 are transferred to the COMM BOARD and activated. After this, p8842 is
automatically set to zero.
Dependency: Refer to: p8841
Note: For CBE20, certain SINAMICS parameters are newly evaluated and activated. An existing, cyclic bus connection is
interrupted.

r8843.0...2 BO: IF2 PZD state / IF2 PZD state

p8844 IF2 fault delay / IF2 F delay

SINAMICS DCM
318 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8848 IF2 PZD sampling time / IF2 PZD t_sample

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [ms] 16.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the cyclic interface 2 (IF2).
Note: The system only permits certain sampling times and after writing to this parameter, displays the value that has
actually been set.
For clock cycle synchronous operation, the specified bus cycle time applies (Tdp).

r8849[0...139] COMM BOARD receive configuration data / CB r config_dat

r8850[0...63] CO: IF2 PZD receive word / IF2 PZD recv word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9206
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for interconnecting the PZD (setpoints) received via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 319
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: r8860, r8890, r8891, r8892, r8893
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r8850 or r8860.
Note: IF2: Interface 2
PZD1 to PZD4 are displayed bit-serially in r8890 to r8893.

r8850[0...4] CO: IF2 PZD receive word / IF2 PZD recv word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2491
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for interconnecting the PZD (setpoints) received via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF2: Interface 2
PZD1 to PZD2 are displayed bit-serially in r8890 to r8891.

SINAMICS DCM
320 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8851[0...63] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2487, 9208
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 321
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: p8861
Note: IF2: Interface 2

p8851[0...4] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2493, 9210
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8853[0...63] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2487, 9208,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9210
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sent PZD (actual values) sent via interface 2.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23

SINAMICS DCM
322 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8861
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 323
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8853[0...4] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2493
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sent PZD (actual values) sent via interface 2.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8854 COMM BOARD state / CB state

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
CU_DC_R_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 -
Description: Status display for COMM BOARD.
Value: 0: No initialization
1: Fatal fault
2: Initialization
3: Send configuration
4: Receive configuration
5: Non-cyclic communication
6: Cyclic communications but no setpoints (stop/no clock cycle)
255: Cyclic communication

r8858[0...39] COMM BOARD read diagnostics channel / CB diag_chan read

SINAMICS DCM
324 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The display depends on the COMM BOARD being used.

Example for CBE20:
r8858[0] = 4201 --> Siemens CBE20
r8858[1] = 1 --> firmware type = PROFINET device (see p8835)
r8858[2] = x --> state of cyclic communication
r8858[3] = y --> state of the IP configuration
r8858[4] = 1281 --> device ID 0501 hex = SINAMICS S120/S150
r8858[5 ... 39] --> only for internal Siemens diagnostics.

r8859[0...7] COMM BOARD identification data / CB ident data

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
- - -
Description: Displays the COMM BOARD identification data
Index: [0] = Version interface structure
[1] = Version interface driver
[2] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[3] = CB type
[4] = Firmware version
[5] = Firmware date (year)
[6] = Firmware date (day/month)
[7] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example for CBE20:
r8859[0] = 100 --> version of the interface structure V1.00
r8859[1] = 111 --> version of the interface driver V1.11
r8859[2] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r8859[3] = 0 --> CBE20
r8859[4] = 1200 --> first part, firmware version V12.00 (second part, see index 7)
r8859[5] = 2010 --> year 2010
r8859[6] = 2306 --> 23rd June
r8859[7] = 1300 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V12.00.13.00)

r8860[0...62] CO: IF2 PZD receive double word / IF2 PZD recv DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9206
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for interconnecting the PZD (setpoints) received via interface 2 in the double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 325
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r8850 or r8860.
A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCM
326 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8861[0...62] CI: IF2 PZD send double word / IF2 PZD send DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2487, 9208,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9210
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 327
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: p8851
Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p8851 or p8861.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8863[0...62] IF2 diagnostics PZD send double word / IF2 diag send DW
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2487
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD sent via interface 2 (actual values) with double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42

SINAMICS DCM
328 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 329
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8867[0...1] IF2 PZD maximum interconnected / IF2 PZDmaxIntercon

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction
Index 0: receive (r8850, r8860)
Index 1: send (p8851, p8861)

p8870[0...15] SINAMICS Link receive telegram word PZD / Recv link word
CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20),
0 16 0
DC_CTRL (PROFINET
CBE20), DC_CTRL_R
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM150 (PROFINET
CBE20), TM15DI_DO
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Assignment of a PZD to a telegram word from a SINAMICS Link receive telegram.
For p8839[0] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 1), the following applies:
- PZD p2050[index] is assigned by means of p8870[index], p8872[index].
For p8839[1] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 2), the following applies:
- PZD p8850[index] is assigned by means of p8870[index], p8872[index].
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p8872
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 16: Telegram word
A pair of values p8870[index], p8872[index] may only be used once in single a device.
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

SINAMICS DCM
330 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8871[0...15] SINAMICS Link send telegram word PZD / Send link word
CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20),
0 16 0
DC_CTRL (PROFINET
CBE20), DC_CTRL_R
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM150 (PROFINET
CBE20), TM15DI_DO
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Assigns a PZD to a telegram word in the SINAMICS Link send telegram.
For p8839[0] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 1), the following applies:
- p8871[index] assigns PZD p2051[index].
For p8839[1] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 2), the following applies:
- p8871[index] assigns PZD p8851[index].
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p8851
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 16: Send telegram word
A specific telegram word send may only be used once within a single device.
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 331
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8872[0...15] SINAMICS Link address receive PZD / Link addr recv

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20),
0 64 0
DC_CTRL (PROFINET
CBE20), DC_CTRL_R
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM150 (PROFINET
CBE20), TM15DI_DO
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Selects the address of the SINAMICS Link sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p8870
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 64: Address
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

r8874[0...63] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bus address of sender from which the PZD is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9

SINAMICS DCM
332 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
255: Not assigned

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 333
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8874[0...4] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bus address of sender from which the PZD is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

r8875[0...63] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the receive telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38

SINAMICS DCM
334 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
255: Not assigned

r8875[0...4] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the receive telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

r8876[0...63] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the send telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 335
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
255: Not assigned

SINAMICS DCM
336 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8876[0...4] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the send telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

p8880[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 1.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8881[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 337
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8882[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 3.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8883[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12

SINAMICS DCM
338 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8884[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8888[0...4] IF2 invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2489
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 339
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -

15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p8880, p8881, p8882, p8883, p8884, r8889

r8889[0...4] CO: IF2 send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8880, p8881, p8882, p8883, p8884, p8888
Note: r8889 together with p8880 to p8884 forms five binector-connector converters.

r8890.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD1 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9204, 9206
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCM
340 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8891.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD2 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9204, 9206
DC_CTRL_S, TM150,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
TM15DI_DO, TM31
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8892.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD3 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9206
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 341
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8893.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD4 recv bitw
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
DC_CTRL_R_S, 9206
DC_CTRL_S
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8894.0...15 BO: IF2 connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received via interface 2.
The PZD is selected via p8899[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCM
342 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8899

r8895.0...15 BO: IF2 connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received via interface 2.
The PZD is selected via p8899[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8898, p8899

p8898[0...1] IF2 invert connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p8898[0], the signals of CI: p8899[0] are influenced.
Using p8898[1], the signals of CI: p8899[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 343
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r8894, r8895, p8899

p8899[0...1] CI: IF2 connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: Communications Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r8850, r8894, r8895, p8898
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p8899[0...1] together with r8894.0...15 and r8895.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p8899[0] to binector output in r8894.0...15
Connector input p8899[1] to binector output in r8895.0...15

r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET Device ID.
Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD.
Note: List of the SINAMICS Device IDs:
0501 hex: S120/S150
0504 hex: G130/G150
050A hex: DC MASTER
050C hex: MV
050F hex: G120P
0510 hex: G120C
0511 hex: G120 CU240E-2
0512 hex: G120D
0513 hex: G120 CU250S-2 Vector
0514 hex: G110M

p8940[0...239] CBE2x Name of Station / CBE2x Name Stat

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
- - -
Description: Sets the station name for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8941, p8942, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
344 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8941[0...3] CBE2x IP Address of Station / CBE2x IP of Stat

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 0
Description: Sets the IP address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8942, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8942[0...3] CBE2x Default Gateway of Station / CBE2x Def Gateway

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 0
Description: Sets the standard gateway for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8943[0...3] CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station / CBE2x Subnet Mask

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 0
Description: Sets the subnet mask for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8944 CBE2x DHCP Mode / CBE2x DHCP Mode

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 0
Description: Sets the DHCP mode for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8943, p8945
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8944 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible!
However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: The active DHCP mode is displayed in parameter r8954.
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 345
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

If value = 0:
DHCP deactivated.
If value = 1:
Reserved.
If value = 2:
DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification.
If value = 3:
DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification.

p8945 CBE2x interface configuration / CBE2x int config

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 3 0
Description: Sets the activation of the interface configuration for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
p8945 is automatically set to 0 at the end of an operation.
Value: 0: No function
2: Save and activate configuration
3: Delete configuration
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8943, p8944
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8944 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible!
However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: For CBE20, the parameter is only valid for firmware version "PROFINET Device" (p8835 = 1) or "Ethernet/IP" (p8835
= 4). Otherwise, it is locked.
This restriction is not applicable for the CBE25.
Re p8945 = 2:
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is saved and activated after the next POWER ON.
Re p8945 = 3:
The factory setting of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON.

r8950[0...239] CBE2x Name of Station active / CBE2x Name act

r8951[0...3] CBE2x IP Address of Station active / CBE2x IP act

SINAMICS DCM
346 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8952[0...3] CBE2x Default Gateway of Station active / CBE2x def GW act

r8953[0...3] CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station active / CBE2x Sub Mask act
CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active subnet mask for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

r8954 CBE2x DHCP Mode active / CBE2x DHCP act

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active DHCP mode for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (parameter value greater than 0), PROFINET communication via this interface is no
longer possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: If value = 0:
DHCP deactivated.
If value = 2:
DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification.
If value = 3:
DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification.

r8955[0...5] CBE2x MAC Address of Station / CBE2x MAC Addr

r8959 CBE2x DAP ID / CBE2x DAP ID

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex -
Description: Displays the DAP ID for PROFINET via the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 347
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The combination of device ID (r8909) and DAP ID (r8959) uniquely identifies a PROFINET access point.
Note: DAP ID: Device Access Point ID
DAP ID = 20007 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.5
DAP ID = 20008 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.6
DAP ID = 20009 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.7
DAP ID = 20209 hex: SINAMICS CBE25 V4.7

r8960[0...2] PN subslot controller assignment / PN subslot assign

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 -
Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
Index: [0] = Subslot 2 PROFIsafe
[1] = Subslot 3 PZD telegram
[2] = Subslot 4 PZD supplementary data
Note: Example:
If the parameter contains the value 2 in index [1], then this means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2.

r8970[0...2] CBE2x subslot controller assignment / CBE2x subslot

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
CU_DC_R_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20),
0 8 -
DC_CTRL (PROFINET
CBE20), DC_CTRL_R
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
DC_CTRL_S
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM150 (PROFINET
CBE20), TM15DI_DO
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
Index: [0] = Subslot 2 PROFIsafe
[1] = Subslot 3 PZD telegram
[2] = Subslot 4 PZD supplementary data
Dependency: Refer to: r8971, r8972
Note: Example:
If the parameter contains the value 2 in index [1], then this means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2.

r8971[0...3] CBE2x IP Address Remote Controller 1 / CBE2x IP Rem Ctrl1

SINAMICS DCM
348 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8972[0...3] CBE2x IP Address Remote Controller 2 / CBE2x IP Rem Ctrl2

p9206[0...2] Topology direct access / Topo access

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Data setting to read topology properties.
The result is displayed depending on the property in r9207 or r9208.
Re index 0:
0: actual topology, 1: target topology
Re index 1:
Sets the component number of the component involved.
Re index 2:
7: Name (r9208)
8: Component type (r9207)
9: Number of DRIVE-CLiQ connections (r9207)
11: Manufacturer (upper byte) and version (lower byte) (r9207)
12: Serial number (r9208)
13: Index (r9207)
15: Comparison level (r9207)
23: Order number (r9207)
24: Hardware serial number (r9208)
25: Collective order number (r9207)
28: Firmware version (r9207)
29: EEPROM version (r9207)
30: Hardware version (r9207)
1000: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 0 (r9208)
1001: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 1 (r9208)
...
1015: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 15 (r9208)
Index: [0] = Actual topology/target topology
[1] = Component number
[2] = Identifier/property
Dependency: Refer to: r9207, r9208

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 349
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9207 Topology direct access integer value / Topo access int

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the value for the property set in p9206.
A value is only displayed for integer type properties.
Dependency: Refer to: p9206, r9208

r9208[0...50] Topology direct access string / Topo access string

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the value for the property set in p9206.
A value is only displayed for string type properties.
Dependency: Refer to: p9206, r9207
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

p9210 Flashing component number / Flash comp_no

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 499 0
Description: Sets the component number for a component to get its status LED to flash.
Dependency: Refer to: p9211

p9211 Flash function / Flash fct.

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1 1 -1
Description: Sets the function for the component selected in p9210.
After initiating a function, the parameter is automatically reset again.
Example:
- Set the component number (p9210).
- Select the "flashing on" function (set p9211 = 1).
Value: -1: Select function
0: Flashing off
1: Flashing on
Dependency: Refer to: p9210
Notice: If a task cannot be executed (e.g. the component number in p9210 does not exist), the following applies:
- There is no negative feedback signal.
- The value is reset anyway.

SINAMICS DCM
350 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9220 Statistic number of entries / Statistic size

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Supplies the number of entries in p9222.
Dependency: In p9221, the component Id is set whose statistic entries are to be displayed.
Refer to: p9221

p9221 Statistic components Id / Statistic compId

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00FF hex 0002 hex
Description: Selects the component Id whose statistics are to be displayed in p9222.

r9222[0...n] Statistic Drive-CLiQ acyclic communication / Statistic

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r9220 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Represents the statistic of acyclic Drive-CLiQ communication.

The component is preset in p9221.

The entry comprises the following elements:

Index 0: Parameter Id
Index 1: Number of messages sent.
Index 2: Minimum time of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).
Index 3: Maximum time of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).
Index 4: Average of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).

The time unit is 10us.

Dependency: The number of statistic entries is displayed in p9220.
In p9221, the component Id can be set whose statistic is to be displayed.
Refer to: r9220, p9221
Note: As a statistic entry comprises 5 data, when calling the entries via the terminal, a size that represents a multiple of 5
must be specified.

Example: the 2nd entry must be called:

rdp 1 9222 5 5
or
rdpa 1 9222 5 5.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 351
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Setting and display when memory card is "removed safely".
Procedure:
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 3
--> The memory card can be removed safely. After removal the value sets itself to 0 automatically.
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 100
--> The memory card cannot be removed safely. Removal may destroy the file system on the memory card. It may be
necessary to set p9400 = 2 again.
Value: 0: No memory card inserted
1: Memory card inserted
2: Request "safe removal" of the memory card
3: "Safe removal" possible
100: "Safe removal" not possible due to access
Dependency: Refer to: r9401
Notice: Removing the memory card without a request (p9400 = 2) and confirmation (p9400 = 3) may destroy the file system
on the memory card. The memory card will then no longer work properly and must be replaced.
Note: The status when the memory card is being "removed safely" is shown in r9401.
Re value = 0, 1, 3, 100:
These values can only be displayed, not set.

r9401 Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Memory card inserted Yes No -
01 Memory card activated Yes No -
02 SIEMENS memory card Yes No -
03 Memory card as USB data storage medium Yes No -
from the PC used
Dependency: Refer to: p9400
Note: Re bit 01, 00:
Bit 1/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 0).
Bit 1/0 = 0/1: "Safe removal" possible (corresponds to p9400 = 3).
Bit 1/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 1/0 = 1/1: Memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 1, 2, 100).
Re bit 02, 00:
Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted.
Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card.
Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.

SINAMICS DCM
352 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9406[0...19] PS file parameter number parameter not transferred / PS par_no n transf

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that were not able to be transferred when reading the parameter back-up files (PS files)
from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[0...x] > 0
--> indicates the parameter number in the following cases:
- parameter, whose value was not able to be completely accepted.
- indexed parameter, where at least 1 index was not able to be accepted. The first index that is not transferred is
displayed in r9407.
Dependency: Refer to: r9407, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9407[0...19] PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the parameters that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files (PS files)
were read from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
If, from an indexed parameter, at least one index was not able to be transferred, then the parameter number is
displayed in r9406[n] and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407[n].
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[n] > 0
--> Displays r9407[n] the first index of the parameter number r9406[n] that was not transferred.
Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9408[0...19] PS file fault code parameter not transferred / PS fault code

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 353
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9409 Number of parameters to be saved / Qty par to save

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of modified parameters and those that have still not be saved for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0971, p0977
Notice: Inherent to the system, the list of the parameters to be backed up is empty after the following actions:
- Download
- Warm restart
- Factory setting
In these cases, a new parameter backup must be initiated, which is then the starting point for the list of modified
parameters.
Note: The modified parameters that still need to be saved are internally listed in r9410 ... r9419.

r9450[0...29] Reference value change parameter with unsuccessful calculation /

Ref_chg par n poss
DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
DC_CTRL_S
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters for which the re-calculation was unsuccessful after an internal system reference value
change.

r9451[0...29] Units changeover adapted parameters / Unit_chngov par

DC_CTRL, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
DC_CTRL_R, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
DC_CTRL_R_S,
DC_CTRL_S P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters whose parameter would have to be changed during a units changeover.

r9481 Number of BICO interconnections / BICO count

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections (signal sinks).
Dependency: Refer to: r9482, r9483
Note: The selected BICO interconnections should be entered into r9482 and r9483.

SINAMICS DCM
354 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9482[0...n] BICO interconnections BI/CI parameters / BICO BI/CI par

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r9481 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal sinks (binector/connector inputs, BI/CI parameters).
The number of BICO interconnections is displayed in r9481.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9483
Note: The list is sorted according to signal sources and is structured as follows:
r9842[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal source, BICO coded)
r9842[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal source, BICO coded)
...

r9483[0...n] BICO interconnections BO/CO parameters / BICO BO/CO par

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: r9481 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal sources (binector/connector outputs, BO/CO parameters).
The number of BICO interconnections is displayed in r9481.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482
Note: The list is sorted according to signal sources and is structured as follows:
r9842[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal source, BICO coded)
r9842[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal source, BICO coded)
...

p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

All objects Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the signal source (BO/CO parameter, BICO coded) to search in the signal sinks.
The question is answered:
How often is a connection made to a signal source in the drive object and from which index are these
interconnections saved (r9482 and r9483)?
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, r9485, r9486

r9485 BICO interconnections signal source search count / BICO S_src srchQty
All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections to the signal sink being searched for.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, p9484, r9486

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 355
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).

The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

r9486 BICO interconnections signal source search first index / BICO S_src srchIdx
All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the signal source being searched for.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, p9484, r9485
Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).
The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

r9490 Number of BICO interconnections to other drives / Qty BICO to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of signal sources from this drive to other drives/drive objects (Binector Output/Connector
Output, BO/CO).
Dependency: Refer to: r9491, r9492, p9493

r9491[0...9] BI/CI of BICO interconnections to other drives / BI/CI to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal receiver list (Binector Input/Connector Input, BI/CI) for the first interconnections between this
drive and other drives/drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9492, p9493
Notice: A drive cannot be deleted if this list is not empty!
Otherwise, another drive would continue to attempt to read a signal from a drive that no longer existed.
Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.
r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

r9492[0...9] BO/CO of BICO interconnections to other drives / BO/CO to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal source list (Binector Output/Connector Output, BO/CO) for the first interconnections between this
drive and other drives/drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9491, p9493
Notice: A drive cannot be deleted if this list is not empty!
Otherwise, another drive would continue to attempt to read a signal from a drive that no longer existed.

SINAMICS DCM
356 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.

r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

p9493[0...9] Reset BICO interconnections to other drives / Reset BICO to drv

All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 15
Description: Setting to reset the BICO interconnections to other drives.
Each interconnection can be individually reset.
Value: 0: Set connection to 0
1: Set connection to 1 (100 %)
2: Set connection to factory setting
15: Finished
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9491, r9492
Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.
r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

p9495 BICO behavior for de-activated drive objects / Behav for deact DO
All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the behavior for BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have been
deactivated.
BO/CO parameters are on the drive object that is either not capable of operation or has been deactivated (signal
source).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save interconnections
2: Save interconnections and establish the factory setting
Dependency: Refer to: p9496, p9497, p9498, p9499
Note: For p9495 = 0, the following applies:
- the number of interconnections is zero (p9497 = 0).
For p9495 not equal to 0, the following applies:
- the BI/CI parameters involved are listed in p9498[0...29] (signal sink).
- the associated BO/CO parameters are listed in p9499[0...29] (signal source).

p9496 BICO behavior when activating drive objects / Behav when act DO
All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the behavior when activating BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or
have been deactivated.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Restore the interconnections from the list
2: Delete the interconnections from the list

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 357
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9497, p9498, p9499

Note: The BI/CI parameters involved are listed in p9498[0...29] (signal sink).
The associated BO/CO parameters are listed in p9499[0...29] (signal source).
After p9496 = 1, 2 the following applies:
- p9497 = 0
- p9496 = 0

p9497 BICO interconnections to de-activated drive objects number / Interconn obj qty
All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Displays the number of saved BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have
been deactivated.
BO/CO parameters are on the drive object that is either not capable of operation or has been deactivated (signal
source).
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9498, p9499

p9498[0...29] BICO BI/CI parameters to de-activated drive objects / BI/CI to deact obj
All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the saved BI/CI parameters (signal sink), whose source is located on drive objects that are either not
capable of operation or have been deactivated.
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9497, p9499
Note: A BICO interconnection (signal sink, signal source) is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499.

p9499[0...29] BICO BO/CO parameters to de-activated drive objects / BO/CO to deact obj
All objects Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: Commands Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the saved BO/CO parameters (signal source), which are located on drive objects that are either not capable
of operation or have been deactivated.
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9497, p9498
Note: A BICO interconnection (signal sink, signal source) is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499.

r9900 Actual topology number of indices / Act topo indices

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of indices of the actual topology.
Dependency: Refer to: r9901

SINAMICS DCM
358 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Only for internal Siemens use.

The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software.

r9901[0...n] Actual topology / Act topo

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: r9900 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual topology of the drive unit.
The actual topology is sub-divided into several sections. Each of the following data is saved under an index.
General data on the topology:
- version
- attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology
- number of components
Data on a component:
- type component of the node ID of the component
- number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets in the Node Identifier
- manufacturer and version of the Node Identifier
- serial number of the Node Identifier (4 indices)
- index of the component
- order number (8 indices)
- attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology of the component
- communications address
- number of port types
- port type
- number of ports of the port type
- communications address of the associated/linked component
- number of the associated/linked port
- communications address of the associated/linked component
- number of the associated port, etc.
Data on the next component:
- etc.
Dependency: Refer to: r9900
Note: Only for internal Siemens use.
The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software.

p9902 Target topology number of indices / TargetTopo indices

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
1 65535 1
Description: Sets the number of target topology indices.
Dependency: Refer to: p9903
Note: Only for internal Siemens use.
The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 359
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9903[0...n] Target topology / Target topo

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: p9902 Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the target topology of the drive unit.
The target topology is sub-divided into several sections. Each of the following data is saved under an index.
General data on the topology:
- version
- attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology
- number of components
Data on a component:
- type component of the Node Identifier of the component
- number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets in the Node Identifier
- manufacturer and version of the Node Identifier
- serial number of the Node Identifier (4 indices)
- index of the component
- order number (8 indices)
- attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology of the component
- component number
- number of port types
- port type
- number of ports of the port type
- component number of the associated/linked component
- number of the associated/linked port
- component number of the associated/linked component
- number of the associated port, etc.
Data on the next component:
- etc.
Dependency: Refer to: p9902
Note: The target topology can only be modified using the commissioning software.
The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software.
Changes only become effective when the state of p0009 = 101 changes to 0 or 111.

p9904 Topology comparison acknowledge differences / Topo_compare ackn

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: If, when comparing the actual topology and target topology, only error has occurred, that can be acknowledged, then
using this parameter, a new comparison can be started - acknowledging the error in the target topology.
Differences that can be acknowledged:
- topology comparison, component shifted
- topology comparison, serial number of a component has been detected to be different (byte 3 = 1)
- topology comparison shows one component that is connected differently

SINAMICS DCM
360 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The following parameter values are available:

p9904 = 1 --> the procedure is started.
p9904 = 0 after starting --> the procedure has been successfully completed.
p9904 = 1 after starting --> the procedure has not been successfully completed.
The possible causes for an unsuccessful procedure are located in bytes 4, 3, 2.
Byte 2:
Number of structural differences.
Byte 3:
Number of differences that can be acknowledged (p9904).
Byte 4:
Number of differences. These differences can be resolved as follows:
- sets the topology comparison (p9906 or p9907/p9908).
- change over the actual topology.
The appropriate action should be selected corresponding to the message that is displayed/output.
Note: In order to permanently accept the acknowledgement of the fault that can be resolved, then it must be saved in a
non-volatile fashion (p0977).

p9905 Device specialization / Specialization

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: With p9905 = 1, the serial numbers and the hardware versions of all of the components are transferred from the
actual topology into the target topology and a new comparison is started.
For this device specialization, the components of the target topology may only differ from those of the actual topology
by the serial numbers.
With p9905 = 2, the serial numbers, the hardware versions and the order numbers of all of the components are
transferred from the actual topology into the target topology and a new comparison is started.
For this device specialization, the components of the target topology may only differ from those of the actual topology
by the serial numbers and order numbers.
Note: p9905 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation.
In order to permanently accept the data, it is necessary to save in a non-volatile fashion (p0977).

p9906 Topology comparison comparison stage of all components / Topo_cmpr tot comp
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 0
Description: Sets the type of comparison between the actual topology and target topology.
The comparison is started by setting the required value.
Value: 0: High: Compares the complete electronic rating plate
1: Average: Compares the component type and the Order number
2: Low: Compares the component type
3: Minimum: Compares the component class
99: Topology has different comparison stages
Note: The electronic rating plate comprises the following data:
- component type (e.g. "SMC20")
- Order No. (e.g. "6SL3055-0AA0-5BA0")
- manufacturer (e.g. SIEMENS)
- hardware version (e.g. "A")
- Serial No. (e.g. "T-P30050495")

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 361
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

When comparing the topology, the following data is compared in the target and actual topologies:
p9906 = 0: Component type, Order No., Hardware version, Manufacturer, Serial No.
p9906 = 1: Component type, Order No.
p9906 = 2: Component type
p9906 = 3: Component class (e.g. Sensor Module or Motor Module)

p9907 Topology comparison comparison stage of the component number /

Topo_cmpr comp_no
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: Enters the number of the component where the setting of how the actual topology should be compared to the target
topology should be changed.
Dependency: Refer to: p9908

p9908 Topology comparison comparison stage of a component / Topo_cmpr 1 comp

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 0
Description: Sets the type of comparison of a component in the target topology with the actual topology.
The comparison is started by setting the required value.
Value: 0: High: Compares the complete electronic rating plate
1: Average: Compares the component type and the Order number
2: Low: Compares the component type
3: Minimum: Compares the component class
99: Topology has different comparison stages
Dependency: Refer to: p9907
Note: The electronic rating plate comprises the following data:
- component type (e.g. "SMC20")
- Order No. (e.g. "6SL3055-0AA0-5BA0")
- manufacturer (e.g. SIEMENS)
- hardware version (e.g. "A")
- Serial No. (e.g. "T-P30050495")
When comparing the topology, the following data is compared in the target and actual topologies:
p9908 = 0: Component type, Order No., Hardware version, Manufacturer, Serial No.
p9908 = 1: Component type, Order No.
p9908 = 2: Component type
p9908 = 3: Component class (e.g. Sensor Module or Motor Module)

p9909 Topology comparison component replacement / Topo_cmpr replace

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: For p9909 = 1, the serial number and the hardware version of the new replaced component is automatically
transferred from the actual topology into the target topology and then saved in a non-volatile fashion.

SINAMICS DCM
362 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For the components that have been replaced, the electronic rating plate must match as far as the following data is
concerned:
- component type (e.g. "SMC20")
- Order No. (e.g. "6SL3055-0AA0-5BA0")
For p9909 = 0, serial numbers and hardware versions are not automatically transferred. In this case, the transfer
must be made using p9904.
Dependency: Refer to: p9904, p9905
Note: The modified target topology is automatically saved in a non-volatile fashion when the drive object runs-up (e.g. after
a POWER ON).
Special case for Control Unit and option slot modules:
When replacing these components, independent of p9909, the serial number and hardware version are automatically
transferred and saved in a non-volatile fashion.

p9910 Target topology accept additional components / Add comp accept

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Accept additional inserted DRIVE-CLiQ components into the target topology.
The corresponding drive objects are added to the project.
Value: 0: No selection
1: Transfer components

p9915 DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master / DQ fault master
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex
Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes.

p9916 DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave / DQ fault slave
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex
Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes.

p9920[0...99] Licensing enter license key / Enter license key

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Enters the license key for this drive unit.
Example of the license key:
EACZ-QBCA = 69 65 67 90 45 81 66 67 65 dec (ASCII characters)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 363
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index 0 = license key character 1 (e.g. 69 dec)

Index 1 = license key character 2 (e.g. 65 dec)
...
Index 8 = license key character 9 (e.g. 65 dec)
Index 9 = license key character 10 (e.g. 0 dec)
...
Dependency: Refer to: r7843, p9921
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
With the STARTER commissioning software, ASCII characters are not entered coded, i.e. the characters of the
license key can be entered as printed in the Certificate of License. In this case, STARTER codes the characters.
Note: For an invalid license key, all the indices have the value 0 dec.
Only the ASCII characters contained in a license key can be entered ("1" to "9", "A" to "H", "K" to "N", "P" to "Z" as
well as "-").
When manually changing p9920[x] to the value 0 dec, all the values of all the following indices are also set to 0 dec.
After entering the license key, the license key must be activated (p9921).
If the licensing is not adequate, then the following alarm is displayed together with LED:
- A13000 --> licensing not sufficient
- LED READY --> flashes green/red with 0.5 Hz

p9921 Licensing activate license key / Act license key

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the entered license key.
The following is executed when activating the license key.
- the checksum of the entered license key is checked.
- the entered license key is saved in a non-volatile fashion on the memory card.
- re-enter the license key.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Activate start license key
Dependency: Refer to: p9920
Note: Before activation, the license key entered using parameter p9920 is checked. If this check identifies an error,
activation is rejected. In this case, writing a 1 to p9921 is rejected.
When the license key has been activated, p9921 is automatically set to 0.

r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the directory and name of the file whose status as shipped from the factory was identified as impermissible.
Dependency: Refer to: r9926
Note: The directory and name of the file is displayed in the ASCII code.

SINAMICS DCM
364 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9926 Firmware check status / FW check status

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status when the firmware is checked when the system is booted.
0: Firmware not yet checked.
1: Check running.
2: Check successfully completed.
3: Check indicates an error.
Dependency: Refer to: r9925

p9930[0...8] System logbook activation / SYSLOG activation

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Only for service purposes.
Index: [0] = System logbook stage (0: Not active)
[1] = COM2/COM1 (0: COM2, 1: COM1)
[2] = Activate file write (0: Not active)
[3] = Display time stamp (0: Not displayed)
[4...7] = Reserved
[8] = System logbook file size (stages, each 10 kB)
Notice: Before powering down the Control Unit, ensure that the system logbook is switched out (p9930[0] = 0).
If writing to the file is activated (p9930[2] = 1), writing to the file must be de-activated again before switching off the
Control Unit (p9930[2] = 0) in order to ensure that the system logbook has been completely written to the file.

p9931[0...179] System logbook module selection / SYSLOG mod select.

p9932 Save system logbook EEPROM / SYSLOG EEPROM save

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 365
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9935.0 BO: POWER ON delay signal / POWER ON t_delay

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for a delay after POWER ON.
After power-on, binector output r9935.0 is set with the start of the first sampling time and is again reset after approx.
100 ms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 POWER ON delay signal High Low -

r9936[0...199] DRIVE-CLiQ diagnostic error counter connection / DQdiag err counter

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the error counter for the individual DRIVE-CLiQ connections/cables.
r9936[0]: sum of the error counter for all connections
r9936[1]: not used
r9936[2]: error counter for the feeder cable to DRIVE-CLiQ components with component number 2
...
r9936[199]: error counter for the feeder cable to DRIVE-CLiQ components with component number 199
The feeder cable is the DRIVE-CLiQ cable that is connected to a component in the direction of the Control Unit.
Dependency: Refer to: p9937, p9938

p9937 DRIVE-CLiQ diagnostic configuration / DQ diag config

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the configuration for the DRIVE-CLiQ diagnostics (error counter r9936).
Using this function, connections and cables of DRIVE-CLiQ connections can be checked for transfer errors. The error
counter is evaluated in the PHY blocks involved.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Alarm for connection error Yes No -
08 Reset error counter Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r9936, p9938
Note: Re bit 00:
To activate this function, p9938 must be set to 0 (inactive).
After changing the error counter (r9936), an appropriate alarm is output.
The alarm automatically disappears after 5 seconds.
Re bit 08:
With p9937.8 = 1, the error counters are reset (r9936[0...199]).
After the reset, p9937.8 is automatically set to 0.

SINAMICS DCM
366 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9938 DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagnostics configuration / DQ diag config

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagnostics (r9943).
Using the detailed diagnostics, it is possible to investigate data transfer errors on an individual connection, selected
using p9942.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Sum send and receive errors
2: Only send errors
3: Only receive errors
4: Siemens internal
5: Siemens internal
6: Siemens internal
Dependency: The functions in p9938 can only be set for p9937.0 = 0.
Refer to: r9936, p9937, p9939, p9942
Notice: If value = 0:
- detailed diagnostics is inactive.
- the error counter is active (r9936).
If value > 0:
- the error counter is inactive (r9936).
- the detailed diagnostics as configured is active (r9943).

p9939 DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagnostics time interval / DQ detail t_interv

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [s] 3600 [s] 1 [s]
Description: Sets the time interval for recording the error counter in r9943.
Dependency: Refer to: r9936, p9938, p9942, r9943

p9941 Target topology feature delete all components / Feature delete

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: Topology Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 0
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: For p9941 =1, the serial numbers of all components in the target topology are deleted (zero is written).
Through activation and de-activation this enables the actual topology components to be newly assigned to the target
topology components.
Note: p9941 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation.
A warm restart is triggered automatically after p0009 = 0.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 367
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9942 DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagnostics select individual connection / DQ detail conn

r9943 DRIVE-CLiQ detailed diagn. individual connection error counter / DQ det err counter
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the connection errors of the individual connection that have occurred within the time interval (p9939).
The detailed diagnostics for the individual connection is activated via p9938 > 0 and is selected via p9942.
Dependency: Refer to: r9936, p9938, p9939, p9942

r9975[0...7] System utilization measured / Sys util meas

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the measured system utilization.
The higher the value displayed, the higher the system utilization.
Index: [0] = Computing time utilization (min)
[1] = Computing time utilization (averaged)
[2] = Computing time utilization (max)
[3] = Largest total utilization (min)
[4] = Largest total utilization (averaged)
[5] = Largest total utilization (max)
[6] = Reserved
[7] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r9976, r9979, r9980, r9981
Note: Re index 3 ... 5:
The total utilizations are determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilizations are mapped here.
The sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

SINAMICS DCM
368 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9976[0...7] System utilization / Sys util

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the system utilization.
If the utilization is greater than 100%, fault F01054 is output.
Index: [0] = Reserved
[1] = Computing time utilization
[2] = Reserved
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Reserved
[5] = Largest total utilization
[6] = Reserved
[7] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r9979, r9980
Note: Re index 1:
The value shows the total computing time load of the system.
Re index 5:
The total utilization is determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilization is mapped here. The
sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9979 Sampling time with largest total utilization / t_sampl lg total

r9980[0...165] Sampling times utilization calculated / t_sampl util calc

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 369
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[8] = Net utilization 4

[9] = Total utilization 4
[10] = Net utilization 5
[11] = Total utilization 5
[12] = Net utilization 6
[13] = Total utilization 6
[14] = Net utilization 7
[15] = Total utilization 7
[16] = Net utilization 8
[17] = Total utilization 8
[18] = Net utilization 9
[19] = Total utilization 9
[20] = Net utilization 10
[21] = Total utilization 10
[22] = Net utilization 11
[23] = Total utilization 11
[24] = Net utilization 12
[25] = Total utilization 12
[26] = Net utilization 13
[27] = Total utilization 13
[28] = Net utilization 14
[29] = Total utilization 14
[30] = Net utilization 15
[31] = Total utilization 15
[32] = Net utilization 16
[33] = Total utilization 16
[34] = Net utilization 17
[35] = Total utilization 17
[36] = Net utilization 18
[37] = Total utilization 18
[38] = Net utilization 19
[39] = Total utilization 19
[40] = Net utilization 20
[41] = Total utilization 20
[42] = Net utilization 21
[43] = Total utilization 21
[44] = Net utilization 22
[45] = Total utilization 22
[46] = Net utilization 23
[47] = Total utilization 23
[48] = Net utilization 24
[49] = Total utilization 24
[50] = Net utilization 25
[51] = Total utilization 25
[52] = Net utilization 26
[53] = Total utilization 26
[54] = Net utilization 27
[55] = Total utilization 27
[56] = Net utilization 28
[57] = Total utilization 28
[58] = Net utilization 29
[59] = Total utilization 29
[60] = Net utilization 30
[61] = Total utilization 30
[62] = Net utilization 31
[63] = Total utilization 31
[64] = Net utilization 32
[65] = Total utilization 32
[66] = Net utilization 33
[67] = Total utilization 33
[68] = Net utilization 34
[69] = Total utilization 34
[70] = Net utilization 35
[71] = Total utilization 35
[72] = Net utilization 36
[73] = Total utilization 36

SINAMICS DCM
370 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[74] = Net utilization 37

[75] = Total utilization 37
[76] = Net utilization 38
[77] = Total utilization 38
[78] = Net utilization 39
[79] = Total utilization 39
[80] = Net utilization 40
[81] = Total utilization 40
[82] = Net utilization 41
[83] = Total utilization 41
[84] = Net utilization 42
[85] = Total utilization 42
[86] = Net utilization 43
[87] = Total utilization 43
[88] = Net utilization 44
[89] = Total utilization 44
[90] = Net utilization 45
[91] = Total utilization 45
[92] = Net utilization 46
[93] = Total utilization 46
[94] = Net utilization 47
[95] = Total utilization 47
[96] = Net utilization 48
[97] = Total utilization 48
[98] = Net utilization 49
[99] = Total utilization 49
[100] = Net utilization 50
[101] = Total utilization 50
[102] = Net utilization 51
[103] = Total utilization 51
[104] = Net utilization 52
[105] = Total utilization 52
[106] = Net utilization 53
[107] = Total utilization 53
[108] = Net utilization 54
[109] = Total utilization 54
[110] = Net utilization 55
[111] = Total utilization 55
[112] = Net utilization 56
[113] = Total utilization 56
[114] = Net utilization 57
[115] = Total utilization 57
[116] = Net utilization 58
[117] = Total utilization 58
[118] = Net utilization 59
[119] = Total utilization 59
[120] = Net utilization 60
[121] = Total utilization 60
[122] = Net utilization 61
[123] = Total utilization 61
[124] = Net utilization 62
[125] = Total utilization 62
[126] = Net utilization 63
[127] = Total utilization 63
[128] = Net utilization 64
[129] = Total utilization 64
[130] = Net utilization 65
[131] = Total utilization 65
[132] = Net utilization 66
[133] = Total utilization 66
[134] = Net utilization 67
[135] = Total utilization 67
[136] = Net utilization 68
[137] = Total utilization 68
[138] = Net utilization 69
[139] = Total utilization 69

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 371
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[140] = Net utilization 70

[141] = Total utilization 70
[142] = Net utilization 71
[143] = Total utilization 71
[144] = Net utilization 72
[145] = Total utilization 72
[146] = Net utilization 73
[147] = Total utilization 73
[148] = Net utilization 74
[149] = Total utilization 74
[150] = Net utilization 75
[151] = Total utilization 75
[152] = Net utilization 76
[153] = Total utilization 76
[154] = Net utilization 77
[155] = Total utilization 77
[156] = Net utilization 78
[157] = Total utilization 78
[158] = Net utilization 79
[159] = Total utilization 79
[160] = Net utilization 80
[161] = Total utilization 80
[162] = Net utilization 81
[163] = Total utilization 81
[164] = Net utilization 82
[165] = Total utilization 82
Dependency: Refer to: r7901, r9976, r9979
Note: The corresponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901.
Net utilization:
Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9981[0...165] Sampling times utilization measured / t_sampl util meas

CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the utilizations measured for the active sampling times.
Index: [0] = Net utilization 0
[1] = Total utilization 0
[2] = Net utilization 1
[3] = Total utilization 1
[4] = Net utilization 2
[5] = Total utilization 2
[6] = Net utilization 3
[7] = Total utilization 3
[8] = Net utilization 4
[9] = Total utilization 4
[10] = Net utilization 5
[11] = Total utilization 5
[12] = Net utilization 6
[13] = Total utilization 6
[14] = Net utilization 7
[15] = Total utilization 7
[16] = Net utilization 8
[17] = Total utilization 8
[18] = Net utilization 9
[19] = Total utilization 9
[20] = Net utilization 10

SINAMICS DCM
372 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[21] = Total utilization 10

[22] = Net utilization 11
[23] = Total utilization 11
[24] = Net utilization 12
[25] = Total utilization 12
[26] = Net utilization 13
[27] = Total utilization 13
[28] = Net utilization 14
[29] = Total utilization 14
[30] = Net utilization 15
[31] = Total utilization 15
[32] = Net utilization 16
[33] = Total utilization 16
[34] = Net utilization 17
[35] = Total utilization 17
[36] = Net utilization 18
[37] = Total utilization 18
[38] = Net utilization 19
[39] = Total utilization 19
[40] = Net utilization 20
[41] = Total utilization 20
[42] = Net utilization 21
[43] = Total utilization 21
[44] = Net utilization 22
[45] = Total utilization 22
[46] = Net utilization 23
[47] = Total utilization 23
[48] = Net utilization 24
[49] = Total utilization 24
[50] = Net utilization 25
[51] = Total utilization 25
[52] = Net utilization 26
[53] = Total utilization 26
[54] = Net utilization 27
[55] = Total utilization 27
[56] = Net utilization 28
[57] = Total utilization 28
[58] = Net utilization 29
[59] = Total utilization 29
[60] = Net utilization 30
[61] = Total utilization 30
[62] = Net utilization 31
[63] = Total utilization 31
[64] = Net utilization 32
[65] = Total utilization 32
[66] = Net utilization 33
[67] = Total utilization 33
[68] = Net utilization 34
[69] = Total utilization 34
[70] = Net utilization 35
[71] = Total utilization 35
[72] = Net utilization 36
[73] = Total utilization 36
[74] = Net utilization 37
[75] = Total utilization 37
[76] = Net utilization 38
[77] = Total utilization 38
[78] = Net utilization 39
[79] = Total utilization 39
[80] = Net utilization 40
[81] = Total utilization 40
[82] = Net utilization 41
[83] = Total utilization 41
[84] = Net utilization 42
[85] = Total utilization 42
[86] = Net utilization 43

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 373
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[87] = Total utilization 43

[88] = Net utilization 44
[89] = Total utilization 44
[90] = Net utilization 45
[91] = Total utilization 45
[92] = Net utilization 46
[93] = Total utilization 46
[94] = Net utilization 47
[95] = Total utilization 47
[96] = Net utilization 48
[97] = Total utilization 48
[98] = Net utilization 49
[99] = Total utilization 49
[100] = Net utilization 50
[101] = Total utilization 50
[102] = Net utilization 51
[103] = Total utilization 51
[104] = Net utilization 52
[105] = Total utilization 52
[106] = Net utilization 53
[107] = Total utilization 53
[108] = Net utilization 54
[109] = Total utilization 54
[110] = Net utilization 55
[111] = Total utilization 55
[112] = Net utilization 56
[113] = Total utilization 56
[114] = Net utilization 57
[115] = Total utilization 57
[116] = Net utilization 58
[117] = Total utilization 58
[118] = Net utilization 59
[119] = Total utilization 59
[120] = Net utilization 60
[121] = Total utilization 60
[122] = Net utilization 61
[123] = Total utilization 61
[124] = Net utilization 62
[125] = Total utilization 62
[126] = Net utilization 63
[127] = Total utilization 63
[128] = Net utilization 64
[129] = Total utilization 64
[130] = Net utilization 65
[131] = Total utilization 65
[132] = Net utilization 66
[133] = Total utilization 66
[134] = Net utilization 67
[135] = Total utilization 67
[136] = Net utilization 68
[137] = Total utilization 68
[138] = Net utilization 69
[139] = Total utilization 69
[140] = Net utilization 70
[141] = Total utilization 70
[142] = Net utilization 71
[143] = Total utilization 71
[144] = Net utilization 72
[145] = Total utilization 72
[146] = Net utilization 73
[147] = Total utilization 73
[148] = Net utilization 74
[149] = Total utilization 74
[150] = Net utilization 75
[151] = Total utilization 75
[152] = Net utilization 76

SINAMICS DCM
374 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[153] = Total utilization 76

[154] = Net utilization 77
[155] = Total utilization 77
[156] = Net utilization 78
[157] = Total utilization 78
[158] = Net utilization 79
[159] = Total utilization 79
[160] = Net utilization 80
[161] = Total utilization 80
[162] = Net utilization 81
[163] = Total utilization 81
[164] = Net utilization 82
[165] = Total utilization 82
Dependency: Refer to: r7901, r9975, r9980
Note: The corresponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901.
Net utilization:
Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9982[0...4] Data memory utilization / Mem_util dat_mem

r9983[0...4] Measured data memory utilization (actual load) / Mem_ut dat_mem ms

r9984[0...4] Data memory utilization OA / Mem_ut dat_mem OA

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 375
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1

[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Reserved

r9986[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ system load / DQ system load

r9987[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ bandwidth load / DQ bandw load

r9988[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ DPRAM load / DQ DPRAM load

p9990 DO memory usage actual value determination selection / Mem_use ActVal sel
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: The meaning of the parameter differs for reading and writing.
Read:
- Returns the number of memory areas monitored.
Write:
- Memory usage of a drive object: Enter drive object number
- Memory usage of the complete system: Enter value 65535

SINAMICS DCM
376 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9991[0...4] Memory usage drive object actual value / Mem_use DO ActVal

r9992[0...4] Memory usage drive object reference value / Mem_use DO ref val
CU_DC, CU_DC_R, Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
CU_DC_R_S, Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
CU_DC_S
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the memory usage for each drive object as reference value.
Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1
[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Heap

r9993[0...4] Memory usage OA application / Mem_use OA

r9999[0...99] Software error internal supplementary diagnostics / SW_err int diag

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 377
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50000 Operating display / Op_display

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651, 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: o0.0 No torque direction switched on
o0.1 Torque direction I switched on
o0.2 Torque direction II switched on
o0.9 Wait for enable from master
o1.0 Wait time for brake opening time running
o1.1 Wait for operating enable at terminal 13
o1.2 Wait for operating enable (signal source acc. to p0852)
o1.3 Wait time after withdrawing a jog command running
o1.4 Wait for field reversal to be implemented or for "Braking by field reversal" to be withdrawn
o1.5 Wait for operating enable from the optimization run
o1.6 Wait for withdrawal of the immediate pulse inhibit (signal source acc. to p50177)
o1.7 Wait until SINAMICS DCMs connected in parallel are in status o0
o1.8 Wait until the power unit topology has been switched over
o2.0 Wait for setpoint |r52193| > p50091[1]
o3.0 Wait for the thyristor check to be completed
o3.1 Wait for the line symmetry check to be completed
o3.2 Wait for a DC contactor to pick up
o3.3 Wait for the feedback signal, "line contactor" (signal source acc. to p50691)
o4.0 Wait for voltage at power connections 1U1, 1V1, 1W1
o4.1 Wait for fuse monitoring to signal OK
o4.5 Wait for pre-charging of the CCP's chopper capacitors to be completed
o5.0 Wait until the field current actual value r52265 is > p50396 and until "I_field ext > If_min" (see p50265)
o5.1 Wait for voltage at power connections 3U1, 3W1
Note:
A specific time, which can be set in p50089, represents the maximum wait time in states o4 and o5 combined. If, after
this time, the relevant conditions have still not been met, the corresponding error message will be triggered.
o6.0 Wait for the auxiliaries to power up (wait time p50093)
o6.1 Wait for a setpoint <= p50091[0] at the RFG input (p520193)
o7.0 Wait for power-on via terminal 12
o7.1 Wait for power-on (signal source according to p0840)
o7.2 Wait for the "Braking by field reversal" command to be withdrawn
o7.3 Wait for parallel master to power up
o7.4 Optimization run executes pre-work/post-work
o7.5 Wait until the SINAMICS DCM devices connected in parallel are ready to be switched on
o7.6 Wait for "Load MLFB" to be completed (carried out by manufacturer prior to delivery)
o8.0 Wait for closing lockout to be acknowledged
o8.1 Simulation mode active (see p51840)
o9.1 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0848) present
o9.2 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0849) present
o10.1 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0844) pending
o10.2 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0845) pending
o10.3 E stop (safety shutdown) (terminal 105/106) pending
o10.6 CUD right
o11.0 Fault
o12.0 Initializ. of line voltage sensing for field in progress
o12.1 Initializ. of line voltage sensing for armature in progr.
o12.3 Read out data from gating modules (armature and field)

SINAMICS DCM
378 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

o12.4 Offset calibr. of curr. act. val. sensing being performed

o12.5 Read out data from the power unit
o12.6 Wait for second processor (TMS320) to go into normal operation

r50012 Motor temperature / Mot temp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8030
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the motor temperature.
The temperature sensor is connected via terminal X177.53/54/55 of the CUD.
Dependency: The temperature value is only displayed when using one of the following temperature sensors:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1): measuring range = -40 °C to +300 °C
- PT100 (p50490 = 6): measuring range = -200 °C to +300 °C
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7): measuring range = +85 °C to +200 °C
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8): measuring range = -200 °C to +300 °C
Refer to: p50490, r52051
Note: If p50490 = 0, 2 to 5, a value of 0 is displayed.

r50013[0...4] Temperature sensor/Module / Temp sensor/Mod

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8048
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the temperature of the various temperature sensors for device and modules.
Index: [0] = Temperature sensor 1
[1] = Temperature sensor 2
[2] = Temperature sensor 3
[3] = Gating module temperature
[4] = CUD Control Unit temperature
Note: Temperature sensors which are not in use return a high negative value (approx. -200 °C).

r50014[0...1] Temperature rises calculated / Temp rise calc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8038, 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the values calculated for the temperature rise of the motors and the thyristors.
Index: [0] = Motor temperature rise
[1] = Thyristor temperature rise
Dependency: Refer to: p50075, r52310

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 379
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50015 Armature circuit rms value of phase-to-phase line voltage / Arm cct V_line rms
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the phase-to-phase line voltage in the armature circuit (rms value).

r50016 Field circuit line voltage rms value / F cct V_line rms
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the line voltage in the field circuit (rms value).

r50017[0...1] Line frequency / f_line

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6854, 6950,
6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Displays the line frequency in the armature circuit/field circuit.
Index: [0] = Armature circuit
[1] = Field circuit

r50018 Armature firing angle / Arm fir angle

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°] - [°] - [°]
Description: Displays the firing angle on the armature circuit.

r50019 Armature current actual value / Arm I_act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the internal signed current actual value in the armature circuit.
The value is averaged over 6 cycles.
Note: This parameter is referred to the rated motor current.
The following applies: 100% corresponds to p50100[ii], whereby ii = active DDS

SINAMICS DCM
380 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50020 Closed-loop armature current control motor current set abs value / Ia ctr I_set abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the absolute value of the motor current setpoint.
Note: This parameter is referred to the rated motor current.
The following applies: 100% corresponds to p50100[ii], whereby ii = active DDS

r50021 Torque limiting torque setpoint after limiting / Tqe set after lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the torque setpoint after limiting.
Note: 1 corresponds to 0.1% of the rated torque of the motor.

r50022 Torque limiting torque setpoint before limiting / Tqe set bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the torque setpoint before limiting.
Note: 1 corresponds to 0.1% of the rated torque of the motor.

r50025 Speed controller actual value selection / Act sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the selected speed actual value on the speed controller.

r50028 Speed setpoint before the ramp-function generator display / n_set bef RFG disp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [1 rpm] - [1 rpm] - [1 rpm]
Description: Displays the speed setpoint before the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r52193

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 381
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50029 Speed setpoint AOP30 display / n_set AOP30 disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3113
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [1 rpm] - [1 rpm] - [1 rpm]
Description: Displays the speed setpoint from the Advanced Operator Panel 30 (AOP30).

r50030[0...3] Device fan speed / Dev fan n

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8047
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [1 rpm] - [1 rpm] - [1 rpm]
Description: Displays the speed of the device fan.
Index: [0] = Fan 1 speed
[1] = Fan 2 speed
[2] = Fan 3 speed
[3] = Fan 4 speed
Dependency: Refer to: p50082, p50096
Refer to: F60167
Note: The following options are available, dependent upon the power unit used:
- No fans
- 2 DC fans
- 1 AC fan
- 2 AC fan
- 2 AC fans + 1 DC fan

r50033 Field voltage actual value / Uf act val

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the actual value of the field voltage.

r50034 Field firing angle / Field fir angle

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [°] - [°] - [°]
Description: Displays the firing angle on the field circuit.

SINAMICS DCM
382 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50035 Field current controller actual value / I_field ctr act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the actual value on the field current controller.

r50036 Field current controller setpoint / I_field ctr set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the setpoint value on the field current controller.

r50037 EMF actual value / EMF act

r50038 Armature voltage actual value / Ua act

r50039 Motor EMF setpoint / Mot EMF set

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 383
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50047[0...31] Faults additional information / Fault add info

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays more detailed information about faults which have occurred with numbers 60000 and higher.
[0] = Fault value
[1] = Additional information about the most recent fault which occurred (see corresponding fault)
...
[30] = Additional information about the most recent fault which occurred (see corresponding fault)
[31] = Fault number

p50051 Optimization run selection / Opt run sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Setting to select the optimization run for the next ON command.
Value: 0: No optimization run
23: Armature current control (for inductive loads)
24: Closed-loop field current control
25: Closed-loop armature current control
26: Closed-loop speed control and moment of inertia
27: Field weakening control
28: Friction compensation
29: Torsion optimization
30: CCP (Converter Commutation Protector)
Notice: If value = 30:
The CCP optimization run does not require a switch-on command and is directly started when selecting the value.
Note: Only a value of 0 can be set at the right-hand CUD.
A value not equal to 0 can only be set in the operating states o7.0 and o7.1 if an optimization run is presently not
active.
If value = 0:
No optimization run has been selected.
If value = 23:
Optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the armature converter (for inductive loads).
If value = 24:
Optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the field converter.
If value = 25:
Optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the armature converter.
If value = 26:
Optimization run for the speed controller and moment of inertia.
If value = 27:
Optimization run for field weakening.
If value = 28:
Optimization run for friction compensation.
If value = 29:
Optimization run for speed controllers and moment of inertia for drives that are capable of oscillation.
If value = 30:
Optimization run for CCP (Converter Commutation Protector).

SINAMICS DCM
384 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50052 Optimization run status / Opt run status

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 701 -
Description: Displays the status during the optimization run.
Value: 0: No optimization run
1: Wait for operating state 7.4
2: Check prerequisites
3: Save original interconnection
4: Interconnect optimization parameters
5: Wait for operating state 0.x or 1.5
6: Set optimized parameter values
7: Wait for operating state 8.0
8: Troubleshooting
9: Exit optimization run
101: Set field current to 100%
102: Measure field circuit resistance
103: Measure field circuit inductance
201: Wait for field decay
202: Set armature current to 100%
203: Measure armature circuit resistance
204: Measure armature circuit inductance
301: Record speed characteristic
302: Stop motor
401: Calculate nominal EMF
402: Calculate nominal speed
403: Record field characteristic 91 % field current
404: Record field characteristic 83 % field current
405: Record field characteristic 76 % field current
406: Record field characteristic 70 % field current
407: Record field characteristic 65 % field current
408: Record field characteristic 60.5 % field current
409: Record field characteristic 56.5 % field current
410: Record field characteristic 53 % field current
411: Record field characteristic 50 % field current
412: Record field characteristic 47 % field current
413: Record field characteristic 44 % field current
414: Record field characteristic 41 % field current
415: Record field characteristic 38 % field current
416: Record field characteristic 35 % field current
417: Record field characteristic 32 % field current
418: Record field characteristic 29 % field current
419: Record field characteristic 26 % field current
420: Record field characteristic 23 % field current
421: Record field characteristic 20 % field current
422: Record field characteristic 17 % field current
423: Record field characteristic 14 % field current
424: Record field characteristic 11 % field current
425: Record field characteristic 8% field current
426: Recording of field characteristic is complete
501: Wait for field to build up
502: Recording the friction characteristic - 10% rated speed
503: Recording the friction characteristic - 20% rated speed
504: Recording the friction characteristic - 30% rated speed
505: Recording the friction characteristic - 40% rated speed
506: Recording the friction characteristic - 50% rated speed
507: Recording the friction characteristic - 60% rated speed
508: Recording the friction characteristic - 70% rated speed
509: Recording the friction characteristic - 80% rated speed

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 385
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

510: Recording the friction characteristic - 90% rated speed

511: Recording the friction characteristic - 100% rated speed
701: Calculation is carried out

r50060[0...14] Software version / SW version

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the existing software versions.
Index: [0] = Complete device version external
[1] = Complete device version internal
[2] = DSAC Bootloader Version
[3] = BIOS version
[4] = Configuration EEPROM version
[5] = Base system version
[6] = DC MASTER version
[7] = TMS version
[8] = TMS image version
[9] = TMS bootloader version
[10] = TMS bootloader image version
[11] = Powerstack properties version
[12] = In-plant information
[13] = DCC version
[14] = FBLOCKS version
Note: Some of these software versions are also displayed at other parameters.
Index 0 <--> r7844[1]
Index 1 <--> r7844[0]
Index 2 <--> r0197
Index 5 <--> r0018
Index 6, 13, 14 <--> r4957[x]

r50063[0...1] CUD information / CUD info

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays information about the Control Unit DC MASTER (CUD).
Index: [0] = CUD position
[1] = CUD variant
Note: Re index 0:
Indicates the position of the Control Unit DC MASTER (CUD) in the device.
- Value = 0: CUD is installed on the left.
- Value = 1: CUD is installed on the right.
Re index 1:
Indicates the variant of the Control Unit DC MASTER (CUD).
- Value = 0: CUD is the standard version.
- Value = 1: CUD is the advanced version.

SINAMICS DCM
386 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50066 Power unit I2t monitoring derating factor K1 limit value / PU fact K1 lim val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.50 1.00 0.50
Description: Sets the limit value for derating factor K1 (thermal power reduction factor).
This limit value is necessary for devices with option L99.
If this limit value is fallen below, then an appropriate alarm is output.
Dependency: Refer to: A60082
Note: The derating factor K1 should be taken from the following reference:
SINAMICS DCM Operating Instructions - Chapter "Sensor for ambient or air intake temperature"

p50067 Load class / Load class

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 5 1
Description: Load class setting.
Dependent upon the selected load class, the device's rated direct current is reduced to a value which will vary
according to power unit and load class.
The current value of the device's rated direct current is displayed via r50072[1].
Value: 1: DC I
2: DC II
3: DC III
4: DC IV
5: US rating
Note: If the device's rated direct current is also reduced via p50076[0], the smaller of the two values will be applied.
If p50067 is set to a value > 1, you must ensure that the "dynamic overload capability of the power unit" is enabled (in
other words, a value > 0 must be set in p50075).
The device does not check for compliance with the load class set in p50067. If the power unit is able to tolerate it, the
device can run at overload for longer than is permitted by the load class.
The actual permissible overload duration for each power unit is always longer than the overload duration permitted by
the load class. The device checks for compliance with the overload duration actually permitted by the power unit.

r50068[0...95] Power unit nameplate options / PU options

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the options according to the power unit's nameplate.
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 387
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50069[0...31] Power unit serial number / PU ser no.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the serial number of the power unit.
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50070[0...31] Power unit order number / PU Order No.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the order number (MLFB) of the power unit.
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50071 Device rated line-side voltage armature / Device Ua_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms]
Description: Displays the device rated line-side voltage for the armature as indicated on the device's nameplate.

r50072[0...1] Device rated direct current armature / Device Ia rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800, 6825,
6830, 6840, 6850, 6851, 6855,
6910, 6960, 6965, 8038, 8040,
8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the device rated direct current (armature).
Index: [0] = Device rated direct current armature
[1] = Reduced rated direct current armature
Note: Re index 0:
Device rated direct current (armature) as indicated on the device's nameplate.
Re index 1:
Actual device rated direct current (armature) according to the setting in parameter p50076[0] or p50067.
Also see the note for parameter p50076[0].

SINAMICS DCM
388 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50073[0...1] Device rated direct current field / Device If_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900, 6905,
6910, 6912, 6960, 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the device rated direct current (field).
Index: [0] = Device rated direct current field
[1] = Reduced rated direct current field
Note: When using an external field device (p50084 > 20) the rated device DC field current is taken from the value set in
p51838.
Re index 0:
Device rated direct current (field) as indicated on the device's nameplate (output direct current at power connections
3C and 3D).
Re index 1:
Actual device rated direct current (field) according to the setting in parameter p50076[1].

r50074 Device rated line-side voltage field / V_rated field

p50075 Power unit I2t monitoring response / PU I2t mon resp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the response for I2t monitoring of the power unit.
Value: 0: Dynamic overload not permitted
1: Dynamic overload possible, A60039
2: Dynamic overload possible, F60139
Note: If value = 0:
Dynamic overload capability is not permissible. The armature current setpoint (r52133) is limited to p50077 *
r50072[1].
A value of 0 can only be set, if p50067 = 1.
If value = 1:
Dynamic overload capability is permissible. As long as the calculated temperature rise of the thyristors does not
exceed the permissible value, the armature current setpoint is limited to the value p50077 * r50072[1] * 180%.
If the permissible value is exceeded, the device will protect itself by reducing the current limit to p50077 * r50072[1].
Alarm A60039 is triggered at the same time.
The armature current setpoint limit will only be increased back to the value p50077 * r50072[1] * 180% and alarm
A60039 will only disappear once the calculated temperature rise of the thyristors falls back below the permissible
value and the armature current setpoint is less than the device rated current r50072[1].
If value = 2:
Dynamic overload capability is permissible. If the calculated temperature rise of the thyristors exceeds the
permissible value, the drive will be shut down with fault F60139.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 389
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50076[0...1] Device rated direct current reduction / Device I_rated red

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850, 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction of the device rated direct current for armature and field.
The device rated direct current is reduced to the value set here to better adapt the device to the motor.
Index: [0] = Armature
[1] = Field
Note: - If a load class has been set in parameter p50067 which reduces the device rated direct current, the smaller of the
two values will be applied.
- The value set in index 0 (armature) results in a hardware-based adaption of the current actual value sensing gain.
This can only be adapted in a discrete stages. As a consequence, the value set here is not precisely effective, but the
next possible value. The actually effective rated device current can be seen in parameter r50072[1].
The following applies:
r50072[1] = K * r50072[0]
K = A/255
A = p50076[0] * 255/100 (rounded to the next lower integer number)

p50077 Power unit I2t monitoring derating factor / PU I2t mon derat
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840, 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.50 1.00 1.00
Description: Sets the derating factor for I2t monitoring of the power unit.
Note: Derating is required in the following cases:
- Operation at increased ambient temperature
- Installation altitude more than 1000 m above sea level
The derating factor should be taken from the following reference:
SINAMICS DCM Operating Instructions - Chapter "Derating" and "Sensor for ambient or air intake temperature"

p50078[0...1] Supply voltage rated value / V_supp rated val

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855, 6900,
6902, 6950, 6952, 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [Vrms] 2000 [Vrms] 400 [Vrms]
Description: Sets the rated value of the supply voltage for armature and field.
This parameter should be used to set the rated voltage value of the actual line used to supply power to the power
unit.
Index: [0] = Armature
[1] = Field
Note: This value is the reference value for the following parameters:
p50351, p50352 , p50353
r52285 to r52289, r52291, r52292, r52301, r52302, r52303, r52305

SINAMICS DCM
390 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 0:
Only values less than r50071 can be set.
Re index 1:
Only values less than r50074 can be set.

p50079 Armature gating unit short pulses/long pulses / Arm sh/lg pulse
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the short pulses/long pulses on the armature gating unit.
Value = 0:
The gating unit emits short pulses (0.89 ms = approx. 16 degrees at 50 Hz).
Value = 1:
The gating unit emits long pulses (pulse duration up to approx. 0.1 ms before the next pulse) (e.g. required in the
case of field infeed from the armature terminals).
Value: 0: Short pulses
1: Long pulses

p50080 Brake control braking mode / Brake ctr mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2750
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the braking mode for brake control.
Value: 0: No brake
1: Holding brake
2: Operational brake
Dependency: Refer to: p50370, p50371
Note: If p50080 = 1 (holding brake):
If the "Enable operation" command is withdrawn or the "Disconnect voltage" or "E-stop" command is set, the "Close
brake" command will not be set until "n < n_min" is reached.
If p50080 = 2 (operational brake):
If the "Enable operation" command is withdrawn or the "Disconnect voltage" or "E-stop" command is set, the "Close
brake" command will be set immediately (in other words, even if the motor is still running).

p50081 Field weakening activation / Field weak act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the activation/de-activation of EMF-dependent field weakening.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Notice: When field weakening is active (p50081 = 1), a valid field characteristic must be available (p50117 = 1); if not, the
optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27) must be performed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 391
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50082 Field power unit operating mode / Field PU op mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910, 8044,
8047
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 24 2
Description: Sets the operating mode for the field power unit.
If p50082 = 1, 2, 3, 4, the motor flux is calculated according to the field characteristic (p50120 to p50139) as a
function of the field current actual value (r52265).
Value: 0: No field
1: Field switched with line contactor
2: Standstill field for >= o7.0
3: Field continuously active
4: Field switched with Auxiliaries ON signal
21: External field power unit, otherwise as setting 1
22: External field power unit, otherwise as setting 2
23: External field power unit, otherwise as setting 3
24: External field power unit, otherwise as setting 4
Dependency: Refer to: r50073, p50076, p50258, p50265, p50612, p51838, r52265, r52268, r52290
Notice: Although it is permissible for the parameter to be changed to values not equal to 0 in operating states o1.0, such
changes will not be applied until operating states greater than or equal to o7.0.
Note: If an external field device is used, the setpoint comes from r52268 (e.g. via an analog output or over the peer-to-peer
interface).
The rated direct current of the external field device should be set in p51838. This value is also displayed in r50073[1].
p50076[2] is redundant.
If the external field device sends a field current actual value signal, this should be fed in via p50612. If the external
field device is not able to send a field current actual value signal, p50263 should be set to a value of 1 or 2.
If the external field device sends an I_field < I_field_min signal, this can be fed in at injection point p50265.
If p50082 = 0:
- No field is used (e.g. in the case of permanent-magnet motors). The field firing pulses are disabled. The motor flux
is set to the value for 100% rated flux.
If p50082 = 1:
- Internal field power unit. The line supplies for the field and armature sections are connected or disconnected
simultaneously. The field firing pulses are enabled/disabled at the same time as the line contactor closes/opens; the
field current decays with the field time constant during freewheeling.
If p50082 = 2:
- Internal field power unit. Automatic injection of standstill field set in p50257 after expiry of a period of time set in
p50258 once operating state o7 or higher has been reached.
If p50082 = 3:
- Internal field power unit. The field is active continuously.
If p50082 = 4:
- Internal field power unit. The field is switched together with the Auxiliaries ON signal (p53210.2).
If p50082 = 21:
- External field device. The field is controlled in the same way as with p50082 = 1.
If p50082 = 22:
- External field device. The field is controlled in the same way as with p50082 = 2.
If p50082 = 23:
- External field device. The field is controlled in the same way as with p50082 = 3.
If p50082 = 24:
- External field device. The field is controlled in the same way as with p50082 = 4.

SINAMICS DCM
392 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50083[0...n] Speed controller actual value selection / n_ctr act sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 0
Description: Selection of the speed actual value.
Value: 0: Selection de-activated
1: Analog tachometer
2: Incr encoder
3: EMF actual value internal
4: Free interconnection using p50609
5: DRIVE-CLiQ encoder
Dependency: Refer to: p50115, p50609
Warning: If value = 3:
Monitoring for overspeed is only active subject to restrictions since if the EMF is used as the speed actual value with
a field current actual value which is too low, very high motor speeds will be reached.
Note: If value = 3:
The EMF actual value is evaluated with p50115.

p50084 Closed-loop speed control/Closed-loop current/torque control sel / n/I/tqe ctr sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810, 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 2 1
Description: Sets closed-loop speed control or closed-loop current/torque control.
Value: 1: Closed-loop speed control
2: Closed-loop current/torque control
Note: If value = 2:
The setpoint provided by the RFG output is set as the current/torque setpoint and the speed controller is bypassed.

p50085 Sequence control withdraw jog wait time / S ctr jog t

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 60.0 [s] 10.0 [s]
Description: Sets the wait time for sequence control once the jog command has been withdrawn.
Once the jog command has been withdrawn, the wait time does not start until n < n_min (p50370, p50371) is
reached.
Note: Once a jog command has been withdrawn, the drive will remain in operating state o1.3 for the set wait time, with the
controllers inhibited and the line contactor picked up.
If a second jog command is sent during this time, the drive will switch to the next operating state (o1.2 or lower).
However, if the time elapses without a second jog command being sent, the line contactor will drop out and the drive
will switch to operating state o7.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 393
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50086 Sequence control line voltage failure duration permissible / V_line_fail t perm
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 10.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the permissible duration of a line voltage failure.
If a line voltage failure lasts longer than this time, the corresponding fault will be triggered.
If the line voltage failure is shorter than the set time, a restart will follow automatically.
Dependency: Refer to: F60004, F60005, F60006, F60007, F60008, F60009
Caution: The value in p50090 must be smaller than that in p50086 (unless for a value = 0.0) and in p50089!

p50087 Brake control brake opening time / Br ctr t open

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2750
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-10.00 [s] 10.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the brake closing time.
When "Open brake" is sent, the firing pulse enable is delayed by this time.
Note: For a negative time setting:
With "Open brake", a delay corresponding to the set time is applied in relation to the enable for the firing pulses for
the thyristors. During this time, the motor works in opposition to the brake, which is still closed. This is useful, for
example, in the cases of suspended loads.
For a positive time setting:
When the "Switch on", "Jog" or "Creep" command is sent with operation enabled, the firing pulses for the thyristors
are not enabled until the set time has elapsed. During this time, the drive is in operating state o1.0 to give a holding
brake the opportunity to open in advance.

p50088 Brake control brake closing time / Br ctr t close

p50089 Sequence control voltage at power unit wait time / S ctr V at PU t

SINAMICS DCM
394 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Once the line contactor has dropped out and the "Switch on", "Jog" or "Creep" commands have been sent, in
operating states o4 and o5, the drive waits for voltage at the power unit and for a field current actual value (r52265) >
50% of the field current setpoint (r52268).
If, during this time, no voltage is detected at the power unit and the field current is missing, a message is output
accordingly.
Dependency: Refer to: p50353
Caution: The value in p50090 must be smaller than that in p50086 (unless p50086 = 0.0) and p50089!

Note: This parameter indicates the total wait times during which the drive must pass through operating states o4 and o5
(response threshold for monitoring for the presence of voltage at the power unit, see p50353).

p50090 Line voltage stabilization time / V_line t_stabil

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950, 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [s] 1.00 [s] 0.05 [s]
Description: Sets the line voltage stabilization time.
Caution: The value in p50090 must be smaller than that in p50086 (unless p50086 = 0.0) and p50089!

Note: When the "Switch on", "Jog" or "Creep" command is sent and also after a phase failure affecting the line infeed has
been detected with the "Automatic restart" function parameterized (p50086 > 0), the drive waits in operating state o4
for voltage at the power unit.
If amplitude, frequency and phase symmetry remain within the permissible tolerance for longer than this set
stabilization time, line voltage is assumed to be present at the power connections.

p50091[0...1] Sequence control setpoint threshold / S ctr set thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2650, 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] [0] 200.00 [%]
[1] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the thresholds for "Switch on only with low setpoint" and "Automatic pulse inhibit with low setpoint".
Index: [0] = Switch on only with low setpoint
[1] = Automatic pulse inhibit with low setpoint
Dependency: Refer to: r52166, r52193
Note: If p50091[0]:
Switching on is possible only if a setpoint |r52193| < p50091[0] is present at the RFG input.
If a higher setpoint is present, following activation, state o6 will remain set until |r52193| < p50091[0].
If p50091[1]:
If |r52193| and r52166 are smaller than p50091[1], the firing pulses will be inhibited and the motor will switch to state
o2.0.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 395
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50092[0...3] Field reversal wait times / Field rev t_wait

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6920
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 10.0 [s] [0] 3.0 [s]
[1] 0.2 [s]
[2] 0.1 [s]
[3] 3.0 [s]
Description: Sets the times to control the reversing contactor to reverse the field for a 2-quadrant device with field reversal.
Index: [0] = Field decay
[1] = Control new field contactor
[2] = Enable field firing pulses
[3] = After field build up before armature enable
Dependency: Refer to: p50580, p50581, p50583, r53195
Note: Re index 0:
Wait time for the field to decay before opening the actual field contactor.
When initiating an operation to reverse the field, after reaching I_Field (r52265) < I_Field_min (p50394), this wait time
expires before the actual field contactor is opened.
Re index 1:
Wait time before controlling the new field contactor.
After the actual field contactor has opened, this wait time expires before the field contactor is controlled for the "new"
field direction (the dropout delay time of the contactor used is generally higher than the closing delay time).
Re index 2:
Wait time before enabling the field firing pulses.
After controlling the field contactor for the "new" field direction, this wait time expires before the field firing pulses are
enabled. This time must be greater than the closing delay time of the contactor being used.
Re index 3:
Wait time after the field has been re-established before the armature is enabled.
After the field firing pulses have been enabled, the field current actual value I_field in the "new" field direction reaches
the value I_field (r52265) > I_field_set (r52268) * p50398/100%. This wait time then starts to run. After this expires,
the internal (armature) "operating enable for field reversal" is issued, and the drive is no longer held in operating state
o1.4.
After the field current has been re-established, this wait time allows the system to wait for the overshoot of the field
current actual value to end and therefore the overshoot of the EMF of the DC motor before armature operation is
enabled. This is intended to avoid armature overcurrents due to an excessively high EMF during an overshoot.

p50093 Sequence control line contactor ON delay / Line cont t_ON

SINAMICS DCM
396 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50094 Sequence control auxiliaries OFF delay / Aux t_OFF

p50095 Sequence control DC circuit contactor wait time / DC cont t_wait

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 1.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the wait time for a contactor in the DC circuit.
The time set in p50095 starts to elapse during a switch-on operation when operating state o5 is reached.
If this time is still running when operating state o4 is exited, then the system stays in state o3.2 until this time lapses.
Dependency: Refer to: p50691
Notice: If the motor is connected to the DC current output (terminal 1C1, 1D1) via a contactor, then generally, this contactor
is also controlled from the relay for the line contactor (terminals 109, 110). In this case, it must be ensured that the
firing pulses are only enabled after it is completely certain that the contactor has closed. To realize this, this additional
wait time is required when switching on.
Note: If the function "Feedback line contactor" is used, a change to 1 signal must be detected via p50691 within the time set
in p50095. Otherwise, state o3.3 is adopted until it elapses and afterwards fault F60104 is triggered with fault value 6.

p50096 Device fan run-on time / Dev fan t_run-on

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8047
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 3600.0 [s] 240.0 [s]
Description: Sets the run-on time for the device fan(s).
After a pulse inhibit (reaching an operating state >= 0.9), the device fan(s) run-on until the power unit has cooled
down and until the run-time has expired.
The power unit is considered to have been cooled down if all of the following conditions apply:
- All temperature sensors of the power unit indicate values less than 35 °C.
- The thermal model for the thyristors supplies a value of less than 5 %.
- The field current is less than 10 A.
Dependency: Refer to: r53135
Refer to: F60167

p50097 Field current response to faults / I_field resp to F

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the response of the field current to faults.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 397
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Inhibit field pulses

1: Enable field pulses
Note: If value = 0:
The field pulses are inhibited when a fault occurs.
If value = 1:
The field pulses are not inhibited when a fault occurs. However, it will not be possible to increase the field current
setpoint any further.

p50098 Sequence control contactor in DC circuit / Cont in DC cct

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651, 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting indicating whether a contactor is used in the DC circuit.
The values for the armature voltage Ua and for the EMF (r52123, r52286, r52287, r52291, r52292, r50037, r50038)
are then always set to 0% when the line contactor drops out (r53081.0 = 0). This is because in this case the motor
terminals are isolated from the output terminals 1C and 1D on the SINAMICS DC MASTER, thereby preventing the
sensing of the armature voltage Ua (and thus the EMF).
Value: 0: No contactor in DC circuit
1: Contactor in DC circuit
Dependency: Refer to: r50037, r50038, r52123, r52286, r52287, r52291, r52292

p50099 Communication monitoring delay time / Com mon t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300, 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1000.000 [s] 10.000 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for monitoring the communication interfaces.
Following the switching on of the electronic supply, the monitoring mechanisms for the communication interfaces in
the proximity of the drive (parallel interface and peer-to-peer interface) do not become active until the delay time set
here has elapsed.
Dependency: Refer to: r53300, r53310
Refer to: F60012, F60014
Note: This will prevent the interface monitoring mechanisms responding in the event of the electronic power supply to the
components being switched on at different times.

p50100[0...n] Motor rated armature current / Mot rated I_armat

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6851, 8038
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [A] 20000.0 [A] 0.0 [A]
Description: Sets the rated armature current as indicated on the motor's nameplate.
Note: If p50100 = 0.0 A, the drive cannot be switched on and put into operation.

SINAMICS DCM
398 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50101[0...n] Motor rated armature voltage / Mot rated V_armat

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [V] 2800 [V] 400 [V]
Description: Sets the rated armature voltage as indicated on the motor's nameplate.
This parameter is used, for example, to specify the trigger point in field weakening operation.
Note: If a significant voltage drop is to be expected at the motor's supply line when the motor is at rated current (e.g. very
long motor cable), a value increased by this voltage drop should be set at p50101.

p50102[0...n] Motor rated excitation current / Mot rated I_exc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [A] 600.00 [A] 0.00 [A]
Description: Sets the rated excitation current as indicated on the motor's nameplate.
Note: If p50102 = 0.00 A, the drive cannot be switched on and put into operation.

p50103[0...n] Minimum motor excitation current / Mot I_exc min

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [A] 600.00 [A] 0.00 [A]
Description: Sets the minimum excitation current for the motor.

p50104[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation speed n1 / I_lim n_dep n1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [1 rpm] 10000 [1 rpm] 5000 [1 rpm]
Description: Sets speed n1 according to the motor's nameplate for "speed-dependent current limitation".
The characteristic for "speed-dependent current limitation" is defined by 2 pairs of values (p50104/p50105,
p50106/p50107).
This parameter sets speed n1 for the first pair of values (p50104/p50105).
Dependency: Refer to: p50105, p50106, p50107, p50108, p50109
Note: The following condition applies:
p50104 <= p50106 (n1 <= n2)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 399
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50105[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation armature current I1 / I_lim n_dep I1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [A] 20000.0 [A] 0.1 [A]
Description: Sets armature current I1 according to the motor's nameplate for "speed-dependent current limitation".
The characteristic for "speed-dependent current limitation" is defined by 2 pairs of values (p50104/p50105,
p50106/p50107).
This parameter sets armature current I1 for the first pair of values (p50104/p50105).
Dependency: Refer to: p50104, p50106, p50107, p50108, p50109
Note: The following condition applies:
p50105 >= p50107 (I1 >= I2)

p50106[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation speed n2 / I_lim n_dep n2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [1 rpm] 10000 [1 rpm] 5000 [1 rpm]
Description: Sets speed n2 according to the motor's nameplate for "speed-dependent current limitation".
The characteristic for "speed-dependent current limitation" is defined by 2 pairs of values (p50104/p50105,
p50106/p50107).
This parameter sets speed n2 for the second pair of values (p50106/p50107).
Dependency: Refer to: p50104, p50105, p50107, p50108, p50109
Note: The following condition applies:
p50104 <= p50106 (n1 <= n2)

p50107[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation armature current I2 / I_lim n_dep I2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [A] 20000.0 [A] 0.1 [A]
Description: Sets armature current I2 according to the motor's nameplate for "speed-dependent current limitation".
The characteristic for "speed-dependent current limitation" is defined by 2 pairs of values (p50104/p50105,
p50106/p50107).
This parameter sets armature current I2 for the second pair of values (p50106/p50107).
Dependency: Refer to: p50104, p50105, p50106, p50108, p50109
Note: The following condition applies:
p50105 >= p50107 (I1 >= I2)

SINAMICS DCM
400 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50108[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation maximum operating speed n3 / I_lim n_dep n3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [1 rpm] 10000 [1 rpm] 5000 [1 rpm]
Description: Sets the maximum operating speed n3 for "speed-dependent current limitation".
Dependency: Refer to: p50104, p50105, p50106, p50107, p50109
Note: In this parameter, the following maximum speed must be set dependent upon the setting of the signal source for the
speed actual value (p50083):
- p50083 = 1 (analog tachometer): Speed prevailing at a tachometer voltage according to p50741
- p50083 = 2 (incremental encoder TTL/HTL): Same value as maximum speed according to p50143
- p50083 = 3 (operation without tachometer): Speed prevailing at an EMF according to p50115.

p50109[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation activation / I_lim n_dep act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the "speed-dependent current limitation" function.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated

p50110[0...n] Armature circuit resistance / Ra

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6852, 6855,
6900, 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ohm] 4000.000 [ohm] 0.000 [ohm]
Description: Sets the armature circuit resistance.
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter (p50051 = 25).

p50111[0...n] Armature circuit inductance / La

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6852, 6854,
6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [mH] 1000000.000 [mH] 0.000 [mH]
Description: Sets the armature circuit inductance.
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter (p50051 = 25).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 401
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50112[0...n] Field circuit resistance / R_field circuit

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ohm] 4000.000 [ohm] 0.000 [ohm]
Description: Sets the field circuit resistance.
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for closed-loop field current control (p50051 = 24).

p50113[0...n] Motor I2t monitoring continuous current factor / Mot I2t I_cont
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8038
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.50 2.00 1.00
Description: Sets the permissible continuous armature current for motor I2t monitoring.
Note: At this permissible continuous current, fault F60037 is not output.
The current is calculated as follows: p50113 * p50100.

p50114[0...n] Motor thermal time constant / Mot T therm

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8038
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 10000 [s] 600 [s]
Description: Sets the thermal time constant of the motor.
Note: Value = 0:
The motor's I2t monitoring is de-activated.

p50115[0...n] Speed controller EMF at maximum speed / EMF at n_max

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [%] 140.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Setting of the percentage value in relation to p50078[0] for specifying the EMF at maximum speed.
The speed is adjusted using the EMF as the speed actual value.

p50116[0...n] Field circuit inductance / L_field circuit

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [mH] 1000000.0 [mH] 0.0 [mH]
Description: Sets the field circuit inductance.
Dependency: Refer to: p51597

SINAMICS DCM
402 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the field
converter (p50051 = 24).

p50117[0...n] Field characteristic status / Field char stat

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Status of the field characteristic.
Value: 0: Field characteristic not recorded
1: Field characteristic recorded
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
If p50117 = 1, the field characteristic is valid (p50118 to p50139).

p50118[0...n] EMF rated value / EMF rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [%] 200 [%] 63 [%]
Description: Sets the EMF generated at full field (corresponding to p50102) and a speed according to p50119.
Dependency: Refer to: p50119
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only the ratio of p50118 to p50119 is decisive for field weakening control.
If p50102 is modified subsequently or the maximum speed is altered downstream, the optimization run for field
weakening has to be repeated.
If p50100, p50101 or p50110 is modified subsequently, the optimization run for field weakening does not have to be
repeated.

p50119[0...n] Rated speed / n_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the speed generated at full field (corresponding to p50102) and an EMF actual value according to p50118.
Dependency: Refer to: p50118
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only the ratio of p50118 to p50119 is decisive for field weakening control.
If p50102 is modified subsequently or the maximum speed is altered downstream, the optimization run for field
weakening has to be repeated.
If p50100, p50101 or p50110 is modified subsequently, the optimization run for field weakening does not have to be
repeated.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 403
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50120[0...n] Field current for motor flux 0 % / I_field flux 0%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 0 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values less than p50121 can be set.

p50121[0...n] Field current for motor flux 5 % / I_field flux 5%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 3.7 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 5 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50120 and less than p50122 can be set.

p50122[0...n] Field current for motor flux 10 % / I_field flux 10%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 7.3 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 10 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50121 and less than p50123 can be set.

p50123[0...n] Field current for motor flux 15 % / I_field flux 15%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 11.0 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 15 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50122 and less than p50124 can be set.

SINAMICS DCM
404 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50124[0...n] Field current for motor flux 20 % / I_field flux 20%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 14.7 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 20 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50123 and less than p50125 can be set.

p50125[0...n] Field current for motor flux 25 % / I_field flux 25%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 18.4 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 25 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50124 and less than p50126 can be set.

p50126[0...n] Field current for motor flux 30 % / I_field flux 30%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 22.0 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 30 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50125 and less than p50127 can be set.

p50127[0...n] Field current for motor flux 35 % / I_field flux 35%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 25.7 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 35 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50126 and less than p50128 can be set.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 405
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50128[0...n] Field current for motor flux 40 % / I_field flux 40%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 29.4 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 40 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50127 and less than p50129 can be set.

p50129[0...n] Field current for motor flux 45 % / I_field flux 45%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 33.1 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 45 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50128 and less than p50130 can be set.

p50130[0...n] Field current for motor flux 50 % / I_field flux 50%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 36.8 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 50 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50129 and less than p50131 can be set.

p50131[0...n] Field current for motor flux 55 % / I_field flux 55%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 40.6 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 55 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50130 and less than p50132 can be set.

SINAMICS DCM
406 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50132[0...n] Field current for motor flux 60 % / I_field flux 60%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 44.6 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 60 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50131 and less than p50133 can be set.

p50133[0...n] Field current for motor flux 65 % / I_field flux 65%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 48.9 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 65 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50132 and less than p50134 can be set.

p50134[0...n] Field current for motor flux 70 % / I_field flux 70%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 53.6 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 70 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50133 and less than p50135 can be set.

p50135[0...n] Field current for motor flux 75 % / I_field flux 75%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 58.9 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 75 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50134 and less than p50136 can be set.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 407
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50136[0...n] Field current for motor flux 80 % / I_field flux 80%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 64.9 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 80 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50135 and less than p50137 can be set.

p50137[0...n] Field current for motor flux 85 % / I_field flux 85%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 71.8 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 85 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50136 and less than p50138 can be set.

p50138[0...n] Field current for motor flux 90 % / I_field flux 90%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 79.8 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 90 %.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50137 and less than p50139 can be set.

p50139[0...n] Field current for motor flux 95% / I_field flux 95%
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 89.1 [%]
Description: Setting of the field current for a motor flux of 95%.
Note: This parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).
Only values greater than p50138 can be set.

SINAMICS DCM
408 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50140 Motor I2t monitoring starting behavior / Mot I2t strt behav
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8038
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 12 12
Description: Sets the starting behavior for I2t monitoring of the motor.
Value: 2: Start I2t with zero
12: Start I2t with saved value
Note: If value = 12:
For motor I2t monitoring, when switching off, the model temperature is saved in a non-volatile fashion. When
switching on, the saved value is taken into account in the model calculation. As a consequence, the UL508C
specification is fulfilled.

p50148[0...n] Armature converter Alpha W limit (single-phase operation) / A Alpha W lim 1-ph
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
120.0 [°] 180.0 [°] 178.0 [°]
Description: Sets the inverter stability limit for the firing angle of the armature converter in single-phase operation.
Dependency: Refer to: r53190
Note: The status of the Alpha W limit is shown in r53190.8.

p50149[0...n] Armature converter correction angle Alpha W limit / Arm corr Alpha W
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-60.0 [°] 0.0 [°] 0.0 [°]
Description: Setting of the correction angle for current-dependent offset of the Alpha W limit.

p50150[0...n] Armature converter Alpha G limit / Arm Alpha G lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°] 165.0 [°] 30.0 [°]
Description: Sets the rectifier stability limit for the firing angle of the armature converter.
Dependency: Refer to: r53190
Note: The status of the Alpha G limit is shown in r53190.7.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 409
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50151[0...n] Armature converter Alpha W limit / Arm Alpha W lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
120.0 [°] 165.0 [°] 150.0 [°]
Description: Sets the inverter stability limit for the firing angle of the armature converter.
Dependency: Refer to: r53190
Note: The status of the Alpha W limit is shown in r53190.8.

p50152[0...n] Armature average number of line periods / Arm line per no.
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 20 20
Description: Setting of the number of line periods for line frequency correction in the armature circuit.
Note: The internal line synchronization for the armature firing pulses derived from the power terminals (line infeed) is
averaged over the number of line periods set in this parameter.
In the case of operation on "weak" power supplies with unstable frequencies (on a diesel-driven generator, for
example (isolated operation), this parameter must be set lower than for operation on "constant V/Hz" systems to
achieve a higher frequency correction speed.

p50153[0...n] Control word for armature pre-control / A prec STW

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the control word for armature pre-control.
Value: 0: Armature pre-control disabled and pre-control = 165 °
1: Armature pre-control active
2: Armature pre-control active EMF only with torque direction chge
3: Armature pre-control active EMF irrelevant
Note: If value = 3:
For pre-control, in this case the EMF is applied with a value of 0 (recommended setting in the case of supplying high
inductances from armature terminals, e.g. solenoids, field supply).

p50154[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control integral comp activation / Ia ctr I comp act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the integral component on the armature current controller.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated

SINAMICS DCM
410 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If value = 0:
The integral component of the armature current controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the armature current
controller functions solely as a proportional controller).

p50155[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control P gain / Ia ctr Kp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 200.00 0.10
Description: Sets the P gain of the armature current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50175
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter (p50051 = 25).
The P gain (Kp) for the armature current controller is calculated as follows:
Kp = p50155 x |p50175|

p50156[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control integral time / Ia ctr Tn

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.001 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.200 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time of the armature current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50176
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter (p50051 = 25).
The integral time (Tn) for the armature current controller is calculated as follows:
Tn = p50156 x |p50176|

p50157[0...n] Current limitation setpoint integrator selection / I_set integ sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Selection of the current setpoint integrator.
Value: 0: Reduced gearbox stressing
1: Current setpoint integrator
Note: If value = 0:
The integrator is only effective after a change in torque direction (only functions as a ramp-function generator for the
current setpoint until the first time the output reaches the setpoint at the integrator input after a change in torque
direction).
If value = 1:
The integrator is always effective (functions as a ramp-function generator for the current setpoint).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 411
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50158[0...n] Current limitation setpoint integrator ramp-up time / Set integ t_r-up
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the setpoint integrator during current limitation.
Duration of a ramp-up in the event of a setpoint jump from 0 to 100% of parameter r50072[1].
Notice: When setting a ramp-up time > 0.000 s, it is not permissible to enter a supplementary current setpoint via p50601[5].
p50601[5] must be set = 0.
Possible effect if this is not observed:
Torque direction change will not be able to be completed. The drive remains in one torque direction.

p50159[0...n] Auto-reversing stage changeover threshold / Auto-rev thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.01 [%]
Description: Sets the changeover threshold for the torque direction in the auto-reversing stage.

p50160[0...n] Auto-reversing stage additional torque-free interval / Auto-rev interval

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 2.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the additional torque-free interval when switching over the torque direction in the auto-reversing stage.

p50161[0...n] Auto-reversing stage Alpha W pulses second pulse inhibited / Auto-rev Alpha W1
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 50000 0
Description: Sets the additional Alpha W pulses with inhibited second pulse in the auto-reversing stage.
Recommendation: This parameter should be set to values > 0 in particular when supplying high inductances (e.g. infeed of solenoids).
Dependency: Refer to: p50179
Note: Number of additional Alpha W pulses with disabled second pulse following detection of I = 0 signal prior to a change
in torque direction.
These pulses cause the current to decay prior to a change in torque direction.
When it drops below the thyristor holding current value, the current is suddenly chopped by the unfired second
thyristor and the residual energy stored in the load inductance must be dissipated via a protective circuit (e.g. a
varistor) to prevent the load inductance from producing an overvoltage.

SINAMICS DCM
412 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50162[0...n] EMF selection / EMF sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6852
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 1
Description: Sets the calculation method for the EMF in armature pre-control.
Value: 1: Measured EMF
2: EMF with Ua from p50193
3: EMF with EMF from p50193
4: EMF with EMF from r52167
Note: If p50162 = 1:
The EMF derived from the measured armature voltage (r52123) is used.
If p50162 = 2:
The EMF for armature current pre-control is calculated from the armature voltage selected with p50193 (the resistive
+ inductive armature voltage drop is subtracted internally).
If p50162 = 3:
The parameter selected with p50193 is used as the EMF for armature current pre-control. This setting also allows a
closed-loop DC link voltage control to be implemented.
If p50162 = 4:
The EMF for the armature precontrol (12-pulse in parallel) is calculated as follows:
r52290 * (r52167/p50119) * p50118

p50163[0...n] EMF smoothing selection / EMF smoothing sel

p50164[0...n] Closed-loop armature current ctr proportional comp activation / Ia ctr Kp act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the proportional component for armature current control.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 413
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If value = 0:
The proportional component of the armature current controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the armature current
controller functions solely as an integral controller).

p50165[0...n] BI: Signal source for change in torque direction enable / Torq dir en sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 53190.0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable a torque direction in the event of a change in torque direction.
1 signal:
Enable available for M0 or MI.
0 signal:
Enable available for M0 or MII.

p50166 Thyristor blocking voltage calculation activation / Thy_block_calc act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate the calculation of the thyristor blocking voltage.
Value: 0: De-activating
1: Activating
Note: The calculation of the thyristor blocking voltage can only be activated if the hardware (Power Interface Module)
supports this function.
This parameter is only evaluated once while powering up, i.e. a change only becomes effective after a new start or
after powering up with saved parameters (p0976 = 11).

p50169[0...n] Torque limiting selection torque limiting/current limitation / T lim sel T/I_lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting to select torque limiting or current limitation.
Value: 0: Current lim
1: Torque limiting
Dependency: If p50169 = 1 or p50170 = 1:
A valid field characteristic (p50117 = 1) is required, otherwise fault F60055 will be output on power-up. If this setting
is selected, the optimization run for field weakening must be performed in advance (p50051 = 27).
Parameter p50263 defines the input variable for determining the motor flux.
If p50169 = 1 and p50170 = 1:
This is an invalid setting.
If p50170 = 1, it will not be possible to set p50169 = 1.
Refer to: p50051, p50117, p50263

SINAMICS DCM
414 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If p50169 = 0:
Current limitation.
If p50169 = 1:
Torque limiting; in other words, the pre-set torque limit is converted into a current limit:
current limit = torque limit/motor flux

p50170[0...n] Selection of control type for closed-loop current/torque control / Ctrl type I/tq sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the controller's control type (closed-loop current control or closed-loop torque control).
p50170 = 0:
The controller is current-controlled.
p50170 = 1:
The controller is torque-controlled; in other words, the torque setpoint is converted into a current setpoint (current
setpoint = torque setpoint/motor flux).
Value: 0: Cl-loop I_ctrl
1: Closed-loop torque control
Dependency: If p50169 or p50170 is set to a value of 1, there must be a valid field characteristic (p50117 = 1); otherwise fault
F60055 will be output on power-up. If this setting is selected, the optimization run for field weakening must be
performed in advance (p50051 = 27).
Parameter p50263 defines the input variable for determining the motor flux.
If p50169 = 1 and p50170 = 1:
This is an invalid setting. If p50169 = 1, it will not be possible to set p50170 = 1.
Refer to: p50051, p50117, p50173, p50263
Note: The following parameters are used to change over between current control and torque control:
- Signal source via connector input p50173
or
- Fixed set value in p50170

p50171[0...n] Current limitation armature current limit torque dir I factor / Ia lim t d I fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825, 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 300.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the armature current limit in torque direction I.

p50172[0...n] Current limitation armature current limit torque dir II factor / Ia lim t d II fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825, 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.0 [%] 0.0 [%] -100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the armature current limit in torque direction II.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 415
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50173[0...n] BI: Signal source for closed-loop current/torque control ctr type / Ctr I/tq ctr sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changeover between closed-loop current control and closed-loop torque control.
p50170 = 0 and p50173 = 0 signal:
The controller is current-controlled.
p50170 = 1 or p50173 = 1 signal:
The controller is torque-controlled; in other words, the torque setpoint is converted into a current setpoint (current
setpoint = torque setpoint/motor flux).
Dependency: If p50169 or p50170 is set to a value of 1, there must be a valid field characteristic (p50117 = 1); otherwise fault
F60055 will be output on power-up. If this setting is selected, the optimization run for field weakening must be
performed in advance (p50051 = 27).
Parameter p50263 defines the input variable for determining the motor flux.
Refer to: p50170
Note: The following parameters are used to change over between current control and torque control:
- Signal source via connector input p50173
or
- Fixed set value in p50170

p50174 Torque limiting for OFF1 & OFF3 / T_lim OFF1 & OFF3
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Value = 0 --> torque limiting is not bypassed for OFF1 & OFF3
Value = 1 --> torque limiting bypass active for OFF1 & OFF3
Factory setting = 1 (for compatibility reasons)
Value: 0: Torque limiting for OFF1 & OFF3 active
1: Torque limiting for OFF1 & OFF3 not active
Dependency: Refer to: r52133, r52147

p50175[0...n] CI: Signal source for closed-loop armature current control P gain / Ia ctr Kp sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for variable control of the armature current controller's P gain.
Dependency: Refer to: p50155
Note: The P gain (Kp) for the armature current controller is calculated as follows:
Kp = p50155 x |p50175|

SINAMICS DCM
416 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50176[0...n] CI: Signal source for closed-loop armature current ctr integr time / Ia ctr Tn sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for variable control of the armature current controller's integral time.
Note: The integral time (Tn) for the armature current controller is calculated as follows:
Tn = p50156 x |p50176|

p50177[0...n] BI: Signal source for the "No immediate pulse inhibit" command / No pulse inh sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the "No immediate pulse inhibit" command.
A low signal will cause the armature firing pulses to be inhibited immediately without waiting for the I = 0 signal or
sending Alpha W pulses for current decay. The additional Alpha W pulses (as set in p50161 and p50179) are not
output either. As long as this command is pending, it will not be possible to switch to an operating state lower than
o1.6.
Note: This command can be used, for example, if the drive is being used to supply a field rather than a motor and the
current is to be reduced via an external built-on field discharge resistor connected in parallel.

p50178[0...n] BI: Sig source for the "Fire all thyristors simultaneously" command / All thy fire sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Fire all thyristors simultaneously" command.
The default setting of this command (high signal) causes all 6 thyristors on thyristor bridge I to be fired continuously
and simultaneously. Changeover to long pulses is automatic.
Note: However, this command is only active if no line voltage is applied to the armature power unit.

p50179[0...n] Auto-reversing stage Alpha W pluses second pulse enabled / Auto-rev Alpha W2
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 50000 0
Description: Sets the additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulse in the auto-reversing stage.
Recommendation: This parameter should be set to values > 0 in particular when supplying high inductances (e.g. infeed of solenoids).
Note: Number of additional Alpha W pulses with enabled second pulse following detection of I = 0 signal prior to a change
in torque direction.
These pulses cause the current to decay before a change in torque direction; the thyristors are fired in pairs to
prevent sudden chopping and the generation of overvoltage by the load inductance when the current drops below the
thyristor holding current.
When a change in torque direction is required, the current in the existing direction must be reduced.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 417
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50180[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 1 positive / T lim 1 pos

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 300.00 [%]
Description: Sets positive torque limit 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50182
Note: If torque limit changeover is selected (p50694 = 1) and the speed is higher than the set changeover speed (p50184),
then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.

p50181[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 1 negative / T lim 1 neg

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] -300.00 [%]
Description: Sets negative torque limit 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50183
Note: If torque limit changeover is selected (p50694 = 1) and the speed is higher than the set changeover speed (p50184),
then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.

p50182[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 2 positive / T lim 2 pos

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 300.00 [%]
Description: Sets positive torque limit 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50180
Note: If torque limit changeover is selected (p50694 = 1) and the speed is higher than the set changeover speed (p50184),
then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.

p50183[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 2 negative / T lim 2 neg

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] -300.00 [%]
Description: Sets negative torque limit 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50181
Note: If torque limit changeover is selected (p50694 = 1) and the speed is higher than the set changeover speed (p50184),
then torque limit 2 is activated in place of torque limit 1.

SINAMICS DCM
418 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50184[0...n] Torque limiting changeover speed / T lim n_chng

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 120.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the changeover speed for torque limit selection.
Dependency: Refer to: r52166
Note: If torque limit changeover is selected (p50694 = 1) and the speed (p52166) is higher than the changeover speed set
in p50184, then torque limit 2 (p50182, p50183) is activated in place of torque limit 1 (p50180, p50181).

p50190[0...n] Cl-loop arm current ctr prectr setpoint smoothing time constant / Ia prec set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the armature current setpoints at the armature current pre-control input for
closed-loop armature current control.
Note: The smoothing time constant is used to decouple armature current pre-control from the armature current controller.

p50191[0...n] Cl-loop arm current ctr curr controller setp sm time constant / Ia ctr set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the armature setpoint for closed-loop armature current control.
Note: The smoothing time constant is used to decouple armature current pre-control from the armature current controller.

p50192[0...n] Armature Alpha W limit control word / A Alpha W lim STW

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the control word for the Alpha W limit on the armature.
Value: 0: Alpha W limit = 165 ° with pulsating armature current
1: Alpha W limit = p50151
Note: If value = 0:
Continuous current: Alpha W limit = parameter p50151
Pulsating current: Alpha W limit = 165 °
If value = 1:
Alpha W limit = parameter p50151

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 419
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50193 CI: EMF/Ua external signal source / EMF/Ua ext sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6852
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52287[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for EMF actual value or armature voltage actual value for armature current pre-control.
If p50162[D] = 2: Armature voltage actual value
If p50162[D] = 3: EMF actual value

p50200[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time constant / n_ctr n_act T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for smoothing the speed actual value on the speed controller.

p50201[0...n] Band-stop 1 resonant frequency / Band-st 1 f_n

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [Hz] 140 [Hz] 1 [Hz]
Description: Sets the resonant frequency for band-stop 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50202, p50628, r52177

p50202[0...n] Band-stop 1 quality / Band-st 1 quality

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the quality for band-stop 1.
Value: 0: Quality = 0.5
1: Quality = 1
2: Quality = 2
3: Quality = 3
Dependency: Refer to: p50201, p50628, r52177

p50203[0...n] Band-stop 2 resonant frequency / Band-st 2 f_n

SINAMICS DCM
420 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50204, p50629, r52178

p50204[0...n] Band-stop 2 quality / Band-st 2 quality

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the quality for band-stop 2.
Value: 0: Quality = 0.5
1: Quality = 1
2: Quality = 2
3: Quality = 3
Dependency: Refer to: p50203, p50629, r52178

p50205[0...n] Derivative-action element derivative-action time / D-act el t_d-act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the derivative-action time for the derivative-action element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50206, p50627, r52168, r52169

p50206[0...n] Derivative-action element smoothing time / Der-act el t_DAE

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 100 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the derivative-action element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50205, p50627, r52168, r52169

p50207 CI: Lead/lag element signal source / Lead/lag elem S_s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52179[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the lead/lag element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50208, p50209, r52156

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 421
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50208[0...n] Lead/lag element rate time / Lead/lag t_rate

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 [ms] 10000 [ms] 2 [ms]
Description: Sets the rate time for the lead/lag element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50207, p50209, r52156

p50209[0...n] Lead/lag element filter time / Lead/lag t_filter

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 [ms] 10000 [ms] 2 [ms]
Description: Sets the filter time for the lead/lag element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50207, p50208, r52156

r50217 Speed controller droop effective / n_ctr droop eff

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective droop on the speed controller.
Notice: The effective droop is displayed as absolute factor without any dimensions and it is especially important to note that
it is not a percentage.
Example:
r50217 = 0.05 --> corresponds to an effective droop of 5 %.

r50218 Speed controller integral time effective / n_ctr Tn eff

r50219 CO: Speed controller P-gain effective / n_ctr Kp eff

SINAMICS DCM
422 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50220[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P speed setpoint threshold / PI/P n_set thresh
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the speed setpoint to changeover between PI and P control,
so that overshoot-free stopping of the drive with setpoint = 0 is possible with the controllers enabled.
Dependency: Refer to: p50221, p50222, p50698, r52166

p50221[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P hysteresis / PI/P hyst

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 2.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis to changeover over between PI and P control,
so that overshoot-free stopping of the drive with setpoint = 0 is possible with the controllers enabled.
Dependency: Refer to: p50222, p50698, r52166

p50222[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P speed actual value threshold / PI/P n_act thresh
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 10.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the speed actual value to changeover between PI and P control,
so that overshoot-free stopping of the drive with setpoint = 0 is possible with the controllers enabled.
Dependency: Refer to: p50221, p50698, r52166

p50223[0...n] Speed controller pre-control enable / n_ctr prec ena

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the enable signal for pre-control of the speed controller.
Value: 0: No enable
1: Enable
Note: Dependent upon the setting, the following values are added to the output of the speed controller as a torque setpoint:
Value = 0: No enable (0%)
Value = 1: Enable (r52171)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 423
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50224[0...n] Speed controller integral component configuration / n_ctr I comp conf

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the response of the integral component on the speed controller.
Value: 0: Integral component off (absolute P controller)
1: Stop integral component from defined tqe/I limit
2: Stop integral component from defined tqe limit
3: Stop integral component at +/- 200%

p50225[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp y coordinate 2 / Adapt Kp y2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 2000.00 3.00
Description: Sets the y coordinate for pair of values 2 for adaptation of the P gain (Kp).
Note: The value is set automatically during the optimization run for the speed controller (p50051 = 26).
The adaptation of the P gain (Kp) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50556/p50550 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50559/p50225 (x/y coordinate)

p50226[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn y coordinate 2 / Adapt Tn y2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.010 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.650 [s]
Description: Sets the y coordinate for pair of values 2 for adaptation of the integral time (Tn).
Note: The value is set automatically during the optimization run for the speed controller (p50051 = 26).
The adaptation of the integral time (Tn) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50557/p50551 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50560/p50226 (x/y coordinate)

p50227[0...3] Speed controller adaptation droop y coordinate 2 / Adapt droop y2

SINAMICS DCM
424 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: - For the droop, generally values up to 10 % are practical (p50227 = 0.000 ... 0.100). Under certain circumstances,
higher values can result in an unstable response of the speed controller.
- The droop is entered as absolute factor without any dimensions and it is especially important to note that it is not a
percentage.
Example:
Set droop = 5 % --> p50227 = 0.05
Note: The adaptation of the droop is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50558/p50552 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50561/p50227 (x/y coordinate)

p50228[0...n] Speed controller speed setpoint smoothing time constant / n_ctr n_set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for smoothing the speed setpoint on the speed controller.
Recommendation: If the ramp-function generator is being used, setting lower values may be sensible.
Note: The value is set automatically during the optimization run for the speed controller to the same value as the integral
time (Tn) (p50051 = 26).

p50229[0...n] Mast/Sl drive ctr speed controller tracking I component / M/S drve ctr track
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting for the control of the integral component tracking on the speed controller.
Value: 0: Tracking ON
1: Tracking OFF
Dependency: Refer to: p50084, p50687
Note: p50229 = 0:
Tracking of the integral component on the speed controller activated. The speed actual value is used as speed
setpoint and the integral component of the speed controller is tracked so that r52148 = r52140 results.
p50229 = 1:
Tracking of the integral component on the speed controller de-activated.

p50230[0...n] Set speed controller integral component duration / Set I_comp dur
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the duration for setting the integral component on the speed controller.
Following a positive edge on binector input p50695, the integral component of the speed controller is set to the value
of the signal source set at connector input p50631.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 425
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

If p50230 = 0:
The integral component of the speed controller is set to the instantaneous value of the signal present at connector
input p50631.
If p50230 > 0:
The integral component of the speed controller is tracked continuously during the time set to the value of the signal
present at connector input p50631.

p50234[0...n] Speed controller proportional component enable / n_ctr P_comp ena

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting for enabling the proportional component for the speed controller.
Value: 0: Without proportional component
1: With proportional component

p50236 Speed controller optimization speed controller dynamic response / n_ctr_opt dyn
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 100 [%] 75 [%]
Description: Sets the dynamic response of the speed control circuit as the default for the speed controller optimization run.
Recommendation: On drives with gear backlash, for example, optimization should be started commencing with low dynamic response
values at and above 10%.
On drives with maximum requirements in terms of synchronous operation and dynamic response, values of up to 100
% can be selected.
Note: If this value is changed, the optimization run for the speed controller will have to be performed again before the new
value is applied.

p50237[0...n] Speed controller reference model natural frequency / n_ctrl ref_m fn

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6812
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [Hz] 150.0 [Hz] 0.0 [Hz]
Description: Sets the natural frequency of a PT2 element for the reference model of the speed controller.
Recommendation: The reference model is correctly set when the characteristics of r52154 (reference model output) and r52167 (actual
speed value) are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled.
Dependency: In conjunction with p50238 and p50239, the characteristics (in time) of the P-controlled speed control loop can be
emulated.
Refer to: p50238, p50239

SINAMICS DCM
426 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50238[0...n] Speed controller reference model damping / n_ctrl ref_m d

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6812
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 5.000 1.000
Description: Sets the damping of a PT2 element for the reference model of the speed controller.
Recommendation: The reference model is correctly set when the characteristics of r52154 (reference model output) and r52167 (actual
speed value) are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled.
Dependency: In conjunction with p50237 and p50239, the characteristics (in time) of the P-controlled speed control loop can be
emulated.
Refer to: p50237, p50239

p50239[0...n] Speed controller reference model dead time / n_ctr ref_m t_dead
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6812
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 2.00 0.00
Description: Sets the "fractional" dead time for the reference model of the speed controller.
This parameter emulates the computing dead time of the proportionally controlled speed control loop.
The multiplier set refers to the speed controller clock cycle.
Recommendation: The reference model is correctly set when the characteristics of r52154 (reference model output) and r52167 (actual
speed value) are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled.
Dependency: In conjunction with p50237 and p50238, the characteristics (in time) of the P-controlled speed control loop can be
emulated.
Refer to: p50237, p50238

p50240[0...n] Speed controller reference model activation / n_ctrl ref_m act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the influence of the reference model for the speed controller.
Value: 0: Reference model not effective
1: Reference model effective
Dependency: Refer to: p50241

p50241 CI: Speed controller reference model signal source / n_ctrl ref_m sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52155[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the input signal of the reference model for the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50240

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 427
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50250[0...n] Field converter Alpha G limit / Field Alpha G lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°] 180 [°] 0 [°]
Description: Sets the rectifier stability limit for the firing angle of the field converter.
Dependency: Refer to: r53191
Note: The status of the Alpha G limit is shown in r53191.1.

p50251[0...n] Field converter Alpha W limit / Field Alpha W lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°] 180 [°] 180 [°]
Description: Sets the inverter stability limit for the firing angle of the field converter.
Dependency: Refer to: r53191
Note: The status of the Alpha W limit is shown in r53191.0.

p50252[0...n] Field average number of line periods / Field line per no.
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 20 20
Description: Setting of the number of line periods for line frequency correction in the field circuit.
Note: The internal line synchronization for the field firing pulses derived from the power terminals (line infeed) is averaged
over the number of line periods set in this parameter.
In the case of operation on "weak" power supplies with unstable frequencies (on a diesel-driven generator, for
example (isolated operation), this parameter must be set lower than for operation on "constant V/Hz" systems to
achieve a higher frequency correction speed.

p50253[0...n] Field pre-control activation / Field prec act

SINAMICS DCM
428 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50254[0...n] Field current controller integral component activation / I_field_ctr I comp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the integral component on the field current controller.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50255, p50256
Note: If value = 0:
The integral component of the field current controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the field current controller
functions solely as a proportional controller).

p50255[0...n] Field current controller P gain / I_field ctr Kp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 100.00 5.00
Description: Sets the P gain of the field current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50256
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for closed-loop field current control (p50051 = 24).

p50256[0...n] Field current controller integral time / I_field ctr Tn

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.001 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.200 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time of the field current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50255
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for closed-loop field current control (p50051 = 24).

p50257[0...n] Closed-loop field current control standstill field / If_ctr stst_field

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the standstill field for closed-loop field current control.
Dependency: Refer to: p50692
Note: The field current is reduced to this value when the "Automatic field current reduction" function is parameterized
(p50082 = 2) or in the case of signal-driven selection of the ""Standstill excitation" function (p50692).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 429
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50258[0...n] Cl-loop field current control field current reduction delay time / If_ctr I_red t_del
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 60.0 [s] 10.0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for automatic field current reduction.

p50260[0...n] Field current pre-control setpoint smoothing time constant / Field_prec set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint for field current pre-control.
Dependency: Refer to: p50261
Note: This smoothing enables field-current pre-control to be decoupled from the field current controller.

p50261[0...n] Field current controller setpoint smoothing time constant / I_field_ctr set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint for the field current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50260
Note: This smoothing enables field-current pre-control to be decoupled from the field current controller.

p50263[0...n] Selection of motor flux input variable / Mot fl input sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Selection of the input variable for determining the motor flux.
Value: 0: Field current controller actual value (r52265)
1: EMF pre-control output (r52293 or r52268)
2: Field current controller setpoint (r52268)
Note: If value = 0:
This setting is recommended for a fully compensated DC motor.
If value = 1:
This setting is recommended for an uncompensated DC motor. The EMF controller must be active for this setting (the
EMF controller compensates the armature reaction).
If value = 2:
This setting is recommended for a fully compensated DC motor.

SINAMICS DCM
430 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Advantage compared with value = 0:

Values derived from the setpoint are generally steadier than those derived from the actual value.
Disadvantage compared with value = 0:
The actual value can deviate from the setpoint dramatically, thereby distorting the motor flux calculation.

p50264[0...n] Field current controller proportional component activation / I_field_ctr P comp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the proportional component on the field current controller.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50255, p50256
Note: If value = 0:
The proportional component of the field current controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the field current controller
functions solely as an integral controller).

p50265[0...n] BI: Signal source for field current monitoring / I_field mon sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external monitoring of the field current.
The delay time in p50397 is started after a 1/0 signal and a corresponding fault is triggered once it has elapsed.
Dependency: Refer to: p50397
Refer to: F60005

p50266[0...n] CI: Field current controller Tn factor signal source / If_ctrTnFact sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for a factor of the integral time Tn for the field current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50256

p50267[0...n] CI: Field current controller Kp factor signal source / If_ctrKpFact sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for a factor of the proportional gain Kp for the field current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50255

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 431
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50269 Freeze field current setpoint operating mode / If freeze op_mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 2
Description: Sets the operating mode for the "Freeze field current setpoint" function.
Value: 0: Never freeze
1: Freeze for tachometer breakage
2: Freeze for every fault
Notice: For settings 0 and 1, when a fault message occurs, the EMF control remains active.
Even if the speed sensing is faulted or if the contactor on the DC side is open.
In these cases, the EMF controller cannot prevent overvoltages occurring at the motor.
As a consequence, measures must be ensured on the system side that ensure that the motor is not damaged by
overvoltages.

p50272 Field current reduction activation / I_field_red act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of automatic field current reduction if the EMF is too high for braking operation.
Value: 0: Fault
1: Alarm and field reduction
Dependency: Refer to: F60043, A60143
Note: If value = 0:
If the EMF is too high for braking operation, a message is output accordingly.

p50273[0...n] EMF controller pre-control activation / EMF ctr prec act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation for EMF controller pre-control.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Note: If value = 0:
The EMF controller's pre-control output is set to 100% (corresponding to the rated excitation current of the motor
(p50102)).

p50274[0...n] EMF controller integral component activation / EMF ctr I comp act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the integral component on the EMF controller.

SINAMICS DCM
432 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50284
Note: If value = 0:
The integral component of the EMF controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the EMF controller functions solely as a
proportional controller).

p50275[0...n] EMF controller P gain / EMF ctr Kp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 100.00 0.60
Description: Sets the P gain of the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50276
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).

p50276[0...n] EMF controller integral time / EMF ctr Tn

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.010 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.200 [s]
Description: Sets the integral time of the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50275
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the optimization run for field weakening (p50051 = 27).

p50277[0...n] EMF controller droop / EMF ctr droop

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 10.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the value for the EMF controller's droop feedback.
Note: If value = 0:
Droop feedback is de-activated.

p50280[0...n] EMF controller pre-control setpoint smoothing time constant / EMF prec set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint for EMF controller pre-control.
Dependency: Refer to: p50283
Note: This smoothing enables the EMF controller pre-control to be decoupled from the EMF controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 433
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50281[0...n] EMF controller setpoint smoothing time constant / EMF ctr set T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the EMF controller's setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p50282
Note: This smoothing enables the EMF controller pre-control to be decoupled from the EMF controller.

p50282[0...n] EMF controller actual value smoothing time constant / EMF ctr act T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the EMF controller's actual value.
Dependency: Refer to: p50281
Note: This smoothing enables the EMF controller pre-control to be decoupled from the EMF controller.

p50283[0...n] EMF controller pre-control actual value smoothing time constant / EMF prec act T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the actual value for EMF controller pre-control.
Dependency: Refer to: p50280
Note: This smoothing enables the EMF controller pre-control to be decoupled from the EMF controller.

p50284[0...n] EMF controller proportional component activation / EMF ctr P comp act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets activation/de-activation of the proportional component on the EMF controller.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50275, p50276
Note: If value = 0:
The proportional component of the EMF controller is kept constantly at zero (i.e. the EMF controller functions solely
as an integral controller).

SINAMICS DCM
434 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50285[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage smoothing time / EMF set line t_sm
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 10.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the smoothing time for the line voltage for the EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50286, p50287, p50288, p50289, r52294

p50286[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage upper limit / EMF set line upper
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
100.0 [%] 150.0 [%] 110.0 [%]
Description: Sets the upper limit for the line voltage for EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50287, p50288, p50289, r52294

p50287[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage lower limit / EMF set line lower
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the lower limit for the line voltage for the EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50286, p50288, p50289, r52294

p50288[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction evaluation factor / EMF set eval_fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the evaluation factor for the EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50286, p50287, p50289, r52294

p50289[0...n] BI: EMF setpoint reduction activation signal source / EMF set act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate the EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50285, p50286, p50287, p50288, r52294

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 435
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50295[0...n] Transition rounding operating mode / RFG rounding mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the response to setpoint inversion on the ramp-function generator.
Value: 0: Hard setpoint change
1: Soft setpoint change
Note: If p50295 = 0:
In the event of setpoint inversion during ramping up, ramp-up is aborted and ramp-down initial rounding commences
immediately, and vice versa. As the setpoint is not increased (decreased) any further, the signal at the ramp-function
generator output has a breakpoint (in other words, there is a step change in the acceleration rate).
If p50295 = 1:
In the event of setpoint inversion during ramping up, ramp-up is slowly switched over to ramp-down, and vice versa.
The setpoint increases/decreases further. There is no breakpoint in the signal at the ramp-function generator output
(in other words, there is no step change in the acceleration rate).

p50296[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) ramp-down time / RFG OFF3 t_ramp-dn
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for quick stop (OFF3) on the ramp-function generator.
When the "Quick stop" command is sent, the drive is decelerated to zero speed at the current limit.
However, if this is not permissible or desirable for mechanical reasons, a value > 0 must be set in this parameter. The
drive will then decelerate along the down ramp set here.

p50297[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) initial rounding / RFG OFF3 init rndg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding for quick stop (OFF3) on the ramp-function generator.

p50298[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) final rounding / RFG OFF3 fin rndg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding for quick stop (OFF3) on the ramp-function generator.

SINAMICS DCM
436 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50300[0...n] RFG positive setpoint limit after ramp-function generator / RFG pos after RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets positive setpoint limiting after the ramp-function generator.

p50301[0...n] RFG negative setpoint limit after ramp-function generator / RFG neg after RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%]
Description: Sets negative setpoint limiting after the ramp-function generator.

p50302[0...n] RFG ramp-up integrator operating mode / RFG integ op mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for the ramp-up integrator.
The ramp-up integrator controls the changing over of the ramp-function generator parameter sets as appropriate for
the set operating mode once the setpoint has been reached for the first time.
Value: 0: RFG normal operation
1: Operating mode 1
2: Operating mode 2
3: Operating mode 3
Note: If p50302 = 0:
- The parameter sets are not changed over and ramp-function generator setting 1 is always used (or the setting made
using p50637, p50638).
If p50302 = 1:
- Once the setpoint has been reached for the first time, the ramp-function generator parameter set is changed over
from 1 to 0.
If p50302 = 2:
- Once the setpoint has been reached for the first time, the ramp-function generator parameter set is changed over
from 1 to 2.
If p50302 = 3:
- Once the setpoint has been reached for the first time, the ramp-function generator parameter set is changed over
from 1 to 3.

p50303[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 1 / RFG t_ramp-up 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 437
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter is effective in the following cases:

- No quick stop (OFF3) active
- No other ramp-function generator parameter set selected
- No selection via ramp-up integrator

p50304[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 1 / RFG t_ramp-dn 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 10.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for ramp-function generator parameter set 1.
Note: The parameter is effective in the following cases:
- No quick stop (OFF3) active
- No other ramp-function generator parameter set selected
- No selection via ramp-up integrator

p50305[0...n] RFG initial rounding 1 / RFG init rndg 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295
Note: The parameter is effective in the following cases:
- No quick stop (OFF3) active
- No other ramp-function generator parameter set selected
- No selection via ramp-up integrator

p50306[0...n] RFG final rounding 1 / RFG fin rndg 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295
Note: The parameter is effective in the following cases:
- No quick stop (OFF3) active
- No other ramp-function generator parameter set selected
- No selection via ramp-up integrator

SINAMICS DCM
438 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50307[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 2 / RFG t_ramp-up 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 10.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time for ramp-function generator parameter set 2.

p50308[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 2 / RFG ramp-dn time 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 10.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for ramp-function generator parameter set 2.

p50309[0...n] RFG initial rounding 2 / RFG init rndg 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295

p50310[0...n] RFG final rounding 2 / RFG fin rndg 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295

p50311[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 3 / RFG t_ramp-up 3

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 439
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50312[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 3 / RFG t_ramp-dn 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 10.00 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-down time for ramp-function generator parameter set 3.

p50313[0...n] RFG initial rounding 3 / RFG init rndg 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the initial rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295

p50314[0...n] RFG final rounding 3 / RFG fin rndg 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the final rounding for ramp-function generator parameter set 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p50295

r50315[0...3] RFG effective times / RFG t effective

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [s] - [s] - [s]
Description: Displays the effective times on the ramp-function generator.
Index: [0] = Ramp-up time
[1] = Ramp-down time
[2] = Initial rounding
[3] = Final rounding

r50316 RFG state / RFG state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state on the ramp-function generator.

SINAMICS DCM
440 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 RFG enable ON OFF 3152
01 RFG start ON OFF 3152
02 Setpoint enable & OFF1 ON OFF 3152
03 Set ramp-function generator ON OFF 3152
04 Track ramp-function generator ON OFF 3152
05 Bypass ramp-function generator ON OFF 3152
07 Ramp-down ON OFF 3152
15 Ramp-up ON OFF 3152

p50317[0...n] RFG tracking enable / RFG track ena

p50318[0...n] RFG setting value selection / RFG set val sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Selection of the setting value for the ramp-function generator output for OFF1.
Value: 0: Ramp-function generator output not set
1: Set RFG output to setting value 1
2: Set RFG output to setting value 2
Recommendation: During "shutdown", limiting is not applied to the ramp-function generator output. As limiting the ramp-function
generator output during "shutdown" does not generate a temporary increase in speed, p50318 should be set to 1 or
2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50650
Note: If p50318 = 0:
The ramp-function generator output is not set.
If p50318 = 1:
The value supplied via connector input p50650[0] is applied as the setting value.
If p50318 = 2:
The value supplied via connector input p50650[1] is applied as the setting value.

p50319[0...n] RFG setpoint enable delay time / RFG set_ena i_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3151
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 10.00 [s] 0.00 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for enabling the setpoint on the ramp-function generator.
In the case of a setpoint enable, the setpoint is not injected on the ramp-function generator until this time has
elapsed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 441
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50320[0...n] Setpoint processing main setpoint factor / m_set_factor

p50321[0...n] Setpoint processing additional setpoint factor / Add_set_factor

p50322[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for main setpoint factor / M set factor sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable factor for the main setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p50320

p50323[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for additional setpoint factor / Add set fac sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable factor for the additional setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p50321

p50330[0...n] RFG time unit / RFG time unit

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3150, 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the unit for the ramp-function generator times.
Value: 0: Second
1: Minute

SINAMICS DCM
442 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: This time unit is applied to the following parameters:

p50296, p50297, p50298:
- Ramp-down time 4, initial rounding 4, final rounding 4
p50303, p50304, p50305, p50306:
- Ramp-up time 1, ramp-down time 1, initial rounding 1, final rounding 1
p50307, p50308, p50309, p50310:
- Ramp-up time 2, ramp-down time 2, initial rounding 2, final rounding 2
p50311, p50312, p50313, p50314:
- Ramp-up time 3, ramp-down time 3, initial rounding 3, final rounding 3
p50542:
- RFG dy/dt time difference

p50331 Braking distance Encoder Data Set selection / Br dist EDS sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 0
Description: Sets the Encoder Data Set (EDS) used to calculate the braking distance (r52047, r52048).

p50351[0...n] Line undervoltage threshold / Line V_und thresh

p50352[0...n] Line overvoltage threshold / Line V_over thresh

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 443
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50353[0...n] Line monitoring phase failure threshold / Ph_fail thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6954
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
3 [%] 100 [%] 40 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for phase failure detection in the context of line monitoring.
Note: If the line voltage in operating states <= o4 undershoots the setting value and does not adopt an "OK" state within the
restart time set in p50086, fault F60004 is triggered.
During the time that the threshold value is undershot and the voltage stabilization time which follows (set in p50090),
the drive is kept in operating state o4.
If the drive is switched on in operating state o4, the voltages of all phases will not be checked for compliance with this
threshold until the time set in p50089 has elapsed.

p50354 BI: Stall protection activation signal source / Stall pr act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to activate stall protection.
Dependency: Refer to: p50355, p50356
Refer to: F60035
Note: 1 signal: Stall protection activated
0 signal: Stall protection de-activated

p50355[0...n] Stall protection monitoring time / Stall t_mon

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 600.0 [s] 0.5 [s]
Description: Sets the monitoring time for stall protection.
The set time starts when a stalled drive is detected. If these conditions still prevail once the time has elapsed, stall
protection is activated and fault F60035 is triggered.
Dependency: Refer to: p50354, p50356
Refer to: F60035
Note: "Stall protection" monitoring is switched off when p50355 = 0.00 s.

p50356[0...n] Stall protection threshold / Stall prot thresh

SINAMICS DCM
444 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50357[0...n] Tachometer interruption monitoring threshold / Tacho_mon thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 100 [%] 10 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for tachometer interruption monitoring.
Dependency: Refer to: F60042
Note: For p50357 = 100 %, the tachometer interruption monitoring is not active!

p50361[0...n] Line monitoring undervoltage delay time / V_under t_del

p50362[0...n] Line monitoring overvoltage delay time / Line V_over t_del

p50363[0...n] Line frequency minimum threshold / f_line min thresh

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 445
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50364[0...n] Line frequency maximum threshold / f_line max thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6954
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
50.0 [Hz] 500.0 [Hz] 65.0 [Hz]
Description: Sets the threshold for detecting that the line frequency has been overshot.
Dependency: Refer to: F60009
Caution: SINAMICS DCM DC converters are suitable for line frequencies from 50 Hz up to 60 Hz (rated value). Restricted
operation in the extended frequency range (20 Hz to 500 Hz) is possible on request.
If a SINAMICS DCM DC converter is continuously operated in the extended frequency range, then it would be
damaged or destroyed as a result of overheating.
The SINAMICS DCM Control Module is suitable for line frequencies from 20 Hz up to 500 Hz if it is operated with a
power unit designed for this frequency range.
Note: If the line frequency overshoots the value set here and does not fall back below it within the restart time set in
p50086, fault F60009 is triggered.
All the while the line frequency remains higher than the value set here, the drive is kept in operating state "o4".

p50366[0...1] CI: Current limitation signal source for speed and I2t monitoring / Ia lim n I2t sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52129[0]
[1] 52130[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for speed-dependent current limitation and current limitation from I2t monitoring.
Note: [0] = Speed-dependent current limitation
[1] = Current limitation from I2t monitoring

p50370[0...n] Messages for speed less than minimum speed threshold / n < n_min thresh
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.50 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the "Speed less then minimum speed" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50371, p50593, r53025
Note: The "Speed less than minimum speed" message is available as follows:
- r53025.6 (not inverted)
- r53025.7 (inverted)

p50371[0...n] Messages for speed less than minimum speed hysteresis / n < n_min hyst
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.50 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Speed less then minimum speed" message.

SINAMICS DCM
446 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The message is triggered when the threshold is undershot.

Once the value rises above the threshold plus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: p50370, p50593, r53025
Note: The "Speed less than minimum speed reached" message is available as follows:
- r53025.6 (not inverted)
- r53025.7 (inverted)

p50372[0...n] Messages speed positive hysteresis / Msg n > 0 hyst

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 10.00 [%] 0.10 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Speed positive" message.
This parameter acts on the "Speed setpoint positive" message as well as on the "Speed actual value positive"
message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50594, p50598, r53025
Note: The "Speed positive" message is available as follows:
Setpoint:
- r53025.8 (not inverted)
- r53025.9 (inverted)
Actual value:
- r53025.12 (not inverted)
- r53025.13 (inverted)

p50373[0...n] Messages for reference speed threshold / Ref_speed thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the "Reference speed reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50374, p50375, p50592, r53025
Note: The "Reference speed reached" message is available as follows:
- r53025.4 (not inverted)
- r53025.5 (inverted)

p50374[0...n] Messages for reference speed hysteresis / Ref_speed hyst

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 3.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Reference speed reached" message.
The message is triggered when the threshold is overshot.
Once the value falls below the threshold minus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: p50373, p50375, p50592, r53025

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 447
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50375[0...n] Messages for reference speed OFF delay / Ref_speed t_OFF

p50376[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 threshold / Set/act 2 thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 3.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50377, p50378, p50596, p50597, r53025
Note: The "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 reached" message is available as follows:
- r53025.2 (not inverted)
- r53025.3 (inverted)

p50377[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 hysteresis / Set/act 2 hyst

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 reached" message.
The message is triggered when the threshold is overshot.
Once the value falls below the threshold minus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: p50376, p50378, p50596, p50597, r53025

p50378[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 OFF delay / Set/act 2 t_OFF
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 100.0 [s] 3.0 [s]
Description: Sets the OFF delay for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50376, p50377, p50596, p50597, r53025

SINAMICS DCM
448 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50380[0...n] Messages for overspeed threshold positive direction of rotation / Msg n_over pos
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 120.0 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the maximum speed in positive direction of rotation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50381, p50595, r53025
Refer to: F60038
Note: The "Overspeed" message is available as follows:
- F60038
- r53025.10 (not inverted)
- r53025.11 (inverted)

p50381[0...n] Messages for overspeed threshold negative direction of rotation / Msg n_over neg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.0 [%] 0.0 [%] -120.0 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the maximum speed in negative direction of rotation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50380, p50595, r53025
Refer to: F60038
Note: The "Overspeed" message is available as follows:
- F60038
- r53025.10 (not inverted)
- r53025.11 (inverted)

p50388[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 threshold / Set/act 1 thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 3.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50389, p50390, p50590, p50591, r53025
Refer to: F60031
Note: The "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 reached" message is available as follows:
- F60031
- r53025.0 (not inverted)
- r53025.1 (inverted)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 449
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50389[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 hysteresis / Set/act 1 hyst

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 reached" message.
The message is triggered when the threshold is overshot.
Once the value falls below the threshold minus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: p50388, p50390, p50590, p50591, r53025
Refer to: F60031

p50390[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 OFF delay / Set/act t_OFF
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 100.0 [s] 3.0 [s]
Description: Sets the OFF delay for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50388, p50389, p50590, p50591, r53025
Refer to: F60031

p50394[0...n] Messages for field current threshold minimum threshold / Msg If min thresh
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 3.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for the "Field current threshold minimum" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50395, r53026
Note: This threshold also affects the phase logic execution in the context of the Direction reversal by field reversal and
Braking by field reversal functions.
The "Field current threshold minimum" message is displayed via r53026.0.

p50395[0...n] Messages for field current threshold minimum hysteresis / Msg If min hyst
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Field current threshold minimum" message.
The message is triggered when the threshold is undershot.
Once the value rises above the threshold plus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: r53026
Note: The "Field current threshold minimum" message is displayed via r53026.0.

SINAMICS DCM
450 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50396[0...n] Field current monitoring setpoint factor / If_mon set_fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [%] 100 [%] 50 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the setpoint in the context of field current monitoring.
Dependency: Refer to: p50265, p50397
Refer to: F60005

p50397[0...n] Field current monitoring fault delay time / If_mon F t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.02 [s] 60.00 [s] 0.50 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for triggering fault F60005 in the context of field current monitoring.
Dependency: Refer to: p50265, p50396
Refer to: F60005

p50398[0...n] Messages for field current actual value less than setpoint fact / Msg If<set fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 80.00 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the setpoint for the "Field current actual value less than setpoint" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50399, r53026
Note: This threshold also affects the phase logic execution in the context of the Direction reversal by field reversal and
Braking by field reversal functions.
The "Field current actual value less than setpoint" message is displayed via r53026.1.

p50399[0...n] Messages for field current actual value less than setpoint hyst / Msg If<set hyst
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the "Field current actual value less than setpoint" message.
The message is triggered when the threshold is undershot (setpoint x factor).
Once the value rises above the threshold (setpoint x factor) plus the hysteresis, the message is withdrawn.
Dependency: Refer to: p50398, r53026
Note: The "Field current actual value less than setpoint" message is displayed via r53026.1.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 451
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50401[0...n] Fixed value 1 / Fix val 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r52401
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52401.

p50402[0...n] Fixed value 2 / Fix val 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r52402
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52402.

p50403[0...n] Fixed value 3 / Fix val 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r52403
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52403.

p50404[0...n] Fixed value 4 / Fix val 4

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 4.
Dependency: Refer to: r52404
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52404.

SINAMICS DCM
452 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50405[0...n] Fixed value 5 / Fix val 5

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 5.
Dependency: Refer to: r52405
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52405.

p50406[0...n] Fixed value 6 / Fix val 6

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 6.
Dependency: Refer to: r52406
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52406.

p50407[0...n] Fixed value 7 / Fix val 7

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 7.
Dependency: Refer to: r52407
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52407.

p50408[0...n] Fixed value 8 / Fix val 8

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 8.
Dependency: Refer to: r52408
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52408.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 453
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50409[0...n] Fixed value 9 / Fix val 9

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 9.
Dependency: Refer to: r52409
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52409.

p50410[0...n] Fixed value 10 / Fix val 10

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 10.
Dependency: Refer to: r52410
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52410.

p50411[0...n] Fixed value 11 / Fix val 11

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 11.
Dependency: Refer to: r52411
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52411.

p50412[0...n] Fixed value 12 / Fix val 12

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 12.
Dependency: Refer to: r52412
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52412.

SINAMICS DCM
454 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50413[0...n] Fixed value 13 / Fix val 13

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 13.
Dependency: Refer to: r52413
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52413.

p50414[0...n] Fixed value 14 / Fix val 14

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 14.
Dependency: Refer to: r52414
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52414.

p50415[0...n] Fixed value 15 / Fix val 15

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 15.
Dependency: Refer to: r52415
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52415.

p50416[0...n] Fixed value 16 / Fix val 16

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 16.
Dependency: Refer to: r52416
Note: This value can be interconnected via connector output r52416.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 455
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50421[0...n] Fixed bit 0 / Fixed bit 0

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 0.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.0.

p50422[0...n] Fixed bit 1 / Fixed bit 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 1.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.1.

p50423[0...n] Fixed bit 2 / Fixed bit 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 2.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.2.

p50424[0...n] Fixed bit 3 / Fixed bit 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 3.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.3.

SINAMICS DCM
456 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50425[0...n] Fixed bit 4 / Fixed bit 4

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 4.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.4.

p50426[0...n] Fixed bit 5 / Fixed bit 5

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 5.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.5.

p50427[0...n] Fixed bit 6 / Fixed bit 6

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 6.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.6.

p50428[0...n] Fixed bit 7 / Fixed bit 7

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 7.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230
Note: This signal can be interconnected via binector output r53230.7.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 457
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50430[0...7] BI: Fixed setpoint signal source for connector selection / Fix set conn sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of the connectors (p50431[0 to 7]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50431, p50432, p50680, p50681, r52204, r52209, r52210, r53170

p50431[0...7] CI: Signal source for fixed setpoint / Fix set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the fixed setpoint (CO: r52204).
Dependency: Refer to: p50430, p50432, p50680, p50681, r52204, r52209, r52210, r53170

p50432[0...7] Fixed setpoint bypass ramp-function generator / Fix set bypass RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to enable or disable the impact of the individual fixed setpoints when generating signal r53170.10, "Bypass
ramp-function generator".
Value: 0: Inhibit
1: Enable
Dependency: Refer to: r53170
Note: [0] = Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at fixed setpoint 0
...
[7] = Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at fixed setpoint 7

p50433[0...n] CI: Signal source for default setpoint / Def set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3113
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52011[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the default setpoint.

SINAMICS DCM
458 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50435[0...7] BI: Jog setpoint signal source for connector selection / Jog set conn sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of the connectors (p50436[0 to 7]).

p50436[0...7] CI: Signal source for jog setpoint / Jog set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the jog setpoint (CO: r52202).

p50437[0...7] Jog setpoint bypass ramp-function generator / Jog set bypass RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to enable or disable the impact of the individual jog setpoints when generating signal r53170.11, "Bypass
ramp-function generator".
Value: 0: Do not bypass
1: Bypass
Note: [0] = Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at jog setpoint 0
...
[7] = Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at jog setpoint 7

p50438[0...n] CI: Jog signal source for default setpoint / Jog def set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52208[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the default setpoint when jog is not selected.

p50440[0...7] BI: Creep setpoint signal source for connector selection / Cr set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of the connectors (p50441[0 to 7]) for the creep setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p50441

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 459
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50441[0...7] CI: Signal source for creep setpoint / Cr set sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the creep setpoint (CO: r52201).
Dependency: Refer to: r52201

p50442[0...7] Creep setpoint bypass ramp-function generator / Cr set bypass RFG

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to enable/disable the impact of the individual creep setpoints when generating signal r53170.12, "Bypass
ramp-function generator".
Value: 0: Do not bypass
1: Bypass
Note: [0]: Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at creep setpoint 0
...
[7]: Enable bypassing of ramp-function generator at creep setpoint 7

p50443[0...n] CI: Creep signal source for default setpoint / Cr def set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52207[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the default setpoint when creep is not selected.

p50444[0...n] BI: Creep signal source for shutdown / Cr shutdn sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for shutting down/resetting the injection of the creep setpoint.

p50445 Creep setpoint level/edge / Cr set lev/ed

SINAMICS DCM
460 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: 1 level
1: 0/1 edge

p50460[0...n] Motorized potentiometer activate ramp-function generator / Mot pot act RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate the ramp-function generator on the motorized potentiometer.
Value: 0: RFG de-activated in automatic mode
1: RFG activated in automatic and manual modes

p50461[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for automatic setpoint / MotP aut s sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the ramp-function generator's setpoint in automatic mode on the motorized potentiometer.

p50462[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / MotP t_r-up

p50463[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / MotP t_r-dn

p50464[0...n] Motorized potentiometer time difference for dy/dt / MotP t_dif dy/dt
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [s] 300.00 [s] 10.00 [s]
Description: Sets the time difference for the ramp-function generator dy/dt on the motorized potentiometer.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 461
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50465[0...n] Motorized potentiometer expansion factor / MotP exp fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the expansion factor on the motorized potentiometer.
Value: 0: Factor 1
1: Factor 60
Dependency: Refer to: p50462, p50463, p50464
Note: The expansion factor affects the following parameters:
- p50462 (ramp-up time)
- p50463 (ramp-down time)
- p50464 (time difference for dy/dt)

p50466[0...n] CI: Motor potentiometer setting value signal source / MotP s val sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50472
Note: The setting value (CI: p50466) becomes effective on a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p50472).

p50467[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / MotP start value

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the starting value on the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50473
Note: The value is only effective when saving of the output value is de-activated (p50473 = 0).

p50468[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum speed on the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50471
Note: This parameter is only effective in manual mode (p50471 = 0).
The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value.

SINAMICS DCM
462 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50469[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the minimum speed on the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50471
Note: This parameter is only effective in manual mode (p50471 = 0).
The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value.

p50470[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for CW/CCW / MotP CW/CCW sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over between clockwise/counter-clockwise rotation on the motorized
potentiometer.

p50471[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for manual/automatic / MotP man/aut sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing between manual and automatic modes.
Dependency: Refer to: p50461, p50673, p50674
Note: If p50471 = 0 signal (manual mode):
In manual mode, the setpoint is increased and reduced using binector inputs p50673 and p50674 respectively.
If p50471 = 1 signal (automatic mode):
In automatic mode, the setpoint is specified using connector input p50461.

p50472[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to accept the setting value for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50466
Note: The setting value (CI: p50466) becomes effective on a 0/1 edge of the setting command (BI: p50472).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 463
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50473[0...n] Motorized potentiometer save output value / MotP save outp val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets how the output value is saved on the motorized potentiometer.
Value: 0: Save de-activated
1: Save activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50467, r52240
Note: If p50473 = 0:
The output value (CI: r52240) is not saved. The starting value specified in p50467 is applied after ON.
If p50473 = 1:
The output value (CI: r52240) is saved to non-volatile memory after OFF. The saved value is applied after ON.

p50480[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 1 / Oscillation set 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 0.5 [%]
Description: Sets setpoint 1 for the square-wave generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50481, p50482, p50483
Note: This setpoint is applied for the time set in p50481.

p50481[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 1 time / Oscill set 1 t

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [s] 300.0 [s] 0.1 [s]
Description: Sets the time during which setpoint 1 should be applied for the square-wave generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50480, p50482, p50483

p50482[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 2 / Oscillation set 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.0 [%] 200.0 [%] -0.4 [%]
Description: Sets setpoint 2 for the square-wave generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50480, p50481, p50483
Note: This setpoint is applied for the time set in p50483.

SINAMICS DCM
464 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50483[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 2 time / Oscill set 2 t

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [s] 300.0 [s] 0.1 [s]
Description: Sets the time during which setpoint 2 should be applied for the square-wave generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50480, p50481, p50482

p50484[0...n] CI: Oscillation signal source for default setpoint / Oscill def set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52209[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the default setpoint for oscillation.
This setpoint is injected when the "Oscillate" function is not selected.
Dependency: Refer to: p50485

p50485[0...n] BI: Oscillation selection of signal source / Oscill sel sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of the "Oscillate" function.
Dependency: Refer to: p50480, p50481, p50482, p50483, p50484
Note: BI: p50485 = 0 signal
Oscillation is not selected. The default setpoint is applied (CI: p50484).
BI: p50485 = 1 signal
Oscillation is selected. The square-wave generator is active (p50480, p50481, p50482, p50483).

p50486 BI: Motor interface signal source for brush length / Mot br l sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8035
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60025 "Brush length".
Dependency: Refer to: r53120
Refer to: F60025
Note: The fault is triggered with a delay.
The signal is available via binector output r53210.0 for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 465
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50487 BI: Motor interface signal source for bearing condition / Mot brg cond sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8035
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60026 "Bearing condition".
Dependency: Refer to: r53120
Refer to: F60026
Note: The fault is triggered with a delay.
The signal is available via binector output r53120.1 for further interconnection.

p50488 BI: Motor interface signal source for motor fan / Mot mot fan sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8035
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60027 "Motor fan".
Dependency: Refer to: r53120
Refer to: F60027
Note: The fault is triggered with a delay.
The signal is available via binector output r53210.0 for further interconnection.

p50489 BI: Motor interface signal source for motor temperature / Mot mot temp sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8035
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60028 "Motor temperature".
Dependency: Refer to: r53120
Refer to: F60028
Note: The fault is triggered with a delay.
The signal is available via binector output r53210.3 for further interconnection.

p50490 Motor interface temperature sensor / Mot temp sensor

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8030
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 0
Description: Sets the temperature sensor for monitoring the motor temperature.
Value: 0: No sensor
1: KTY84
2: PTC thermistor R_rated 600
3: PTC thermistor R_rated 1200
4: PTC thermistor R_rated 1330
5: PTC thermistor R_rated 2660

SINAMICS DCM
466 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

6: PT100
7: NTC thermistor K227
8: PT1000
Dependency: Refer to: r50012, r52051
Refer to: F60029, A60032
Note: Comments regarding PTC thermistors:
- PTC thermistors according to DIN 44081 / 44082 with the specified R for the rated response temperature.
- For Siemens motors, PTC thermistors with 1330 Ohm are used.
- Parameters p50491 and p50492 (alarm and switch-off temperature) are ineffective. The alarm and switch-off
temperatures are defined by the PTC thermistor type being used.
Comments on NTC thermistor K227:
The evaluation electronics on the CUD only allow resistance values of less than approx. 2 kOhm to be measured. As
a consequence, only temperatures greater than approx. 90 °C can be measured when using these temperature
sensors. For lower temperatures, the lowest possible value (approx. 90 °C) is displayed.

p50491[0...n] Motor interface alarm threshold for temperature monitoring / Mot_temp al thr
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8030
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°C] 200 [°C] 0 [°C]
Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature.
Dependency: The parameter is only valid for the following temperature sensors with a continuous characteristic:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6)
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)
Refer to: p50490, p50492, r52051
Refer to: A60032

p50492[0...n] Motor interface fault threshold for temperature monitoring / Mot_temp flt thr
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 8030
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°C] 200 [°C] 0 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature.
Dependency: The parameter is only valid for the following temperature sensors with a continuous characteristic:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6)
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)
Refer to: p50490, p50491, r52051
Refer to: F60029

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 467
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50500[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for t_set in slave mode / T_set s mode sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52170[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint in slave mode.
Dependency: Refer to: p50503

p50501[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for torque additional setpoint / T_lim add s sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the torque additional setpoint in torque limiting.
The value is injected in addition to friction and moment of inertia compensation.

p50502 CI: Speed controller additional setpoint signal source / Add set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the additional setpoint of the speed controller.
This value is added to the speed controller's output value.

p50503[0...n] Torque limiting t_set factor in slave mode / T_set fact sl mode
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-300.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the torque setpoint in slave mode.
Dependency: Refer to: p50500

p50509 CI: Speed limiting controller signal source for speed actual value / n_lim n_act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value (n_act) on the speed limiting controller.

SINAMICS DCM
468 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50510 CI: Speed limiting controller signal source for pos torque limit / T lim pos sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the positive torque limit on the speed limiting controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52136
Note: This parameter specifies which parameter is to be injected as the limit value for torque limiting 1 (r52136).

p50511 CI: Speed limiting controller signal source for neg torque limit / T lim neg sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52004[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the negative torque limit on the speed limiting controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52137
Note: This parameter specifies which parameter is to be injected as the limit value for torque limiting 2 (r52137).

p50512[0...n] Speed limiting controller max speed pos direction of rotation / n_max pos dir rot
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 105.0 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum speed for the positive direction of rotation on the speed limiting controller.

p50513[0...n] Speed limiting controller max speed neg direction of rotation / n_max neg dir
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.0 [%] 0.0 [%] -105.0 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum speed for the negative direction of rotation on the speed limiting controller.

p50515[0...n] Speed limiting controller P gain / n_lim Kp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 200.00 3.00
Description: Sets the P gain on the speed limiting controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 469
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50519[0...1] CI: Input signal for friction compensation / Fric comp inp sig
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52179[0]
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for friction compensation.
Index: [0] = Signed
[1] = Absolute
Note: The signals in p50519[0] and p50519[1] are summed and applied to the friction compensation input.

p50520[0...n] Friction compensation 0 % speed / Fric comp n 0%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets friction compensation at 0 % speed.
Recommendation: In the case of operation in both directions of rotation, this basic value should be set to 0% to prevent the armature
current from oscillating.
Note: The basic values are based on the device rated direct current or the device rated torque.
The basic values for friction compensation (p50520 ... p50530) are set automatically during the optimization run for
friction compensation (p50051 = 28).
There is linear interpolation between the basic values; here, the friction compensation value takes on the input
signal's sign.

p50521[0...n] Friction compensation 10 % speed / Fric comp n 10%

p50522[0...n] Friction compensation 20 % speed / Fric comp n 20%

SINAMICS DCM
470 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50523[0...n] Friction compensation 30 % speed / Fric comp n 30%

p50524[0...n] Friction compensation 40 % speed / Fric comp n 40%

p50525[0...n] Friction compensation 50 % speed / Fric comp n 50%

p50526[0...n] Friction compensation 60 % speed / Fric comp n 60%

p50527[0...n] Friction compensation 70 % speed / Fric comp n 70%

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 471
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50528[0...n] Friction compensation 80 % speed / Fric comp n 80%

p50529[0...n] Friction compensation 90 % speed / Fric comp n 90%

p50530[0...n] Friction compensation 100% speed / Fric comp n 100%

p50540[0...n] Speed controller acceleration time / n_ctr t_accel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 1000.00 [s] 0.01 [s]
Description: Sets the acceleration time on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52150, r52174
Note: The acceleration time is the time which would be needed to accelerate the drive from 0 to 100% of the maximum
speed at 100% device rated current (with no friction present). It is a measure of the moment of inertia at the motor
shaft.
The acceleration time is set automatically during the optimization run for the speed controller (p50051 = 26).

p50541[0...3] Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference factor / Set/act dif fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 650.00 0.00
Description: Sets the factor for the acceleration on the speed controller, which is dependent upon the difference between the
setpoint and the actual value.

SINAMICS DCM
472 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

In the case of the "Acceleration dependent upon setpoint/actual value difference" function, only the proportion of the
speed controller's setpoint/actual value difference which has an absolute value in excess of the threshold (p50543) is
switched through.
Dependency: Refer to: p50543

p50542[0...n] RFG dy/dt time difference / RFG dy/dt t_dif

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 1000.00 [s] 0.01 [s]
Description: Sets the dt for the output of dy/dt in r52191.
The change in the ramp-function generator's output variable (p52190) in relation to the time set in p50542 is output in
r52191.
Dependency: Refer to: p50330, r52191
Note: Example:
A ramp-up time of 5 s is set on the ramp-function generator; in other words, a complete ramp-up from y = 0% to
100% will take 5 s.
A time difference dt of 2 s is set in p50542. This results in a dy/dt of 40% at r52191, since the set dt of 2s produces a
dy of (2 s / 5 s) * 100% = 40%.

p50543[0...n] Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference threshold / Set/act dif thresh
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the threshold for acceleration dependent upon the setpoint/actual value difference.
In the case of the "Acceleration dependent upon setpoint/actual value difference" function, only the proportion of the
speed controller's setpoint/actual value difference which has an absolute value in excess of the threshold (p50543) is
switched through.
Dependency: Refer to: p50541

p50546[0...n] Smoothing time constant for inertia compensation / Comp inert T

p50550[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp y coordinate 1 / Adapt Kp y1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 473
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: This P gain (Kp) is effective up to x coordinate 1 (p50556).

The adaptation of the P gain (Kp) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50556/p50550 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50559/p50225 (x/y coordinate)

p50551[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn y coordinate 1 / Adapt Tn y1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.010 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.650 [s]
Description: Sets the y coordinate for pair of values 1 for adaptation of the integral time (Tn).
Note: This integral time (Tn) is effective up to x coordinate 1 (p50557).
The adaptation of the integral time (Tn) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50557/p50551 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50560/p50226 (x/y coordinate)

p50552[0...3] Speed controller adaptation droop y coordinate 1 / Adapt droop y1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 10.000 0.000
Description: Sets the y coordinate for pair of values 1 for adaptation of the droop.
Notice: - For the droop, generally values up to 10 % are practical (p50552 = 0.000 ... 0.100). Under certain circumstances,
higher values can result in an unstable response of the speed controller.
- The droop is entered as absolute factor without any dimensions and it is especially important to note that it is not a
percentage.
Example:
Set droop = 5 % --> p50552 = 0.05
Note: This droop is effective up to x coordinate 1 (p50558).
The adaptation of the droop is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50558/p50552 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50561/p50227 (x/y coordinate)

p50553[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation Kp signal source / Adapt Kp sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the P gain (Kp) on the speed controller.

SINAMICS DCM
474 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50554[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation Tn signal source / Adapt Tn sig s

p50555[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation droop signal source / Adapt droop sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the droop on the speed controller.
Note: A setting of 10% droop means that at 100% controller output (100% torque or current setpoint), the speed will deviate
from the setpoint by 10% ("softening" of closed-loop control).

p50556[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp x coordinate 1 / Adapt Kp x1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the x coordinate for pair of values 1 for adaptation of the P gain (Kp).
Notice: The following condition applies for x coordinate 1/2:
p50556 < p50559
Note: The adaptation of the P gain (Kp) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50556/p50550 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50559/p50225 (x/y coordinate)

p50557[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn x coordinate 1 / Adapt Tn x1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the x coordinate for pair of values 1 for adaptation of the integral time (Tn).
Notice: The following condition applies for x coordinate 1/2:
p50557 < p50560
Note: The adaptation of the integral time (Tn) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50557/p50551 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50560/p50226 (x/y coordinate)

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 475
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50558[0...3] Speed controller adaptation droop x coordinate 1 / Adapt droop x1

p50559[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp x coordinate 2 / Adapt Kp x2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the x coordinate for pair of values 2 for adaptation of the P gain (Kp).
Notice: The following condition applies for x coordinate 1/2:
p50556 < p50559
Note: The adaptation of the P gain (Kp) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50556/p50550 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50559/p50225 (x/y coordinate)

p50560[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn x coordinate 2 / Adapt Tn x2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the x coordinate for pair of values 2 for adaptation of the integral time (Tn).
Notice: The following condition applies for x coordinate 1/2:
p50557 < p50560
Note: The adaptation of the integral time (Tn) is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50557/p50551 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50560/p50226 (x/y coordinate)

SINAMICS DCM
476 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50561[0...n] Speed controller adaptation droop x coordinate 2 / Adapt droop x2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the x coordinate for pair of values 2 for adaptation of the droop.
Notice: The following condition applies for x coordinate 1/2:
p50558 < p50561
Note: The adaptation of the droop is defined using 2 pairs of values.
Pair of values 1:
p50558/p50552 (x/y coordinate)
Pair of values 2:
p50561/p50227 (x/y coordinate)

p50562[0...n] Speed controller droop positive limiting / Droop pos lim

p50563[0...n] Speed controller droop negative limiting / Droop neg lim

p50565 Speed controller optimization frequency response plot base speed / f_plot n_base
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 30.0 [%] 20.0 [%]
Description: Sets the base speed for the frequency response plot for the optimization run "Speed control optimization for drives
that are capable of oscillation" (p50051 = 29).
Dependency: Refer to: p50566, p50567

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 477
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50566 Speed controller optimization frequency response plot amplitude / f_plot amplitude
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [%] 5.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the amplitude for the frequency response plot for the optimization run "Speed control optimization for drives that
are capable of oscillation" (p50051 = 29).

p50567 Speed controller optimization frequency response plot time / f_plot time
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.30 [s] 3.00 [s] 1.00 [s]
Description: Sets the time for the frequency response plot for the optimization run "Speed control optimization for drives that are
capable of oscillation" (p50051 = 29).
In this case, an average is generated over the time set here per measuring frequency.
Note: High values improve the result, however they slow down the measuring time.
For the 3.0 s setting, it takes approximately 9 minutes to plot the frequency response.

p50570[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller changeover input / Adapt Ia chgov inp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the input quantity for armature current controller adaptation.
Value: 0: Ia_act r52117
1: Ia_set r52119
Dependency: Refer to: p50571, p50572

p50571[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller non-linear L activation / Adapt N_lin L act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the adaptation of non-linear inductances for the armature current controller.
Value: 0: Adaptation non-linear L active
1: Fixed value 100 % effective
Dependency: Refer to: p50570, p50572, r52350

SINAMICS DCM
478 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50572[0...n] Adapt arm curr controller intermittent adapt activation / Adapt Interm Act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the intermittent adaptation for the armature current controller.
Value: 0: Intermittent adaptation effective
1: Fixed value 100 %
Dependency: Refer to: p50570, p50571, r52350

p50573[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller limiting / Adapt Ia_ctrl lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 200.0 [%]
Description: Setting to limit the armature current controller adaptation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50571, p50572, r52350

p50574[0...n] Adapt arm curr controller intermittent adapt Kp increase / Ad Interm Kp incr
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 10.0 1.0
Description: Sets the Kp increase for the intermittent adaptation for the armature current controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50572

p50575[0...n] Adaptation field current controller changeover input / Adapt If chgov inp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the input variable for the field current controller adaptation.
Value: 0: If_act r52265
1: If_set r52268
Dependency: Refer to: p50576, p50577

p50576[0...n] Adaptation field current controller non-linear L activation / Adapt n_lin act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the adaptation of non-linear inductances for the field current controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 479
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Adaptation non-linear L active

1: Fixed value 100 % effective
Dependency: Refer to: p50575, p50577, r52355

p50577[0...n] Adapt field curr controller non-linear gating unit activation / Adapt n_lin GU act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the adaptation to the non-linearity of the gating unit for the field current controller.
Value: 0: Adaptation gating unit effective
1: Fixed value 100 % effective
Dependency: Refer to: p50575, p50576, r52355

p50578[0...n] Adaptation field current controller limiting / Adapt If_ctrl lim

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 200.0 [%]
Description: Setting to limit the field current controller adaptation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50576, p50577, r52355

p50580[0...n] BI: Field reversal direction of rotation signal source / Field rev sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6920
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the direction of rotation for the "field reversal" function.
0 signal:
Positive field direction is selected (r53195.0 = 1, r53195.1 = 0).
The speed actual value is not inverted.
1 signal:
Negative field direction is selected (r53195.0 = 0, r53195.1 = 1).
The speed actual value is inverted.
Dependency: Refer to: p50092, p50581, p50583, r53195

p50581[0...n] BI: Field reversal braking signal source / Field rev br sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6920
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "field reversal braking" function.
0/1 signal:
Reversal of the field direction (this has a braking effect).
At n < n_min, the original field direction is selected again. The drive goes into operating state o7.2.

SINAMICS DCM
480 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50092, p50580, p50583, r53195

p50583[0...n] CI: Field reversal speed actual value signal source / FldRev n_act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6920
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value when reversing the field.
Dependency: Refer to: p50092, p50580, p50581, r53195

p50590 CI: Messages for set/act val dev 1 signal source for speed setpoint /
Msg dev1 set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52165[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50591, r53025
Refer to: F60031

p50591 CI: Messages for set/act val dev 1 signal source for speed act val / Msg dev1 act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 1" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50590, r53025
Refer to: F60031

p50592 CI: Messages for ref speed signal source for speed actual value / Msg ref act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value for the "Reference speed reached" message.
Dependency: Refer to: r53025

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 481
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50593 CI: Messages for speed less than min speed signal source for act val /
Msg n<n_min sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Speed less then minimum speed" message.
Dependency: Refer to: r53025

p50594[0...n] CI: Messages polarity speed setpoint signal source / MsgPol n_set S_src
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52170[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Speed setpoint polarity" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50372, r53025

p50595 CI: Signal source for overspeed messages / Msg n_over sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value for the overspeed message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50380, p50381, r53025
Refer to: F60038

p50596 CI: Messages for set/act val dev 2 signal source for speed setpoint /
Msg dev2 set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52174[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50597, r53025

p50597 CI: Messages for set/act val dev 2 signal source for speed act val / Msg dev2 act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed actual value for the "Setpoint/actual value deviation 2" message.

SINAMICS DCM
482 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50596, r53025

p50598[0...n] CI: Messages polarity speed actual value signal source / MsgPol n_act S_src
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52179[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Speed actual value polarity" message.
Dependency: Refer to: p50372, r53025

p50600[0...4] CI: Signal source for armature gating unit input / A g unit in sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6858, 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52102[0]
[1...4] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the gating unit input on the armature circuit.

p50601[0...5] CI: Signal source for speed limiting controller setpoint / n_lim set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835, 6840,
6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52141[0]
[1] 0
[2] 52134[0]
[3] 0
[4] 52125[0]
[5] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint on the armature current controller.
Notice: Re index 5:
When entering a supplementary current setpoint via p50601[5] it is not permissible to use the current setpoint
integrator or the reduced gearbox load function. p50158 must be set = 0.000 s.
Possible effect if this is not observed:
Torque direction change will not be able to be completed. The drive remains in one torque direction.
Note: [0 to 1] = Speed limiting controller
Sets the signal sources for the setpoint on the speed limiting controller. The two values are added together.
[2 to 3] = Current limitation
Sets the signal sources for the setpoint on the current controller (before current limitation). The two values are added
together.
[4 to 5] = Closed-loop current control
Sets the signal sources for the setpoint on the current controller (before the current controller). The two values are
added together. The absolute value is generated from the value in index 5.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 483
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50602 CI: Cl-loop arm current control sig source for arm current act val / Ia ctr Ia ac sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52117[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the armature current actual value for closed-loop armature current control.

p50603[0...6] CI: Current limitation current limit torque direction I / I_lim I_lim t d I
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0...4] 1
[5] 52002[0]
[6] 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable current limit in torque direction I.
Note: About [0 to 3]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the variable current limit in torque direction I.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to p50100 * p50171.
About [4]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the current limit in torque direction I for quick stop or shutdown.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to p50100 * p50171.
About [5]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the variable current limit in torque direction I.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to r50072[1].
About [6]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the current limit in torque direction I for quick stop or shutdown.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to r50072[1].

p50604[0...6] CI: Current limitation current limit torque direction II / I_lim I_lim t d II
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52135[0]
[1] 52135[1]
[2] 52135[2]
[3] 52135[3]
[4] 52135[4]
[5] 52135[5]
[6] 52135[6]
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable current limit in torque direction II.
Note: About [0 to 3]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the variable current limit in torque direction II.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to p50100 * p50171.
About [4]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the current limit in torque direction II for quick stop or shutdown.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to p50100 * p50171.

SINAMICS DCM
484 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

About [5]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the variable current limit in torque direction II.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to r50072[1].
About [6]:
Selects which parameter is injected as the current limit in torque direction II for quick stop or shutdown.
Scaling: +100% corresponding to r50072[1].

p50605[0...4] CI: Torque limiting signal source for positive torque limit / T lim pos sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable positive torque limit.
Note: Scaling:
[0 to 3] = 100% of the parameter value corresponds to the positive system torque limit according to Ia = p50171.
[4] = 100% of the parameter value corresponds to the positive torque limit according to Ia =r50072[1].

p50606[0...4] CI: Torque limiting signal source for negative torque limit / T lim neg sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52138[0]
[1] 52138[1]
[2] 52138[2]
[3] 52138[3]
[4] 52138[4]
Description: Sets the signal source for the variable negative torque limit.
Note: Scaling:
[0 to 3] = 100% of the parameter value corresponds to the negative system torque limit according to Ia = p50171.
[4] = 100% of the parameter value corresponds to the negative torque limit according to Ia =r50072[1].

p50607[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for master drive t_set / Mst tq set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52148[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the master drive's torque setpoint.

p50608 CI: Auto-reversing stage signal source for torque direction setpoint / Tqe dir set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52119[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the torque direction setpoint for the auto-reversing stage.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 485
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50609[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value / n_ctr act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50083

p50610 CI: Signal source for field gating unit input value / Field g unit sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52252[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the input value on the field gating unit.

p50611[0...3] CI: Field curr setp limiting setpoint sig source / If_lim set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52277[0]
[1] 0
[2] 0
[3] 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the field current setpoint (CO: r52275).
Dependency: Refer to: r52275

p50612[0...1] CI: Cl-loop field current ctrl sig source for field current act val / If_ctr If_ac sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52266[0]
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the field current actual value for closed-loop field current control.

p50613[0...4] CI: Field current setpoint limiting sig source for var upper limit / If_li up li sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the upper limit of the field current setpoint (CO: r52273).
Dependency: Refer to: r50073, p50102, r52273

SINAMICS DCM
486 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50614[0...4] CI: Field current setpoint limiting sig source for var lower limit / If_lim l lim sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0...3] 1
[4] 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for generating the lower limit of the field current setpoint (CO: r52274).
Dependency: Refer to: p50103, r52274

p50615[0...3] CI: EMF controller setpoint signal source / EMF ctr set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52289[0]
[1] 0
[2] 0
[3] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoints on the EMF controller.
Index: [0] = Setpoint 0
[1] = Setpoint 1
[2] = Setpoint 2
[3] = Setpoint 3
Dependency: Refer to: r52288
Note: The overall setpoint is available via connector output r52288 for further interconnection.

p50616 CI: EMF controller actual value signal source / EMF ctr act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52286[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value on the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52285
Note: The actual value is available via connector output r52285 for further interconnection.

p50618 CI: Field gating unit signal source for field direction / Field g unit dir
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52268[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the field direction on the field gating unit.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 487
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50619 CI: Acceleration value for inertia compensation / Comp inert acc val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52191[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the acceleration value for inertia compensation.

p50620 CI: Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference signal source / n_ctr set/ac sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52165[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint/actual value difference on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52164
Note: The setpoint/actual value difference for the speed controller is available in r52164 for further interconnection.

p50621 CI: Speed controller setpoint 1 signal source / n_ctr set 1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52176[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for setpoint 1 on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50622, p50623, p50624, r52165
Note: The setpoint/actual value difference (r52165) results from setpoint 1 and 2 (p50621, p50622) and actual value 1 and
2 (p50623, p50624).

p50622 CI: Speed controller setpoint 2 signal source / n_ctr set 2 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52174[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for setpoint 2 on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50621, p50623, p50624, r52165
Note: The setpoint/actual value difference (r52165) results from setpoint 1 and 2 (p50621, p50622) and actual value 1 and
2 (p50623, p50624).

p50623 CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value 1 / n_ctr act 1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52179[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for actual value 1 on the speed controller.

SINAMICS DCM
488 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50621, p50622, p50624, r52165

Note: The setpoint/actual value difference (r52165) results from setpoint 1 and 2 (p50621, p50622) and actual value 1 and
2 (p50623, p50624).

p50624 CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value 2 / n_ctr act 2 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for actual value 2 on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50621, p50622, p50623, r52165
Note: The setpoint/actual value difference (r52165) results from setpoint 1 and 2 (p50621, p50622) and actual value 1 and
2 (p50623, p50624).

p50625[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller setpoint / n_ctr set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52170[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint on the speed controller.
This signal can be smoothed using p50228.
Dependency: Refer to: p50228

p50626[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value smoothing / Act v smoo sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source to enable smoothing of the actual value on the speed controller.

p50627 CI: Derivative-action element signal source / D elem sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52178[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the derivative-action element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50205, p50206, r52168, r52169

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 489
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50628 CI: Band-stop 1 signal source / Band-st 1 sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52179[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for band-stop 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50201, p50202, r52177

p50629 CI: Band-stop 2 signal source / Band-st 2 sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52177[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for band-stop 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50203, p50204, r52178

p50630 CI: Speed controller droop signal source / Droop sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52162[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the droop on the speed controller.

p50631 CI: Speed controller integral component setting value signal source / I_co set v sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the setting value of the integral component for the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50230, p50695

p50632[0...3] CI: RFG signal source for positive limiting after RFG / RFG pos lim sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal sources for positive limiting after the ramp-function generator (setpoint limiting).
Note: The minimum of the signals is forwarded to the limiter via connector input p50632[0 to 3].

SINAMICS DCM
490 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50633[0...3] CI: RFG signal source for negative limiting after RFG / RFG neg lim sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52210[0]
[1] 52210[1]
[2] 52210[2]
[3] 52210[3]
Description: Sets the signal sources for negative limiting after the ramp-function generator (setpoint limiting).
Note: The maximum of the signals is forwarded to the limiter via connector input p50633[0 to 3].

p50634[0...1] CI: RFG input signal for limiting after RFG / RFG lim inp sig
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52190[0]
[1] 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for the input signals in the case of limiting after the ramp-function generator (setpoint
limiting).
Note: The signals via connector input p50634[0 to 1] are added to the input and forwarded to "Limiting after ramp-function
generator".

p50635[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for RFG setpoint / RFG set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52194[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the ramp-function generator's setpoint.

p50636[0...5] CI: RFG signal source for valuation factor 1 / RFG val_f 1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal sources for the valuation factors for ramp-function generator parameter set 1.
Index: [0] = Ramp-up time and ramp-down time
[1] = Initial rounding and final rounding
[2] = Ramp-up time
[3] = Ramp-down time
[4] = Initial rounding
[5] = Final rounding
Dependency: Refer to: p50303, p50304, p50305, p50306

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 491
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The valuation factors affect the set values of the following parameters:
- p50303: Ramp-up time 1
- p50304: Ramp-down time 1
- p50305: Initial rounding 1
- p50306: Final rounding 1

p50637[0...n] BI: RFG parameter set 2 selection signal source / RFG par s 2 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of "ramp-function generator parameter set 2".
1 signal:
RFG parameter set 2 is effective (p50307, p50308, p50309, p50310).
Dependency: Refer to: p50307, p50308, p50309, p50310, p50638
Refer to: F60041
Note: The following applies as regards selection of ramp-function generator parameter set 2:
- This selection has a higher priority than selection by means of the ramp-up integrator.
- This selection has a lower priority than quick stop (OFF3); in other words, in the event of a quick stop (OFF3) the
values set in p50296, p50297, and p50298 become effective.
- A corresponding message is output if ramp-function generator parameter sets 2 and 3 are selected at the same
time.

p50638[0...n] BI: RFG parameter set 3 selection signal source / RFG par s 3 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of "ramp-function generator parameter set 3".
1 signal:
RFG parameter set 3 is effective (p50311, p50312, p50313, p50314).
Dependency: Refer to: p50311, p50312, p50313, p50314, p50637
Refer to: F60041
Note: The following applies as regards selection of ramp-function generator parameter set 3:
- This selection has a higher priority than selection by means of the ramp-up integrator.
- This selection has a lower priority than quick stop (OFF3); in other words, in the event of a quick stop (OFF3) the
values set in p50296, p50297, and p50298 become effective.
- A corresponding message is output if ramp-function generator parameter sets 2 and 3 are selected at the same
time.

p50639[0...1] CI: RFG signal source for setting value / RFG set val sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52167[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the ramp-function generator's setting values.
Index: [0] = Setting value
[1] = Setting value if machine is not running

SINAMICS DCM
492 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The setting value for the ramp-function generator output is selected via binector input p50640.
p50640 = 0 signal:
If the machine is not running, the value supplied via connector input p50639[1] is accepted.
p50640 = 1 signal:
The value supplied via connector input p50639[0] is accepted as the setting value.
Refer to: p50640

p50640[0...n] BI: RFG signal source for accepting setting value / RFG accept set v
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50639

p50641[0...n] BI: Bypass ramp-function generator signal source / Bypass RFG sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for "Bypass ramp-function generator".
Note: The "Bypass ramp-function generator" signal can also be set via binector input p50649[0 to 2].

p50642[0...3] CI: Setpoint processing sig source for pos limiting of main setpoint / M set lim p sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for variable positive limiting of the main setpoint.
Notice: Negative values at the selected parameters generate a negative maximum value at the limiting output.
Note: The minimum of the values set via index 0 to 3 is applied as the limit.

p50643[0...3] CI: Setpoint processing sig source for neg limiting of main setpoint / M set lim n sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52184[0]
[1] 52185[0]
[2] 52186[0]
[3] 52187[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for variable positive limiting of the main setpoint.
Notice: Positive values at the selected parameters generate a positive minimum value at the limiting output.
Note: The maximum of the values set via index 0 to 3 is applied as the limit.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 493
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50644[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for main setpoint / M set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52206[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint in the context of setpoint processing.
Dependency: Refer to: p50320, p50322

p50645[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for additional setpoint / A set sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the additional setpoint in the context of setpoint processing.
Dependency: Refer to: p50321, p50323

p50646[0...n] BI: RFG signal source for ramp-up integrator enable / R-up int ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3150
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling the ramp-up integrator on the ramp-function generator.

p50647[0...n] BI: RFG tracking activation signal source / RFG trck act sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for activating/de-activating ramp-function generator tracking.
Dependency: The enable for ramp-function generator tracking must be available (p50317 = 1).
Refer to: p50317

p50648 CI: RFG signal source for input signal / RFG inp sig sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3151
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52193[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the ramp-function generator's input signal.

SINAMICS DCM
494 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50649[0...2] BI: Bypass ramp-function generator signal source / Bypass RFG sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 53170.10
[1] 53170.11
[2] 53170.12
Description: Sets the signal sources for "Bypass ramp-function generator".
Dependency: Refer to: p50641
Note: The "Bypass ramp-function generator" signal can also be set via binector input p50641.
About index 0, 1, 2 and their factory setting:
The "Bypass ramp-function generator" signal comes from the "Fixed setpoint", "Jog setpoint", "Creep setpoint"
function.

p50650[0...1] CI: RFG signal source for setting value with OFF1 / RFG s v OFF1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52167[0]
[1] 52179[0]
Description: Sets the signal sources for the ramp-function generator's setting value with OFF1.
The ramp-function generator is set to this value once.
Index: [0] = Setting value 1
[1] = Setting value 2
Dependency: The selection of the signal source for the setting value is set via p50318.
p50318 = 0: Do not set ramp-function generator output
p50318 = 1: Set ramp-function generator output to the value supplied via connector input p50650[0].
p50318 = 2: Set ramp-function generator output to the value supplied via connector input p50650[1].
Refer to: p50318

p50651[0...6] CI: RFG tracking signal sources / RFG track sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 52290[0]
[1] 52167[0]
[2] 52143[0]
[3] 52144[0]
[4] 52131[0]
[5] 52132[0]
[6] 50219[0]
Description: Sets the signal sources for the effective limits for ramp-function generator tracking.
Index: [0] = Scaled motor flux
[1] = Speed actual value
[2] = Effective positive torque limit
[3] = Effective negative torque limit
[4] = Effective positive current limit

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 495
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[5] = Effective negative current limit

[6] = Effective speed controller proportional gain

p50671[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing sig source to enable neg dir of rotation / Ena n dir r sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the negative direction of rotation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50672
Note: 1 signal: Negative direction of rotation enabled
0 signal: Negative direction of rotation disabled

p50672[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing signal source to enable pos dir of rotation / Ena p dir r sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the positive direction of rotation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50671
Note: 1 signal: Positive direction of rotation enabled
0 signal: Positive direction of rotation disabled

p50673[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source to increase setpoint / MotP incr sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50471
Note: This parameter is only effective in manual mode (p50471 = 0).

p50674[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source to lower setpoint / MotP lower sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
Dependency: Refer to: p50471
Note: This parameter is only effective in manual mode (p50471 = 0).

SINAMICS DCM
496 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50680[0...n] BI: Fixed setpoint signal source for connector selection 0 / Fix set con0 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of connector 0 (p50431[0]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50430, p50431

p50681[0...n] BI: Fixed setpoint signal source for connector selection 1 / Fix set con1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of connector 1 (p50431[1]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50430, p50431

p50684[0...n] BI: Speed controller droop enable / Droop enable

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable droop on the speed controller.
Note: The following values are multiplied by the droop output dependent upon the signal state:
1 signal: Enable (r50630)
0 signal: No enable (0%)

p50687[0...n] BI: Speed controller signal source for master/slave drive / Mast/sl sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6810, 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the master or slave drive on the speed controller.
Note: 1 signal:
Torque control is active on the slave drive.
0 signal:
Speed control is active on the master drive.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 497
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50691[0...n] BI: Sequence control line contactor feedback / Line cont feedb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for feedback from the line contactor.
The feedback signal is checked and fault F60104 is triggered in the following cases:
- If, following power-up, a 1 signal is not detected within the time set in p50095 (in other words, if the line contactor
has not closed).
- If a 0 signal is detected during operation.
Note: Feedback from the line contactor can be achieved by integrating one of the line contactor's auxiliary contacts into the
device control.

p50692[0...n] BI: Cl-loop field curr ctrl sig source for inject of standst field / If_ctr stst sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6910, 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the selection of standstill field injection.
Dependency: Refer to: F60045

p50693[0...n] BI: EMF controller enable signal source / EMF ctr ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the EMF controller.

p50694[0...n] BI: Torque limiting signal source to enable changeover / T lim ch ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the torque limits to be changed over.
Dependency: Refer to: p50180, p50181, p50182, p50183
Note: 1 signal: Changeover enabled
0 signal: Changeover disabled

SINAMICS DCM
498 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50695[0...n] BI: Signal source for setting speed controller integral component / Set I_co sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for setting the integral component on the speed controller.
The value supplied via connector input p50631 is used as the setting value.
With a 0/1 signal from p50695, the integral component of the speed controller is tracked continuously to the value of
the signal present at connector input p50631 for the time that has been set in p50230.
Dependency: Refer to: p50230, p50631
Note: For the same signal source for the speed controller enable and integral component, the time in p50230 must be set
greater than 0 ms.

p50696[0...n] BI: Signal source for stop speed controller integral component / Stop I_co sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for stopping the integral component on the speed controller.
Note: Dependent upon the signal state, the following applies:
0 signal: Integral component is not stopped
1 signal: Integral component is stopped

p50697[0...n] BI: Enable for inertia compensation / Inert comp ena

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling moment of inertia compensation.
Note: Dependent upon the signal state, the following values are added to the output for friction and moment of inertia
compensation:
1 signal: Enable (r52173)
0 signal: No enable (0%)

p50698[0...n] BI: Signal source for speed controller PI/P controller changeover / n_ctr PI/P sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the speed-dependent changeover between PI and P controller on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50221, p50222, r52166

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 499
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50700 CUD analog input 0 type / CUD AI 0 type

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the type for analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
1: Bipolar current input (-20 mA to +20 mA)
2: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50701[0...n] CUD analog input 0 scaling / CUD AI 0 scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
The value indicates the percentage value for the mapping of an input voltage of 10 V or an input current of 20 mA at
the analog input.
Example:
p50701 = 90%
--> 10 V or 20 mA is scaled to 90%
--> 5 V or 10 mA is equivalent to 45%

p50702 CUD analog input 0 offset / CUD AI 0 offs

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.

p50703 CUD analog input 0 signal processing / CUD AI 0 sig proc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

SINAMICS DCM
500 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50704 BI: CUD analog input 0 inversion / CUD AI 0 inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
1 signal: Inversion
0 signal: No inversion

p50705 CUD analog input 0 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 0 T

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.

p50706 BI: CUD analog input 0 signal source for enable / CUD AI 0 ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Note: 1 signal: Analog input enabled
0 signal: Analog input not enabled (r52011 = 0%)

p50707 CUD analog input 0 simulation setpoint / CUD AI 0 sim setp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-130.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50709
Note: Simulation is selected using p50709 = 1.

p50708 Activation of analog input synchronization / AI sync act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2083
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate the synchronization of the analog inputs of two Control Unit DC MASTERs (CUDs).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 501
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: No synchronized analog inputs

1: 6 synchronized analog inputs on left-hand CUD
2: 6 synchronized analog inputs on right-hand CUD
3: 6 synchronized analog inputs on left-hand and right-hand CUD
Notice: This parameter must always be set to the same value on both CUDs!
Note: If value = 0:
There is no quasi-synchronization of the analog inputs on the two CUDs. Connector outputs r52030[0 to 6] on both
CUDs always indicate a value of 0%.
If value = 1:
The analog inputs of the right-hand CUD are interpolated on the left-hand CUD in such a way that 6 simultaneously
scanned values appear at the connector outputs r52030[0 to 6] of the left-hand CUD. Connector outputs r52030[0 to
6] on the right-hand CUD always indicate a value of 0%.
If value = 2:
The analog inputs of the left-hand CUD are interpolated on the right-hand CUD in such a way that 6 simultaneously
scanned values appear at the connector outputs r52030[0 to 6] of the right-hand CUD. Connector outputs r52030[0 to
6] on the left-hand CUD always indicate a value of 0%.
If value = 3:
The analog inputs of the right-hand CUD are interpolated on the left-hand CUD in such a way that 6 simultaneously
scanned values appear at the connector outputs r52030[0 to 6] of the left-hand CUD.
The analog inputs of the left-hand CUD are interpolated on the right-hand CUD in such a way that 6 simultaneously
scanned values appear at the connector outputs r52030[0 to 6] of the right-hand CUD.

p50709 CUD analog input 0 simulation selection / CUD AI 0 sim sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to select the simulation of analog input 0 (X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Simulation deactivated
1: Simulation activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50707
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50707.

p50710 CUD analog input 1 type / CUD AI 1 type

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the type for analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
1: Bipolar current input (-20 mA to +20 mA)
2: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50711[0...n] CUD analog input 1 scaling / CUD AI 1 scal

SINAMICS DCM
502 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The value indicates the percentage value for the mapping of an input voltage of 10 V or an input current of 20 mA at
the analog input.
Example:
p50711 = 90%
--> 10 V or 20 mA is scaled to 90%
--> 5 V or 10 mA is equivalent to 45%

p50712 CUD analog input 1 offset / CUD AI 1 offs

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.

p50713 CUD analog input 1 signal processing / CUD AI 1 sig proc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

p50714 BI: CUD analog input 1 inversion / CUD AI 1 inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
1 signal: Inversion
0 signal: No inversion

p50715 CUD analog input 1 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 1 T

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 503
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50716 BI: CUD analog input 1 signal source for enable / CUD AI 1 ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Note: 1 signal:
Analog input is enabled
0 signal:
Analog input is disabled (value = 0%)

p50717 CUD analog input 1 simulation setpoint / CUD AI 1 sim setp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-130.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50719
Note: Simulation is selected using p50719 = 1.

p50719 CUD analog input 1 simulation selection / CUD AI 1 sim sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to select the simulation of analog input 1 (X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Simulation deactivated
1: Simulation activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50717
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50717.

p50721[0...n] CUD analog input 2 scaling / CUD AI 2 scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.
The value indicates the percentage value for the mapping of an input voltage of 10 V at the analog input.
Example:
p50721 = 90%
--> 10 V is scaled to 90 %
--> 5 V corresponds to 45 %
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCM
504 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50722 CUD analog input 2 offset / CUD AI 2 offs

p50723 CUD analog input 2 signal processing / CUD AI 2 sig proc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

p50724 BI: CUD analog input 2 inversion / CUD AI 2 inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.
1 signal: Inversion
0 signal: No inversion

p50725 CUD analog input 2 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 2 T

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.

p50726 BI: CUD analog input 2 signal source for enable / CUD AI 2 ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 505
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: 1 signal:
Analog input is enabled
0 signal:
Analog input is disabled (value = 0%)

p50727 CUD analog input 2 simulation setpoint / CUD AI 2 sim setp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-130.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50729
Note: Simulation is selected using p50729 = 1.

p50729 CUD analog input 2 simulation selection / CUD AI 2 sim sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to select the simulation of analog input 2 (X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Simulation deactivated
1: Simulation activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50727
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50727.

p50731[0...3] Fast analog inputs scaling / Fast AI scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 to 6".
The value indicates the percentage value for the mapping of an input voltage of 10 V at the analog input.
Example:
p50731[2] = 90%
--> 10 V is scaled to 90% for select input 5
--> 5 V corresponds to 45% for select input 5
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCM
506 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50732[0...3] Fast analog inputs offset / Fast AI offs

p50733[0...3] Fast analog inputs signal processing / Fast AI sig

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 to 6".
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)

p50734[0...3] BI: Fast analog inputs inversion / Fast AI inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signals for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 to 6".
1 signal: Inversion
0 signal: No inversion
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)

p50735[0...3] Fast analog inputs smoothing time constant / Fast AI T

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 507
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)

[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)

p50736[0...3] BI: Signal source to enable fast analog inputs / Fast AI ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling fast analog inputs "Select input 3 to 6".
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: 1 signal:
Analog input is enabled
0 signal:
Analog input is disabled (value = 0%)

p50737[0...3] Fast analog inputs setpoint simulation / Fast AI sim setp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-130.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of the fast analog inputs (select input 3 ... 6).
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Dependency: Refer to: p50739
Note: Simulation is selected using p50739[0...3] = 1.

p50739[0...3] Fast analog inputs simulation selection / Fast AI sim sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to select the simulation of the fast analog inputs (select input 3 ... 6).
Value: 0: Simulation deactivated
1: Simulation activated
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Dependency: Refer to: p50737
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50737[0...3].

SINAMICS DCM
508 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50741[0...n] Analog input main actual value scaling / AI m act scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-270.00 [V] 270.00 [V] 60.00 [V]
Description: Sets the input voltage (8 - 270 V) for scaling to 100%.
Rated value of the input voltage at n_max (= tachometer voltage at maximum speed).
This parameter specifies the maximum speed at p50083 = 1.
Note: AI: Analog Input
Example:
p50741 = 60
--> 30 V is scaled to 50 % for analog input main actual value scaled
--> 60 V is scaled to 100% for analog input main actual value scaled

p50742 Analog input main actual value offset / AI m act offs

p50743 Analog input main actual value signal processing / AI m act sig
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing for the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

p50744 BI: Analog input main actual value inversion / AI m act inv
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
0 signal: No inversion
1 signal: Inversion

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 509
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50745 Analog input main actual value smoothing time constant / AI m act T
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).

p50746 BI: Signal source to enable analog input main actual value / AI m act ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling the analog input for the "main actual value (XT1.103/104).
Note: 1 signal: Analog input enabled
0 signal: Analog input not enabled (r52013 = 0%).

p50747 Analog input main actual value setpoint simulation / AI m_actV sim setp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-130.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 0.0 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Dependency: Refer to: p50749
Note: Simulation is selected using p50749 = 1.

p50749 Analog input main actual value simulation selection / AI m_actV sim sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to select the simulation of the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Value: 0: Simulation deactivated
1: Simulation activated
Dependency: Refer to: p50747
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50747.

p50750 CI: CUD analog output 0 signal source / CUD AO 0 sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the output value at analog output 0 (X177.49/50).

SINAMICS DCM
510 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: AO: Analog Output

p50751 CUD analog output 0 signal processing / CUD AO 0 sig proc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing at analog output 0 (X177.49/50).
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

p50752 CUD analog output 0 smoothing time constant / CUD AO 0 T

p50753 CUD analog output 0 scaling / CUD AO 0 scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [V] 200.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog output 0 (X177.49/50).
The value indicates the output value for the mapping of an input value of 100% at the analog output.
Note: Example:
p50753 = 5 V
--> 100% is scaled to 5 V
--> 50% corresponds to 2.5 V

p50754 CUD analog output 0 offset / CUD AO 0 offs

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 511
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50755 CI: CUD analog output 1 signal source / CUD AO 1 sig s

p50756 CUD analog output 1 signal processing / CUD AO 1 sig proc

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing at analog output 1 (X177.51/52).
Value: 0: Signal not controlled
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted

p50757 CUD analog output 1 smoothing time constant / CUD AO 1 T

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog output 1 (X177.51/52).

p50758 CUD analog output 1 scaling / CUD AO 1 scal

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [V] 200.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog output 1 (X177.51/52).
The value indicates the output value for the mapping of an input value of 100% at the analog output.
Note: Example:
p50758 = 5 V
--> 100% is scaled to 5 V
--> 50% corresponds to 2.5 V

SINAMICS DCM
512 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50759 CUD analog output 1 offset / CUD AO 1 offs

p50765 CUD digital inputs simulation selection / CUD DI sim sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2050, 2060,
2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to select the simulation of the digital inputs on the CUD.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X177.11) High Low 2050
01 DI 1 (X177.12) High Low 2050
02 DI 2 (X177.13) High Low 2050
03 DI 3 (X177.14) High Low 2050
04 DI 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
05 DI 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
06 DI 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
07 DI 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: Refer to: p50766
Note: The setpoint for the simulation is set in p50766.0...7.

p50766 CUD digital inputs simulation setpoint / CUD DI simul setp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2050, 2060,
2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the simulation of the digital inputs on the CUD.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X177.11) High Low 2050
01 DI 1 (X177.12) High Low 2050
02 DI 2 (X177.13) High Low 2050
03 DI 3 (X177.14) High Low 2050
04 DI 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
05 DI 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
06 DI 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
07 DI 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: Refer to: p50765
Note: Simulation is selected using p50765.0...7 = 1.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 513
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50770[0...3] CUD digital outputs inversion / CUD DO inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the CUD's digital outputs.
Value: 0: Not inverted
1: Inverted
Index: [0] = DO 0 (X177.19)
[1] = DO 1 (X177.20)
[2] = DO 2 (X177.21)
[3] = DO 3 (X177.22)
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50771 BI: CUD digital output 0 signal source / CUD DO 0 sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital output 0 (X177.19) on the CUD.

p50772 BI: CUD digital output 1 signal source / CUD DO 1 sig s

p50773 BI: CUD digital output 2 signal source / CUD DO 2 sig s

p50774 BI: CUD digital output 3 signal source / CUD DO 3 sig s

SINAMICS DCM
514 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50775 CUD digital output 0 delay time / CUD DO 0 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 0 (X177.19) on the CUD.
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50776 CUD digital output 1 delay time / CUD DO 1 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 1 (X177.20) on the CUD.
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50777 CUD digital output 2 delay time / CUD DO 2 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 2 (X177.21) on the CUD.
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50778 CUD digital output 3 delay time / CUD DO 3 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 3 (X177.22) on the CUD.
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50780[0...3] CUD digital inputs/outputs inversion / CUD DI/DO inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060, 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the CUD's digital outputs.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 515
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Not inverted

1: Inverted
Index: [0] = DI/DO 4 (X177.15)
[1] = DI/DO 5 (X177.16)
[2] = DI/DO 6 (X177.17)
[3] = DI/DO 7 (X177.18)
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3]).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p50781 BI: CUD digital input/output 4 signal source / CUD DI/DO 4 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 4 (X177.15) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0] = 1).
Refer to: p50789

p50782 BI: CUD digital input/output 5 signal source / CUD DI/DO 5 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 5 (X177.16) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[1] = 1).
Refer to: p50789

p50783 BI: CUD digital input/output 6 signal source / CUD DI/DO 6 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 6 (X177.17) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[2] = 1).
Refer to: p50789

p50784 BI: CUD digital input/output 7 signal source / CUD DI/DO 7 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 7 (X177.18) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[3] = 1).
Refer to: p50789

SINAMICS DCM
516 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50785 CUD digital input/output 4 delay time / CUD DI/DO 4 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 4 (X177.15) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50786 CUD digital input/output 5 delay time / CUD DI/DO 5 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 5 (X177.16) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[1] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50787 CUD digital input/output 6 delay time / CUD DI/DO 6 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 6 (X177.17) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[2] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

p50788 CUD digital input/output 7 delay time / CUD DI/DO 7 t_del

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 7 (X177.18) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[3] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: The level at the digital output can only change if the changed internal level remains constant for longer than the set
delay time.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 517
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50789[0...3] CUD digital inputs/outputs type / CUD DI/DO typ

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2060, 2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the type for the digital inputs/outputs on the CUD.
Value: 0: Input
1: Output
Index: [0] = DI/DO 4 (X177.15)
[1] = DI/DO 5 (X177.16)
[2] = DI/DO 6 (X177.17)
[3] = DI/DO 7 (X177.18)
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p50790 P2P IF operating mode / P2P op mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Value: 0: No function
5: Peer-to-peer communication
6: Communication with SIMOREG CCP
Note: P2P IF: Peer-to-peer interface
CCP: Converter Commutation Protector

p50791 P2P IF number of data words / P2P num words

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 5 5
Description: Sets the number of words to be transmitted for the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF) in "Peer-to-peer communication"
mode (p50790 = 5).
Dependency: Refer to: p50790

p50793 P2P IF baud rate / P2P baud rate

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 13 13
Description: Sets the baud rate for the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Value: 1: 300 baud
2: 600 baud
3: 1200 baud
4: 2400 baud
5: 4800 baud

SINAMICS DCM
518 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

6: 9600 baud
7: 19200 baud
8: 38400 baud
9: 56700 baud
11: 93750 baud
13: 187500 baud

p50794[0...4] CI: P2P IF transmit data signal source / P2P tr data sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the data to be transmitted on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
The transmit data is displayed in r50813[0 to 4].
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
Dependency: Refer to: r50813

p50795 P2P/CCP bus terminator / P2P/CCP bus term

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970, 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the bus terminator for the peer-to-peer interface and the interface to the SIMOREG CCP.
Value: 0: OFF
1: ON
Note: CCP: Converter Commutation Protector
P2P: Peer-to-Peer interface

p50797 P2P IF telegram monitoring time / P2P t_telegr mon

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 65.000 [s] 0.000 [s]
Description: Sets the telegram monitoring time for the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
The time set is only effective in "Peer-to-peer interface" operating mode (p50790 = 5).
p50797 = 0:
Monitoring is de-activated.
p50797 > 0:
Monitoring is activated.
As well as one valid telegram being received, the next valid telegram must be received within the set time. Otherwise,
fault F60012 is triggered.
Dependency: Refer to: F60012

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 519
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Telegram monitoring is activated in the following cases:

- From receipt of the first error-free telegram
- After switching on of the electronics power supply
- From receipt of the first error-free telegram after telegram monitoring has responded (i.e. telegram monitoring
timeout).
The telegram monitoring time (p50797) depends on the baud rate set (p50793) The following minimum setting values
are recommended for safe operation:
- 300 baud --> p50797 = 0.520 s (recommended minimum value)
- 600 baud --> p50797 = 0.260 s (recommended minimum value)
- 1200 baud --> p50797 = 0.140 s (recommended minimum value)
- 2400 baud --> p50797 = 0.080 s (recommended minimum value)
- 4800 baud --> p50797 = 0.040 s (recommended minimum value)
If the "Automatic restart" function (p50086b > 0) has been selected on the peer-to-peer communication partner, only
a parameter setting p50797 > p50086 (on the communication partner) will be meaningful.

p50798 BI: P2P IF signal source for triggering F60012 / P2P F60012 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 53300.0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60012 "Telegram monitoring timeout".
Dependency: Refer to: F60012

r50799[0...8] P2P/CCP diagnostics / P2P/CCP diag

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970, 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic information for the peer-to-peer interface and the interface to SIMOREG CCP.
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of erroneous telegrams
[2] = Number of byte frame errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of STX errors
[6] = Number of block check errors
[7] = Number of break errors
[8] = Number of timeout errors
Note: The fault frequency is recorded with free-running counters; when a counter reaches 65535 it is reset to 0.
The diagnostic information in indexes 5, 6 and 8 is irrelevant for communication with SIMOREG CCP (p50790 = 6).
Possible causes for STX errors:
- Non-observance of start interval before STX
- STX incorrect, i.e. not equal to 02
Possible causes for timeout errors:
- Telegram monitoring timeout (p50797)

SINAMICS DCM
520 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50813[0...4] P2P IF transmit data display / P2P tr data disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the transmit data for the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
The signal source for the data to be transmitted is set via connector input p50794[0 to 4].
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
Dependency: Refer to: p50794

p50816 BI: P2P IF receive enable signal source / P2P recv ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable data to be received on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
1 signal: Data receive enabled
0 signal: Data receive not enabled

p50817 BI: P2P IF transmit enable signal source / P2P tr ena sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable data to be transmitted on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
1 signal: Data transmission enabled
0 signal: Data transmission not enabled

p50820 PPI/USS bus terminator / PPI/USS bus term

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the bus terminator for the RS485 interface (PPI/USS, X178).
Value: 0: OFF
1: ON

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 521
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50823[0...1] Electronic power supply voltage display / Electr supp V disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8048
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the voltages for the electronic power supply.
Index: [0] = P10 (+10 V)
[1] = N10 (-10 V)
Dependency: Refer to: r50824
Refer to: F60091, F60092
Note: For r50823[0]:
A voltage value outside the permissible limits will trigger fault F60091.
For r50823[1]:
A voltage value outside the permissible limits will trigger fault F60092.

r50824 Electronic power supply failure duration / Electr supp t_fail

r50825[0...29] Armature power unit compensation values / PU arm comp val

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the compensation values for the armature power unit.

r50826[0...15] Field power unit compensation values / PU field comp val

SINAMICS DCM
522 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50827 Internal diagnostics / Int diag

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8060
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the counter reading for internal errors.

r50829[0...55] CUD compensation values / CUD calib. val

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the compensation values for the analog inputs/outputs on the Control Unit DC MASTER (CUD).
Note: Analog input 0 - X177.25/26 - voltage input
[0] = Compensation value at 0 V
[1] = Compensation value at +10 V
[2] = Compensation value at -10 V
[3] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 0 - X177.25/26 - current input
[4] = Compensation value at 0 mA
[5] = Compensation value at +20 mA
[6] = Compensation value at -20 mA
[7] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 1 - X177.27/28 - voltage input
[8] = Compensation value at 0 V
[9] = Compensation value at +10 V
[10] = Compensation value at -10 V
[11] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 1 - X177.27/28 - current input
[12] = Compensation value at 0 mA
[13] = Compensation value at +20 mA
[14] = Compensation value at -20 mA
[15] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 2 - X177.29/30
[16] = Compensation value at 0 V
[17] = Compensation value at +10 V
[18] = Compensation value at -10 V
[19] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input XT1.103/104 - 25 V
[20] = Compensation value at 0 V
[21] = Compensation value at +25 V
[22] = Compensation value at -25 V
[23] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input XT1.103/104 - 80 V
[24] = Compensation value at 0 V
[25] = Compensation value at +80 V
[26] = Compensation value at -80 V
[27] = Compensation value at reference value

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 523
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Analog input XT1.103/104 - 270 V

[28] = Compensation value at 0 V
[29] = Compensation value at +270 V
[30] = Compensation value at -270 V
[31] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 3 - X177.1/2
[32] = Compensation value at 0 V
[33] = Compensation value at +10 V
[34] = Compensation value at -10 V
[35] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 4 - X177.3/4
[36] = Compensation value at 0 V
[37] = Compensation value at +10 V
[38] = Compensation value at -10 V
[39] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 5 - X177.5/6
[40] = Compensation value at 0 V
[41] = Compensation value at +10 V
[42] = Compensation value at -10 V
[43] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog input 6 - X177.7/8
[44] = Compensation value at 0 V
[45] = Compensation value at +10 V
[46] = Compensation value at -10 V
[47] = Compensation value at reference value
Analog output 0 - X177.49/50
[48] = Compensation value for 0 V
[49] = Compensation value for +10 V
[50] = Compensation value for -10 V
[51] = Compensation value for reference value
Analog output 1 - X177.51/52
[52] = Compensation value for 0 V
[53] = Compensation value for +10 V
[54] = Compensation value for -10 V
[55] = Compensation value for reference value
The compensation values for analog outputs 0 and 1, as well as for analog inputs 3 to 6, are calculated from the
measurement result + an offset of 32768.

p50830 Thyristor diagnostics mode / Thyr_diag mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6865
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the thyristor diagnostics mode.
Value = 0:
The thyristor test is de-activated.
Value = 1:
The thyristors are tested when first switching on or jogging after the electronics power supply has been switched on.
Value = 2:
The thyristors are tested at each switch-on or jogging.
Value = 3:
The thyristors are tested at the next switch-on or jogging. p50830 is set to 0 if the test was completed error-free.

SINAMICS DCM
524 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Switched off

1: After the first ON command
2: After each ON command
3: After next ON command
Dependency: Refer to: F60061
Note: The thyristor test function cannot be used when supplying extremely high inductances (e.g. when supplying a field
from armature terminals, supplying solenoids, etc.) and must be de-activated (p50830 = 0).

When SINAMICS DCM are connected in parallel (6 pulse or 12 pulse), thyristor diagnostics
may only be selected at the master. The thyristor diagnostics is then
first carried out at the master, and then automatically at all of the slaves one after the other. If
a defective thyristor is detected at a SINAMICS DCM, then the corresponding
fault message is initiated at this SINAMICS DCM and not at the master where
thyristor diagnostics was started.

p50831 Diagnostics memory trace control word / Trace STW

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8052
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the trigger resolution for the trace.
Value: 0: No trigger for start
1: Start immediately
2: Start together with STARTER trace

p50832 Diagnostics memory copy recording file to memory card / Copy diag file
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8052
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting for starting the procedure to copy the diagnostics file to the memory card.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start copying procedure
2: Copy file into User\Data folder
Note: The value is reset automatically at the end of the copying procedure.
If a diagnostics file is empty, the file written to the memory card will also be empty.
This file will overwrite any existing file on the memory card.

p50833 Device fan test / Dev fan test

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8047
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to test the device fans.
Value: 0: Stop fan
1: Start fan
Dependency: Refer to: r53135
Refer to: F60167
Note: The status of the fans is displayed in binector outputs r53135.8 to 11.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 525
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50836[0...3] Voltage sensing communication error counter / V_sens comm_err

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the communication error for armature and field voltage sensing.
Index: [0] = Number of CRC errors armature
[1] = Number of communication errors armature
[2] = Number of CRC errors field
[3] = Number of communication errors field

p50837[0...11] Reset thyristor load data / Thyr_load reset

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to reset the thyristor load data for a thyristor.
Value: 0: Do not reset data
1: Reset data
Index: [0] = Thyristor X11
[1] = Thyristor X12
[2] = Thyristor X13
[3] = Thyristor X14
[4] = Thyristor X15
[5] = Thyristor X16
[6] = Thyristor X21
[7] = Thyristor X22
[8] = Thyristor X23
[9] = Thyristor X24
[10] = Thyristor X25
[11] = Thyristor X26
Note: It is only permissible to reset the thyristor load data after a thyristor has been replaced.

p50838[0...2] Diagnostics memory message number / Diag_mem msg_no

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8052
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
60000 60999 60000
Description: Sets message numbers for the diagnostics memory.
A trace is saved in the diagnostics file if one of these messages occurs.

r50840[0...31] Gating module serial number / Gate_mod ser_no.

SINAMICS DCM
526 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For the Control Module, the serial number of the voltage sensing module is displayed.
r50840[0]: Serial number character 1
...
r50840[31]: Serial number character 32
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50841[0...31] Gating module part number / Gat_mod part no.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the part number of the gating module.
For the Control Module, the part number of the voltage sensing module is displayed.
r50841[0]: Part number character 1
...
r50841[31]: Part number character 32
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50842[0...31] Field module serial number / Field mod ser no.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the serial number of the field module.
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50843[0...31] Field module part number / Field mod part no.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the part number of the field module.
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

p50899[0...6] Control blocks activation / Ctrl blocks act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1721
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate control blocks.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 527
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index 0 (FP3130):
The switch-on command and the intervention of r0807.0 and r53010.2 are always active.
Index 2 (FP6810):
The "speed actual value selection" is always active.
Value: 0: Control block de-activated
1: Control block activated
Index: [0] = Speed setpoint processing (FP3105 to FP3135)
[1] = RFG (FP3150 to FP3155)
[2] = Closed-loop speed control (FP6800 to FP6820)
[3] = Torque limiting/Current limitation (FP6825 to FP6845, FP8040)
[4] = Closed-loop armature current control (FP6852 to FP6855)
[5] = EMF setpoint processing and control (FP6900)
[6] = Closed-loop field current control (FP6905 to FP6910)
Note: This parameter is only evaluated once while powering up, i.e. a change only becomes effective after a new start or
after powering up with saved parameters (p0976 = 11).
The ability to de-activate control function blocks has been designed for users who set up their own control
configurations using Drive Control Chart (DCC) (e.g. synchronous generator field winding instead of running a
motor). De-activating control function blocks which are not needed frees up CPU time for the DCC blocks.

r50960[0...4] Device fan operating hours display / Dev_fan h disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8045
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [h] - [h] - [h]
Description: Displays the operating hours for the device fan.
Index: [0] = Fan terminal XV1
[1] = Fan terminal XV2
[2] = Fan terminal XV3
[3] = Fan terminal XV4
[4] = Fan ON
Dependency: Refer to: p50961, p50962
Refer to: A60165
Note: The operating hours from "fan on" are only increased for the Control Module.

p50961[0...4] Device fan service life / Dev_fan serv life

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8045
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [h] 1000000 [h] [0...3] 30000 [h]
[4] 0 [h]
Description: Sets the service life for the device fan.
Index: [0] = Fan terminal XV1
[1] = Fan terminal XV2
[2] = Fan terminal XV3
[3] = Fan terminal XV4
[4] = Fan ON
Dependency: Refer to: r50960, p50962
Refer to: A60165
Note: An appropriate alarm is issued 500 hours before the set service life expires.

SINAMICS DCM
528 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50962[0...4] Device fan reset operating hours / Dev_fan reset h

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8045
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to reset the operating hours of the device fan that have accumulated.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Reset
Index: [0] = Fan terminal XV1
[1] = Fan terminal XV2
[2] = Fan terminal XV3
[3] = Fan terminal XV4
[4] = Fan ON
Dependency: Refer to: r50960, p50961
Note: Procedure to reset the operating hours:
Set p50962[x] = 1
The parameter is automatically set to zero after this is done.

p50963 Behavior of the fan control / Behavior fan ctrl

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8047
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Behavior of the fan control:
0 : The fan control takes into account the temperature sensor.
1 : The fan control does not take into account the temperature sensor.
Value: 0: The fan control takes into account the temperature sensor.
1: The fan control doesn't take into account the temperature sensor
Dependency: Refer to: r50960, p50961
Note: Setting 1:
The fan is only switched off after the parameterized fan run-on time, independent of the various temperature
measurements and independent of the calculated thyristor temperature rise (=barrier layer temperature of the
thyristors).
As a consequence, it is also possible to acknowledge a fan fault even at ambient temperatures > 35°.

p51117[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter signal source / Bin/con sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for the binector inputs on the binector-connector converter.
Dependency: Refer to: r52620

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 529
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51118 Invert binector-connector converter signals / Bin/con sig inv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 BI p51117[0] Inverted Not inverted -
01 BI p51117[1] Inverted Not inverted -
02 BI p51117[2] Inverted Not inverted -
03 BI p51117[3] Inverted Not inverted -
04 BI p51117[4] Inverted Not inverted -
05 BI p51117[5] Inverted Not inverted -
06 BI p51117[6] Inverted Not inverted -
07 BI p51117[7] Inverted Not inverted -
08 BI p51117[8] Inverted Not inverted -
09 BI p51117[9] Inverted Not inverted -
10 BI p51117[10] Inverted Not inverted -
11 BI p51117[11] Inverted Not inverted -
12 BI p51117[12] Inverted Not inverted -
13 BI p51117[13] Inverted Not inverted -
14 BI p51117[14] Inverted Not inverted -
15 BI p51117[15] Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p51117, r52620
Note: BI: Binector Input

r51560[0...1] CCP software version / CCP SW version

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the software version for the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).
Index 0: CCP software version
Index 1: Version of the CCP boot sector software

r51569[0...15] CCP serial number / CCP ser no.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the serial number of the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).
Note: The individual digits of the number are displayed in ASCII code in the indices.
An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

SINAMICS DCM
530 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r51570 CCP order number / CCP Order No.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 254 -
Description: Displays the order number (MLFB) of the connected Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).
Value: 0: No CCP connected
250: 6RA7085-6FC00-0
251: 6RA7091-6FC00-0
252: 6RA7095-6FC00-0
253: 6RA7090-6KC00-0
254: 6RA7095-6KC00-0

r51571 CCP rated supply voltage / CCP V_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the rated supply voltage according to the rating plate of the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).

r51572 CCP rated current / CCP I_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the rated current according to the rating plate of the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).

r51574.0...12 CO/BO: CCP state / CCP state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the state of the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Voltage at U, V, W ok Yes No 6970
01 Voltage at C - D greater than +100 V Yes No 6970
02 Voltage at C - D less than -100 V Yes No 6970
03 Turn-off capacitors have reached the Yes No 6970
setpoint voltage
04 Turn-off in progress Yes No 6970
05 Connection between parallel CCPs OK Yes No 6970
08 Connector X165_2 (at DCM) is connected Yes No 6970
with X165 (at CCP)
09 I2t value voltage limiting chopper 1 too high Yes No 6970
10 I2t value voltage limiting chopper 2 too high Yes No 6970
11 Memory for technical data for CCP OK Yes No 6970
12 Chopper capacitors pre-charging completed Yes No 6970

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 531
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r51575 CO: CCP I2t value voltage limiting chopper 1 / CCP I2t chopper 1
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the I2t value for the voltage limiting chopper 1 for Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).

r51576 CO: CCP I2t value voltage limiting chopper 2 / CCP I2t chopper 2
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the I2t value for the voltage limiting chopper 2 for Converter Commutation Protector (CCP).

p51577 CCP chopper voltage setpoint response threshold upper / CCP V_set thr up
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
850 [V] 2900 [V] 1600 [V]
Description: Sets the upper response threshold of the voltage limiter implemented in the CCP.
During the turn-off operation of the CCP when reducing the armature current, this limits the counter voltage that is
created - and which is also necessary - to a non-hazardous value for the basic device and for the associated CCP.
Note: CCP: Converter Commutation Protector
The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for CCP" (p50051 = 30).
The correct setting of this parameter can be taken from the following reference:
SIMOREG CCP Operating Instructions

p51578 CCP turn-off capacitors pre-charging voltage setpoint / C pre-ch V_set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
145 [V] 830 [V] 145 [V]
Description: Sets the minimum charging voltage required for the turn-off capacitors used in the CCP to successfully turn off the
thyristors.
This value is used as setpoint for the two-level controller, which precharges the turn-off capacitors from the line
supply.
The maximum pre-charging voltage that can be reached is limited by the average rectified value of the line voltage
that is actually connected.
Note: CCP: Converter Commutation Protector
The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for CCP" (p50051 = 30).
The correct setting of this parameter can be taken from the following reference:
SIMOREG CCP Operating Instructions

SINAMICS DCM
532 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r51579.0...7 CO/BO: CCP command / CCP command

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the command from the SINAMICS DCM to the SIMOREG CCP.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Firing the turn-off thyristors Yes No -
01 Line voltage (armature) in the tolerance Yes No -
range
02 CCP connected to the parallel switching Yes No -
master
03 Line contactor ON Yes No -
04 Torque direction I active Yes No -
05 Torque direction II active Yes No -
06 Reserved (always 1) Yes No -
07 Reserved (always 1) Yes No -
Note: CCP: Converter Commutation Protector

p51580 Commutation monitoring control word / Commut_monit STW

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6865
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0111 bin
Description: Sets the criterion to detect a commutation failure for the commutation monitoring.
3 decision criteria are available in order to identify commutation failure. For test purposes, these criteria can be
individually set using these parameters.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Criterion 1 (signal from thyristor blocking Yes No 6865
voltage)
01 Criterion 2 (curvature of the current cusp) Yes No 6865
02 Criterion 3 (amplitude of the current actual Yes No 6865
value)
Note: The converter commutation is continuously monitored.
If a commutation failure is detected, fault F60030 is initiated and thyristor turn-off is initiated by the CCP (if available).
Re bit 00, 01:
These criteria are only effective if a CCP (Converter Commutation Protector) is being used.

p51583 CCP test turn-off command / CCP turn-off cmnd

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6970
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting to issue a turn-off command to the Converter Commutation Protector (CCP) for test purposes.
Value: 0: No turn-off cmnd
1: Issue in torque direction I
2: Issue in torque direction II
Notice: After a turn-off command is issued to the CCP, this parameter automatically returns to the value 0.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 533
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If the test command is issued in operation (i.e. in operating state o0.1 or o0.2), then the turn-off operation of the
SIMOREG CCP acts on the thyristor bridge that is presently enabled. This is independent of whether the turn-off
command is issued in torque direction I or II.

p51591[0...n] Armature inductance reduction factor / L_armat red fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6854
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction factor for the current-dependent armature inductance.
At 100% motor rated current (p50100), the armature inductance is lower than it is at armature current 0 by this factor.
Dependency: Refer to: p50111
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter" (p50051 = 25).

p51592[0...n] Armature commutating inductance / Arm Lk

p51594[0...n] Interphase inductance in 12-pulse operation / L_intph 12-pulse

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6854
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [mH] 1000000.0 [mH] 0.0 [mH]
Description: Sets the inductance of the interphase transformer in 12-pulse operation (two 6-pulse thyristor bridge circuits
connected in parallel).
Dependency: Refer to: p51595
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter" (p50051 = 25).

p51595[0...n] Interphase inductance reduction factor / L_intph red fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6854
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction factor for the current-dependent interphase inductance.
At 100% motor rated current (p50100), the interphase inductance is lower than it is at armature current 0 by this
factor.
Dependency: Refer to: p51594
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter" (p50051 = 25).

SINAMICS DCM
534 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51596[0...n] Interphase resistance in 12-pulse operation / R_intph 12-pulse

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ohm] 1000.000 [ohm] 0.000 [ohm]
Description: Sets the resistance of an interphase transformer in 12-pulse operation.
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the
armature converter" (p50051 = 25).

p51597[0...n] Field inductance reduction factor / L_field red fact

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction factor for the current-dependent field inductance.
At 100% motor rated current (p50102), the field inductance is lower than it is at field current 0 by this factor.
Dependency: Refer to: p50116
Note: The parameter is set automatically during the "optimization run for pre-control and the current controller for the field
current controller" (p50051 = 24).

r51598 Short-circuit voltage Uk, per unit / V_sh-cct Uk p.u.

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6854
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the per unit short-circuit voltage of the line supply.
The value is calculated from the commutation inductance (p51592) and the rated converter data (In = r50072[1], Vn =
p50078[0], fn = r50017).

p51607[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing reduction signal source / Red sig s

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for activating/de-activating the reduction factor for the speed setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p51608, r52194, r52195
Note: Dependent upon binector input (p51607):
1 signal:
The reduction factor (p51608) is de-activated (r52194 = r52195).
0 signal:
The reduction factor (p51608) is activated (r52194 = r52195 x p51608).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 535
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51608[0...n] Setpoint processing reduction factor / Red factor

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 15.00 [%]
Description: Sets the reduction factor for the speed setpoint in the context of setpoint processing.
Dependency: Dependent upon binector input (p51607):
1 signal:
The reduction factor (p51608) is not applied (r52194 = r52195).
0 signal:
The reduction factor (p51608) is applied (r52194 = r52195 x p51608).
Refer to: p51607, r52194, r52195

p51616 E stop response / E stop response

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2070
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the response of the control to the triggering of an E stop.
Value: 0: E stop has the same effect as OFF2
1: E stop triggers immediate pulse inhibit
Note: If value = 0:
E stop has the same effect as OFF2.
If value = 1:
E stop interrupts the firing pulse sequence immediately. The process does not wait for Ia = 0 and Alpha W pulses are
not emitted.

p51618 LOCAL mode enable behavior / LOCAL enab behav

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2580
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the behavior for enable via terminal X177.13 in the LOCAL mode.
Value: 0: Terminal X177.13 is not effective in the LOCAL mode
1: Terminal X177.13 is effective in the LOCAL mode

p51619[0...n] BI: Signal source for switching on line contactor / Line cont ON sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 2070
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 53081.0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Line contactor ON" relay output (XR1.109/110).

SINAMICS DCM
536 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51651[0...n] Speed controller start pulse positive setpoint / Start pul pos set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the positive start pulse on the speed controller.
Recommendation: The value can also be used as an integrator setting value for the speed controller.

p51652[0...n] Speed controller start pulse negative factor / Start pul neg fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%]
Description: Sets the factor for the start pulse when the setpoint is negative.

p51653[0...n] Speed controller start pulse negative setpoint / Start pul neg set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for the negative start pulse on the speed controller.

p51655 CI: Speed controller start pulse positive signal source / Start p pos sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52451[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the positive start pulse on the speed controller.

p51656 CI: Speed controller start pulse negative signal source / Start p neg sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52452[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the negative start pulse on the speed controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 537
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51657[0...n] BI: Speed controller start pulse pos/neg changeover signal source / Start p ch sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over the setpoint between positive and negative start pulses on the speed
controller.

p51660 BI: Signal source for master switch travel command 1 / Trav comm 1 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for travel command 1 on the 4-step master switch.

p51661 BI: Signal source for master switch travel command 2 / Trav comm 2 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for travel command 2 on the 4-step master switch.

p51662 BI: Signal source for master switch setpoint step S2 / Set step S2 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over to setpoint step S2 on the 4-step master switch.

p51663 BI: Signal source for master switch setpoint step S3 / Set step S3 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over to setpoint step S3 on the 4-step master switch.

SINAMICS DCM
538 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51664 BI: Signal source for master switch setpoint step S4 / Set step S4 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for changing over to setpoint step S4 on the 4-step master switch.

p51665 Master switch setpoint step S1 value / Set step S1 value

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 110.00 [%] 10.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for setpoint step S1 on the 4-step master switch.

p51666 Master switch setpoint step S2 value / Set step S2 value

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 110.00 [%] 25.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for setpoint step S2 on the 4-step master switch.

p51667 Master switch setpoint step S3 value / Set step S3 value

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 110.00 [%] 40.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for setpoint step S3 on the 4-step master switch.

p51668 Master switch setpoint step S4 value / Set step S4 value

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 110.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the setpoint for setpoint step S4 on the 4-step master switch.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 539
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51700[0...1] CI: Signal source for connector recorder function / Rec fct con sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connectors to be recorded by the recorder function.
Dependency: Refer to: p51701, p51702, p51703, p51704, p51705, p51706
Note: [0] = Signal source for the first connector to be recorded
[1] = Signal source for the second connector to be recorded

p51701[0...1] BI: Signal source for binector recorder function / Rec fct bin sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the binectors to be recorded by the recorder function.
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51702, p51703, p51704, p51705, p51706
Note: [0] = Signal source for the first binector to be recorded
[1] = Signal source for the second binector to be recorded

p51702 Recorder function channel selection / Rec fct sel

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1111 bin
Description: Setting to select the channels to be recorded.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Channel 0 Active Not active -
01 Channel 1 Active Not active -
02 Channel 2 Active Not active -
03 Channel 3 Active Not active -
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51701, p51703, p51704, p51705, p51706

p51703 Recorder function recording interval / Rec fct t_rec

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 [s] 1000 [s] 1 [s]
Description: Sets the recording interval,
during which the signals selected with the channel selection parameters (p51702.0 to 3) are scanned and saved
internally.
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51701, p51702, p51704, p51705, p51706

SINAMICS DCM
540 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51704 Recorder function save interval / Rec fct t_save

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 60 1
Description: Sets the save interval,
during which the signals recorded internally are saved to the following recording file:
\USER\SINAMICS\DATA\LOG\Track.csv
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51701, p51702, p51703, p51705, p51706
Notice: The value is set in minutes.

p51705 Start/stop recorder function / Rec fct StartStop

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting to start and stop the recorder function.
Value = 1:
Recording is started and stopped after reaching of the number of entries set in p51706. p51705 is set to 0.
Value = 2:
Recording is started: After reaching of the number of entries set in p51706, the file is overwritten from the beginning.
Recording runs until it is stopped by setting of p51705 = 0.
Value: 0: Stop
1: Start
2: Start with overwrite
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51701, p51702, p51703, p51704, p51706
Notice: Starting the recorder function overwrites any existing recording file.

p51706 Recorder function number of entries / Rec fct num ent

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8050
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10 100000 3600
Description: Sets the number of entries in the recorder function's recording file.
Dependent upon the start command (p51705 = 1 or 2), recording is stopped after this number of entries has been
reached or the recording file is overwritten from the beginning.
Dependency: Refer to: p51700, p51701, p51702, p51703, p51704, p51705

p51780 Fault message response delay time / F delay_time

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 541
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Active faults are signaled at r2139.3 and r3114.10.

p51790 BI: Topology switchover signal source / Top_switch s_src

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the required power unit topology.

p51791 BI: Topology switchover feedback signal source / Top_sw fdbk s_src
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal of the active power unit topology.

p51792 Topology switchover feedback signal stabilization time / Topo_sw t_stab

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the stabilization time for the feedback signal of the active power unit topology.

p51793 Topology switchover feedback signal duration / Topo_sw fdbk t_sig

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the maximum duration of the power unit topology switchover.

p51794 Topology switchover armature converter mode of operation 2 / Topo_sw mode 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 42 0
Description: Sets the mode of operation of the armature converter for power unit topology 2.
Value: 0: Standard mode of operation
1: Sole power unit 1-phase
3: Sole power unit 3-phase
21: 12-pulse parallel, firing angle from the master
22: 12-pulse parallel, firing angle master/slave
31: 6-pulse serial, firing angle from the master
32: 6-pulse serial with sequential phase control

SINAMICS DCM
542 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

41: 12-pulse serial, firing angle from the master

42: 12-pulse serial with sequential phase control
Dependency: Refer to: p51795
Note: Comments, the same as for p51799

p51795 Topology switchover power unit topology position 2 / Topo_sw pos 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 45 0
Description: Sets the position of the power unit in converter topology 2.
Value: 0: Parallel interface not active
1: Power unit independent/CUD right
11: 6-pulse parallel master
12: 6-pulse parallel slave
13: 6-pulse parallel slave/replacement master
21: 12-pulse parallel master
22: 12-pulse parallel slave
23: 12-pulse parallel, slave parallel to master
24: 12-pulse parallel, slave parallel to slave
31: 6-pulse serial master
32: 6-pulse serial slave
33: 6-pulse serial parallel to master
34: 6-pulse serial parallel to slave
35: 6-pulse serial master, slave is a diode bridge
41: 12-pulse serial master
42: 12-pulse serial slave
43: 12-pulse serial parallel to master
44: 12-pulse serial parallel to slave
45: 12-pulse serial master, slave is a diode bridge
Dependency: Refer to: p51799
Note: Comments, the same as for p51800

p51797[0...1] Sequential phase control switch-on threshold/hysteresis / Seq ph ctr on/hys

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
5 [%] 100 [%] [0] 35 [%]
[1] 30 [%]
Description: Sets the switch-on threshold and hysteresis for the phase sequence control.
The values are referred to the rated device current r50072[1].
Index: [0] = Switch-on threshold
[1] = Hysteresis
Dependency: Refer to: p51799
Note: The switch-off threshold is calculated as follows:
Switch-off threshold = switch-on threshold - hysteresis

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 543
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51798 Armature converter voltage diode bridge / Ia_convert U diode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 85.00 [%]
Description: Sets the line voltage at the diode bridge for a 6-pulse/12-pulse series circuit of a SINAMICS DCM with an
uncontrolled rectifier (diode bridge).
Note: The value set here is a percentage of the line voltage at the SINAMICS DCM.

p51799 Armature converter mode of operation / Ia_conv mode_op

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 42 0
Description: Sets the mode of operation of the armature converter
Value: 0: Standard mode of operation
1: Sole power unit 1-phase
3: Sole power unit 3-phase
21: 12-pulse parallel, firing angle from the master
22: 12-pulse parallel, firing angle master/slave
31: 6-pulse serial, firing angle from the master
32: 6-pulse serial with sequential phase control
41: 12-pulse serial, firing angle from the master
42: 12-pulse serial with sequential phase control
Dependency: Refer to: p51797, p51800
Note: If value = 0:
Standard for the corresponding topology (acc. to p51800).
If value = 1:
Sole power unit in 1-phase operation (line connection at inputs 1U and 1V).
If value = 3:
Sole power unit in 3-phase operation (= standard).
If value = 21:
12-pulse parallel connection with central firing angle generation in the master (= standard).
If value = 22:
12-pulse parallel connection with current setpoint interface, own closed-loop current control and firing angle
generation in the master and in the slave.
If value = 31:
6-pulse series circuit with central firing pulse generation in the master (= standard).
If value = 32:
6-pulse series connection with sequential phase control.
If value = 41:
12-pulse series circuit with central firing pulse generation in the master (= standard).
If value = 42:
12-pulse series connection with sequential phase control.

SINAMICS DCM
544 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51800 Power unit topology position / PU topo pos

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 45 0
Description: Sets the position of the power unit in the converter topology.
Value: 0: Parallel interface not active
1: Power unit independent/CUD right
11: 6-pulse parallel master
12: 6-pulse parallel slave
13: 6-pulse parallel slave/replacement master
21: 12-pulse parallel master
22: 12-pulse parallel slave
23: 12-pulse parallel, slave parallel to master
24: 12-pulse parallel, slave parallel to slave
31: 6-pulse serial master
32: 6-pulse serial slave
33: 6-pulse serial parallel to master
34: 6-pulse serial parallel to slave
35: 6-pulse serial master, slave is a diode bridge
41: 12-pulse serial master
42: 12-pulse serial slave
43: 12-pulse serial parallel to master
44: 12-pulse serial parallel to slave
45: 12-pulse serial master, slave is a diode bridge
Dependency: Refer to: p51799
Note: If value = 0:
The parallel connection interface is inactive, the hardware does not have to be connected. The power unit operates
alone.
If value = 1:
a) Several converters are connected with one another via the parallel interface. The power units operate
independently of one another. Data exchange via the parallel interface is only used to exchange BICO signals.
b) At a CUD in the right-hand slot, a value of 1 must always be set.
For values > 1:
Several converters are connected with one another via the parallel interface. The power units are also connected
with one another and operate together (series connection, parallel connection). Data exchange via the parallel
interface allows the power units to operate together and is additionally used to exchange BICO signals.

p51801 Parallel interface number of transmit data / Par IF num tr data

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9355
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 0
Description: Sets the number of words to be transmitted on the parallel interface.
Value: 0: 0 words
4: 4 words
8: 8 words
12: 12 words
16: 16 words

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 545
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51802 Parallel interface number of power units / Par_IF PU qty

p51803 Parallel interface activation of redundancy mode / Par IF redund mod

p51804[0...15] CI: Parallel interface slave transmit data / PI slave tr data

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9355
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for transmit data when operating the device as a slave on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16

SINAMICS DCM
546 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51805 Parallel interface bus terminator / Par IF bus term

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate the bus terminator on the parallel interface.
Value: 0: Bus terminator OFF
1: Bus terminator ON
Dependency: Refer to: p51806

p51806 Parallel interface bus address / Par IF bus addr

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 16 1
Description: Sets the bus address for the parallel connection of devices.
Dependency: Refer to: p51805

p51807 Parallel interface telegram monitoring failure time / Telegr mon t_fail
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 65.000 [s] 0.100 [s]
Description: Sets the permissible telegram failure time for the parallel interface.
This setting means that every device connected to the parallel switching interface can monitor whether it is
connected to the parallel switching interface.
If a telegram is not received from any other device connected to the parallel switching interface for longer than the set
time, then BICO output r53310.0 is set to 1, and also fault F60014 is initiated in the factory setting.
Value = 0.0:
Telegram monitoring is de-activated.
Value = 0.001 ... 65.000:
Telegram monitoring is activated.
Dependency: Refer to: p50099, r53310
Refer to: F60014
Note: Telegram monitoring is active in the following cases:
- From the first error-free telegram received after the electronic power supply has been switched on The telegram can
be received from any device.
- From the first telegram received error-free after the telegram monitoring has responded (as a result of the failure
time expiring).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 547
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51808 BI: Parallel interface signal source for F60014 / P IF F60014 sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 53310.0
Description: Sets the signal source for triggering fault F60014 "Telegram monitoring timeout".
The fault is triggered on a 1 signal.
Dependency: Refer to: r53310
Refer to: F60014

r51809[0...4] Parallel interface diagnostic information / Par IF diag info

r51810 Parallel interface activity display / Par IF act disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the activities on the individual stations on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Station 1 transmitting data Yes No -
01 Station 2 transmitting data Yes No -
02 Station 3 transmitting data Yes No -
03 Station 4 transmitting data Yes No -
04 Station 5 transmitting data Yes No -
05 Station 6 transmitting data Yes No -
06 Station 7 transmitting data Yes No -
07 Station 8 transmitting data Yes No -
08 Station 9 transmitting data Yes No -
09 Station 10 transmitting data Yes No -
10 Station 11 transmitting data Yes No -
11 Station 12 transmitting data Yes No -
12 Station 13 transmitting data Yes No -
13 Station 14 transmitting data Yes No -
14 Station 15 transmitting data Yes No -
15 Station 16 transmitting data Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
548 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r51811 Parallel interface CAN diagnostic information / PI CAN diag info

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the CAN diagnostic information for the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Abort acknowledge flag 9350
01 Write denied flag 9350
02 Wake-up flag 9350
03 Received msg lost flag 9350
04 Bus-off condition flag 9350
05 Error passive mode flag 9350
06 Warning level flag 9350
07 Form error flag 9350
08 Bit error flag 9350
09 Stuck at dominant bit 9350
10 CRC error 9350
11 Stuff bit error 9350
12 ACK error 9350
13 Bus-off status 9350
14 Error passive state 9350
15 Warning status 9350

r51813[0...15] Parallel interface transmit data display / PI trans data disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9355
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the data selected for transmission.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 549
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51814[0...15] CI: Parallel interface master transmit data / PI master tr data

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9355
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: 4000H Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal sources for transmit data when operating the device as a master on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Note: This parameter is used to define the transmit data and its position in the transmit telegram.
[0]: Word 1 in the telegram
...
[4]: Word 5 in the telegram
[5]: Word 1 in the telegram
...
[9]: Word 5 in the telegram
...

p51815 Parallel interface number of devices / Par_IF device qty

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 16 1
Description: Sets the number of CUDs, which communicate with one another via the parallel switching interface.
This setting is intended so that every device connected to the parallel switching interface can monitor whether all
devices are active and/or available.
Each of the devices connected to the parallel switching interface continually monitors whether all of the devices
regularly send telegrams.
"Device connected to the parallel switching interface" is every CUD, at which p51800 > 0 .
"Regularly sending telegrams" means that the time between two send telegrams from the same device must be less
than 100 ms.
Note: - If the number set here is less than the actual number of devices connected to the parallel switching interface, then
failure of some of the devices is ignored.
- A setting of 1 means that the monitoring is inactive.

SINAMICS DCM
550 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51819[0...1] External voltage transformer transformation ratio / V transf ext ratio

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950, 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000100 1.000000 1.000000
Description: Sets the ratio between output and input voltage on the external voltage transformer for line and armature voltage.
Index: [0] = Line voltage
[1] = Armature voltage
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.
Example:
Output voltage = 100 V
Input voltage = 2000 V
--> p51819 = 100 V / 2000 V = 0.050

p51820 Armature rated supply voltage / Arm V_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
50 [Vrms] 5000 [Vrms] 1000 [Vrms]
Description: Sets the rated supply voltage (rms value) for which the power unit is suitable (electric strength of the thyristors).
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.
The set supply voltage is displayed in r50071.
Parameter p50078[0] (armature rated input voltage) is limited to this value.

p51821[0...1] Measurement cable connection / Meas cab conn

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1000 1000
Description: Sets the connections used to measure the line voltage and the armature voltage on the A7117 module.
Value: 0: No selection
6: XU6 / XV6 / XW6 or XC6 / XD6
50: XU5 / XV5 / XW5 or XC5 / XD5
125: XU4 / XV4 / XW4 or XC4 / XD4
250: XU3 / XV3 / XW3 or XC3 / XD3
575: XU2 / XV2 / XW2 or XC2 / XD2
1000: XU1 / XV1 / XW1 or XC1 / XD1
Index: [0] = Line voltage
[1] = Armature voltage
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.
The parameter value indicates the rated rms value of the maximum measurable line voltage.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 551
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51822 Armature rated direct current / Arm I_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1 [A] 20000.0 [A] 0.1 [A]
Description: Sets the rated direct current for the armature.
The output direct current supported by the power unit in continuous operation should be set in this parameter.
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

p51823 Load voltage at armature rated current / V_load Ia_rated

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850, 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.1000 [V] 1.2000 [V] 1.0000 [V]
Description: Sets the load voltage resulting from the following calculation formula:
V_load = R_load * tr * Id
V_load: The load voltage to be set in this parameter
R_load: The load resistance (default 10 ohm)
r: Transformation ratio of the current transformer (I2 / I1)
Id: Output direct current according to parameter p51822
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

p51824 Current transformer configuration / I_transf config

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850, 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
1 5 2
Description: Sets the configuration for the current transformer for current actual value sensing.
Value: 1: Current transformer in phase U and V
2: Current transformer in phase U and W
3: Current transformer in phase V and W
4: External current transformer connected in V circuit
5: Bipolar current actual value signal (external shunt)
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

p51825 Power unit type / PU typ

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
2 4 2
Description: Sets the power unit type.
Value: 2: 2-quadrant power unit
4: 4-quadrant power unit
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

SINAMICS DCM
552 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51826[0...2] Armature current converter firing pulse chopping times / Pulse chop t
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860, 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 [µs] 105 [µs] [0] 50 [µs]
[1] 35 [µs]
[2] 70 [µs]
Description: Sets the times for firing pulse chopping on the armature current converter.
Index: [0] = Length of first pulse
[1] = Length additional pulses
[2] = Break length
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.
Block pulses are generated (i.e. firing pulses without pulse chopping) with the following setting:
- p51826[0] = 105 µs
- p51826[1] = 105 µs
- p51826[1] = 0 µs

p51829[0...2] Heat sink temperature threshold / Htsk temp thresh

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8048
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [°C] 200.0 [°C] 90.0 [°C]
Description: Sets the threshold for temperature monitoring on the Control Module.
Index: [0] = Temperature sensor 1 / XT5 / A7109
[1] = Temperature sensor 2 / XT6 / A7109
[2] = Temperature sensor 3 / XT7 / A7116
Dependency: Refer to: p51830
Refer to: F60067
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

p51830[0...2] Heat sink temperature sensor type / Htsk temp type

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8048
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the sensor type for the temperature sensors on the Control Module.
Value: 0: No temperature sensor present
1: NTC with 6.8 kOhm
2: NTC with 10 kOhm
Index: [0] = Temperature sensor 1 / XT5 / A7109
[1] = Temperature sensor 2 / XT6 / A7109
[2] = Temperature sensor 3 / XT7 / A7116
Dependency: Refer to: p51829
Refer to: F60067
Note: The NTC temperature sensor should be connected at module A7109 or A7116 at terminal XT5, XT6 or XT7.
The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 553
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51831[0...4] Fuse monitoring activation / Fuse mon act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6957, 6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate fuse monitoring on the Control Module.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Index: [0] = Connector X23B
[1] = Connector X23C
[2] = Connector X23D
[3] = Connector X23E
[4] = Connector X23F
Dependency: Refer to: F60004, F60204
Note: The parameter is only effective on the Control Module.
Connector X23B is available on the power interface and on the expansion module (A7112 module). Monitoring at
connectors X23C to X23F is only possible using the expansion module.
Only groups of up to 6 inputs can be activated and de-activated at the same time.
If an expansion module is connected to slot X23A, slot X23B cannot be used on the power interface.

p51832 Fan monitoring configuration / Fan mon config

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8049
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Sets the configuration for fan monitoring on the Control Module.
Value: 0: OFF
1: ON and Low active
2: ON and High active
Dependency: Refer to: r53140
Refer to: A60266, F60267
Note: Fan monitoring is wired via input terminal 122/123.
The parameter can only be changed for the Control Module.

p51833 External fault mode / Ext F mode

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965, 8049
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Sets the mode to trigger the external fault F60203 via input terminal 124/125 on the Control Module.
Value: 0: Switched off
1: Switched on and Low level triggers fault
2: Switched on and High level triggers fault
Dependency: Refer to: r53140
Refer to: F60203

SINAMICS DCM
554 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The parameter can only be changed for the Control Module.
If value = 1:
The input signal is available via binector output r53140.4 for further interconnection.
If value = 2:
The input signal is available via binector output r53140.3 for further interconnection.

p51834 BI: Signal source for device fan relay output / Fan relay sig s
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6965, 8049
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "Fan On" relay output (terminal 120/121) on the power interface.
Note: The parameter can only be changed for the Control Module.

p51835[0...2] Delay times for device fan monitoring / Fan mon t_del
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8049
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 60.0 [s] [0] 15.0 [s]
[1] 5.0 [s]
[2] 2.0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay times for device fan monitoring on the Control Module.
Index: [0] = ON delay monitoring
[1] = ON delay fault
[2] = ON delay alarm
Dependency: Refer to: A60266, F60267
Note: The parameter can only be changed for the Control Module.

p51838 Field device external rated direct current / I_rated ext

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [A] 600.00 [A] 0.00 [A]
Description: Sets the rated direct current of an external field device (if there is one).
Dependency: Refer to: p50082
Note: This parameter is only effective if p50082 >= 21.

p51839 External field monitoring / Ext field monit

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting for activating/de-activating the monitoring for the external field.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 555
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50082

p51840 Auto-reversing stage simulation mode / Auto-rev simul

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6865
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 26 0
Description: Setting to control simulation mode in the auto-reversing stage.
Value: 0: No simulation mode
11: Fire thyristor 11
12: Fire thyristor 12
13: Fire thyristor 13
14: Fire thyristor 14
15: Fire thyristor 15
16: Fire thyristor 16
21: Fire thyristor 21
22: Fire thyristor 22
23: Fire thyristor 23
24: Fire thyristor 24
25: Fire thyristor 25
26: Fire thyristor 26
Note: The simulation mode can only be activated in operating states >= o7.0.

p51845 Line zero crossings offset angle fixed / Line offset fixed
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-120.00 [°] 120.00 [°] 0.00 [°]
Description: Sets a fixed offset angle between the line zero crossings at the power unit and the synchronizing voltage.
Dependency: Refer to: p51846, p51847

p51846[0...5] Line zero crossings offset angle thyristor pair-dependent factor / Line offset Fact
DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
-10.00 [°] 10.00 [°] 0.00 [°]
Description: Sets an offset angle dependent on a thyristor pair between the line zero crossings at the power unit and the
synchronizing voltage.
Index: [0] = Thyristor pair 1-6 (UV+)
[1] = Thyristor pair 1-2 (WU-)
[2] = Thyristor pair 2-3 (VW+)
[3] = Thyristor pair 3-4 (UV-)
[4] = Thyristor pair 4-5 (WU+)
[5] = Thyristor pair 5-6 (VW-)
Dependency: Refer to: p51845, p51847

SINAMICS DCM
556 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51847[0...5] CI: Line zero crossings offset angle thyristor pair-dependent s_src / Line offset s_src
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the offset angle dependent on a thyristor pair between the line zero crossings at the power
unit and the synchronizing voltage.
Index: [0] = Thyristor pair 1-6 (UV+)
[1] = Thyristor pair 1-2 (WU-)
[2] = Thyristor pair 2-3 (VW+)
[3] = Thyristor pair 3-4 (UV-)
[4] = Thyristor pair 4-5 (WU+)
[5] = Thyristor pair 5-6 (VW-)
Dependency: Refer to: p51845, p51846

p51852 Current actual value sensing analog input configuration / I_sens AI config
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the armature current actual value sensing.
Value = 0:
The device-internal armature current actual value sensing is active.
Value > 0:
An external armature currrent actual value sensing is fed to the SINAMICS DC MASTER via an analog input. The
device-internal armature current actual value sensing is not active.
Value: 0: Ia sensing internal
1: Sensing via analog input 3 (X177.1/2)
2: Sensing via analog input 4 (X177.3/4)
3: Sensing via analog input 5 (X177.5/6)
4: Sensing via analog input 6 (X177.7/8)
Dependency: Refer to: p51823, p51824
Danger: For value > 0, the following applies:
Incorrect setting of parameter p51853 leads to damaging or destruction of the power unit!

Note: For value > 0, the following applies:

This is to be used only in certain special cases, where the accuracy of the device-internal armature current actual
value sensing is regarded as insufficient.
The following applies for the Control Module:
p51852 = 0: p51824 is active
p51852 > 0: p51824 is not active

p51853 Current actual value sensing analog input voltage at rated Ia / I_sen AI V at Ia
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.100 [V] 10.000 [V] 5.000 [V]
Description: Sets the voltage for the external current actual value sensing.
This voltage is supplied via the input terminal X177:x/x at armature rated current.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 557
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p51823, p51824

Danger: The following applies for p51852 > 0:
Incorrect setting of parameter p51853 leads to damaging or destruction of the power unit!

Note: The following applies for the DC converter:

p51852 = 0: p51853 is not active
p51852 > 0: p51853 is active
The following applies for the Control Module:
p51852 = 0: p51823 is active
p51852 > 0: p51853 is active, p51823 is not active

p51854 Armature voltage sensing configuration / Va_sens config

DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the armature voltage sensing.
Value = 0:
The device-internal armature voltage sensing is effective.
Value = 1:
An external armature voltage sensing is entered via analog input 2 (X177.29/30). The device-internal armature
voltage sensing is not effective.
Value = 2: both
Value: 0: Va sensing internal
1: Va sensing via AI 2 (X177.29/30)
2: Va sensing internal & via AI 2 (X177.29/30)
Dependency: Refer to: p51823, p51824
Notice: The following applies for p51854 = 0 --> 1 or 2:
The device must be restarted. Only then does the armature voltage sensing operate correctly via analog input 2.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p51855 Armature voltage sensing analog input reference voltage / Va_sens AI V_ref
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
10.000 [V] 2000.000 [V] 10.000 [V]
Description: Sets the armature voltage, which corresponds to a +10 V voltage at analog input 2 (X177.29/30).
Dependency: Refer to: p51854
Note: The parameter is only effective for p51854 = 1.

p51861[0...n] Capacitance of the DC link capacitor / Capac_DClink

DC_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [µF] 10000000.000 [µF] 1000.000 [µF]
Description: Load connection: capacitance of the DC link capacitor

SINAMICS DCM
558 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51862 CI: Capacitance of the DC link capacitor signal source / C_DC link s_src
DC_CTRL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Load connection: signal source for varying the capacitance of the DC link capacitor

r52000 CO: Fixed value 0 % / Fix val 0%

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value 0 %.

r52001 CO: Fixed value 100 % / Fix val 100%

r52002 CO: Fixed value 200 % / Fix val 200%

r52003 CO: Fixed value -100 % / Fix val -100%

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 559
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52004 CO: Fixed value -200 % / Fix val -200%

r52005 CO: Fixed value 50 % / Fix val 50%

r52006 CO: Fixed value 150 % / Fix val 150%

r52007 CO: Fixed value -50 % / Fix val -50%

r52008 CO: Fixed value -150 % / Fix val -150%

SINAMICS DCM
560 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52010 CO: CUD analog input main setpoint raw value / CUD AI m set raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the "Main setpoint" analog input (X177.25/26).

r52011 CO: CUD analog input main setpoint / CUD AI m set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the "Main setpoint" analog input (X177.25/26).

r52012 CO: CUD analog input main actual value raw value / CUD AI m act raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the "Main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).

r52013 CO: CUD analog input main actual value / CUD AI m act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075, 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the "Main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).

r52014 CO: CUD analog input select input 1 raw value / CUD AI sel 1 raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the analog "Select input 1" (X177.27/28).

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 561
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52015 CO: CUD analog input select input 1 / CUD AI sel 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the analog "Select input 1" (X177.27/28).

r52016 CO: CUD analog input select input 2 raw value / CUD AI sel 2 raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the analog "Select input 2" (X177.29/30).

r52017 CO: CUD analog input select input 2 / CUD AI sel 2

r52018 CO: CUD analog input 3 raw value / CUD AI 3 raw

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 3 (X177.1/2) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52019
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52019 CO: CUD analog input 3 result / CUD AI 3 res

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 3 (X177.1/2) on the CUD.

SINAMICS DCM
562 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52020 CO: CUD analog input 4 raw value / CUD AI 4 raw

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 4 (X177.3/4) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52021

r52021 CO: CUD analog input 4 result / CUD AI 4 res

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2085
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 4 (X177.3/4) on the CUD.

r52022 CO: CUD analog input 5 raw value / CUD AI 5 raw

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 5 (X177.5/6) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52023

r52023 CO: CUD analog input 5 result / CUD AI 5 res

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 5 (X177.5/6) on the CUD.

r52024 CO: CUD analog input 6 raw value / CUD AI 6 raw

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 6 (X177.7/8) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52025

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 563
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52025 CO: CUD analog input 6 result / CUD AI 6 res

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2090
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 6 (X177.7/8) on the CUD.

r52026 CO: CUD analog output 0 value after smoothing / CUD AO 0 v aft sm
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for analog output 0 (X177.49/50) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50750
Note: AO: Analog Output

r52027 CO: CUD analog output 1 value after smoothing / CUD AO 1 v aft sm
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2095
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for analog output 1 (X177.51/52) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50755
Note: AO: Analog Output

r52047 CO: Ramp-function generator braking distance (Unsigned32) / RFG brake dist U32
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the braking distance required as increments of the pulse encoder defined in p0400.
The pulse encoder to be used must be selected using p50331.
The required braking distance is calculated assuming that the speed setpoint at the ramp-function generator input
has been set to 0 and the speed actual value is approaching 0, taking the set ramp-down time and roundings into
consideration.
Note: For p0400[p50331] = 0, a braking distance of 0 is displayed.
The braking distance calculation is only correct if the ramp-down time and the roundings do not change during
braking (p50302, r00899.5, p50637, p50638).

SINAMICS DCM
564 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52048 CO: Ramp-function generator braking distance (FloatingPoint32) / RFG br dist float
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the braking distance required as increments of the pulse encoder defined in p0400.
The pulse encoder to be used must be selected using p50331.
The required braking distance is calculated assuming that the speed setpoint at the ramp-function generator input
has been set to 0 and the speed actual value is approaching 0, taking the set ramp-down time and roundings into
consideration.
Note: For p0400[p50331] = 0, a braking distance of 0 is displayed.
The braking distance calculation is only correct if the ramp-down time and the roundings do not change during
braking (p50302, r00899.5, p50637, p50638).

r52049 Temperature sensor available / Temp_sens avail

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the integrated temperature sensors.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Temperature sensor XT5 Available Not present 6960
01 Temperature sensor XT6 Available Not present 6960
02 Temperature sensor XT7 Available Not present 6960
03 Gating module temperature sensor Available Not present 6960
Note: The display is independent of the temperature sensor status and only indicates the desired state.

r52050[0...4] CO: Temperature sensor display / Temp sensor disp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8047, 8048
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the device's temperature outputs.
Index: [0] = Temperature 1
[1] = Temperature 2
[2] = Temperature 3
[3] = Gating module temperature
[4] = CUD Control Unit temperature
Note: Temperature sensors which are not in use return a high negative value (approx. -200 °C).

r52051 CO: Motor temperature output / Mot temp outp

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 565
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Scaling:
0 % corresponds to 0 °C
100 % corresponds to 100 °C
Dependency: The parameter is only valid for the following temperature sensors with a continuous characteristic:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6)
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)
Refer to: p50490
Note: If p50490 = 0, 2 to 5, a value of 0 is displayed.

r52100 CO: Armature firing angle after limiting / Fir ang aft lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature firing angle after limiting by the auto-reversing stage.

r52101 CO: Armature firing angle before limiting / Fir ang bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860, 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature firing angle before limiting by the auto-reversing stage.

r52102 CO: Cl-loop arm curr ctrl prectr value + arm curr controller output / Ia ctr prec+outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output to the armature gating module (pre-control value + armature current
controller output).

r52103 CO: Armature current flow duration / Arm I_flow dur

SINAMICS DCM
566 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52104 CO: Armature current increase / Arm I_incr

r52106 Torque direction requested / Tqe dir requ

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6860
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the requested torque direction.
Note: Value = 0: No torque direction requested
Value = 1: Torque direction 1 requested
Value = 2: Torque direction 2 requested

r52107 CO: Arm curr act val averaged over 6 cycles with reference to motor / Ia act 6 mot cyc
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851, 6854
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the signed armature current actual value.
The value is averaged over 6 firing cycles and referenced to the rated motor current.

r52108[0...2] CO: Phase currents rms value / I_phase rms

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the rms values of the phase currents.
The values are averaged over six firing cycles.
100 % corresponds to sqrt(2/3) * r50072[1] = 0.8165 * r50072[1]
The reference value is that rms value of the phase currents that is obtained if the rated DC current flows in the B6
bridge.
Index: [0] = Phase U
[1] = Phase V
[2] = Phase W

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 567
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52109 CO: Armature current actual value averaged over 6 cycles / Ia act 6 cyc
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851, 6902,
8038, 8042, 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the signed armature current actual value.
The value is averaged over 6 firing cycles.

r52110 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller output / Ia ctr outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the closed-loop armature current control output.

r52111 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller outp proportional comp /
Ia ctr outp P comp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the proportional component of closed-loop armature current control.

r52112 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller outp integral comp / Ia ctr outp I comp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the integral component of closed-loop armature current control.

r52113 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr setpoint/actual value difference / Ia ctr set/act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint/actual value difference of closed-loop armature current control.

SINAMICS DCM
568 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52114 CO: Armature current actual value averaged over 1 cycle / Ia act 1 cyc
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the signed armature current actual value.
The value is averaged over 1 firing cycle.

r52115 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller actual value abs value / Ia ctr I_act abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the current controller actual value for closed-loop armature
current control.

r52116 CO: Armature current actual value internal absolute value / A I_act int abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the internal armature current actual value.
The value is averaged over one firing cycle.

r52117 CO: Armature current actual value internal signed / A I_act int sign
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the signed internal armature current actual value.
The value is averaged between the centers of the firing intervals.

r52118 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller setpoint absolute value / Ia ctr I_set abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the current controller setpoint for closed-loop armature current
control.
Dependency: Refer to: r50020

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 569
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52119 CO: Cl-loop arm curr control curr controller setpoint / Ia ctr I_set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current controller setpoint prior to absolute value generation for closed-loop
armature current control.

r52120 CO: Curr limitation arm curr setpoint before red gearbox stressing / Ia_set bef gear
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current controller setpoint before reduced gearbox stressing.

r52121 CO: Closed-loop armature current control pre-control output / Ia ctr prec outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current pre-control output.

r52122 CO: EMF actual value armature current pre-control / EMF act prec
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6852, 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the EMF actual value for armature current pre-control.
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

r52123 CO: EMF actual value signed / EMF act sign

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6852, 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the signed unsmoothed EMF actual value.
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

SINAMICS DCM
570 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52124 CO: Active power for a pure ohmic load / P_act ohm load
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the active power for a pure ohmic load (= r52126 * r52127).
The value is averaged over six firing cycles.
Note: This quantity is used for heating applications (rms value current control or rms value power control).

r52125 CO: Curr limitation arm curr setpoint aft reduced gearbox stressing / Ia set aft gear
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current controller setpoint after reduced gearbox stressing.

r52126 CO: Armature current actual value rms value / Ia_act rms
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the rms value of the internal armature current actual value.
The value is averaged over 6 firing cycles, and referred to the rated device current (r50072[1]).

r52127 CO: Armature voltage rms value / Ua_act rms

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the rms value of the armature voltage.
The value is averaged over six firing cycles.
100 % corresponds to (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi * p50078[0] = 1.35 * p50078[0] (= U_di0_rated)

r52128 CO: Firing angle linearized / Firing angle lin

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6858
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the linearized firing angle.
Dependency: Refer to: p50600

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 571
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: This parameter is calculated when Ua_set is fed into the gating unit.
-100 % corresponds to 180 degrees
+100% corresponds to 0 degrees

r52129 CO: n-dependent current limitation armature current setpoint limit / I_lim Ia set lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8040
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current setpoint after speed-dependent current limitation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50109

r52130 CO: I2t monitoring armature current setpoint after limitation / I2t Ia set n lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current setpoint after limitation by means of I2t monitoring as a
percentage of r50072[1].

r52131 CO: Current limitation minimum positive armature current limit / Ia lim pos min
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840, 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the minimum positive armature current limit.

r52132 CO: Current limitation maximum negative armature current limit / Ia lim neg max
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840, 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the maximum negative armature current limit.

r52133 CO: Current limitation setpoint before limitation (with add_s) / Set bef lim w add
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840, 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current controller setpoint before limitation (with additional setpoint).

SINAMICS DCM
572 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52134 CO: Speed limiting controller curr controller setp before limitation / Ia set bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current controller setpoint before current limitation.

r52135[0...6] CO: Current limitation default for torque direction II / Ia lim def t d II
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the variable torque limiting defaults in torque direction II.
Dependency: Refer to: p50603, p50604
Note: Connector output r52135[0 to 6] is the inverse of p50603[0 to 6] and interconnected by default via connector input
p50604[0 to 6].

r52136 CO: Speed limiting controller upper torque limit effective / n_lim t lim up max
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective upper torque limit (maximum value) on the speed limiting controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52137

r52137 CO: Speed limiting controller lower torque limit effective / n_lim t lim l min
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective lower torque limit (minimum value) on the speed limiting controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r52136

r52138[0...4] CO: Torque limiting negative default / Tqe lim neg def
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6825
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the defaults for variable negative torque limiting.
Dependency: Refer to: p50606
Note: Connector output r52138[0 to 4] is the inverse of p50605[0 to 4]; it is interconnected by default via connector input
p50606[0 to 4].

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 573
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52140 CO: Torque limiting torque setpoint / Tqe lim set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint.

r52141 CO: Torque limiting torque setpoint after limiting / T lim set aft lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint after limiting.

r52142 CO: Armature current actual value sensing torque actual value / A act val s tq act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque actual value as a percentage of r50072[1] * p50102.

r52143 CO: Torque limiting armature torque limit min pos / T lim arm min pos
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the minimum positive torque limit for the armature.

r52144 CO: Torque limiting armature torque limit max neg / T lim arm max neg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the maximum negative torque limit for the armature.

SINAMICS DCM
574 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52145 CO: Torque limiting setpoint before limiting (with add_s) / Set bef lim w add
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint before limiting (with additional setpoint).

r52147 CO: Torque limiting setpoint before limiting (without add_s) / Set b lim w/o add
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830, 6840
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint before limiting (without additional setpoint).

r52148 CO: Speed controller torque setpoint / n_ctr tq set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed controller's output value with friction and inertia compensation and
additional torque setpoint.

r52149 CO: Torque actual value in relation to p50100 * p50102 / Tqe act ref
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6851
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the torque actual value referenced to p50100 * p50102.

r52150 CO: Speed controller setpoint change / n_ctr set chng

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint change on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50540, r52174

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 575
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52152 CO: Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference output / Set/act dif outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for acceleration dependent upon setpoint/actual value difference.
In the case of the "Acceleration dependent upon setpoint/actual value difference" function, only the proportion of the
speed controller's setpoint/actual value difference which has an absolute value in excess of the threshold (p50543) is
switched through.
Dependency: Refer to: p50541, p50543

r52154 CO: Speed controller reference model output / n_ctrl ref outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6812
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reference model for the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50237, p50238, p50239

r52155 CO: Speed controller reference model setpoint-actual val difference / n_ctr ref set-act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6812
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint-actual value difference after the influence of the reference model for the
speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50621, p50622, p50623, p50624

r52156 CO: Lead/lag element output value / Lead/lag output

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output value of the lead/lag element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50207, p50208, p50209

r52160 CO: Speed controller output value / n_ctr outp val

SINAMICS DCM
576 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52161 CO: Speed controller proportional component output value / P comp outp val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output value of the proportional component on the speed controller.

r52162 CO: Speed controller integral component output value / I_comp outp val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the integral component of the speed controller's output value.

r52164 CO: Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference / n_ctr set/act dif
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815, 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the speed setpoint/actual value difference used for the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50620

r52165 CO: Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference / n_ctr set/act dif
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the result of the setpoint/actual value difference on the speed controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50621, p50622, p50623, p50624
Note: The setpoint/actual value difference (r52165) results from setpoint 1 and 2 (p50621, p50622) and actual value 1 and
2 (p50623, p50624).

r52166 CO: Speed controller actual value selection absolute value / Sel act abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810, 6815,
6825, 6900, 8040, 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the selected speed actual value as an absolute value on the speed controller.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 577
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52167 CO: Speed controller actual value selection / Act sel

r52168 CO: Derivative-action element negative output value / D elem neg outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the negative output value of the derivative-action element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50205, p50206, p50627, r52169

r52169 CO: Derivative-action element output value / D elem outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output value of the derivative-action element.
Dependency: Refer to: p50205, p50206, p50627, r52168

r52170 CO: RFG speed setpoint after limiting / RFG n_set aft lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 1720, 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after limiting.

r52171 CO: Friction/inertia compensation output value / Comp outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815, 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the compensation output value for friction and inertia.
Dependency: Refer to: p50223
Note: If p50223 = 1:
This value is added to the speed controller's output.

SINAMICS DCM
578 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52172 CO: Friction compensation output value / Fric comp outp

r52173 CO: Inertia compensation output value / Inert comp outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the moment of inertia compensation output value.
Dependency: Refer to: p50697
Note: If p50697 = 1 signal:
This value is added to the friction and moment of inertia compensation output.

r52174 CO: Speed controller setpoint smoothed / n_ctr set smooth

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810, 6820
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the smoothed setpoint on the speed controller.

r52176 CO: Speed controller droop output value / Droop outp val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6805
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the droop output value on the speed controller.

r52177 CO: Band-stop 1 output value / Band-st 1 outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for output value of band-stop 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50201, p50202, p50628

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 579
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52178 CO: Band-stop 2 output value / Band-st 2 outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for output value of band-stop 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50203, p50204, p50629

r52179 CO: Speed controller actual value smoothed / n_ctr act sm

r52181 CO: RFG effective positive setpoint limit / RFG set lim pos
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective positive setpoint limit with "Limiting after ramp-function generator".

r52182 CO: RFG effective negative setpoint limit / RFG set lim neg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective negative setpoint limit with "Limiting after ramp-function generator".

r52183 CO: RFG speed setpoint before limiting / RFG n_set bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint with "Limiting after ramp-function generator".

SINAMICS DCM
580 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52184 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint lim neg default 0 / M set neg def 0
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the default value of variable negative main setpoint limiting with index 0.
Dependency: Refer to: p50642
Note: The value represents the inversion of p50642[0].

r52185 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint lim neg default 1 / M set neg def 1
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the default value of variable negative main setpoint limiting with index 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p50642
Note: The value represents the inversion of p50642[1].

r52186 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint lim neg default 2 / M set neg def 2
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the default value of variable negative main setpoint limiting with index 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p50642
Note: The value represents the inversion of p50642[2].

r52187 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint lim neg default 3 / M set neg def 3
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the default value of variable negative main setpoint limiting with index 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p50642
Note: The value represents the inversion of p50642[3].

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 581
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52190 CO: RFG speed setpoint output / RFG n_set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3150, 3151,
3152, 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint calculated by the ramp-function generator.

r52191 CO: RFG dy/dt rise in relation to p50542 / RFG dy/dt p50542
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the rise of the ramp-function generator output in relation to the time set in p50542.
Dependency: Refer to: p50542

r52192 CO: RFG setpoint before ramp-function generator / RFG set bef RFG
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3151, 3152
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint before the ramp-function generator.

r52193 CO: Setpoint processing output to ramp-function generator / Outp to RFG

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint to the ramp-function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50648

r52194 CO: Setpoint processing setpoint after reduction / Set after reduc
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum "main setpoint (limited) + additional setpoint" after setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p51607, p51608, r52195
Note: Setpoint reduction is set via p51608 and activated/de-activated via binector input p51607.

SINAMICS DCM
582 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52195 CO: Setpoint processing setpoint before reduction / Set before reduc
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum "main setpoint (limited) + additional setpoint" before setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p51607, p51608, r52194
Note: Setpoint reduction is set via p51608 and activated/de-activated via binector input p51607.

r52196 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint upper limit effective / M set up lim eff
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective upper limit in the case of main setpoint limiting.

r52197 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint lower limit effective / M set low lim eff
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the effective lower limit in the case of main setpoint limiting.

r52198 CO: Setpoint processing main setpoint before limiting / M_setp bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3135
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the main setpoint before setpoint limiting.

r52201 CO: Creep setpoint output / Creep set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum of all creep setpoints (p504441[0 to 7]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50440, p50441

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 583
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52202 CO: Jog setpoint output / Jog set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum of all jog setpoints (p50436[0 to 7]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50435, p50436

r52203 CO: Oscillation square-wave generator setpoint / Oscill sq-w gen

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the square-wave generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p50480, p50481, p50482, p50483

r52204 CO: Fixed setpoint output / Fix set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum of all fixed setpoints (p50431[0 to 7]).
Dependency: Refer to: p50430, p50431

r52206 CO: Creep setpoint output after selection / Cr set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3130
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the setpoint dependent upon creep.

r52207 CO: Jog setpoint output after selection / Jog set outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3125
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the setpoint dependent upon jog.

SINAMICS DCM
584 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52208 CO: Oscillation output after selection / Oscil outp aft sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3120
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the setpoint dependent upon oscillation selection.
Note: If oscillation is selected (p50485 = 1 signal):
r52208 = r52203
If oscillation is de-selected (p50485 = 0 signal):
r52208 = p50484

r52209 CO: Fixed setpoint output after selection / Fix set outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3115
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the sum of all fixed setpoints following selection of at least one connector.
Dependency: Refer to: p50430, p50431
Note: If at least one connector has been selected via p50430[0 to 7]:
r52209 = r52204
If no connectors have been selected via p50430[0 to 7]:
r52209 = r52210

r52210[0...3] CO: RFG positive limiting inverted after RFG / RFG pos lim inv
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the signals interconnected and inverted via connector input p50632[0 to 3].
Index: [0] = Signal p50632[0] inverted
[1] = Signal p50632[1] inverted
[2] = Signal p50632[2] inverted
[3] = Signal p50632[3] inverted

r52211 CO: Fixed setpoint output after AOP30 / Fix set outp AOP
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3113
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the fixed setpoint after intervention from the advanced operator panel 30 (AOP30).
Dependency: Refer to: p50433

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 585
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52240 CO: Motorized potentiometer output / MotP outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output on the motorized potentiometer.

r52241 CO: Motorized potentiometer output dy/dt / MotP outp dy/dt

r52242 CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint / MotP set

r52250 CO: Field firing angle after limiting / Fir ang aft lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the field firing angle after limiting by the auto-reversing stage.

r52251 CO: Field firing angle before limiting / Fir ang bef lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the field firing angle before limiting by the auto-reversing stage.

SINAMICS DCM
586 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52252 CO: Cl-loop field curr ctrl prectr and field curr controller output / If_ctr prec+ctrl
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the output value from pre-control and the field current controller.

r52260 CO: Closed-loop field current control current controller output / If_ctr I_ctr outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output in the case of closed-loop field current control.

r52261 CO: Cl-loop field curr control curr controller proportional comp / If_ctr I_ctr P com
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the proportional component in the case of closed-loop field current control.

r52262 CO: Cl-loop field curr control curr controller integral comp / If_ctr I_ctr I com
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the integral component in the case of closed-loop field current control.

r52263 CO: Cl-loop field curr ctrl current controller set/act val diff / If_ctr I_ctr dif
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint/actual value difference in the case of closed-loop field current control.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 587
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52265 CO: Cl-loop field curr ctrl current controller actual value / If_ctr act
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905, 6910,
8025, 8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the field current controller's actual value.

r52266 CO: Field current actual value internal absolute value / If_act int abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6912
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the absolute value of the internal field current actual value as a percentage of p50073.01.

r52268 CO: Closed-loop field current control current controller setpoint / If_ctr set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910, 8025,
8044
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the field current controller's setpoint.

r52271 CO: Closed-loop field current control pre-control output / If_ctr prec outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of pre-control for closed-loop field current control.

r52273 CO: Field current setpoint limiting upper limit output / If lim up lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the upper limit of the field current setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: r50073, p50102, p50613

SINAMICS DCM
588 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52274 CO: Field current setpoint limiting lower limit output / If lim low lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the lower limit of the field current setpoint.
Dependency: Refer to: p50103, p50614

r52275 CO: Field current setpoint limiting output after limiting / If lim outp lim
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the field current setpoint after field current setpoint limiting.
Dependency: Refer to: p50611

r52276 CO: Field current setpoint limiting output before limiting / If lim outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the field current setpoint before field current setpoint limiting.
Dependency: Refer to: p50611

r52277 CO: EMF controller pre-control and controller output after selection /
EMF prec+ctrl sel
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output from pre-control and EMF controller after selection.
If p50081 = 0:
--> r52277 = 100%
If p50081 = 1:
--> r52277 = Sum of EMF controller and EMF pre-control outputs
Dependency: Refer to: p50081

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 589
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52278 CO: EMF controller pre-control and controller output / EMF prec+ctrl outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the sum of the outputs from EMF pre-control and the EMF controller.

r52280 CO: EMF controller output / EMF ctr outp

r52281 CO: EMF controller proportional component output / EMF ctr P com outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the proportional component on the EMF controller.

r52282 CO: EMF controller integral component output / EMF ctr I com outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the integral component on the EMF controller.

r52283 CO: EMF controller setpoint/actual value difference / EMF ctr dif
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the setpoint/actual value difference on the EMF controller.

SINAMICS DCM
590 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52284 CO: EMF controller setpoint/actual value difference after droop / EMF ctr dif droop
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the setpoint/actual value difference after droop on the EMF controller.

r52285 CO: EMF controller actual value / EMF ctr act

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the actual value on the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50616
Note: A value of 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

r52286 CO: Average absolute value of EMF actual value / EMF act abs avg
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the absolute value of the EMF actual value averaged over the last 3 firing periods (r52287).
Dependency: Refer to: r52287
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi

r52287 CO: Average EMF actual value / EMF act avg

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6810, 6902,
8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the signed EMF actual value averaged over the last 3 firing periods.
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi

r52288 CO: EMF controller setpoint / EMF ctr set

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the setpoint on the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: p50615
Note: A value of 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 591
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52289 CO: EMF controller setpoint absolute value / EMF ctr set abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the setpoint on the EMF controller.
Dependency: Refer to: r50039, p50100, p50101, p50110
Note: A value of 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

r52290 CO: Closed-loop field current control motor flux output / If ctr motor flux
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830, 6835,
6851, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the motor flux in the case of closed-loop field current control.
The value is a percentage of p50102.

r52291 CO: Armature voltage actual value absolute value / Ua act abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value of the armature voltage as an absolute value.
Dependency: Refer to: r52292
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi

r52292 CO: Armature voltage signed actual value / Ua act signed

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the signed actual value of the armature voltage.
Dependency: Refer to: r52291
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[0] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi

r52293 CO: EMF controller pre-control output / EMF ctr prec outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900, 6910
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for pre-control on the EMF controller.

SINAMICS DCM
592 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p50273

r52294 CO: EMF setpoint reduction output / EMF setp_red outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6895
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the EMF setpoint reduction.
Dependency: Refer to: p50287, p50288

r52295 CO: Field voltage actual value absolute value / Uf act abs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value of the field voltage as an absolute value.
Dependency: Refer to: r52296
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[1] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

r52296 CO: Field voltage actual value signed / Uf act val sign
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the signed actual value of the field voltage.
Dependency: Refer to: r52295
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[1] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

r52297 CO: Output voltage of the thyristor bridge (1C/1D) / U_out 1C/1D
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Output voltage of the thyristor bridge (1C/1D) as percentage
(average value between 2 firing pulses)
Note: 100% corresponds to p50078[1] * (3 * sqrt(2)) / Pi.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 593
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52298 CO: Load connection supplementary current setpoint output / Suppl Ia_set off
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Load connection:
Display and connector output for the supplementary current setpoint.
Note: This is used to increase the dynamic response of the voltage control regarding disturbing variable changes when
using the SINAMICS DCM as I/R unit or supplying a DC busbar.
A supplementary current setpoint is input, which is calculated according to the following formula:
I_(set,suppl)=I_d-C*(dU_d)/dt

100 % corresponds to p50072[1]

r52301 CO: Armature line voltage U-V / Arm V_line U-V

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the line voltage U-V in the armature circuit.

r52302 CO: Armature line voltage V-W / Arm V_line V-W

r52303 CO: Armature line voltage W-U / Arm V_line W-U

r52304 CO: Field line voltage / Field V_line

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910, 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the line voltage in the field circuit.

SINAMICS DCM
594 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52305 CO: Average armature line voltage / Arm V_line avg

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950, 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the average line voltage over the 3 phases in the armature circuit.

r52306 CO: Armature line frequency / Arm f_line

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855, 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the line frequency in the armature circuit.
The value is a percentage of 50 Hz.

r52307 CO: Average motor power supplied / Mot P supp avg

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the average motor power supplied.
Dependency: Refer to: r52109, r52287

r52309 CO: Calculated motor temperature rise / Calc mot temp rise
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8038
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the calculated motor temperature rise.
Dependency: Refer to: p50114
Refer to: A60037, F60137

r52310 CO: I2t monitoring thyristor temperature rise / I2t thyr temp rise
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the calculated thyristor temperature rise as a percentage of the maximum
temperature.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 595
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52311[0...1] CO: Current actual value of the parallel power units / Ia par_power_unit
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current actual values of the cabinet devices with power units connected in
parallel.

Only active for 6RM80 with options Z04, Z05, Z07, Z13 and Z15
Index: [0] = Power unit 1
[1] = Power unit 2

r52312[0...1] CO: I2T thyristor temperature rise of the parallel power units / I2T par_power unit
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the thyristor temperature rise of the cabinet devices with power units connected in
parallel.
Index: [0] = Power unit 1
[1] = Power unit 2
Note: This parameter is only active for 6RM80 devices with options Z04, Z05, Z07, Z13 and Z15.

r52316 CO: Field line frequency / Field f_line

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the field line frequency.
The value is a percentage of 50 Hz.

r52320 CO: Armature current control counter EMF ratio / V_counter_ratio

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6855
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output of the counter EMF ratio EMF/V_line.
Dependency: Refer to: r52122, r52305

SINAMICS DCM
596 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52350 CO: Adaptation armature current control output / Adapt Ia_ctrl outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6853
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current controller adaptation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50572, p50573, p50574

r52355 CO: Adaptation field current control output / Adapt If_ctrl outp
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6908
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the field current controller adaptation.
Dependency: Refer to: p50577, p50578

r52401 CO: Fixed value 1 / Fix val 1

r52402 CO: Fixed value 2 / Fix val 2

r52403 CO: Fixed value 3 / Fix val 3

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 597
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52404 CO: Fixed value 4 / Fix val 4

r52405 CO: Fixed value 5 / Fix val 5

r52406 CO: Fixed value 6 / Fix val 6

r52407 CO: Fixed value 7 / Fix val 7

r52408 CO: Fixed value 8 / Fix val 8

SINAMICS DCM
598 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52409 CO: Fixed value 9 / Fix val 9

r52410 CO: Fixed value 10 / Fix val 10

r52411 CO: Fixed value 11 / Fix val 11

r52412 CO: Fixed value 12 / Fix val 12

r52413 CO: Fixed value 13 / Fix val 13

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 599
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52414 CO: Fixed value 14 / Fix val 14

r52415 CO: Fixed value 15 / Fix val 15

r52416 CO: Fixed value 16 / Fix val 16

r52451 CO: Speed controller start pulse positive setpoint / Start pul pos set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the positive setpoint of the start pulse on the speed controller.

r52452 CO: Speed controller start pulse negative setpoint evaluated / Start pul neg set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the negative setpoint of the start pulse on the speed controller.
The setpoint is evaluated via p51652.
Dependency: Refer to: p51652

SINAMICS DCM
600 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52453 CO: Speed controller start pulse negative setpoint / Start pul neg set
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the negative setpoint of the start pulse on the speed controller.

r52454 CO: Speed controller start pulse output value / Start pul outp val
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6800
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output value of the start pulse on the speed controller.

r52510 CO: Master switch setpoint output / Set outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3105
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the setpoint prevailing on the 4-step master switch.

r52601 CO: P2P IF receive data word 1 / P2P recv 1

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for word 1 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Dependency: Refer to: r52606

r52602 CO: P2P IF receive data word 2 / P2P recv 2

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for word 2 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Dependency: Refer to: r52607

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 601
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52603 CO: P2P IF receive data word 3 / P2P recv 3

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for word 3 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Dependency: Refer to: r52608

r52604 CO: P2P IF receive data word 4 / P2P recv 4

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for word 4 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Dependency: Refer to: r52609

r52605 CO: P2P IF receive data word 5 / P2P recv 5

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for word 5 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Dependency: Refer to: r52610

r52606.0...15 CO/BO: P2P IF receive data word 1 bit by bit / P2P recv 1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for the bit-by-bit interconnection of word 1 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P IF receive data bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P IF receive data bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P IF receive data bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P IF receive data bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P IF receive data bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P IF receive data bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P IF receive data bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P IF receive data bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P IF receive data bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P IF receive data bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P IF receive data bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P IF receive data bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P IF receive data bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P IF receive data bit 13 1 0 9300

SINAMICS DCM
602 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 P2P IF receive data bit 14 1 0 9300

15 P2P IF receive data bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: r52601

r52607.0...15 CO/BO: P2P IF receive data word 2 bit by bit / P2P recv 2 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for the bit-by-bit interconnection of word 2 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P IF receive data bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P IF receive data bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P IF receive data bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P IF receive data bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P IF receive data bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P IF receive data bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P IF receive data bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P IF receive data bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P IF receive data bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P IF receive data bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P IF receive data bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P IF receive data bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P IF receive data bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P IF receive data bit 13 1 0 9300
14 P2P IF receive data bit 14 1 0 9300
15 P2P IF receive data bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: r52602

r52608.0...15 CO/BO: P2P IF receive data word 3 bit by bit / P2P recv 3 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for the bit-by-bit interconnection of word 3 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P IF receive data bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P IF receive data bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P IF receive data bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P IF receive data bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P IF receive data bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P IF receive data bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P IF receive data bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P IF receive data bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P IF receive data bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P IF receive data bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P IF receive data bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P IF receive data bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P IF receive data bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P IF receive data bit 13 1 0 9300
14 P2P IF receive data bit 14 1 0 9300
15 P2P IF receive data bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: r52603

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 603
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52609.0...15 CO/BO: P2P IF receive data word 4 bit by bit / P2P recv 4 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for the bit-by-bit interconnection of word 4 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P IF receive data bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P IF receive data bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P IF receive data bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P IF receive data bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P IF receive data bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P IF receive data bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P IF receive data bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P IF receive data bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P IF receive data bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P IF receive data bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P IF receive data bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P IF receive data bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P IF receive data bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P IF receive data bit 13 1 0 9300
14 P2P IF receive data bit 14 1 0 9300
15 P2P IF receive data bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: r52604

r52610.0...15 CO/BO: P2P IF receive data word 5 bit by bit / P2P recv 5 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for the bit-by-bit interconnection of word 5 of the receive data on the peer-to-peer interface (P2P IF).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P IF receive data bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P IF receive data bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P IF receive data bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P IF receive data bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P IF receive data bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P IF receive data bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P IF receive data bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P IF receive data bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P IF receive data bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P IF receive data bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P IF receive data bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P IF receive data bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P IF receive data bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P IF receive data bit 13 1 0 9300
14 P2P IF receive data bit 14 1 0 9300
15 P2P IF receive data bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: r52605

SINAMICS DCM
604 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52620.0...15 CO/BO: Binector-connector converter output / Bin/con outp

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9300
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output on the binector-connector converter.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 P2P binector-connector converter bit 0 1 0 9300
01 P2P binector-connector converter bit 1 1 0 9300
02 P2P binector-connector converter bit 2 1 0 9300
03 P2P binector-connector converter bit 3 1 0 9300
04 P2P binector-connector converter bit 4 1 0 9300
05 P2P binector-connector converter bit 5 1 0 9300
06 P2P binector-connector converter bit 6 1 0 9300
07 P2P binector-connector converter bit 7 1 0 9300
08 P2P binector-connector converter bit 8 1 0 9300
09 P2P binector-connector converter bit 9 1 0 9300
10 P2P binector-connector converter bit 10 1 0 9300
11 P2P binector-connector converter bit 11 1 0 9300
12 P2P binector-connector converter bit 12 1 0 9300
13 P2P binector-connector converter bit 13 1 0 9300
14 P2P binector-connector converter bit 14 1 0 9300
15 P2P binector-connector converter bit 15 1 0 9300
Dependency: Refer to: p51117
Note: The individual signals supplied via binector input p51117[0 to 15] are combined to form connector output r52620.

r52700[0...15] CO: Parallel interface master receive data word by word / Master recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from the master on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52720
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 605
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52701[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 1 receive data word by word / Slave1 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 1 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52721
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52702[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 2 receive data word by word / Slave2 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 2 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52722
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
606 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52703[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 3 receive data word by word / Slave3 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 3 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52723
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52704[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 4 receive data word by word / Slave4 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 4 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52724
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 607
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52705[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 5 receive data word by word / Slave5 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 5 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52725
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52706[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 6 receive data word by word / Slave6 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 6 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52726
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
608 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52707[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 7 receive data word by word / Slave7 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 7 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52727
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52708[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 8 receive data word by word / Slave8 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 8 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52728
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 609
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52709[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 9 receive data word by word / Slave9 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 9 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52729
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52710[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 10 receive data word by word / Slave10 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 10 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52730
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
610 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52711[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 11 receive data word by word / Slave11 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 11 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52731
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52712[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 12 receive data word by word / Slave12 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 12 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52732
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 611
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52713[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 13 receive data word by word / Slave13 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 13 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52733
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52714[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 14 receive data word by word / Slave14 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 14 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52734
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
612 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52715[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 15 receive data word by word / Slave15 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 15 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52735
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

r52716[0...15] CO: Parallel interface slave 16 receive data word by word / Slave16 recv wbw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of the word-by-word receive data from slave 16 on the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Word 1
[1] = Word 2
[2] = Word 3
[3] = Word 4
[4] = Word 5
[5] = Word 6
[6] = Word 7
[7] = Word 8
[8] = Word 9
[9] = Word 10
[10] = Word 11
[11] = Word 12
[12] = Word 13
[13] = Word 14
[14] = Word 15
[15] = Word 16
Dependency: Refer to: r52736
Note: The receive data in word 1 is also available in non-scaled format bit by bit and word by word for further
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 613
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52720.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface master receive word 1 bit by bit / Master recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from the master on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52700
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52721.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 1 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave1 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 1 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52701
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
614 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52722.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 2 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave2 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 2 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52702
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52723.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 3 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave3 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 3 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52703
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 615
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52724.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 4 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave4 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 4 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52704
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52725.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 5 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave5 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 5 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52705
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
616 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52726.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 6 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave6 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 6 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52706
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52727.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 7 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave7 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 7 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52707
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 617
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52728.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 8 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave8 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 8 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52708
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52729.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 9 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave9 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 9 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52709
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
618 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52730.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 10 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave10 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 10 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52710
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52731.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 11 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave11 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 11 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52711
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 619
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52732.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 12 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave12 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 12 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52712
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52733.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 13 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave12 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 13 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52713
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
620 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52734.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 14 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave14 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 14 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52714
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52735.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 15 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave15 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 15 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52715
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 621
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52736.0...15 CO/BO: Parallel interface slave 16 receive word 1 bit by bit / Slave16 recv1 bbb
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9352
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector/connector output for receive word 1 from slave 16 on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Yes No 9352
01 Bit 1 Yes No 9352
02 Bit 2 Yes No 9352
03 Bit 3 Yes No 9352
04 Bit 4 Yes No 9352
05 Bit 5 Yes No 9352
06 Bit 6 Yes No 9352
07 Bit 7 Yes No 9352
08 Bit 8 Yes No 9352
09 Bit 9 Yes No 9352
10 Bit 10 Yes No 9352
11 Bit 11 Yes No 9352
12 Bit 12 Yes No 9352
13 Bit 13 Yes No 9352
14 Bit 14 Yes No 9352
15 Bit 15 Yes No 9352
Dependency: Refer to: r52716
Note: Receive word 1 is also available scaled word by word for further interconnection.

r52800 CO: Sequence control operating state / S ctr op state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the sequence control operating state.
Note: The values correspond to the operating state of the drive (r0002 (DC_CTRL)).

r52900 CO: Optimization run output 0 / Opt run outp 0

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2660
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output of output 0 during the optimization run.

SINAMICS DCM
622 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52901 CO: Optimization run output 1 / Opt run outp 1

r52902 CO: Optimization run output 2 / Opt run outp 2

r52903 CO: Optimization run output 3 / Opt run outp 3

r52904 CO: Optimization run output 4 / Opt run outp 4

r52921[0...4] CO: Measurement results ASIC 1 raw values / Meas res ASIC1 raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the raw values from the measurements of Power Stack ASIC 1.
For devices with 480 V:
- 0 corresponds to -825.0 V
- 32767 corresponds to 0 V
- 65535 corresponds to +825.0 V

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 623
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For devices with 575 V:

- 0 corresponds to -1036.2 V
- 32767 corresponds to 0 V
- 65535 corresponds to +1036.2 V
For devices with 1000 V:
- 0 corresponds to -1795.2 V
- 32767 corresponds to 0 V
- 65535 corresponds to +1795.2 V
Index: [0] = Phase VU
[1] = Phase VW
[2] = Voltage CV
[3] = Voltage CD
[4] = Voltage S13V
Dependency: Refer to: r52922, r52923
Note: This parameter is used solely for internal diagnostics.

r52922[0...2] CO: Measurement results ASIC 2 raw values / Meas res ASIC2 raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the raw values from the measurements of Power Stack ASIC 2.
For voltage channels:
- 0 corresponds to -825.0 V
- 32767 corresponds to 0 V
- 65535 corresponds to +825.0 V
For the current channel:
- 49151 corresponds to 0 A
For devices with rated field current = 3A:
- 8218 corresponds to 3 A
For devices with rated field current = 5 A:
- 9065 corresponds to 5 A
For devices with rated field current = 10 A:
- 9065 corresponds to 10 A
For devices with rated field current = 15 A:
- 29108 corresponds to 15 A
For devices with rated field current = 25 A:
- 15746 corresponds to 25 A
For devices with rated field current = 30 A & A7115:
- 9065 corresponds to 30 A
For devices with rated field current = 30 A & A7116:
- 24608 corresponds to 30 A
For devices with rated field current = 40 A:
- 16427 corresponds to 40 A
For devices with rated field current = 85 A:
- 14382 corresponds to 85 A
Index: [0] = Raw value voltage 3U3W
[1] = Raw value voltage 3C3D
[2] = Raw value field current
Dependency: Refer to: r52921, r52923
Note: This parameter is used solely for internal diagnostics.

SINAMICS DCM
624 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52923[0...1] CO: Measurement results current actual values raw values / Meas res I_act raw
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for raw values when measuring current actual values.
The following applies:
- 0 corresponds to approx. 3 x device rated current in negative direction
- 32767 corresponds to 0 A
- 65535 corresponds to approx. 3 x device rated current in positive direction
Index: [0] = Armature current 1
[1] = Armature current 2
Dependency: Refer to: r52921, r52922
Note: This parameter is used solely for internal diagnostics.

r52950[0...3] CO: Line voltages scan values / V_line sc values

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950, 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display and connector output for the scan values of line voltages UV, WV, WU.
Index: [0] = Line voltage UV
[1] = Line voltage VW
[2] = Line voltage WU
[3] = Field line voltage

r52951[0...1] CO: Armature voltage/field voltage scan values / Ua/Uf scan_values

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6902, 6950,
6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature voltage/field voltage scan values.
Index: [0] = Scan values of Ua
[1] = Scan values of Uf

r52952[0...3] CO: Armature current/field current scan values / Ia/If sc_values

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850, 6851,
6912
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Display and connector output for the armature current and field current scan values.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 625
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Armature current Ia

[1] = Field current If
[2] = Armature current Ia current transformer I
[3] = Armature current Ia current transformer II

r52953[0...11] CO: Thyristor blocking voltages scan values / V_thyr scan_values

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display and connector output for the scan values of the thyristor blocking voltages.
Index: [0] = Blocking voltage thyristor X11
[1] = Blocking voltage thyristor X12
[2] = Blocking voltage thyristor X13
[3] = Blocking voltage thyristor X14
[4] = Blocking voltage thyristor X15
[5] = Blocking voltage thyristor X16
[6] = Blocking voltage thyristor X21
[7] = Blocking voltage thyristor X22
[8] = Blocking voltage thyristor X23
[9] = Blocking voltage thyristor X24
[10] = Blocking voltage thyristor X25
[11] = Blocking voltage thyristor X26

r52960 Armature line zero crossings deviation / Arm line zero dev
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the deviation of the last point in time on the averaged time grid from the last point in time on an original time
grid (armature).

r52961 Field line zero crossings deviation / Field line zero dv

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the deviation of the last point in time on the averaged time grid from the last point in time on an original time
grid (field).

r52965[0...1] Line analysis armature line phase offset / Arm line ph offs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the DC offset (= direct-current component) of the armature line phases in volts.
Index: [0] = Armature phase UV
[1] = Armature phase VW

SINAMICS DCM
626 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52966 Line analysis field line phase offset / Field line ph offs
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the DC offset (= direct-current component) of the field line phases in volts.

r52970 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing positive phase UV / Arm zero pos UV
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last positive zero crossing of armature phase UV.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52971 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing negative phase UV / Arm zero neg UV
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last negative zero crossing of armature phase UV.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52972 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing positive phase VW / Arm zero pos VW
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last positive zero crossing of armature phase VW.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52973 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing negative phase VW / Arm zero neg VW
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last negative zero crossing of armature phase UV.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 627
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52974 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing positive phase WU / Arm zero pos WU
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last positive zero crossing of armature phase WU.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52975 CO: Line analysis armature line zero crossing negative phase WU / Arm zero neg WU
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last negative zero crossing of armature phase WU.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52976 CO: Line analysis field line zero crossing positive phase F / Field zero pos F
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last positive zero crossing of the field phase.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52977 CO: Line analysis field line zero crossing negative phase F / Field zero neg F
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6952
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the point in time (timer value) of the last negative zero crossing of the field phase.
Note: The value is displayed in [10 ns] unit.

r52980 Cause of the armature firing pulse / Cause arm fir plus
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the cause of the armature firing pulse.
1: firing angle = firing angle specified by the armature current control (after Alpha G/W limiting).
2: firing angle = Alpha-W (= p50151, as Ia <> 0 or Ia = 0 for less than 125 µs).
3: firing angle = Alpha-W (= 165 °, as Ia = 0 for more than 125 µs).

SINAMICS DCM
628 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

4: The firing angle received from the parallel switching master was issued.
5: The firing angle received from the parallel switching master was no longer able to be realized, as this point in time
has already been passed.
6: For a 12-pulse series circuit, a firing pulse delayed by 30 ° was output.
7:The firing angle specified by the thyristor check function was realized.
8:The master firing angle specified by the sequential phase control was realized.
9:The slave firing angle specified by the sequential phase control was realized.
1x:
firing angle = next possible point in time: firing angle update was not able to be realized.
2x:
firing angle = next possible point in time: new firing angle was not able to be realized.
3x:
firing angle = next possible point in time: calculated firing angle was not able to be realized.
Note: This parameter is only for internal SIEMENS troubleshooting.

r52981 Cause of the torque direction / Cause M_dir

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8054
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the cause of the torque direction.
0: M0 no torque direction, as not in the operating mode.
1: M0 no torque direction as a firing angle > 165 ° was specified.
2: M0 no torque direction as the wait time according to p50160 is running.
3: M0 no torque direction as the signal selected with p50165 does not permit the required torque direction.
4: M0 no torque direction as the I=0 signal was 125 µs long but however was present for less than 625 µs. The
torque-free interval is extended.
5: M0 no torque direction as the thyristor blocking voltage monitoring signals "thyristor conductive". The torque-free
interval is extended.
6: M0 no torque direction as the immediate pulse inhibit according to p50177 has been selected.
7: M0 no torque direction, as an emergency stop is present.
8: M0 no torque direction, as the line supply is not OK.
9: M0 no torque direction, as a valid firing instant was not found (for example, this can occur in the slave connected in
parallel if the master is lost).
10, 11, 12:
M0, MI, MII torque direction = r52106.
15: M0 no torque direction as the selected thyristor pair is inhibited during the thyristor check.
16: M0 no torque direction, as the slave connected in parallel is not in the operating state.
17: M0 no torque direction, as an immediate pulse inhibit was executed, because either an emergency stop is
present or the CCP was triggered.
21, 22:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse with second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: Ia was still not 625 µs long = 0.
23, 24:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse with second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: thyristor blocking voltage monitoring signals "Thyristor conductive"
31, 32:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse without second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: Ia was still not 625 µs long = 0.
33, 34:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse without second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: thyristor blocking voltage monitoring signals "Thyristor conductive"

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 629
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

41, 42:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse with second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: additional Alpha-W pulses according to p50179.
51, 52:
MI, MII Alpha-W pulse without second pulse in the old torque direction.
Cause: additional Alpha-W pulses according to p50161.
60, 61, 62:
M0, MI, MII torque direction according to p51840 (simulation operation).
71: MI the command "simultaneously fire all thyristors" (according to p50176) was performed.
81: MI the torque direction specified by the thyristor check was realized.
82: MII the torque direction specified by the thyristor check was realized.
95, 96, 97:
M0, MI, MII the torque direction of the parallel switching master was realized.
Note: This parameter is only for internal SIEMENS troubleshooting.

r52982 Armature current zero current signal / Ia I=0 signal

r52983 Thyristor code / Thyr_code

SINAMICS DCM
630 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53010.0...15 CO/BO: CUD digital inputs, status / CUD DI status

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2050, 2060,
2065, 2580
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the CUD's digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X177.11) High Low 2050
01 DI 0 inverted (X177.11) High Low 2050
02 DI 1 (X177.12) High Low 2050
03 DI 1 inverted (X177.12) High Low 2050
04 DI 2 (X177.13) High Low 2050
05 DI 2 inverted (X177.13) High Low 2050
06 DI 3 (X177.14) High Low 2050
07 DI 3 inverted (X177.14) High Low 2050
08 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
09 DI/DO 4 inverted (X177.15) High Low 2060
10 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
11 DI/DO 5 inverted (X177.16) High Low 2060
12 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
13 DI/DO 6 inverted (X177.17) High Low 2065
14 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
15 DI/DO 7 inverted (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: For bits 08 to 15:
The terminal must be set as an input (p50789[0...3] = 0).
Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r53020.0...7 CO/BO: CUD digital outputs status / CUD DO status

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055, 2060,
2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the CUD's digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X177.19) High Low 2055
01 DO 1 (X177.20) High Low 2055
02 DO 2 (X177.21) High Low 2055
03 DO 3 (X177.22) High Low 2055
04 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
05 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
06 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
07 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: For bits 04 to 07:
The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3] = 1).
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 631
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53021.0...7 CO/BO: CUD digital outputs overload monitoring / CUD DO overload

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2055, 2060,
2065
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the overload monitoring of the digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X177.19) overload present Yes No 2055
01 DO 1 (X177.20) overload present Yes No 2055
02 DO 2 (X177.21) overload present Yes No 2055
03 DO 3 (X177.22) overload present Yes No 2055
04 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) overload present Yes No 2060
05 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) overload present Yes No 2060
06 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) overload present Yes No 2065
07 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) overload present Yes No 2065
Dependency: For bits 04 to 07:
The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3] = 1).
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r53025.0...13 CO/BO: Speed messages / n messages

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8020, 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the messages for speed comparisons and limits.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 less than Yes No 8020
threshold
01 Setpoint/actual value deviation 1 less than Yes No 8020
threshold inverted
02 Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 less than Yes No 8020
threshold
03 Setpoint/actual value deviation 2 less than Yes No 8020
threshold inverted
04 Comparison setpoint reached Yes No 8020
05 Comparison setpoint reached inverted Yes No 8020
06 Deceleration speed reached Yes No 8020
07 Deceleration speed reached inverted Yes No 8020
08 Positive speed setpoint Yes No 8025
09 Positive speed setpoint inverted Yes No 8025
10 Overspeed Yes No 8025
11 Overspeed inverted Yes No 8025
12 Positive speed actual value Yes No 8025
13 Positive speed actual value inverted Yes No 8025

SINAMICS DCM
632 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53026.0...1 CO/BO: Field current messages / If messages

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8025
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Control word for field current thresholds.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Field current less than minimum field Yes No -
current threshold
01 Field current actual value less than field Yes No -
current setpoint x

r53030.0...1 CO/BO: CUD analog inputs wire break message / CUD AI wire brk
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2075, 2080
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the "Wire break" message in the case of the CUD analog inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 AI "Main setpoint" wire-break monitoring Yes No 2075
responded
01 AI 1 (X177.27/28) Wire-break monitoring Yes No 2080
responded
Dependency: Refer to: F60046, F60047

r53081.0...1 CO/BO: Sequence control line contactor control / Ctrl line cont
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2651
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the line contactor control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Line contactor ON OFF 2651
01 Line contactor inverted ON OFF 2651

r53082.0 CO/BO: Line contactor state / Line cont state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2070
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the line contactor control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Line contactor ON Yes No 2070
Dependency: Refer to: p51619

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 633
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re bit 00:

1 signal: The relay output for the line contactor is activated via binector input p51619.
0 signal: The relay output for the line contactor is de-activated via binector input p51619.

r53100.0...1 CO/BO: E stop status / E stop stat

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2070, 2580
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the status in the event of an E stop (emergency stop).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 No E stop Yes No 2070,
2580
01 E stop active Yes No 2070

r53120.0...3 CO/BO: Motor control checks / Mot mon state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8035
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the motor interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Brush length too short Yes (fault) No -
01 Poor bearing condition Yes (fault) No -
02 Motor fan fault Yes (fault) No -
03 Motor temperature too high Yes (fault) No -
Dependency: Refer to: p50486, p50487, p50488, p50489
Refer to: F60025, F60026, F60027, F60028

r53130.0...1 CO/BO: Motor interface temperature monitoring state / Mot temp_mon

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8030
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of temperature monitoring on the motor interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Motor temperature alarm Yes No -
01 Motor temperature fault Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p50490, p50491, p50492
Refer to: F60029, A60032

SINAMICS DCM
634 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53135.0...12 CO/BO: Device fan state / Dev fan state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: -
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output/binector output for the state of the device fan.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Switch on fan ON OFF 8047
01 Switch on fan inverted ON OFF 8047
08 Fan 1 speed OK Yes No (too low) 8047
09 Fan 2 speed OK Yes No (too low) 8047
10 Fan 3 speed OK Yes No (too low) 8047
11 Fan 4 speed OK Yes No (too low) 8047
12 Control Module fan speed OK Yes No 8049
Dependency: Refer to: p50082, p50096
Refer to: F60167
Note: Dependent upon the order number (MLFB), the fan configuration may be as follows:
- No fans
- 2 DC fans
- 1 AC fan
Re bits 8 ... 11:
These bits are not effective on the Control Module.
Re bit 12:
This bit is only effective on the Control Module.

r53136 Device fan present / Device_fan pres

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6960
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the integrated device fan.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DC fan 1 Available Not present 6960
01 DC fan 2 Available Not present 6960
02 AC fan 1 Available Not present 6960
03 AC fan 2 Available Not present 6960
04 Control Module fan Available Not present 6960
Note: For the Control Module, fan "available" is always displayed as the Control Module only has one output to control the
fan.
The display is independent of the state of the fan and only indicates the desired state.

r53140.0...4 CO/BO: Fan and external fault / Fan ext F

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8049
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output of the state of the fan and external fault for the Control Module.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 635
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Fan ON ON OFF -
01 Fan ON inverted ON OFF -
02 Fan relay status Switched on Switched off -
03 External fault Yes No -
04 External fault inverted Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p51832, p51833, p51834, p51835
Refer to: A60266, F60267

r53145.0...13 CO/BO: Line state / Line state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950, 6954
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the line for armature and field.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Armature supply system overvoltage Yes No -
01 Armature supply system undervoltage Yes No -
02 Armature supply system overfrequency Yes No -
03 Armature supply system underfrequency Yes No -
04 Armature supply system phase failure Yes No -
05 Field supply system overvoltage Yes No -
06 Field supply system undervoltage Yes No -
07 Field supply system overfrequency Yes No -
08 Field supply system underfrequency Yes No -
09 Field supply system phase failure Yes No -
10 Armature supply system OK Yes No -
11 Field supply system OK Yes No -
12 Phase rotating clockwise Yes No -
13 Line symmetry Yes No -

r53146.0...13 CO/BO: Thyristor state / Thyr state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the state of the thyristors.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Thyristor X11 conducting Yes No -
01 Thyristor X12 conducting Yes No -
02 Thyristor X13 conducting Yes No -
03 Thyristor X14 conducting Yes No -
04 Thyristor X15 conducting Yes No -
05 Thyristor X16 conducting Yes No -
08 Thyristor X21 conducting Yes No -
09 Thyristor X22 conducting Yes No -
10 Thyristor X23 conducting Yes No -
11 Thyristor X24 conducting Yes No -
12 Thyristor X25 conducting Yes No -
13 Thyristor X26 conducting Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
636 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53147.0...13 CO/BO: Thyristor blocking state / Thyr block state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6950
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the blocked state of the thyristors.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Thyristor X11 Blocking Inhibited -
01 Thyristor X12 Blocking Inhibited -
02 Thyristor X13 Blocking Inhibited -
03 Thyristor X14 Blocking Inhibited -
04 Thyristor X15 Blocking Inhibited -
05 Thyristor X16 Blocking Inhibited -
08 Thyristor X21 Blocking Inhibited -
09 Thyristor X22 Blocking Inhibited -
10 Thyristor X23 Blocking Inhibited -
11 Thyristor X24 Blocking Inhibited -
12 Thyristor X25 Blocking Inhibited -
13 Thyristor X26 Blocking Inhibited -
Note: The blocked state is only relevant for the state "non-conducting" (r53146.x = 0).

r53148.0...1 CO/BO: Power unit I2t state / PU I2t state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 8042
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the I2t monitoring of the power unit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 I2t power unit response threshold exceeded Yes No 8042
01 I2t power unit response threshold exceeded Yes No 8042
and saved

r53149.0 CO/BO: Power unit properties / PU properties

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6840, 6960,
6965
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for properties of the power unit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 4Q power unit Yes No 6960

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 637
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53150.0...5 CO/BO: Speed limiting controller/torque limiting state / n_lim/T lim state
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6830, 6835
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state on the speed limiting controller and with regard to torque limiting.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Positive speed limit reached Yes No 6835
01 Negative speed limit reached Yes No 6835
02 Limiting controller active Yes No 6835
03 Positive torque limit reached Yes No 6830
04 Negative torque limit reached Yes No 6830
05 Torque limiting active Yes No 6830

r53151.0...4 CO/BO: Current limitation state / Ia lim state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6845
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the state of armature current limitation.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Positive armature current limit reached Yes No 6845
01 Negative armature current limit reached Yes No 6845
02 Armature current limitation active Yes No 6845
04 Torque limiting/Armature current limitation Yes No 6845
active

r53160.0 CO/BO: Speed controller enable / n_ctr ena

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output to enable the speed controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Speed controller enable present Yes No 6815

r53170.4...15 CO/BO: Setpoint processing control word / Set proc STW

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2585
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Control word for setpoint processing.

SINAMICS DCM
638 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

04 Direction of rotation enable No enable Enable 3135
08 Jog ON command ON OFF 3125
09 Creep ON command ON OFF 3130
10 Fixed setpoint bypass ramp-function ON OFF 3115
generator
11 Jog setpoint bypass ramp-function ON OFF 3125
generator
12 Creep setpoint bypass ramp-function ON OFF 3130
generator
13 Fixed setpoint input active Yes No 3115
14 Setpoint from AOP/PC active Yes No 3113
15 Jog setpoint is zero Yes No 3125

r53171.0...5 CO/BO: RFG state / RFG state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3150, 3151,
3152, 3155
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the ramp-function generator.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Limiting active after ramp-function generator Yes No 3155
01 RFG output equals zero Yes No 3152
02 RFG ramping up Yes No 3150,
3152
03 RFG ramping down Yes No 3150,
3152
04 RFG setpoint enable present Yes No 3151
05 RFG active Yes No 3150

r53190.0...12 CO/BO: Armature auto-reversing stage state / Arm stage state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6815, 6855,
6860, 6862, 8046
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the auto-reversing stage.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Torque direction enabled M0 or MI M0 or MII -
01 Torque direction I active Yes No -
02 Torque direction II active Yes No -
03 Torque direction 0 requested Yes No -
04 Torque direction I requested Yes No -
05 Torque direction II requested Yes No -
06 Torque direction change in progress Yes No -
07 Alpha G limit reached Yes No -
08 Alpha W limit reached Yes No -
09 Alpha G limit or Alpha W limit reached Yes No -
10 Positive limit of n, M, I, Alpha reached Yes No -
11 Negative limit of n, M, I, Alpha reached Yes No -
12 Alpha W shift active Yes No -

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 639
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53191.0...2 CO/BO: Field auto-reversing stage state / Field stage state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6910, 6915
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the auto-reversing stage for field control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Alpha G limit reached Yes No 6910,
6915
01 Alpha W limit reached Yes No 6910,
6915
02 Alpha G/Alpha W limit reached Yes No 6915

r53192.0 CO/BO: Armature current state / Ia state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6850
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the armature current.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Armature current not pulsating Yes No 6850

r53193.0...3 CO/BO: Field current setpoint limiting state / If lim state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6900, 6905
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Control word for field current setpoint limiting.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Positive field current setpoint limit reached Yes No -
01 Negative field current setpoint limit reached Yes No -
02 Standstill field switched in Yes No -
03 Field current setpoint withdrawn Yes No -

r53195.0...2 CO/BO: Field reversal contactor signals / Field rev cont sig
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6920
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Control word to control the field contactors for field reversal.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Field direction positive ON OFF -
01 Field direction negative ON OFF -
02 Invert speed actual value Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p50092, p50580, p50581, p50583

SINAMICS DCM
640 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53200.0...1 CO/BO: Motorized potentiometer state / MotP state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3110
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state on the motorized potentiometer.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Output is zero (y = 0) Yes No -
01 Ramp-up/ramp-down complete (y = x) Yes No -

r53210.0...5 CO/BO: Sequence control output signals / Seq_ctrl outp_sig

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2585, 2651,
2750
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the sequence control output signals.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Close brake Yes No 2585,
2750
01 Close brake inverted Yes No 2750
02 Switch on auxiliaries Yes No 2651
03 Switch on auxiliaries inverted Yes No 2651
04 Automatic restart active Yes No 2651,
2750
05 Automatic restart active inverted Yes No 2651,
2750

r53220.0...5 CO/BO: Fuses at X23B state / Fuses X23B

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6957
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output/binector output for the state of the fuses at X23B.
The fuses are monitored via connection A7109:X23B or A7112:X23B.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fuse XS1 Okay Ruptured -
01 Fuse XS2 Okay Ruptured -
02 Fuse XS3 Okay Ruptured -
03 Fuse XS4 Okay Ruptured -
04 Fuse XS5 Okay Ruptured -
05 Fuse XS6 Okay Ruptured -
Dependency: Refer to: p51831
Refer to: F60204
Note: The fuses are only set to "OK" in operating state o7.0. The fuses are set to "ruptured" in all other operating states.
The parameter is only relevant for the Control Module.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 641
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53221.0...5 CO/BO: Fuses at X23C state / Fuses X23C

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6957
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output/binector output for the state of the fuses at X23C.
The fuses are monitored via connection A7112:X23C.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fuse XS1 Okay Ruptured -
01 Fuse XS2 Okay Ruptured -
02 Fuse XS3 Okay Ruptured -
03 Fuse XS4 Okay Ruptured -
04 Fuse XS5 Okay Ruptured -
05 Fuse XS6 Okay Ruptured -
Dependency: Refer to: p51831
Refer to: F60204
Note: The fuses are only set to "OK" in operating state o7.0. The fuses are set to "ruptured" in all other operating states.
The parameter is only relevant for the Control Module.

r53222.0...5 CO/BO: Fuses at X23D state / Fuses X23D

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6957
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output/binector output for the state of the fuses at X23D.
The fuses are monitored via connection A7112:X23D.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fuse XS1 Okay Ruptured -
01 Fuse XS2 Okay Ruptured -
02 Fuse XS3 Okay Ruptured -
03 Fuse XS4 Okay Ruptured -
04 Fuse XS5 Okay Ruptured -
05 Fuse XS6 Okay Ruptured -
Dependency: Refer to: p51831
Refer to: F60204
Note: The fuses are only set to "OK" in operating state o7.0. The fuses are set to "ruptured" in all other operating states.
The parameter is only relevant for the Control Module.

r53223.0...5 CO/BO: Fuses at X23E state / Fuses X23E

SINAMICS DCM
642 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Fuse XS1 Okay Ruptured -
01 Fuse XS2 Okay Ruptured -
02 Fuse XS3 Okay Ruptured -
03 Fuse XS4 Okay Ruptured -
04 Fuse XS5 Okay Ruptured -
05 Fuse XS6 Okay Ruptured -
Dependency: Refer to: p51831
Refer to: F60204
Note: The fuses are only set to "OK" in operating state o7.0. The fuses are set to "ruptured" in all other operating states.
The parameter is only relevant for the Control Module.

r53224.0...5 CO/BO: Fuses at X23F state / Fuses X23F

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 6957
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output/binector output for the state of the fuses at X23F.
The fuses are monitored via connection A7112:X23F.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fuse XS1 Okay Ruptured -
01 Fuse XS2 Okay Ruptured -
02 Fuse XS3 Okay Ruptured -
03 Fuse XS4 Okay Ruptured -
04 Fuse XS5 Okay Ruptured -
05 Fuse XS6 Okay Ruptured -
Dependency: Refer to: p51831
Refer to: F60204
Note: The fuses are only set to "OK" in operating state o7.0. The fuses are set to "ruptured" in all other operating states.
The parameter is only relevant for the Control Module.

r53230.0...7 CO/BO: Fixed bit 0 ... 7 / Fix bit 0...7

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 3100
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector/binector output for fixed bit 0 ... 7.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fixed bit 0 (p50421) High Low -
01 Fixed bit 1 (p50422) High Low -
02 Fixed bit 2 (p50423) High Low -
03 Fixed bit 3 (p50424) High Low -
04 Fixed bit 4 (p50425) High Low -
05 Fixed bit 5 (p50426) High Low -
06 Fixed bit 6 (p50427) High Low -
07 Fixed bit 7 (p50428) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: p50421, p50422, p50423, p50424, p50425, p50426, p50427, p50428

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 643
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53300.0...1 CO/BO: P2P IF telegram monitoring state / P2P telegr mon

r53310.0...1 CO/BO: Parallel interface telegram monitoring state / Par IF mon state
DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of telegram monitoring on the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Telegram monitoring timeout - continuous Yes No 9350
signal
01 Telegram monitoring timeout - pulse Yes No 9350
Dependency: Refer to: p50099, p51807
Refer to: F60014

r53311.0 CO/BO: Parallel interface master/slave state / Par IF ma/sl state

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9350
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the state of the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Active master Master Slave 9350
Dependency: Refer to: p51800

r53312.0...1 CO/BO: Topology switchover command / Top_sw command

DC_CTRL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 9360
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output to control the contactors to switch over the power unit topology.

SINAMICS DCM
644 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Power unit topology 1 Requested Not requested 9360
01 Power unit topology 2 Requested Not requested 9360
Dependency: Refer to: p51790

r61000[0...239] PROFINET Name of Station / PN Name of Station

CU_DC (PROFINET Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3
CBE20), CU_DC_R Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: 2410
(PROFINET CBE20),
P-Group: - Unit group: - Unit selection: -
CU_DC_R_S
(PROFINET CBE20), Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1
CU_DC_S Min Max Factory setting
(PROFINET CBE20)
- - -
Description: Displays PROFINET Name of Station.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r61001[0...3] PROFINET IP of Station / PN IP of Station

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 645
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3.1 Parameters for command data sets (CDS)

Note:
References: SINAMICS DC MASTER operating instructions
“Data sets” Chapter

The following list contains the parameters that are dependent on the command data sets.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: CDS
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER OA, Version: 1401800, Language: eng, Type: CDS
p0700[0...n] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI
p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1
p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)
p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1
p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2
p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable
p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC
p0855[0...n] BI: Unconditionally release holding brake / Uncond open brake
p0856[0...n] BI: Speed controller enable / n_ctrl enable
p0858[0...n] BI: Unconditionally close holding brake / Uncond close brake
p1000[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set
p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise
p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower
p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0
p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1
p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint
p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv
p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable
p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG
p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable
p1500[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set
p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge
p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge
p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge
p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1
p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2
p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3
p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1
p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2
p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3
p2200[0...n] BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable
p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1
p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2
p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val
p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold
p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig
p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal
p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src

SINAMICS DCM
646 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s
p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs
p3111[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab
p3112[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg
p50165[0...n] BI: Signal source for change in torque direction enable / Torq dir en sig s
p50173[0...n] BI: Signal source for closed-loop current/torque control ctr type / Ctr I/tq ctr sig s
p50175[0...n] CI: Signal source for closed-loop armature current control P gain / Ia ctr Kp sig s
p50176[0...n] CI: Signal source for closed-loop armature current ctr integr time / Ia ctr Tn sig s
p50177[0...n] BI: Signal source for the "No immediate pulse inhibit" command / No pulse inh sig s
p50178[0...n] BI: Sig source for the "Fire all thyristors simultaneously" command / All thy fire sig s
p50265[0...n] BI: Signal source for field current monitoring / I_field mon sig s
p50266[0...n] CI: Field current controller Tn factor signal source / If_ctrTnFact sig s
p50267[0...n] CI: Field current controller Kp factor signal source / If_ctrKpFact sig s
p50289[0...n] BI: EMF setpoint reduction activation signal source / EMF set act sig s
p50322[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for main setpoint factor / M set factor sig s
p50323[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for additional setpoint factor / Add set fac sig s
p50433[0...n] CI: Signal source for default setpoint / Def set sig s
p50438[0...n] CI: Jog signal source for default setpoint / Jog def set sig s
p50443[0...n] CI: Creep signal source for default setpoint / Cr def set sig s
p50444[0...n] BI: Creep signal source for shutdown / Cr shutdn sig s
p50461[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for automatic setpoint / MotP aut s sig s
p50466[0...n] CI: Motor potentiometer setting value signal source / MotP s val sig s
p50470[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for CW/CCW / MotP CW/CCW sig s
p50471[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source for manual/automatic / MotP man/aut sig s
p50472[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val
p50484[0...n] CI: Oscillation signal source for default setpoint / Oscill def set
p50485[0...n] BI: Oscillation selection of signal source / Oscill sel sig s
p50500[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for t_set in slave mode / T_set s mode sig s
p50501[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for torque additional setpoint / T_lim add s sig s
p50553[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation Kp signal source / Adapt Kp sig s
p50554[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation Tn signal source / Adapt Tn sig s
p50555[0...n] CI: Speed controller adaptation droop signal source / Adapt droop sig s
p50580[0...n] BI: Field reversal direction of rotation signal source / Field rev sig s
p50581[0...n] BI: Field reversal braking signal source / Field rev br sig s
p50583[0...n] CI: Field reversal speed actual value signal source / FldRev n_act sig s
p50594[0...n] CI: Messages polarity speed setpoint signal source / MsgPol n_set S_src
p50598[0...n] CI: Messages polarity speed actual value signal source / MsgPol n_act S_src
p50607[0...n] CI: Torque limiting signal source for master drive t_set / Mst tq set sig s
p50609[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value / n_ctr act sig s
p50625[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller setpoint / n_ctr set sig s
p50626[0...n] CI: Signal source for speed controller actual value smoothing / Act v smoo sig s
p50635[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for RFG setpoint / RFG set sig s
p50637[0...n] BI: RFG parameter set 2 selection signal source / RFG par s 2 sig s
p50638[0...n] BI: RFG parameter set 3 selection signal source / RFG par s 3 sig s
p50640[0...n] BI: RFG signal source for accepting setting value / RFG accept set v
p50641[0...n] BI: Bypass ramp-function generator signal source / Bypass RFG sig s
p50644[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for main setpoint / M set sig s
p50645[0...n] CI: Setpoint processing signal source for additional setpoint / A set sig s
p50646[0...n] BI: RFG signal source for ramp-up integrator enable / R-up int ena sig s
p50647[0...n] BI: RFG tracking activation signal source / RFG trck act sig s
p50671[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing sig source to enable neg dir of rotation / Ena n dir r sig s
p50672[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing signal source to enable pos dir of rotation / Ena p dir r sig s
p50673[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source to increase setpoint / MotP incr sig s
p50674[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer signal source to lower setpoint / MotP lower sig s
p50680[0...n] BI: Fixed setpoint signal source for connector selection 0 / Fix set con0 sig s

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 647
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50681[0...n] BI: Fixed setpoint signal source for connector selection 1 / Fix set con1 sig s
p50684[0...n] BI: Speed controller droop enable / Droop enable
p50687[0...n] BI: Speed controller signal source for master/slave drive / Mast/sl sig s
p50691[0...n] BI: Sequence control line contactor feedback / Line cont feedb
p50692[0...n] BI: Cl-loop field curr ctrl sig source for inject of standst field / If_ctr stst sig s
p50693[0...n] BI: EMF controller enable signal source / EMF ctr ena sig s
p50694[0...n] BI: Torque limiting signal source to enable changeover / T lim ch ena sig s
p50695[0...n] BI: Signal source for setting speed controller integral component / Set I_co sig s
p50696[0...n] BI: Signal source for stop speed controller integral component / Stop I_co sig s
p50697[0...n] BI: Enable for inertia compensation / Inert comp ena
p50698[0...n] BI: Signal source for speed controller PI/P controller changeover / n_ctr PI/P sig s
p51607[0...n] BI: Setpoint processing reduction signal source / Red sig s
p51619[0...n] BI: Signal source for switching on line contactor / Line cont ON sig s
p51657[0...n] BI: Speed controller start pulse pos/neg changeover signal source / Start p ch sig s

2.3.2 Parameters for drive data sets (DDS)

Note:
References: SINAMICS DC MASTER operating instructions
“Data sets” Chapter

The following list contains the parameters that are dependent on the drive data sets.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: DDS
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER OA, Version: 1401800, Language: eng, Type: DDS
p0187[0...n] Encoder 1 encoder data set number / Enc 1 EDS number
p0188[0...n] Encoder 2 encoder data set number / Enc 2 EDS number
p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par
p1441[0...n] Actual speed smoothing time / n_act T_smooth
p1821[0...n] Dir of rot / Dir of rot
p2504[0...n] LR motor/load motor revolutions / Mot/load motor rev
p2505[0...n] LR motor/load load revolutions / Mot/load load rev
p2720[0...n] Load gear configuration / Load gear config
p2721[0...n] Load gear rotary absolute encoder revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev
p2722[0...n] Load gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track tol
r2723[0...n] CO: Load gear absolute value / Load gear abs_val
r2724[0...n] CO: Load gear position difference / Load gear pos diff
p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]
p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]
p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]
p50083[0...n] Speed controller actual value selection / n_ctr act sel
p50100[0...n] Motor rated armature current / Mot rated I_armat
p50101[0...n] Motor rated armature voltage / Mot rated V_armat
p50102[0...n] Motor rated excitation current / Mot rated I_exc
p50103[0...n] Minimum motor excitation current / Mot I_exc min
p50104[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation speed n1 / I_lim n_dep n1
p50105[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation armature current I1 / I_lim n_dep I1
p50106[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation speed n2 / I_lim n_dep n2
p50107[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation armature current I2 / I_lim n_dep I2
p50108[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation maximum operating speed n3 / I_lim n_dep n3
p50109[0...n] Speed-dependent current limitation activation / I_lim n_dep act
p50110[0...n] Armature circuit resistance / Ra
p50111[0...n] Armature circuit inductance / La

SINAMICS DCM
648 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50112[0...n] Field circuit resistance / R_field circuit

p50113[0...n] Motor I2t monitoring continuous current factor / Mot I2t I_cont
p50114[0...n] Motor thermal time constant / Mot T therm
p50115[0...n] Speed controller EMF at maximum speed / EMF at n_max
p50116[0...n] Field circuit inductance / L_field circuit
p50117[0...n] Field characteristic status / Field char stat
p50118[0...n] EMF rated value / EMF rated
p50119[0...n] Rated speed / n_rated
p50120[0...n] Field current for motor flux 0 % / I_field flux 0%
p50121[0...n] Field current for motor flux 5 % / I_field flux 5%
p50122[0...n] Field current for motor flux 10 % / I_field flux 10%
p50123[0...n] Field current for motor flux 15 % / I_field flux 15%
p50124[0...n] Field current for motor flux 20 % / I_field flux 20%
p50125[0...n] Field current for motor flux 25 % / I_field flux 25%
p50126[0...n] Field current for motor flux 30 % / I_field flux 30%
p50127[0...n] Field current for motor flux 35 % / I_field flux 35%
p50128[0...n] Field current for motor flux 40 % / I_field flux 40%
p50129[0...n] Field current for motor flux 45 % / I_field flux 45%
p50130[0...n] Field current for motor flux 50 % / I_field flux 50%
p50131[0...n] Field current for motor flux 55 % / I_field flux 55%
p50132[0...n] Field current for motor flux 60 % / I_field flux 60%
p50133[0...n] Field current for motor flux 65 % / I_field flux 65%
p50134[0...n] Field current for motor flux 70 % / I_field flux 70%
p50135[0...n] Field current for motor flux 75 % / I_field flux 75%
p50136[0...n] Field current for motor flux 80 % / I_field flux 80%
p50137[0...n] Field current for motor flux 85 % / I_field flux 85%
p50138[0...n] Field current for motor flux 90 % / I_field flux 90%
p50139[0...n] Field current for motor flux 95% / I_field flux 95%
p50148[0...n] Armature converter Alpha W limit (single-phase operation) / A Alpha W lim 1-ph
p50149[0...n] Armature converter correction angle Alpha W limit / Arm corr Alpha W
p50150[0...n] Armature converter Alpha G limit / Arm Alpha G lim
p50151[0...n] Armature converter Alpha W limit / Arm Alpha W lim
p50152[0...n] Armature average number of line periods / Arm line per no.
p50153[0...n] Control word for armature pre-control / A prec STW
p50154[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control integral comp activation / Ia ctr I comp act
p50155[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control P gain / Ia ctr Kp
p50156[0...n] Closed-loop armature current control integral time / Ia ctr Tn
p50157[0...n] Current limitation setpoint integrator selection / I_set integ sel
p50158[0...n] Current limitation setpoint integrator ramp-up time / Set integ t_r-up
p50159[0...n] Auto-reversing stage changeover threshold / Auto-rev thresh
p50160[0...n] Auto-reversing stage additional torque-free interval / Auto-rev interval
p50161[0...n] Auto-reversing stage Alpha W pulses second pulse inhibited / Auto-rev Alpha W1
p50162[0...n] EMF selection / EMF sel
p50163[0...n] EMF smoothing selection / EMF smoothing sel
p50164[0...n] Closed-loop armature current ctr proportional comp activation / Ia ctr Kp act
p50169[0...n] Torque limiting selection torque limiting/current limitation / T lim sel T/I_lim
p50170[0...n] Selection of control type for closed-loop current/torque control / Ctrl type I/tq sel
p50171[0...n] Current limitation armature current limit torque dir I factor / Ia lim t d I fact
p50172[0...n] Current limitation armature current limit torque dir II factor / Ia lim t d II fact
p50179[0...n] Auto-reversing stage Alpha W pluses second pulse enabled / Auto-rev Alpha W2
p50180[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 1 positive / T lim 1 pos
p50181[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 1 negative / T lim 1 neg
p50182[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 2 positive / T lim 2 pos
p50183[0...n] Torque limiting torque limit 2 negative / T lim 2 neg
p50184[0...n] Torque limiting changeover speed / T lim n_chng

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 649
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50190[0...n] Cl-loop arm current ctr prectr setpoint smoothing time constant / Ia prec set T
p50191[0...n] Cl-loop arm current ctr curr controller setp sm time constant / Ia ctr set T
p50192[0...n] Armature Alpha W limit control word / A Alpha W lim STW
p50200[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time constant / n_ctr n_act T
p50201[0...n] Band-stop 1 resonant frequency / Band-st 1 f_n
p50202[0...n] Band-stop 1 quality / Band-st 1 quality
p50203[0...n] Band-stop 2 resonant frequency / Band-st 2 f_n
p50204[0...n] Band-stop 2 quality / Band-st 2 quality
p50205[0...n] Derivative-action element derivative-action time / D-act el t_d-act
p50206[0...n] Derivative-action element smoothing time / Der-act el t_DAE
p50208[0...n] Lead/lag element rate time / Lead/lag t_rate
p50209[0...n] Lead/lag element filter time / Lead/lag t_filter
p50220[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P speed setpoint threshold / PI/P n_set thresh
p50221[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P hysteresis / PI/P hyst
p50222[0...n] Speed controller changeover PI/P speed actual value threshold / PI/P n_act thresh
p50223[0...n] Speed controller pre-control enable / n_ctr prec ena
p50224[0...n] Speed controller integral component configuration / n_ctr I comp conf
p50225[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp y coordinate 2 / Adapt Kp y2
p50226[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn y coordinate 2 / Adapt Tn y2
p50228[0...n] Speed controller speed setpoint smoothing time constant / n_ctr n_set T
p50229[0...n] Mast/Sl drive ctr speed controller tracking I component / M/S drve ctr track
p50230[0...n] Set speed controller integral component duration / Set I_comp dur
p50234[0...n] Speed controller proportional component enable / n_ctr P_comp ena
p50237[0...n] Speed controller reference model natural frequency / n_ctrl ref_m fn
p50238[0...n] Speed controller reference model damping / n_ctrl ref_m d
p50239[0...n] Speed controller reference model dead time / n_ctr ref_m t_dead
p50240[0...n] Speed controller reference model activation / n_ctrl ref_m act
p50250[0...n] Field converter Alpha G limit / Field Alpha G lim
p50251[0...n] Field converter Alpha W limit / Field Alpha W lim
p50252[0...n] Field average number of line periods / Field line per no.
p50253[0...n] Field pre-control activation / Field prec act
p50254[0...n] Field current controller integral component activation / I_field_ctr I comp
p50255[0...n] Field current controller P gain / I_field ctr Kp
p50256[0...n] Field current controller integral time / I_field ctr Tn
p50257[0...n] Closed-loop field current control standstill field / If_ctr stst_field
p50258[0...n] Cl-loop field current control field current reduction delay time / If_ctr I_red t_del
p50260[0...n] Field current pre-control setpoint smoothing time constant / Field_prec set T
p50261[0...n] Field current controller setpoint smoothing time constant / I_field_ctr set T
p50263[0...n] Selection of motor flux input variable / Mot fl input sel
p50264[0...n] Field current controller proportional component activation / I_field_ctr P comp
p50273[0...n] EMF controller pre-control activation / EMF ctr prec act
p50274[0...n] EMF controller integral component activation / EMF ctr I comp act
p50275[0...n] EMF controller P gain / EMF ctr Kp
p50276[0...n] EMF controller integral time / EMF ctr Tn
p50277[0...n] EMF controller droop / EMF ctr droop
p50280[0...n] EMF controller pre-control setpoint smoothing time constant / EMF prec set T
p50281[0...n] EMF controller setpoint smoothing time constant / EMF ctr set T
p50282[0...n] EMF controller actual value smoothing time constant / EMF ctr act T
p50283[0...n] EMF controller pre-control actual value smoothing time constant / EMF prec act T
p50284[0...n] EMF controller proportional component activation / EMF ctr P comp act
p50285[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage smoothing time / EMF set line t_sm
p50286[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage upper limit / EMF set line upper
p50287[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction line voltage lower limit / EMF set line lower
p50288[0...n] EMF setpoint reduction evaluation factor / EMF set eval_fact
p50295[0...n] Transition rounding operating mode / RFG rounding mode

SINAMICS DCM
650 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50296[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) ramp-down time / RFG OFF3 t_ramp-dn
p50297[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) initial rounding / RFG OFF3 init rndg
p50298[0...n] RFG quick stop (OFF3) final rounding / RFG OFF3 fin rndg
p50300[0...n] RFG positive setpoint limit after ramp-function generator / RFG pos after RFG
p50301[0...n] RFG negative setpoint limit after ramp-function generator / RFG neg after RFG
p50302[0...n] RFG ramp-up integrator operating mode / RFG integ op mode
p50303[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 1 / RFG t_ramp-up 1
p50304[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 1 / RFG t_ramp-dn 1
p50305[0...n] RFG initial rounding 1 / RFG init rndg 1
p50306[0...n] RFG final rounding 1 / RFG fin rndg 1
p50307[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 2 / RFG t_ramp-up 2
p50308[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 2 / RFG ramp-dn time 2
p50309[0...n] RFG initial rounding 2 / RFG init rndg 2
p50310[0...n] RFG final rounding 2 / RFG fin rndg 2
p50311[0...n] RFG ramp-up time 3 / RFG t_ramp-up 3
p50312[0...n] RFG ramp-down time 3 / RFG t_ramp-dn 3
p50313[0...n] RFG initial rounding 3 / RFG init rndg 3
p50314[0...n] RFG final rounding 3 / RFG fin rndg 3
p50317[0...n] RFG tracking enable / RFG track ena
p50318[0...n] RFG setting value selection / RFG set val sel
p50319[0...n] RFG setpoint enable delay time / RFG set_ena i_del
p50320[0...n] Setpoint processing main setpoint factor / m_set_factor
p50321[0...n] Setpoint processing additional setpoint factor / Add_set_factor
p50330[0...n] RFG time unit / RFG time unit
p50351[0...n] Line undervoltage threshold / Line V_und thresh
p50352[0...n] Line overvoltage threshold / Line V_over thresh
p50353[0...n] Line monitoring phase failure threshold / Ph_fail thresh
p50355[0...n] Stall protection monitoring time / Stall t_mon
p50356[0...n] Stall protection threshold / Stall prot thresh
p50357[0...n] Tachometer interruption monitoring threshold / Tacho_mon thresh
p50361[0...n] Line monitoring undervoltage delay time / V_under t_del
p50362[0...n] Line monitoring overvoltage delay time / Line V_over t_del
p50363[0...n] Line frequency minimum threshold / f_line min thresh
p50364[0...n] Line frequency maximum threshold / f_line max thresh
p50370[0...n] Messages for speed less than minimum speed threshold / n < n_min thresh
p50371[0...n] Messages for speed less than minimum speed hysteresis / n < n_min hyst
p50372[0...n] Messages speed positive hysteresis / Msg n > 0 hyst
p50373[0...n] Messages for reference speed threshold / Ref_speed thresh
p50374[0...n] Messages for reference speed hysteresis / Ref_speed hyst
p50375[0...n] Messages for reference speed OFF delay / Ref_speed t_OFF
p50376[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 threshold / Set/act 2 thresh
p50377[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 hysteresis / Set/act 2 hyst
p50378[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 2 OFF delay / Set/act 2 t_OFF
p50380[0...n] Messages for overspeed threshold positive direction of rotation / Msg n_over pos
p50381[0...n] Messages for overspeed threshold negative direction of rotation / Msg n_over neg
p50388[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 threshold / Set/act 1 thresh
p50389[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 hysteresis / Set/act 1 hyst
p50390[0...n] Messages for setpoint/actual value deviation 1 OFF delay / Set/act t_OFF
p50394[0...n] Messages for field current threshold minimum threshold / Msg If min thresh
p50395[0...n] Messages for field current threshold minimum hysteresis / Msg If min hyst
p50396[0...n] Field current monitoring setpoint factor / If_mon set_fact
p50397[0...n] Field current monitoring fault delay time / If_mon F t_del
p50398[0...n] Messages for field current actual value less than setpoint fact / Msg If<set fact
p50399[0...n] Messages for field current actual value less than setpoint hyst / Msg If<set hyst
p50401[0...n] Fixed value 1 / Fix val 1

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 651
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50402[0...n] Fixed value 2 / Fix val 2

p50403[0...n] Fixed value 3 / Fix val 3
p50404[0...n] Fixed value 4 / Fix val 4
p50405[0...n] Fixed value 5 / Fix val 5
p50406[0...n] Fixed value 6 / Fix val 6
p50407[0...n] Fixed value 7 / Fix val 7
p50408[0...n] Fixed value 8 / Fix val 8
p50409[0...n] Fixed value 9 / Fix val 9
p50410[0...n] Fixed value 10 / Fix val 10
p50411[0...n] Fixed value 11 / Fix val 11
p50412[0...n] Fixed value 12 / Fix val 12
p50413[0...n] Fixed value 13 / Fix val 13
p50414[0...n] Fixed value 14 / Fix val 14
p50415[0...n] Fixed value 15 / Fix val 15
p50416[0...n] Fixed value 16 / Fix val 16
p50421[0...n] Fixed bit 0 / Fixed bit 0
p50422[0...n] Fixed bit 1 / Fixed bit 1
p50423[0...n] Fixed bit 2 / Fixed bit 2
p50424[0...n] Fixed bit 3 / Fixed bit 3
p50425[0...n] Fixed bit 4 / Fixed bit 4
p50426[0...n] Fixed bit 5 / Fixed bit 5
p50427[0...n] Fixed bit 6 / Fixed bit 6
p50428[0...n] Fixed bit 7 / Fixed bit 7
p50460[0...n] Motorized potentiometer activate ramp-function generator / Mot pot act RFG
p50462[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / MotP t_r-up
p50463[0...n] Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / MotP t_r-dn
p50464[0...n] Motorized potentiometer time difference for dy/dt / MotP t_dif dy/dt
p50465[0...n] Motorized potentiometer expansion factor / MotP exp fact
p50467[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / MotP start value
p50468[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max
p50469[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min
p50473[0...n] Motorized potentiometer save output value / MotP save outp val
p50480[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 1 / Oscillation set 1
p50481[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 1 time / Oscill set 1 t
p50482[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 2 / Oscillation set 2
p50483[0...n] Oscillation setpoint 2 time / Oscill set 2 t
p50491[0...n] Motor interface alarm threshold for temperature monitoring / Mot_temp al thr
p50492[0...n] Motor interface fault threshold for temperature monitoring / Mot_temp flt thr
p50503[0...n] Torque limiting t_set factor in slave mode / T_set fact sl mode
p50512[0...n] Speed limiting controller max speed pos direction of rotation / n_max pos dir rot
p50513[0...n] Speed limiting controller max speed neg direction of rotation / n_max neg dir
p50515[0...n] Speed limiting controller P gain / n_lim Kp
p50520[0...n] Friction compensation 0 % speed / Fric comp n 0%
p50521[0...n] Friction compensation 10 % speed / Fric comp n 10%
p50522[0...n] Friction compensation 20 % speed / Fric comp n 20%
p50523[0...n] Friction compensation 30 % speed / Fric comp n 30%
p50524[0...n] Friction compensation 40 % speed / Fric comp n 40%
p50525[0...n] Friction compensation 50 % speed / Fric comp n 50%
p50526[0...n] Friction compensation 60 % speed / Fric comp n 60%
p50527[0...n] Friction compensation 70 % speed / Fric comp n 70%
p50528[0...n] Friction compensation 80 % speed / Fric comp n 80%
p50529[0...n] Friction compensation 90 % speed / Fric comp n 90%
p50530[0...n] Friction compensation 100% speed / Fric comp n 100%
p50540[0...n] Speed controller acceleration time / n_ctr t_accel
p50542[0...n] RFG dy/dt time difference / RFG dy/dt t_dif

SINAMICS DCM
652 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p50543[0...n] Speed controller setpoint/actual value difference threshold / Set/act dif thresh
p50546[0...n] Smoothing time constant for inertia compensation / Comp inert T
p50550[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp y coordinate 1 / Adapt Kp y1
p50551[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn y coordinate 1 / Adapt Tn y1
p50556[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp x coordinate 1 / Adapt Kp x1
p50557[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn x coordinate 1 / Adapt Tn x1
p50559[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Kp x coordinate 2 / Adapt Kp x2
p50560[0...n] Speed controller adaptation Tn x coordinate 2 / Adapt Tn x2
p50561[0...n] Speed controller adaptation droop x coordinate 2 / Adapt droop x2
p50562[0...n] Speed controller droop positive limiting / Droop pos lim
p50563[0...n] Speed controller droop negative limiting / Droop neg lim
p50570[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller changeover input / Adapt Ia chgov inp
p50571[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller non-linear L activation / Adapt N_lin L act
p50572[0...n] Adapt arm curr controller intermittent adapt activation / Adapt Interm Act
p50573[0...n] Adaptation armature current controller limiting / Adapt Ia_ctrl lim
p50574[0...n] Adapt arm curr controller intermittent adapt Kp increase / Ad Interm Kp incr
p50575[0...n] Adaptation field current controller changeover input / Adapt If chgov inp
p50576[0...n] Adaptation field current controller non-linear L activation / Adapt n_lin act
p50577[0...n] Adapt field curr controller non-linear gating unit activation / Adapt n_lin GU act
p50578[0...n] Adaptation field current controller limiting / Adapt If_ctrl lim
p50701[0...n] CUD analog input 0 scaling / CUD AI 0 scal
p50711[0...n] CUD analog input 1 scaling / CUD AI 1 scal
p50721[0...n] CUD analog input 2 scaling / CUD AI 2 scal
p50741[0...n] Analog input main actual value scaling / AI m act scal
p51591[0...n] Armature inductance reduction factor / L_armat red fact
p51592[0...n] Armature commutating inductance / Arm Lk
p51594[0...n] Interphase inductance in 12-pulse operation / L_intph 12-pulse
p51595[0...n] Interphase inductance reduction factor / L_intph red fact
p51596[0...n] Interphase resistance in 12-pulse operation / R_intph 12-pulse
p51597[0...n] Field inductance reduction factor / L_field red fact
p51608[0...n] Setpoint processing reduction factor / Red factor
p51651[0...n] Speed controller start pulse positive setpoint / Start pul pos set
p51652[0...n] Speed controller start pulse negative factor / Start pul neg fact
p51653[0...n] Speed controller start pulse negative setpoint / Start pul neg set
p51861[0...n] Capacitance of the DC link capacitor / Capac_DClink

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 653
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

2.3.3 Parameters for encoder data sets (EDS)

Note:
References: SINAMICS DC MASTER operating instructions
“Data sets” Chapter

The following list contains the parameters that are dependent on the encoder data sets.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: EDS
p0141[0...n] Encoder interface (Sensor Module) component number / Enc_interf comp_no
p0142[0...n] Encoder component number / Encoder comp_no
p0144[0...n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED
p0145[0...n] Activate/de-activate encoder interface / Enc_intf act/deact
r0146[0...n] Encoder interface active/inactive / Enc_intf act/inact
r0147[0...n] Sensor Module EEPROM data version / SM EEPROM version
r0148[0...n] Sensor Module firmware version / SM FW version
p0400[0...n] Encoder type selection / Enc_typ sel
p0401[0...n] Encoder type OEM selection / Enc type OEM sel
p0402[0...n] Gearbox type selection / Gearbox type sel
p0404[0...n] Encoder configuration effective / Enc_config eff
p0405[0...n] Square-wave encoder track A/B / Sq-wave enc A/B
p0407[0...n] Linear encoder grid division / Enc grid div
p0408[0...n] Rotary encoder pulse number / Rot enc pulse No.
p0410[0...n] Encoder inversion actual value / Enc inv act value
p0411[0...n] Measuring gear configuration / Meas gear config
p0412[0...n] Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev
p0413[0...n] Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track window
p0414[0...n] Redundant coarse position value relevant bits (identified) / Relevant bits
p0415[0...n] Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit (identified) / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB
p0416[0...n] Non safety-relevant meas. steps position value POS1 (detected) / nsrPos1
p0417[0...n] Encoder safety comparison algorithm (detected) / Safety comp_algo
p0418[0...n] Fine resolution Gx_XIST1 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST1
p0419[0...n] Fine resolution absolute value Gx_XIST2 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST2
p0420[0...n] Encoder connection / Enc_connection
p0421[0...n] Absolute encoder rotary multiturn resolution / Enc abs multiturn
p0422[0...n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step
p0423[0...n] Absolute encoder rotary singleturn resolution / Enc abs singleturn
p0424[0...n] Encoder linear zero mark distance / Enc lin ZM_dist
p0425[0...n] Encoder rotary zero mark distance / Enc rot dist ZM
p0426[0...n] Encoder zero mark differential distance / Enc ZM Dif_dist
p0427[0...n] Encoder SSI baud rate / Enc SSI baud rate
p0428[0...n] Encoder SSI monoflop time / Enc SSI t_monoflop
p0429[0...n] Encoder SSI configuration / Enc SSI config
p0430[0...n] Sensor Module configuration / SM config
p0431[0...n] Angular commutation offset / Ang_com offset
p0432[0...n] Gearbox factor encoder revolutions / Grbx_fact enc_rev
p0433[0...n] Gearbox factor motor/load revolutions / Grbx_fact mot_rev
p0434[0...n] Encoder SSI error bit / Enc SSI error bit
p0435[0...n] Encoder SSI alarm bit / Enc SSI alarm bit
p0436[0...n] Encoder SSI parity bit / Enc SSI parity bit
p0437[0...n] Sensor Module configuration extended / SM config ext
p0438[0...n] Squarewave encoder filter time / Enc t_filt
p0439[0...n] Encoder ramp-up time / Enc ramp-up time
p0440[0...n] Copy encoder serial number / Copy enc ser_no
p0441[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 1 / Enc comm ser_no 1

SINAMICS DCM
654 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.3 Parameters for data sets

p0442[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 2 / Enc comm ser_no 2

p0443[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 3 / Enc comm ser_no 3
p0444[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 4 / Enc comm ser_no 4
p0445[0...n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 / Enc comm ser_no 5
p0453[0...n] Pulse encoder evaluation zero speed measuring time / Enc_ev n_0 t_meas
p4678[0...n] Analog sensor LVDT ratio / An_sens LVDT ratio
p4679[0...n] Analog sensor LVDT phase / An_sens LVDT ph
p4680[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance permissible / ZM_monit tol perm
p4681[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1 positive / ZM tol lim 1 pos
p4682[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window limit 1 negative / ZM tol lim 1 neg
p4683[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold positive / ZM tol A_thr pos
p4684[0...n] Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold negative / ZM tol A_thr neg
p4685[0...n] Speed actual value mean value generation / n_act mean val
p4686[0...n] Zero mark minimum length / ZM min length

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 655
2 Parameters
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.4.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK"

The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute.
These parameters are not affected by the write protection.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK
p0003 BOP access level / BOP acc_level
p0009 Device commissioning parameter filter / Dev comm par_filt
p0124[0...n] Main component detection using LED / M_comp detect LED
p0144[0...n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED
p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED / TM detection LED
p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset
p0976 Reset and load all parameters / Reset load all par
p0977 Save all parameters / Save all par
p2035 Fieldbus interface USS PIV drive object number / Fieldbus USS DO_no
p2102 BI: Acknowledge all faults / Ackn all faults
p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter
p3100 RTC time stamp mode / RTC t_stamp mode
p3101[0...1] RTC set UTC time / RTC set UTC
p3103 RTC synchronization source / RTC sync_source
p3950 Service parameter / Serv par
p3981 Faults acknowledge drive object / Faults ackn DO
p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select
p4700[0...1] Trace control / Trace control
p4701 Measuring function control / Meas fct ctrl
p4703[0...1] Trace options / Trace options
p4707 Measurement function configuration / Meas fct config
p4710[0...1] Trace trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond
p4711[0...5] Trace trigger signal / Trace trig_signal
p4712[0...1] Trace trigger threshold / Trace trig_thresh
p4713[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 1 / Trace trig thr 1
p4714[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 2 / Trace trig thr 2
p4715[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger, bit mask / Trace trig mask
p4716[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond
p4720[0...1] Trace recording cycle / Trace record_cyc
p4721[0...1] Trace recording time / Trace record_time
p4722[0...1] Trace trigger delay / Trace trig_delay
p4723[0...1] Trace time slice cycle / Trace cycle
p4724[0...1] Trace average in the time range / Trace average
p4730[0...5] Trace record signal 0 / Trace record sig 0
p4731[0...5] Trace record signal 1 / Trace record sig 1
p4732[0...5] Trace record signal 2 / Trace record sig 2
p4733[0...5] Trace record signal 3 / Trace record sig 3
p4734[0...5] Trace record signal 4 / Trace record sig 4
p4735[0...5] Trace record signal 5 / Trace record sig 5
p4736[0...5] Trace record signal 6 / Trace record sig 6
p4737[0...5] Trace record signal 7 / Trace record sig 7
p4780[0...1] Trace physical address signal 0 / Trace PhyAddr Sig0
p4781[0...1] Trace physical address signal 1 / Trace PhyAddr Sig1
p4782[0...1] Trace physical address signal 2 / Trace PhyAddr Sig2
p4783[0...1] Trace physical address signal 3 / Trace PhyAddr Sig3

SINAMICS DCM
656 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

p4784[0...1] Trace physical address signal 4 / Trace PhyAddr Sig4

p4785[0...1] Trace physical address signal 5 / Trace PhyAddr Sig5
p4786[0...1] Trace physical address signal 6 / Trace PhyAddr Sig6
p4787[0...1] Trace physical address signal 7 / Trace PhyAddr Sig7
p4789[0...1] Trace physical address trigger signal / Trace PhyAddr Trig
p4795 Trace memory bank changeover / Trace mem changeov
p4800 Function generator control / FG control
p4810 Function generator mode / FG operating mode
p4812 Function generator physical address / FG phys address
p4813 Function generator physical address reference value / FG phys addr ref
p4816 Function generator output signal integer number scaling / FG outp integ scal
p4819 BI: Function generator control / FG control
p4820 Function generator signal shape / FG signal shape
p4821 Function generator period / FG period duration
p4822 Function generator pulse width / FG pulse width
p4823 Function generator bandwidth / FG bandwidth
p4824 Function generator amplitude / FG amplitude
p4825 Function generator 2nd amplitude / FG 2nd amplitude
p4826 Function generator offset / FG offset
p4827 Function generator ramp-up time to offset / FG ramp-up offset
p4828 Function generator lower limit / FG lower limit
p4829 Function generator upper limit / FG upper limit
p4830 Function generator time slice cycle / FG time slice
p4831 Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal
p4832[0...2] Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal
p4833[0...2] Function generator offset scaling / FG offset scal
p4835[0...4] Function generator free measurement function scaling / FG fr MeasFct scal
p4840[0...1] MTrace cycle number setting / Cycle number
p7761 Write protection / Write protection
p7770 NVRAM action / NVRAM action
p8550 AOP LOCAL/REMOTE / AOP LOCAL/REMOTE
p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config
p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1
p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2
p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3
p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4
p8829 CBE2x remote controller number / CBE2x rem ctrl num
p9210 Flashing component number / Flash comp_no
p9211 Flash function / Flash fct.
p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem
p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 657
2 Parameters
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.4.2 Parameters with "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK"

The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute.
These parameters are not affected by the know-how protection.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK
p0003 BOP access level / BOP acc_level
p0009 Device commissioning parameter filter / Dev comm par_filt
p0124[0...n] Main component detection using LED / M_comp detect LED
p0144[0...n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED
p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED / TM detection LED
p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset
p0976 Reset and load all parameters / Reset load all par
p0977 Save all parameters / Save all par
p2035 Fieldbus interface USS PIV drive object number / Fieldbus USS DO_no
p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit
p2102 BI: Acknowledge all faults / Ackn all faults
p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter
p3100 RTC time stamp mode / RTC t_stamp mode
p3101[0...1] RTC set UTC time / RTC set UTC
p3103 RTC synchronization source / RTC sync_source
p3950 Service parameter / Serv par
p3981 Faults acknowledge drive object / Faults ackn DO
p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select
p7761 Write protection / Write protection
p7770 NVRAM action / NVRAM action
p8550 AOP LOCAL/REMOTE / AOP LOCAL/REMOTE
p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config
p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1
p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2
p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3
p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4
p8829 CBE2x remote controller number / CBE2x rem ctrl num
p8835 CBE20 firmware selection / CBE20 FW sel
p8839[0...1] PZD interface hardware assignment / PZD IF HW assign
p8840 COMM BOARD monitoring time / CB t_monit
p9210 Flashing component number / Flash comp_no
p9211 Flash function / Flash fct.
p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem
p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

SINAMICS DCM
658 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
2 Parameters
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

2.4.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ"

The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute.
These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection.
Product: SINAMICS DC MASTER, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: KHP_ACTIVE_READ
p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit
p0015 Macro drive object / Macro DO
p0101[0...n] Drive object numbers / DO numbers
p0103[0...n] Application-specific view / Appl_spec view
p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact
p0107[0...n] Drive object type / DO type
p0108[0...n] Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod
p0121[0...n] Power unit component number / PU comp_no
p0125[0...n] Activate/de-activate power unit components / PU_comp act/deact
p0140 Number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS) / EDS count
p0141[0...n] Encoder interface (Sensor Module) component number / Enc_interf comp_no
p0142[0...n] Encoder component number / Encoder comp_no
p0145[0...n] Activate/de-activate encoder interface / Enc_intf act/deact
p0151 Terminal Module component number / TM comp_no
p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count
p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count
p0199[0...24] Drive object name / DO name
p0400[0...n] Encoder type selection / Enc_typ sel
p0595 Technological unit selection / Tech unit select
p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit
p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / IF1 PZD telegr
p0978[0...n] List of drive objects / List of the DO
p2000 Reference speed / n_ref
p2001 Reference voltage / Reference voltage
p2002 Reference current / I_ref
p2003 Reference torque / M_ref
p2005 Reference angle / Reference angle
p2006 Reference temp / Ref temp
p2007 Reference acceleration / a_ref
p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol
p2038 IF1 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode
p2079 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / IF1 PZD telegr ext
p4956[0...n] OA DO-specific activation / OA DO act
p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764
p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list
p7852 Number of indices for r7853 / Qty indices r7853
p8836 SINAMICS Link address / SINAMICS Link add
p8870[0...15] SINAMICS Link receive telegram word PZD / Recv link word
p8871[0...15] SINAMICS Link send telegram word PZD / Send link word
p8872[0...15] SINAMICS Link address receive PZD / Link addr recv
p9902 Target topology number of indices / TargetTopo indices

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 659
2 Parameters
2.4 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

SINAMICS DCM
660 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
Function diagrams 3
Content

3.1 Table of contents 662

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 668

3.3 Overviews 674

3.4 CUD input/output terminals 682

3.5 Control Unit communication 693

3.6 PROFIdrive 698

3.7 Internal control/status words 723

3.8 Sequence control 730

3.9 Brake control 735

3.10 Setpoint channel 737

3.11 Encoder evaluation 752

3.12 Armature circuit control 760

3.13 Field circuit control 783

3.14 Power unit 792

3.15 Technology controller 801

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions 803

3.17 Faults and alarms 820

3.18 Data sets 825

3.19 Communication between devices 829

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) 835

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 839

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150) 850

3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) 854

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 661
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.1 Table of contents

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
1030 – Handling BICO technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
1032 – BICO administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

3.3 Overviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

1520 – PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
1580 – Encoder evaluations (position, speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
1720 – Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
1721 – Control functions activation/deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
1722 – CUD left, CUD right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
1781 – Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
1840 – Terminal Module 31 (TM31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681

3.4 CUD input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682

2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
2070 – E stop (emergency stop), relay output main contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0 and XT1.103/104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

3.5 Control Unit communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

2197 – SINAMICS Link overview (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
2198 – SINAMICS Link configuration (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
2199 – SINAMICS Link receive data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
2200 – SINAMICS Link send data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697

3.6 PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

2410 – PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS, addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
2420 – Telegrams and process data (PZD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

SINAMICS DCM
662 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

2425 – STW1_BM control word, metal industry interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701

2426 – STW2_BM control word, metal industry interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
2428 – ZSW1_BM status word, metal industry interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
2429 – ZSW2_BM status word, metal industry interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
2442 – STW1 control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
2444 – STW2 control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
2450 – PZD send signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
2454 – ZSW2 status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
2481 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
2483 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
2485 – IF2 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
2487 – IF2 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
2489 – IF2 status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
2495 – CU_STW1 control word 1, Control Unit interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
2496 – CU_ZSW1 status word 1, Control Unit interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
2497 – A_DIGITAL interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
2498 – E_DIGITAL interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

3.7 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723

2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
2580 – Control word, sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
2585 – Status word, sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729

3.8 Sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730

2650 – Sequencer (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
2651 – Sequencer (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
2655 – Missing enable signals, logic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
2660 – Optimization runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 663
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.9 Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735

2750 – Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736

3.10 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737

3100 – Fixed values (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
3102 – Fixed values (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
3105 – 4-stage joystick switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
3110 – Motorized potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
3113 – AOP30 display and control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
3115 – Fixed setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
3120 – Oscillation/square-wave generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
3125 – Jog setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
3130 – Creep setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
3135 – Setpoint processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
3150 – Ramp-function generator (Part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
3151 – Ramp-function generator (Part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
3152 – Ramp-function generator (Part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
3155 – Limit behind ramp-function generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751

3.11 Encoder evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752

4704 – Position sensing, encoders 1 ... 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
4710 – Speed actual value sensing, motor encoder (encoder 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
4711 – Speed actual value sensing, encoder 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
4730 – Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
4735 – Reference mark search, encoders 1 ... 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
4750 – Absolute value for incremental encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759

3.12 Armature circuit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760

6800 – Speed controller start pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
6805 – Speed controller (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
6810 – Speed controller (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
6812 – Speed controller (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
6815 – Speed controller (part 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
6820 – Friction/moment of inertia compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
6825 – Torque limitation (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
6830 – Torque limitation (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
6835 – Speed limitation controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769

SINAMICS DCM
664 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

6840 – Current limitation (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770

6845 – Current limitation (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
6850 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
6851 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
6852 – Selection of EMF actual value for armature current pre-control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
6853 – Armature current controller adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
6854 – Armature circuit model parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
6855 – Armature current regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
6858 – Gating unit characteristic linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
6860 – Command stage, armature gating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
6862 – State limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
6865 – Simulation mode/thyristor check/commutation monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
6895 – Line-dependent EMF reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782

3.13 Field circuit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783

6900 – EMF control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
6902 – Armature voltage/EMF actual value sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
6905 – Field current setpoint limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
6908 – Field current controller adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
6910 – Field current regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
6912 – Actual field current value sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
6915 – Field gating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
6920 – Field reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791

3.14 Power unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792

6950 – Armature line analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
6952 – Field line analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
6954 – Line monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
6956 – Fuse monitoring (DC converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
6957 – Fuse monitoring (Control Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
6960 – Power unit properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
6965 – Adaptation to external power unit (Control Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
6970 – Converter Commutation Protector (CCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800

3.15 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

7958 – Control (r0108.16 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 665
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803

8020 – Messages (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
8025 – Messages (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
8030 – Motor interface (part 1, X177.53/54/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
8035 – Motor interface (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
8038 – I2t monitoring, motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
8040 – Speed-dependent current limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
8042 – Power unit I2t monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
8044 – Field current monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
8045 – Device fan, operating hours counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
8046 – Blocking protection/tacho loss monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
8047 – Device fan (DC Converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
8048 – Device-internal monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
8049 – Device fan (Control Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
8050 – Trend recorder function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
8052 – Diagnostic memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
8054 – Internal diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819

3.17 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820

8060 – Fault buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
8065 – Alarm buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
8075 – Fault/alarm configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824

3.18 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828

3.19 Communication between devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829

9300 – Peer-to-peer interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
9350 – Parallel connection interface (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
9352 – Parallel connection interface (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
9355 – Parallel connection interface (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
9360 – Switchover of the power unit topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834

SINAMICS DCM
666 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835

9400 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 0 ... DI/DO 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
9401 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
9402 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 16 ... DI/DO 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839

9550 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
9552 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 4 ... DI 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
9556 – Digital relay outputs, electrically isolated (DO 0 ... DO 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
9560 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
9562 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 10 ... DI/DO 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
9566 – Analog input 0 (AI 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
9568 – Analog input 1 (AI 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
9572 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
9576 – Temperature evaluation KTY/PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
9577 – Sensor monitoring KTY/PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850

9625 – Temperature evaluation structure (channel 0 ... 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
9626 – Temperature evaluation 1x2-, 3-, 4-wire (channel 0 ... 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
9627 – Temperature evaluation 2x2-wire (channel 0 ... 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853

3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854

9912 – Control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 667
3 Function diagrams
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

Function diagrams

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 669

1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 670

1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 671

1030 – Handling BICO technology 672

1032 – BICO administration 673

SINAMICS DCM
668 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-1
3DUDPHWHUQDPH
3DUDPHWHUQDPH>XQLW@ 'LVSOD\SDUDPHWHU 3DUDPHWHUQDPH
U[[[[>\ಹ]@
3DUDPHWHUQDPH %LQHFWRULQSXW%,ZLWK U[[[[ &RQQHFWRUELQHFWRURXWSXW&2%2
SDUDPHWHUPD\DSSHDU &RQQHFWRULQSXW&,ZLWKLQGH[ LQGH[UDQJH>\]@DQG
S[[[[>\]@ UDQJH>\]@ U[[[[
PXOWLSOHWLPHV
1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1)

[[[[>\@ pxxxx[y...z] IDFWRU\VHWWLQJ'HI[ZLWK

(Def.x) ELW[
3DUDPHWHUQDPH>XQLW@ 'LVSOD\SDUDPHWHUZLWK 3DUDPHWHUQDPH,QGH[QDPH
,QGH[QDPH LQGH[SDUDPHWHUPD\ 3DUDPHWHUQDPH%LW %LQHFWRULQSXW%,
U[[[[>\@ &RQQHFWRULQSXW&,ZLWKLQGH[>\@ QDPH
DSSHDUPXOWLSOHWLPHV S[[[[>\@ ZLWKLQGH[>\@DQGIDFWRU\
7KHIXQFWLRQGLDJUDPVDUHGLYLGHGLQWRHLJKWVLJQDO
[[[[>[@ VHWWLQJ'HI[ZLWKELW[ 1 ... 8 SDWKV
S[[[[>\@
VLJQDOSDWKWRHQDEOHTXLFNHURULHQWDWLRQ
>DDDDE@ (Def.x)
$GMXVWDEOHSDUDPHWHU 3DUDPHWHUQDPH 7H[W 7H[W 8QLTXHVLJQDOQDPH
3DUDPHWHUQDPH >XQLW@ >DDDDE@
LISDUDPHWHUDSSHDUV &RQQHFWRURXWSXW&2ZLWK>XQLW@ 3DUDPHWHUQDPH %LQHFWRURXWSXW%2 DDDD 6LJQDOJRHVWRGHVWLQDWLRQGLDJUDP
IURPWR>XQLW@
PXOWLSOHWLPHVGLDJUDP U[[[[>\]@ DQGLQGH[UDQJH>\]@ SDUDPHWHUPD\DSSHDU DDDD
S[[[[>\]@'HI E 6LJQDOJRHVWRVLJQDOSDWKE
UHIHUHQFHVDUHVSHFLILHG SDUDPHWHUPD\DSSHDUPXOWLSOH U[[[[ PXOWLSOHWLPHV 7H[W 7H[W 8QLTXHVLJQDOQDPH
WLPHV >FFFFG@ FFFF 6LJQDOFRPHVIURPVRXUFHGLDJUDP
FFFF
>DDDDE@ G 6LJQDOFRPHVIURPVLJQDOSDWKG
3DUDPHWHUQDPH $GMXVWDEOHSDUDPHWHUZLWK 3DUDPHWHUQDPH>XQLW@ &RQQHFWRURXWSXW&2>XQLW@DQG 7R)XQFWLRQGLDJUDPQDPH>DDDDE@ )RUELQHFWRUV
3DUDPHWHUQDPH
,QGH[QDPH LQGH[ ,QGH[QDPH ZLWKLQGH[>\@ %LQHFWRURXWSXW%2ZLWK
%LWQDPH
IURPWR>XQLW@ LISDUDPHWHUDSSHDUV SDUDPHWHUPD\DSSHDUPXOWLSOH ELW\\
S[[[[>\@'HI PXOWLSOHWLPHVGLDJUDP U[[[[>\@ WLPHV SDUDPHWHUPD\DSSHDU
UHIHUHQFHVDUHVSHFLILHG U[[[[\\
PXOWLSOHWLPHV
S[[[[ 2ULJLQDOSDUDPHWHURIVLJQDO
S[[[[
DDDD 6LJQDOFRPHVIURPVRXUFHGLDJUDPDDDD
>DDDDE@ E 6LJQDOFRPHVIURPVLJQDOSDWKE

3DUDPHWHUQDPH 1DPHRISDUDPHWHUPD[FKDUDFWHUV

3DUDPHWHUEHORQJVWR&RPPDQG
S[[[[>&@
'DWD6HW&'6 >8QLW@ >8QLW@

U[[[[>\@RU U 'LVSOD\SDUDPHWHU3DUDPHWHUVRIWKLVW\SHDUHUHDGRQO\ $GMXVWDEOHSDUDPHWHUZLWKIDFWRU\VHWWLQJ

S[[[[><@=====wV
U[[[[>\]@RU [[[[VWDQGVIRUWKHSDUDPHWHUQXPEHU IRUVHOHFWLQJWLPHVOLFH
S[[[[>'@ 3DUDPHWHUEHORQJVWR'ULYH'DWD U[[[[>\@ZZRU >\@VSHFLILHVWKHYDOLGLQGH[ZKLOH>\]@VSHFLILHVWKHDSSOLFDEOHLQGH[UDQJH
6HW U[[[[ZZ ZZVSHFLILHVWKHELWQXPEHUHJ

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

''6 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH 'HIDXOWLQS

S[[[[>(@ 3DUDPHWHUEHORQJVWR(QFRGHU S[[[[>\@RU S $GMXVWDEOHSDUDPHWHU3DUDPHWHUVRIWKLVW\SHPD\EHFKDQJHG

'DWD6HW S[[[[>\]@RU [[[[VWDQGVIRUWKHSDUDPHWHUQXPEHU &$1EXVVDPSOLQJWLPH 7LPHVOLFHwV
('6 S[[[[>\@ZZRU >\@VSHFLILHVWKHDSSOLFDEOHLQGH[ZKLOH>\]@VSHFLILHVWKHDSSOLFDEOHLQGH[UDQJH
S[[[[ZZ ZZVSHFLILHVWKHELWQXPEHUHJ
7KHUHLVQRIL[HGVDPSOLQJWLPHIRUWKLV
S[[[[>0@ %DFNJURXQG
3DUDPHWHUEHORQJVWR0RWRU'DWD IURPWR 9DOXHUDQJH IXQFWLRQ3URFHVVLQJWDNHVSODFHLQWKH
6HW >@ EDFNJURXQG
0'6 [[[[>\@ZZ 3DUDPHWHUQXPEHU[[[[ZLWKLQGH[QXPEHU>\@DQGELWQXPEHUZZ 7KHF\FOHWLPHGHSHQGVRQWKH&RQWURO
8QLW
VFRPSXWDWLRQDOORDG
S[[[[>3@ 3DUDPHWHUEHORQJVWR3RZHU8QLW 'HI )DFWRU\VHWWLQJ
'DWD6HW3'6 1RWUHOHYDQW $VWDWLFVWDWHLVUHSUHVHQWHGKHUH7KH

3 Function diagrams
'HIZ )DFWRU\VHWWLQJZLWKGHIDXOWELWQXPEHU VDPSOLQJWLPHGDWDLVQRWUHOHYDQW
>@
'LDJUDPUHIHUHQFHVIRUDGMXVWDEOHSDUDPHWHUVWKDWRFFXUPXOWLSOHWLPHV
>DDDDE@ >)XQFWLRQEORFNGLDJUDPVLJQDOSDWK@

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
([SODQDWLRQRIWKHV\PEROVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
669
670

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-2
6
S[[[[

7KHIDFWRU\VHWWLQJIRUWKHVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ [ \
1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2)

LVGLVSOD\HGLQWKLVFDVHWKHGHOLYHU\ 2XWSXWVDORJLFDODWRXWSXW\LI[6

VWDWHLVVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ

6

[ \
6 4 2XWSXWVDORJLFDODWRXWSXW\LI[!6
6 ,QSXWIRUVHWWLQJ
5 ,QSXWIRUUHVHWWLQJ
5 4 6
4 1RQLQYHUWHGRXWSXW
4 ,QYHUWHGRXWSXW
$[[[[[
0RQLWRULQJ RU [ \
[
1 \
)[[[[[ 3RVLWLRQLQJLQVKHHWDWERWWRPULJKW
[ \ LI[ [
0 2XWSXWVDORJLFDODWRXWSXW\LI[6
,I[! 6+\UHWXUQVWR

[ \ [ 1 \
2XWSXWVDORJLFDODWRXWSXW\LI[!6
\ [ 0 ,I[ 6 +\UHWXUQVWR

[ \

\ _[_ +
/8 0/8
[ \ [LVOLPLWHGWRWKHXSSHUOLPLWYDOXH/8DQGWKH
[ \
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

ORZHUOLPLWYDOXH//DQGLVRXWSXWDWRXWSXW\
[ 7KHELQDU\VLJQDOV0/8DQG0//KDYHWKH
[ \ [
YDOXHLIXSSHURUORZHUOLPLWLQJLVDFWLYH
// 0//
[ \
! 2XWSXW\ ORJLFDOLIRXWSXWVLJQDO[!
LHLILWLVSRVLWLYH

[ d \ 6(7
dt
G[
\ GW
[ 6 + \
6DPSOHDQGKROGHOHPHQW
\ [LI6(7
QRUHWHQWLYHPHPRU\GXULQJ
SINAMICS DCM

32:(52))

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
([SODQDWLRQRIWKHV\PEROVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-3
S[[[[
[ \
S[[[[ pyyyy pxxxx
7
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3)

[ 7 \
\
S[[[[

'LJLWDOVLJQDO[PXVWUHWDLQWKHYDOXHZLWKRXWLQWHUUXSWLRQGXULQJWLPH
7EHIRUHRXWSXW\VZLWFKHVWR W

)LUVWRUGHUGHOD\HOHPHQW
7 7 7 7
S[[[[ 7LPHFRQVWDQW S[[[[ 5HVRQDQWIUHTXHQF\
S\\\\ )LOWHUTXDOLW\
[

S[[[[
[ \ S[[[[ S[[[[
[ \
7
7 7
[ 7 \
[ 7 7 \

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

S[[[[
S[[[[ S[[[[

'LJLWDOVLJQDO[PXVWUHWDLQWKHYDOXHZLWKRXWLQWHUUXSWLRQGXULQJWLPH 'LJLWDOVLJQDO[PXVWUHWDLQWKHYDOXHZLWKRXWLQWHUUXSWLRQGXULQJ
7EHIRUHRXWSXW\VZLWFKHVWR WLPH7RUWKHYDOXHGXULQJWLPH7EHIRUHRXWSXW\VZLWFKHVLWV
VLJQDOVWDWH
7 7 7 7
7 7 7 7
[

\ [

3 Function diagrams
\

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
([SODQDWLRQRIWKHV\PEROVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
671
672

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-4

U %LQHFWRUVDUHELQDU\VLJQDOVWKDWFDQEHIUHHO\LQWHUFRQQHFWHG%2 %LQHFWRU2XWSXW

7KH\UHSUHVHQWDELWRID%2GLVSOD\SDUDPHWHUHJELWRIU
1030 – Handling BICO technology

U &RQQHFWRUVDUHDQDORJVLJQDOVWKDWFDQEHIUHHO\LQWHUFRQQHFWHGHJSHUFHQWDJHVVSHHGVRUWRUTXHV

&RQQHFWRUVDUHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\&2GLVSOD\SDUDPHWHUV&2 &RQQHFWRU2XWSXW

$WWKHVLJQDOGHVWLQDWLRQWKHUHTXLUHGELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRULVVHOHFWHGXVLQJWKHDSSURSULDWHSDUDPHWHUV
%,SDUDPHWHUVIRUELQHFWRUV%, %LQHFWRU,QSXW
RU
&,SDUDPHWHUVIRUFRQQHFWRUV&, &RQQHFWRU,QSXW

7KHPDLQVHWSRLQWIRUWKHVSHHGFRQWUROOHU&,SVKRXOGFRPHIURPWKHPRWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHURXWSXW&2UDQGWKH-RJ

FRPPDQG%,SIURPGLJLWDOLQSXW',%2UWHUPLQDO;RQWKH&8

'LJLWDOLQSXW &RQWUROELW U 6HWSRLQWFKDQQHO

',
S>&@
; U 722.0

>@ >@

0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHU
6SHHGFRQWUROOHU

+DXSWVROOZHUW
+LJKHU S>&@
U 1050
/RZHU
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

/RZHU

>@ >@

S>@ 7HUPLQDO;DFWVDV-RJELW

S>@ 7KHPRWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHURXWSXWDFWVDVWKHPDLQVHWSRLQWIRUWKHVSHHGFRQWUROOHU

SINAMICS DCM

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
+DQGOLQJ%,&2WHFKQRORJ\ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-5
1032 – BICO administration

BICO S_src srch %,&26BVUFVUFK4W\ %,&26BVUFVUFK,G[

p09484 (0) U U

%,&2PDQDJHPHQW

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

U U>Q@ U>Q@
%,&2FRXQW %,&2%,&,SDU %,&2%2&2SDU

3 Function diagrams

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
%,&2PDQDJHPHQW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
673
3 Function diagrams
3.3 Overviews

3.3 Overviews

Function diagrams

1520 – PROFIdrive 675

1580 – Encoder evaluations (position, speed) 676

1720 – Control 677

1721 – Control functions activation/deactivation 678

1722 – CUD left, CUD right 679

1781 – Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) 680

1840 – Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 681

SINAMICS DCM
674 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-6
,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQRISHUPDQHQWO\DVVLJQHGUHFHLYH
WHOHJUDPV 5HFHLYHWHOHJUDP
3%DGGUHVV
S
,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
6LJQDO 'HVFULSWLRQ

/('

1520 – PROFIdrive

0RQLWRULQJ $[[[[[
)[[[[[
'LDJQRVWLFV U[[[[
>@

>@ 352),%86DGGUHVVGLDJQRVWLFV 'ULYH

,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQRISHUPDQHQWO\DVVLJQHGVHQG Q
WHOHJUDPV
,)3='WHOHJU

3HUPDQHQWO\DVVLJQHGWHOHJUDPV
S ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
6LJQDO 'HVFULSWLRQ
7HOHJUDP
6LJQDODVVLJQPHQW
3='

3=' >@

>@ 6WDQGDUGWHOHJUDPV ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIIUHHUHFHLYHWHOHJUDP 352),GULYH

,)3='WHOHJU
S 3='
3=' 6HQGWHOHJUDP
7HOHJUDP
3='
6LJQDODVVLJQPHQW
3='

>@
>@
3='
>@

>@ 0DQXIDFWXUHUVSHFLILFWHOHJUDPV ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIIUHHVHQGWHOHJUDP

'ULYH
)UHHWHOHJUDP

,)3='WHOHJU Q
S 3='
3='
7HOHJUDP
6LJQDODVVLJQPHQW 3='
3='

3 Function diagrams
3=' >@
>@

3.3 Overviews
>@ )UHHO\DVVLJQDEOHWHOHJUDP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
352),GULYH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
675
676

3.3 Overviews
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-7
1580 – Encoder evaluations (position, speed)

(QFRGHU
7HUPLQDO 3RVLWLRQVHQVLQJIRUHQFRGHU )DXOW $FWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVHQVLQJ
DODUPPHVVDJHV
; )$
S 3RVLWLRQFRXQWHU S )LQHUHVROXWLRQ )
(QF*QB;,67
(QFRGHU QBDFWXQVPRRWKHG>PLQ@
[Q ,,, Q U>Q@
[Q U
60[ ,,,
)LQHUHVROXWLRQ $FWXDOSRVLWLRQ
YDOXH )LQH
UHVROXWLRQ QBORDGVPRRWK>PLQ@
S QBDFWBPHDVXUHPHQW
U
[DEVROXWH
[Q
6PRRWKLQJ QBORDG>PLQ@
(UURU 6HTXHQFHFRQWURO (QF*QB;,67 [Q ,,, U
IRU*QB;,67 U>Q@
S )LQH
5HIHUHQFHPDUNSRVLWLRQ $FWXDOSRVLWLRQ UHVROXWLRQ
YDOXH QBDFWBPHDVXUHPHQW

>@
>@ >@

&RQWUROZRUG*QB67:IRUHQFRGHU 6WDWXVZRUG*QB67:IRUHQFRGHU
S>Q@ U>Q@ U>Q@

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

>@ >@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(QFRGHUHYDOXDWLRQVSRVLWLRQVSHHG v 1.4.1 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-8
8 9 : 8 :

>ದ @
$FWXDODUPDWXUHFXUUHQWYDOXH>U@
,DVHQVLQJ
6SHHG
1720 – Control

VHWSRLQW >ದ @

SUHSURFHVVLQJ /LQH]HUR
FURVVLQJV /LQHDQDO\VLV

DUPDWXUH

,DVHW>U@
QVHW>U@

0VHW>@

$OSKD>@
QVHW>U@ >@

$UPDWXUH $UPDWXUHILULQJ
7RUTXH SXOVHV $UPDWXUH
5DPSIXQFWLRQ 6SHHG $UPDWXUHFXUUHQW JDWLQJXQLW
FXUUHQW WK\ULVWRU
JHQHUDWRU FRQWURO FRQWURO DQG
OLPLWDWLRQ EULGJH
FRPPDQGVWDJH

>ದ @ >ದ @ >ದ @ >ದ @ >@

(0)DFWXDOYDOXH>U@ 8DDQG(0) )LHOG

$FWXDOVSHHGYDOXH>@

VHQVLQJ ILULQJSXOVHV
)LHOG
>@ WK\ULVWRU
EULGJH
/LQH]HUR
FURVVLQJV /LQHDQDO\VLV

(0)VHW>U@

ILHOG

6KXQW
$OSKD>@
,IVHW>U@
>@

& ' & '

(0)FRQWURO
(0)VHWSRLQW )LHOGFXUUHQW )LHOG
ILHOGZHDNHQLQJ
SUHSURFHVVLQJ FRQWURO JDWLQJXQLW
FRQWURO

>@ >@ >ದ @ >@

$FWXDOILHOGFXUUHQWYDOXH>U@
,IVHQVLQJ
0
$FWXDOVSHHG )LHOG
>@

3 Function diagrams
YDOXH 7
VHQVLQJ
$QDORJWDFKRRU $UPDWXUH
>@>ದ @

3.3 Overviews
SXOVHHQFRGHU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
677
678

3.3 Overviews
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-9
1721 – Control functions activation/deactivation

7KHPRVWLPSRUWDQWFRQWUROEORFNVFDQEH
DFWLYDWHGGHDFWLYDWHGXVLQJSDUDPHWHUS

S>@ %ORFNLVGHDFWLYDWHG
S>@ %ORFNLVDFWLYDWHG

1RWH
7KLVSDUDPHWHULVHYDOXDWHGRQO\RQFHGXULQJDUDPSXS
PHDQLQJWKDWDFKDQJHRQO\EHFRPHVHIIHFWLYHDIWHUD32:(521RUDIWHUD
UDPSXSZLWKVDYHGSDUDPHWHUVS

1RWH
7KHDELOLW\WRGHDFWLYDWHFRQWUROIXQFWLRQEORFNVLVLQWHQGHGIRUDOOXVHUVZKR
ZLVKWRFRQILJXUHWKHLURZQFRQWUROV\VWHPXVLQJ'&&HJEHFDXVHWKH\DUHXVLQJWKH6,1$0,&6'&0$67(5WRRSHUDWH
VRPHWKLQJRWKHUWKDQDPRWRUVXFKDVWKHH[FLWDWLRQZLQGLQJRIDV\QFKURQRXVJHQHUDWRU'HDFWLYDWLQJFRQWUROIXQFWLRQEORFNVWKDW
DUHQRWUHTXLUHGIUHHVXS&38WLPHIRUWKH'&&IXQFWLRQEORFNV

<1> ([FHSWLRQ
,QGH[ 0HDQLQJ )37KHVZLWFKRQFRPPDQGDQGWKH
6SHHGVHWSRLQWSUHSURFHVVLQJ)3 )3 <1> LQWHUYHQWLRQRIUDQGU
DUHDOZD\VDFWLYH
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU)3 )3
6SHHGFRQWURO)3 )3 <2> ([FHSWLRQ
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

<2>
)37KH6HOHFWLRQRIWKHDFWXDOVSHHG
7RUTXHOLPLWDWLRQFXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ)3 )3)3 YDOXHLVDOZD\VDFWLYH

$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWURO)3 )3

(0)VHWSRLQWSUHSURFHVVLQJDQG(0)FRQWURO)3
)LHOGFXUUHQWFRQWURO)3 )3
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWUROIXQFWLRQVDFWLYDWLRQGHDFWLYDWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-10
2SWLRQ
*VWDQGDUG&8'ULJKWRU
*DGYDQFHG&8'ULJKW
'5,9( '5,9( '5,9( '5,9(
1722 – CUD left, CUD right

&/L4 &/L4 &/L4 &/L4

3RZHU,QWHUIDFH &8'OHIW &8'ULJKW

'&UHJXODWLRQ $SSOLFDWLRQVSHFLILF
IXQFWLRQDOLW\
6HWSRLQWSUHSURFHVVLQJ
IXQFWLRQGLDJUDPV
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU FUHDWHGZLWK'&&
; 6SHHGFRQWURO
;
$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQ
$UPDWXUHJDWLQJXQLW
(0)FRQWURO
)LULQJSXOVHVDUPDWXUHILHOG
)LHOGFXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQ
;
)LHOGJDWLQJXQLW
'DWDH[FKDQJH !

,QSXWV ,QSXWV
352),%86 3DUDOOHO66 352),%86 3DUDOOHO66
RXWSXWV RXWSXWV

3&ZLWK67$57(5
! 'DWDH[FKDQJHYLDSDUDOOHOFRQQHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH
&RPPLVVLRQLQJ 352),%86
[9350]
2SHUDWRUFRQWURODQGPRQLWRULQJ

3 Function diagrams
127(
2SHUDWRUFRQWUROPRQLWRULQJDQGFRPPLVVLRQLQJRIWKHULJKWKDQG&8'FDQQRWEHFDUULHGRXWRQWKH%23RQO\YLD67$57(5
)RUWKLVSXUSRVHERWKWKHOHIWKDQG&8'DQGULJKWKDQG&8'PXVWEHFRQQHFWHGYLD352),%86
(DFKRIWKHWZR&8'VLVDVHSDUDWH352),%86QRGH

3.3 Overviews

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&8'OHIW&8'ULJKW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
679
680

3.3 Overviews
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-11
9'&
WRQH[W ; '5,9(&/L4VRFNHW
SwV
GHYLFH
>@
a ; '5,9(&/L4VRFNHW
;
0 9
1781 – Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

0 0
0 0

!
/ ;
S
/

','2 U U
','2 S

','2
!
','2

','2
','2
S
','2

','2 U U
0 S
0

! >@
/ ;
S
/

','2 U U
','2 S

','2
!
','2

','2
','2
S
','2

','2 U U

0 S
0

! >@
/ ;
S
/
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

','2 U U
','2 S

','2 ! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQH
!
','2 DSSOLHVZKHQVHWWLQJDVDGLJLWDORXWSXW

','2 S[
','2
S
','2

','2 U U ! 3OXJLQFRQQHFWLRQV;;DQG
;PXVWEHHQFRGHGLQDFFZLWK
0 S
0 WKHVSHFLILFDWLRQVLQWKHUHOHYDQWWHFKQLFDO

>@ GRFXPHQWDWLRQ
SINAMICS DCM

'270',B'2 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HUPLQDO0RGXOHIRU6,1$0,&670','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-12
9'&
WRQH[W ; '5,9(&/L4VRFNHW 6LPXODWLRQIRU',', 70',VLPBPRGH
S SwV
GHYLFH ;

U >@ 9
a ; '5,9(&/L4VRFNHW
9

;
U U $X[LOLDU\YROWDJHIRUWKH 9
0
9 GLJLWDOLQSXWV 9
1840 – Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

9

0 0 9
S
0 0 9
70',VLPVHWS
; 9

', S
U U
',

',
', S ;
U U
0

'2 1&
0
&20
>@ GLJLWDOLQSXWVLVRODWHG
; 12

', '2 1&

', S &20

', U U 12

',

0

0 U U
S

>@ GLJLWDOLQSXWVLVRODWHG >@ GLJLWDORXWSXWVUHOD\

;
;
S $29
S>@
$2
U U
','2 $2$
S
','2 $29

','2
S>@ $2

','2
0
S $2$

7HPS
U U
7HPS
S
>@ DQDORJRXWSXWV

>@ >@ GLJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWV 70WHPSBDFWYDO>r&@

U
$ODUP U
; 2YHUWHPSHUDWXUH
$
$, VHQVRU70

$, U>@ >@

$,
U
$, $ODUP

3 2YHUWHPSHUDWXUH
)

3 Function diagrams
U>@ >@
0 VHQVRU70

1

0
>@ >@ DQDORJLQSXWV

3.3 Overviews
>@ >@ ,QSXWIRUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HUPLQDO0RGXOH70 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
681
3 Function diagrams
3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

Function diagrams

2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3) 683

2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3) 684

2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5) 685

2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7) 686

2070 – E stop (emergency stop), relay output main contactor 687

2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0 and XT1.103/104) 688

2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2) 689

2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4) 690

2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6) 691

2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) 692

SINAMICS DCM
682 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-13
wV

&8'
2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3)

;
3B6

CUD DI sim sel

CUD DI simul setp p50765.0 (0)
p50766.0 (0)

9
; ',
U
9

CUD DI sim sel U

0 CUD DI simul setp p50765.1 (0)
p50766.1 (0)

9
; ',
2)) U >@
9

CUD DI sim sel U

0 CUD DI simul setp p50765.2 (0)
p50766.2 (0)

9
; ',
(QDEOH U >@
9

CUD DI sim sel U

0 CUD DI simul setp p50765.3 (0)
p50766.3 (0)

9
; ',
U
9

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWV',', Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
683
684

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-14 >PV@
U wV
SPV S>@ >@
3 &8'
&8''2VLJV
S !
2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3)

7 7

'2 ;

6KRUWFLUFXLW
$
U PRQLWRULQJ 0
>PV@
SPV S>@
U
&8''2VLJV
S !
7 7

'2 ;

6KRUWFLUFXLW 0
$
PRQLWRULQJ ;

U
>PV@
SPV S>@ U

&8''2VLJV
S !
7 7

'2 ;

6KRUWFLUFXLW
$
U PRQLWRULQJ 0
>PV@
SPV S>@
U
&8''2VLJV

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S 7 7 0 !
+
'2 ;
1 !

>PV@ 6KRUWFLUFXLW
SPV $ 0

0: p50774 <> r51579.0 PRQLWRULQJ ;

1: p50774 = r51579.0

0 T U
! )RUORJ2XWSXWWUDQVLVWRULVFRQGXFWLYH

! ,IS ULVVHWWKHQWKLVRXWSXWLVXSGDWHGHYHU\wV

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDORXWSXWV'2'2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-15
wV

&8'
2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5)

; 3B6

&8'','2W\S

S>@
U

', ',
U
; ','2

'2 '2 U
9
6KRUWFLUFXLW &8'','2LQY &8'','2WBGHO
! 0 >PV@
PRQLWRULQJ S>@ SPV

&8'','2VLJV
U S
7 7

$

&8'','2W\S

S>@
U
9
', ', U

; ','2

'2 '2 U

6KRUWFLUFXLW &8'','2LQY &8'','2WBGHO
! 0 >PV@
PRQLWRULQJ S>@ SPV

; 0
0 &8'','2VLJV
U

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

S
7 7

$

3 Function diagrams
!7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGDVDGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVGXULQJXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS>[@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
685
686

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-16
wV

&8'
2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7)

; 3B6

CUD DI sim sel

&8'','2W\S CUD DI simul setp p50765.6 (0)
p50766.6 (0)
S>@
U

', ', U

; ','2

'2 '2 U
9
6KRUWFLUFXLW &8'','2LQY &8'','2WBGHO
! 0 >PV@
PRQLWRULQJ S>@ SPV

&8'','2VLJV
U S
7 7

$
CUD DI sim sel
&8'','2W\S CUD DI simul setp p50765.7 (0)
p50766.7 (0)
S>@
U
9
', ', U

; ','2

'2 '2 U

6KRUWFLUFXLW &8'','2LQY &8'','2WBGHO
! 0 >PV@
PRQLWRULQJ S>@ SPV
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

; 0
0 &8'','2VLJV
U S
7 7

$

!7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGDVDGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVGXULQJXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS>[@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-17
wV

>@
2070 – E stop (emergency stop), relay output main contactor

U 1R(VWRS >@

U (VWRSDFWLYH

,PPHGLDWHSXOVHLQKLELWZLWK(6WRS

(6WRSVZLWFK >@
EUHDNFRQWDFW1&FRQWDFW ;6
S

(VWRSUHVSRQVH

7ULJJHU
(6WRS

9

3RZHU

LQWHUIDFH
3RZHU21
7ROLQHFRQWDFWRU

/LQHFRQW21VLJV
S>&@

>@

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

0 3RZHU
LQWHUIDFH

U /LQHFRQW21

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(VWRSHPHUJHQF\VWRSUHOD\RXWSXWPDLQFRQWDFWRU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
687
688

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-18
wV

8 , U[[[ 6LJQDOW\SH 1RUPDOL]LQJ 2IIVHW >@

99
P$
2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0 and XT1.103/104)

P$

&8'$,LQY
&8'$,HQDVLJV
S
S

&8' &8'$,VFDO &8'$,VLJSURF
CUD AI 0 sim setp >@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>'@ S
p50707 (0.0)
9 &8'$,RIIV &8'$,7
P$ >@ >PV@
CUD AI 0 sim sel S
p50709 (0) S

;
PV

S U

$,
>@

±10V ±20mA
;

U
&8'$,W\SH
U &8'$,ZLUHEUN
S

) $,PDFWLQY
:LUHEUNDWPDLQVHW$, $,PDFWHQDVLJV
S
S

$,PDFWVLJ
3RZHU AI m_actV sim setp
-130.0...130.0 [%] S
LQWHUIDFH p50747 (0.0) $,PDFWRIIV
>@ $,PDFW7
$,PDFWVFDO AI m_actV sim sel S >PV@
>9@ p50749 (0) S
S>'@

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

;7 ! PV

$QDORJ
U
VHOHFWLQSXW

PDLQDFWXDOYDOXH
>@

0 U
;7

! 3HUPLVVLEOHLQSXWYROWDJHSWRS
$EVROXWHPD[LPXP9WR9
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXWV$,DQG;7 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-19
wV

8 , U[[[ 6LJQDOW\SH 1RUPDOL]LQJ 2IIVHW >@

99
P$
2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2)

P$

&8'$,LQY
&8'$,HQDVLJV
S
S

&8' &8'$,VFDO &8'$,VLJSURF
CUD AI 1 sim setp >@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>'@ S
p50717 (0.0)
9 &8'$,RIIV &8'$,7
P$ CUD AI 1 sim sel >@ >PV@
p50719 (0) S S

;
PV

S U

$,

±10V ±20mA
;

U
&8'$,W\SH
U &8'$,ZLUHEUN
S
LืP$
) &8'$,LQY
&8'$,HQDVLJV
:LUHEUNDW$, S
S

&8'$,VFDO &8'$,VLJSURF
CUD AI 2 sim setp >@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>'@ S
p50727 (0.0)
&8'$,RIIV
>@ &8'$,7
CUD AI 2 sim sel >PV@
9 p50729 (0) S
S

;
PV

S U

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

$,

±10V
;
U

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXWV$,$, Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
689
690

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-20
wV

>@
2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4)

)DVW$,LQY
)DVW$,HQDVLJV
S>@
S>@

&8' Fast AI sim setp
)DVW$,VFDO )DVW$,VLJ
>@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>@ S>@
p50737[0] (0.0)
)DVW$,RIIV
>@ )DVW$,7
9 Fast AI sim sel >PV@
p50739[0] (0) S>@
S>@

; wV

S U

$,

±10V
;
U

)DVW$,LQY
)DVW$,HQDVLJV
S>@
S>@

)DVW$,VFDO )DVW$,VLJ
Fast AI sim setp >@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>@ S>@
p50737[1] (0.0)
)DVW$,RIIV
>@ )DVW$,7
9 Fast AI sim sel >PV@
p50739[1] (0) S>@
S>@

wV
;
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S U

$,

±10V
;
U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXWV$,$, Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-21
wV

>@
2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6)

)DVW$,LQY
)DVW$,HQDVLJV
S>@
S>@

&8' Fast AI sim setp
)DVW$,VFDO )DVW$,VLJ
>@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>@ S>@
p50737[2] (0.0)
)DVW$,RIIV
>@ )DVW$,7
9 Fast AI sim sel >PV@
p50739[2] (0) S>@
S>@

; wV

S U

$,

±10V
;
U

)DVW$,LQY
)DVW$,HQDVLJV
S>@
S>@

)DVW$,VFDO )DVW$,VLJ
Fast AI sim setp >@
-130.0...130.0 [%] S>@ S>@
p50737[3] (0.0)
)DVW$,RIIV
>@ )DVW$,7
9 Fast AI sim sel >PV@
p50739[3] (0) S>@
S>@

; wV

S U

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

±10V
;
U

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXWV$,$, Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
691
692

3.4 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-22
wV

>@
&8'
2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1)

&8'$2VLJSURF &8'$27 &8'$2VFDO &8'$2RIIV

>PV@ >9@ >9@
S S S S

U
8RXW>9@ SS
&8'$2VLJV
S [ [ \ ;
\>9@ S

$2

U ;
0

&8'$2VLJSURF &8'$27 &8'$2VFDO &8'$2RIIV

>PV@ >9@ >9@
S S S S

U
&8'$2VLJV 8RXW>9@ SS

S [ [ \ ;
\>9@ S

$2

U ;
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

0
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJRXWSXWV$2$2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.5 Control Unit communication

3.5 Control Unit communication

Function diagrams

2197 – SINAMICS Link overview (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) 694

2198 – SINAMICS Link configuration (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) 695

2199 – SINAMICS Link receive data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) 696

2200 – SINAMICS Link send data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3) 697

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 693
694

3.5 Control Unit communication

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-23
6,1$0,&6/LQN(WKHUQHW S>@GULYHREMHFW
&RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS
6,1$0,&6/LQNSURM 6,1$0,&6/LQNFOF &%():VHO 6,1$0,&6/LQNDGG 3=',)+:DVVLJQ &RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS
S S>@ S S S>@
&RQILJXUDWLRQ
2197 – SINAMICS Link overview (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3)

&RQILJXUDWLRQ
[2198] S>@
1
:RUG
2 3='
p08870[0] =1 +
'ULYHREMHFW[ 3
S>@ S>@
4 +
6HQGGDWD 5
S>@ <1> 3='
:RUG ... p08871[1] =3 +
<5> 3=' 6HQGEXIIHU
+ p08871[0] = 1 32 + + +
S>@ 1
S>@ 2 3='Q
+ &%(
3
3=' 1 1 1 :RUG $GGUHVV
+ p08871[1] = 4 4 3='
S>@ 2 2 2 S>@ =1 S>@ =1 + U>@ ,)3='UHFYZR
S>@ 5 3 3 3
+ + U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
... 4 4 4 3='
3='
+ p08871[2] = 5 32 5 5 5 S>@ =4 S>@ =3 + U>@ ,)3='UHFYZR
[2200] 3=' + + +
+ + + ... ... ...
3='Q <4> 32 32 32 3='Q
&%( 1 2 3
1RGH
<2>
$GGUHVV :RUG &RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS
<5>
U>@ + p08872 [0] = 2 p08870[0] =1 1 1 1
2 2 2 &RQILJXUDWLRQ
U>@ +
3 3 3
U>@ + p08872[1] =2 p08870[1] =3 4 4 4
5 5 5 S>@
1
U>@ + ... ... ...
2 3='
32 32 32 p08871[0]=4 +
U>@ + p08872 [2]=3 p08870[2] =4 3
1 2 3 4 S>@ S>@
+ + + +
[2199] <4> 5
3='
... p08871[1] =0 +
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

32 + + +
&%( 3='Q
1 1 1
:RUG $GGUHVV
2 2 2 3='
<1> $VHQGZRUGFDQRQO\EHDVVLJQHGRQFH S>@ =1 S>@ =1 + U>@ ,)3='UHFYZ
3 3 3
<2> $QRGHFDQQRWUHFHLYHLVWRZQVHQGGDWD 4 4 4 + U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
3='
5 5 5 S>@ =3 S>@ =2 + U>@ ,)3='UHFYZ
<3> 7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUWKHQRGHDGGUHVV$GGUHVVPXVWEHSUHVHQWDQGJDSVDUHQRWSHUPLWWHG
... ... ... + + +
<4> 7KHQXPEHURISURFHVVGDWDQ3='GHSHQGVRQWKHGULYHREMHFW 32 32 32 3='Q
<5> 6HQGUHFHLYHYLDLQWHUIDFHS>@ ൺSSUU 1 2 3
1RGH
6HQGUHFHLYHYLDLQWHUIDFHS>@ ൺSSUU 1RHQWU\B(1
&%(&RPPXQLFDWLRQ%RDUG(WKHUQHW
SINAMICS DCM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6,1$0,&6/LQNRYHUYLHZU S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-24
S>@GULYHREMHFW
&RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS <1>

&RQILJXUDWLRQ &RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS

PZD IF HW assign. SINAMICS Link cycle
p8839[0] (interface 1) CBE20 FW sel. p8812[0]
p8839[1] (interface 2) p8835
2198 – SINAMICS Link configuration (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3)

1 = Isochronous mode &%( &RQILJXUDWLRQ

2 = COMMBOARD 3 = SINAMICS Link activated
<2> <2>

6,1$0,&6/LQNSURM 6,1$0,&6/LQNDGG 6,1$0,&6/LQNFOF 3

S S S>@
<2> <2> <3> 6HQGEXIIHU 6HQGGDWD

3
Project 1RGHVPD[LPXP 3='PD[LPXP %XVF\FOH
GHDFWLYDWHG PLQPD[IDFWRU\VHWWLQJ

64 64 (0, 1 … 64) 16 1000/2000/2000 μs 5HFHLYHEXIIHU 5HFHLYHGDWD

16 16 (0, 1 … 16) 16 500/500/500 μs
12 12 (0,1 … 12) 24 500/500/500 μs
8 8 (0, 1 … 8) 32 500/500/500 μs
&%(
ൺ$7LPHRIWKHDFWXDOYDOXHDFTXLVLWLRQ7LLVQRWDPXOWLSOHLQWHJHURIWKHFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU
VDPSOLQJWLPH 6HQGEXIIHU
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP 1
2
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP 3 &RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS
4
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP 5
...
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP 32 &%( &RQILJXUDWLRQ
3
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP
5HFHLYHEXIIHU
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP
1 1 1 3
2 2 2 3
ൺ$&200%2$5'DODUP
3 3 3 6HQGEXIIHU 6HQGGDWD
ൺ$6,1$0,&6/LQN32:(521UHTXLUHG 4 4 4
5 5 5 3
... ... ...

3.5 Control Unit communication

32 32 32
[2200] 6HQGGDWD 1 2 3
5HFHLYHEXIIHU 5HFHLYHGDWD
1RGH
[2199] 5HFHLYHGDWD

3 Function diagrams
!7KHFRQILJXUDWLRQSDUDPHWHUVPXVWEHVHWWKHVDPHIRUDOOQRGHVH[FHSWLRQSS>@
!$FKDQJHRQO\WDNHVHIIHFWDIWHU32:(521 ,IUHTXLUHGWRRWKHUQRGHV
!7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUWKHQRGHDGGUHVV$GGUHVVPXVWEHSUHVHQWDQGJDSVDUHQRWSHUPLWWHG

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6,1$0,&6/LQNFRQILJXUDWLRQU S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
695
696

3.5 Control Unit communication

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-25
&RQWURO8QLWDGGUHVVS \ !
'ULYHREMHFW[
'ULYHREMHFW[
'ULYHREMHFW[
&%(
2199 – SINAMICS Link receive data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3)

,QWHUIDFH,) ,QWHUIDFH,)

$GGUHVV :RUG !

U>@
3='
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG + p08872[0] = 2] p08870[0]=1] 5HFHLYHEXIIHU

,)3='UHFY': U>@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>@ + 1 1 1

3=' 2 2 2
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>@ + p08872[1] = 2] p08870[1]=3] 3 3 3
4 4 4
,)3='UHFY': U>@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>@ +
5 5 5
3='
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>@ + p08872[2] = 3] p08870[2]=4] 6 6 6
7 7 7
,)3='UHFY': U>@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>@ +
8 8 8
3=' 9 9 9
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>@ + p08872[3] = 0] p08870[3]=0]
10 10 10
,)3='UHFY': U>@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>@ + 11 11 11
3=' 12 12 12
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>@ + p08872[4] = 0] p08870[4]=0] 13 13 13
14 14 14
,)3='UHFY': U>@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>@ +
... ... ...
3='
YZRUG U>@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>@ + p08872[5] = 2] p08870[5]=12] 32 32 32
1 2 3 ...

+
+

1RGH

+
+

3='Q
YZRUG U>Q@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>Q@ + p08872[n-2] = 0] p08870[n-2] = 0]

,)3='UHFY': U>Q@ + ,)3='UHFY': U>Q@ +

3='Q
YZRUG U>Q@ + ,)3='UHFYZRUG U>Q@ + p08872[n-1] = 0] p08870[n-1] = 0]
!
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

!$SDLURIYDOXHVS>LQGH[@>LQGH[@PXVWRQO\EHXVHGRQFHLQDGHYLFH
!$FKDQJHWDNHVHIIHFWZLWKS
:KHUHE\WKHFRQILJXUDWLRQGDWDS>@LVDOVRWUDQVIHUUHGWRWKH&%(S LVWKHQVHWDXWRPDWLFDOO\
$FKDQJHFDQDOVRWDNHHIIHFWYLDDZDUPUHVWDUWSURMHFWGRZQORDGRU32:(521
!7KHQXPEHURISURFHVVGDWDQ3='GHSHQGVRQWKHGULYHREMHFW
SINAMICS DCM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6,1$0,&6/LQNUHFHLYHGDWDU S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-26
2200 – SINAMICS Link send data (r0108.31 = 1, p8835 = 3)

U>Q@ U>Q@ U>Q@ U>Q@

S>@ S>@

+ + + + p08871[0] = 2]
S>@ S>@ <1>
S>@ S>@
+ + + +

+ + + + p08871[1] = 4] 1
S>@ S>@
S>@ S>@ 2
+ +
3
+ + + + p08871[2] = 0] 4
S>@ S>@
S>@ S>@ 5
+ +
6
+ + + p08871[3] = 9] 7
S>@ S>@
S>@ S>@ 8
+ +
9
+ + + + p08871[4] = 14] 10
S>@ S>@
S>@ S>@ 11
+ +
12
+ + + + p08871[5] = 0] 13
S>@ S>@
S>@ S>@ 14
+ +
...
+ + p08871[6] = 0] 32

+ + + +
+ + + +
+ + + +

+ p08871[n-2] = 0]
S>Q@ S>Q@
S>Q@ S>Q@
+ + + +

+ + + p08871[n-1] = 0]

3.5 Control Unit communication

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
697
3 Function diagrams
3.6 PROFIdrive

3.6 PROFIdrive

Function diagrams

2410 – PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS, addresses and diagnostics 699

2420 – Telegrams and process data (PZD) 700

2425 – STW1_BM control word, metal industry interconnection 701

2426 – STW2_BM control word, metal industry interconnection 702

2428 – ZSW1_BM status word, metal industry interconnection 703

2429 – ZSW2_BM status word, metal industry interconnection 704

2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection 705

2442 – STW1 control word interconnection 706

2444 – STW2 control word interconnection 707

2450 – PZD send signals interconnection 708

2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection 709

2454 – ZSW2 status word interconnection 710

2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 711

2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 712

2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection 713

2481 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 714

2483 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 715

2485 – IF2 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 716

2487 – IF2 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 717

2489 – IF2 status words, free interconnection 718

2495 – CU_STW1 control word 1, Control Unit interconnection 719

2496 – CU_ZSW1 status word 1, Control Unit interconnection 720

2497 – A_DIGITAL interconnection 721

2498 – E_DIGITAL interconnection 722

SINAMICS DCM
698 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-27
866VHWWLQJV 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
6HW352),%86DGGUHVV
)LHOGEXVEDXG )LHOGEXV8663=' )LHOGEXV866'2BQR
S )LHOGEXVDGGUHVV S )LHOGEXV8663.: S >@
3%DGGUHVV &XUUHQW S S 352),1(7DGGUHVV
352),%86
S 0HPRU\ DGGUHVV
31,3RI6WDWLRQ
352),%86 U>@
2410 – PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS, addresses and diagnostics

32:(521 866 352),1(7

6(7
311DPHRI6WDWLRQ
U>@
3=',)+:DVVLJQ
&%( ; S>@
3URFHVVGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQ
! VHH
(WKHUQHW )3
352),1(7
3=' )3
LQWHUIDFH ,)
)LHOGEXVSURWRFRO 3=',)+:DVVLJQ )3
S S>@
;
!
352),%86 6HH
352),%86
FRQQHFWLRQ )3
SURWRFRO 3='
)LHOGEXVSURWRFRO )3
S ,) )3
; ! )3
866
)3
! SURWRFRO
56 ! 3RVLWLRQ
:KHQ&%(LVLQVHUWHG6ZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
$23866
3DUDPHWHU :KHQ&%(LVQRWLQVHUWHG6ZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
LQWHUIDFH ; ! 33,
SURWRFRO PDQDJHPHQW ! 3RVLWLRQ
56 6ZLWFKSRVLWLRQ

0RQLWRULQJDQGGLDJQRVWLFV ,)3'IDXOWGHOD\ '&B&75/

3%VXSSOWBPRQLW $ >V@
S 3%,QWHUUXSWF\FFRQQ S
!
&\FOLF !
WHOHJUDPV
IURPWKHPDVWHU
,)3'3='VWDWH 7 7
6HWBIDLOXUH U 6 4 )
W )LHOGEXVVHWSWLPHRXW
,)3'3='VWDWH 554 7HOHJUDPIDLOXUHIURPPDVWHU
!
6\QFRSDFW U
3%VWDWXV
U $ ! 0RQLWRULQJLVRQO\SHUIRUPHGRQFH
3%31&RQILJ7HOHJUHUURU DWOHDVWRQHYDOLGF\FOLFWHOHJUDPKDVEHHQ
3%GLDJVWDQGDUG UHFHLYHGIRUWKHILUVWWLPH9DOLGPHDQV
U>@ 0DVWHULVLQRSHUDWLRQDQGXVHUGDWDLVWUDQVIHUUHG

3 Function diagrams
)LHOGEXVHUURU ! 2QO\RQHRIWKHWZRLQWHUIDFHV
U>@ 56;RU56; PD\EHXVHG
U>@,)GLDJRIIVUHFY
'LDJQRVWLFSDUDPHWHUV ! %XVWHUPLQDWLRQFDQEHVZLWFKHGRQRIIZLWKS

3.6 PROFIdrive
U>@,)GLDJRIIVVHQG
! 1RWZLWK&38VWRS

'2&8B'&'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
352),%863%352),1(731866DGGUHVVHVDQGGLDJQRVWLFV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
699
700

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-28
! ! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
IF1 PZD telegr
p00922 (999) >@

,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
PDGH >@>@ $XWRPDWLF ! >@ >@
2420 – Telegrams and process data (PZD)

LQDFFZLWK >@ >@

7HOHJUDP !
$SSOFODVV

3=' 67: =6: 67: =6: 67: =6: 67: =6: 67:B%0 =6:B%0 67: =6: &8B67: &8B=6: 67:! =6:!
3=' 162//B$ 1,67B$ 162//B$ 1,67B$B*/$77 162//B% 1,67B$B*/$77 162//B$ 1,67B$B*/$77 $B',*,7$/ (B',*,7$/

!
162//B% 1,67B% 162//B% 1,67B%
3=' ,$,67B*/$77 ! ,$,67B*/$77 ! ,$,67B*/$77
3=' 67: =6: 67: =6: 0,67B*/$77 67:B%0 0,67B*/$77 ! 0,67B*/$77
3=' *B67: *B=6: *B67: *B=6: 3,67B*/$77 0B$''! :$51B&2'( ! :$51B&2'(
3=' *B67: XVHU! 0B/,0! )$8/7B&2'( ! )$8/7B&2'(
*B;,67 *B;,67
3=' XVHU! =6:B%0
352),%86352),1(7

352),%86352),1(7
5HFHLYHWHOHJUDPIURP

3=' XVHU! U

*B;,67 *B;,67
3=' XVHU! XVHU!
6HQGWHOHJUDPWR

5HFHLYHWHOHJUDPOHQJWKIUHHO\VHOHFWDEOHYLD
3=' *B=6: XVHU! XVHU!

FHQWUDO352),GULYHFRQILJXUDWLRQLQPDVWHU

FHQWUDO352),GULYHFRQILJXUDWLRQLQPDVWHU
6HQGWHOHJUDPOHQJWKIUHHO\VHOHFWDEOHYLD
3='
*B;,67
3='
3='
*B;,67
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='
3='

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

3='
3='
3='

! :KHQFKDQJLQJS WRDGLIIHUHQWYDOXHWKHWHOHJUDPDVVLJQPHQWLVPDGHDXWRPDWLFDOO\LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK>@ ! &DQEHIUHHO\LQWHUFRQQHFWHGGHIDXOW

:KHQFKDQJLQJSQRW WRS WKHROGWHOHJUDPDVVLJQPHQWDVSHU>@UHPDLQVXQFKDQJHG ! 'HIDXOWQRWLQKLELWHG
! 2QO\WHOHJUDPVDQGDUHVXSSRUWHGRQ'2&8B'& ! &DQEHIUHHO\LQWHUFRQQHFWHGGHIDXOW0(66B1$085
! 7RFRPSO\ZLWKWKH352),GULYHSURILOH3='PXVWEHXVHGDVFRQWUROZRUG67:RUVWDWXVZRUG=6: ! 7HOHJUDPLVRQO\VXSSRUWHGRQ'2&8B'&
,I67:DFFRUGLQJWRWKH352),GULYHSURILOHLVQRWWUUDQVIHUUHGZLWK3='S PXVWEHVHW
! 7KHPD[LPXP3='QXPEHUGHSHQGVRQWKHGULYHREMHFWW\SH 3RVLWLRQHQFRGHUVLJQDO
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HOHJUDPVDQGSURFHVVGDWD3=' Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-29
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

67: 2))2)) S>@ U >@

2425 – STW1_BM control word, metal industry interconnection

67: 2))LPPHGLDWHSXOVHVXSSUHVVLRQDQGVZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHG S>@ U >@

1R2))HQDEOHSRVVLEOH

67: 2))EUDNLQJDORQJWKH2))UDPSWKHQSXOVHVXSSUHVVLRQDQGVZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHG S>@ U >@

1R2))HQDEOHSRVVLEOH

67: ,QKLELWRSHUDWLRQ S>@ U >@

(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQ

67: 6HWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU]HUR S>@ U >@

(QDEOHUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU

67: )UHH]HUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU S>@ U >@

&RQWLQXHUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU

67: 6SHHGVHWSRLQW S>@ U >@

6SHHGVHWSRLQWHQDEOH

67: $FNQRZOHGJHIDXOW S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG

67: &RQWUROYLD3/& ! S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG

67: 5HVHUYHG !

3 Function diagrams
! 67:PXVWEHVHWLQRUGHUIRUWKHGULYHREMHFWWRDFFHSWWKHSURFHVVGDWD3='

3.6 PROFIdrive
! ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVQRWLQKLELWHG

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
67:B%0FRQWUROZRUGVHFWRUPHWDOLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
701
702

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-30
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

67: &RPPDQGGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ&'6ELW S U >@

2426 – STW2_BM control word, metal industry interconnection

67: 5HVHUYHGELWPXVWDOZD\VEHVHWWR

67: &RPPDQGGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ''6ELW ! S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHGELWPXVWDOZD\VEHVHWWR

67: %ULGJHUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG

67: 6SHHGFRQWUROOHULQWHJUDWLRQYDOXHVHW S>@ U >@

67: (QDEOHGURRS S>@ U >@

67: (QDEOHVSHHGFRQWUROOHU ! S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG !

67: 6SHHGFRQWUROOHGRSHUDWLRQ S>@ U >@

7RUTXHFRQWUROOHGRSHUDWLRQ

67: 5HVHUYHG !

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

67: 5HVHUYHG !

67: &RQWUROOHUVLJQRIOLIHWRJJOHELW S>@ U >@

! ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVQRWLQKLELWHG
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
67:B%0FRQWUROZRUGVHFWRUPHWDOLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-31 ! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

=6: 5HDG\WRVZLWFKRQ S>@ U >@

2428 – ZSW1_BM status word, metal industry interconnection

=6: 5HDG\ S>@ U >@

=6: 2SHUDWLRQHQDEOHG S>@ U >@

=6: )DXOWHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: &RDVWLQJGRZQDFWLYH2)) S>@ U >@

=6: 4XLFNVWRSDFWLYH2)) S>@ U >@

=6: 6ZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHGDFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: $ODUPHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: 6SHHGVHWSRLQW DFWXDOYDOXHGHYLDWLRQZLWKLQWROHUDQFH S>@ U >@

=6: &RQWUROUHTXHVWHG ! S>@ U >@

=6: QFRPSDULVRQYDOXHUHDFKHGRUH[FHHGHG S>@ U >@

=6: 7RUTXHOLPLWQRWUHDFKHG S>@ U

=6: 2SHQKROGLQJEUDNH S>@ U >@

=6: 5HVHUYHG !

3 Function diagrams
! =6:B%0LVIRUPHGYLDELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHU%,S>@LQYHUVLRQS>@S>@ ! ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVQRWLQKLELWHG

3.6 PROFIdrive
! 7KHGULYHREMHFWLVUHDG\IRUDFFHSWDQFH

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
=6:B%0VWDWXVZRUGVHFWRUPHWDOLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
703
704

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-32
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

=6: 5HVHUYHG !

2429 – ZSW2_BM status word, metal industry interconnection

=6: 5HVHUYHG !

=6: $ODUPFODVVELW S>@ U >@

=6: 5HVHUYHG

=6: 6SHHGVHWSRLQWOLPLWHG S>@ U

=6: 8SSHUWRUTXHOLPLWUHDFKHG S>@ U

=6: /RZHUWRUTXHOLPLWUHDFKHG S>@ U

=6: (QFRGHUOHVVRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHRIIDXOW S>@ U

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

=6: 5HVHUYHG S>@ U

=6: &RQWUROOHUVLJQRIOLIHWRJJOHELW S>@ U >@

! ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVQRWLQKLELWHG
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
=6:B%0VWDWXVZRUGVHFWRUPHWDOLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-33
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

>@
2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection

352),%86
352),1(7
866

! !
352),GULYH ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQ 'DWDW\SH 1RUPDOL]LQJ
6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ
VLJQDOQR SDUDPHWHU GLDJUDP
352),GULYH
UHFHLYHWHOHJUDP 67: &RQWUROZRUGIRUWHOHJUDP ELWE\ELW >@ 8

+HDGHU 67: &RQWUROZRUGIRUWHOHJUDP ELWE\ELW >@ 8

'ULYHREMHFW
S
162//B$ 6SHHGVHWSRLQW$ELW , KH[
'ULYHREMHFW S>@ >@

162//B% 6SHHGVHWSRLQW%ELW S >@ , KH[

>@>@
UU%LW
(QFRGHUFRQWUROZRUG
U>Q@:25'
U>@':25'
*B67: S>@ >@ 8

*B67: (QFRGHUFRQWUROZRUG S>@ >@ 8

'ULYHREMHFWQ

$B',*,7$/ 'LJLWDORXWSXWELW ELWE\ELW >@ 8

7HOHJUDPDVVLJQPHQW
DFFWRS
>@ 0B/,0 7RUTXHOLPLW
S>@ >@
8
S>@ >@

0B$'' $GGLWLRQDOWRUTXH S >@ 8

'ULYHREMHFWP
67:B%0 &RQWUROZRUGYDULDQWIRU%0 ELWE\ELW >@ 8
7UDLOHU
67:B%0 &RQWUROZRUGYDULDQWIRU%0 ELWE\ELW >@ 8

&8B67: &RQWUROZRUGIRU&RQWURO8QLW ELWE\ELW >@ 8

3 Function diagrams
! 'DWDW\SHLQDFFZLWK352),GULYHSURILOH, ,QWHJHU, ,QWHJHU8 8QVLJQHG8 8QVLJQHG
! :KHQVHOHFWLQJDVWDQGDUGWHOHJUDPRUDPDQXIDFWXUHUVSHFLILFWHOHJUDPWHOHJUDPQXPEHU!YLDSWKHVHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQSDUDPHWHUVRIFRPPDQGGDWDVHW&'6DUHVHWDXWRPDWLFDOO\

3.6 PROFIdrive

'2'&B&75/&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3='UHFHLYHVLJQDOVLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
705
706

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-34
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

>)XQFWLRQGLDJUDP@
6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ ,QWHUQDOFRQWUROZRUG
,QYHUWHG >@
SDUDPHWHU

67: 21SXOVHVFDQEHHQDEOHG S>@ U >@

2442 – STW1 control word interconnection

2))EUDNLQJZLWKUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUWKHQSXOVHVXSSUHVVLRQDQGUHDG\WRVZLWFKRQ

2&HQDEOHSRVVLEOH !

67: S>@ U >@
2))LPPHGLDWHSXOVHVXSSUHVVLRQDQGVZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHG

2&HQDEOHSRVVLEOH !

67: S>@ U >@
2))EUDNLQJDORQJWKH2))UDPSWKHQSXOVHVXSSUHVVLRQDQGVZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHG

67: (QDEOHRSHUDWLRQSXOVHVFDQEHHQDEOHG S>@ U >@

,QKLELWRSHUDWLRQVXSSUHVVSXOVHV

67: (QDEOHUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU S>@ U >@

,QKLELWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVHWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRURXWSXWWR]HUR

67: 6WDUWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU S>@ U >@

6WRSUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUIUHH]HUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRURXWSXW

67: (QDEOHVSHHGVHWSRLQW S>@ U >@

,QKLELWVSHHGVHWSRLQWVHWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRULQSXWWR]HUR

67: $FNQRZOHGJHIDXOW S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG

67: &RQWUROYLD3/& ! S>@ U >@

67: VHWSRLQWLQYHUVLRQ S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

67: 0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHUKLJKHU ! S>@ U >@

67: 0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHUORZHU ! S>@ U >@

67: &RPPDQGGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ&'6ELW ! ! S>@ >@ ! ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVQRW

LQKLELWHG

! 2QO\IRUWHOHJUDP ! 2QO\IRUWHOHJUDPDQG

! 67:PXVWEHVHWLQRUGHUIRUWKHGULYHREMHFWWRDFFHSWWKHSURFHVVGDWD3=' ! 2& 2SHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQ
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
67:FRQWUROZRUGLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-35
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

67: 'ULYHGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ''6ELW S>@ U >@

2444 – STW2 control word interconnection

67: 'ULYHGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ''6ELW S>@ U >@

67: 5HVHUYHG

67: 0DVWHUVLJQRIOLIHELW

67: 0DVWHUVLJQRIOLIHELW
S U>@
67: 0DVWHUVLJQRIOLIHELW

67: 0DVWHUVLJQRIOLIHELW

3 Function diagrams
3.6 PROFIdrive

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
67:FRQWUROZRUGLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
707
708

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-36
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

! ! >@

352),GULYH ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQ 'DWDW\SH 1RUPDOL]LQJ
6LJQDO 'HVFULSWLRQ
VLJQDOQR SDUDPHWHU GLDJUDP
2450 – PZD send signals interconnection

=6: 6WDWXVZRUG U>@ >@ 8

=6: 6WDWXVZRUG U>@ >@ 8 352),GULYH

VHQGWHOHJUDP
1,67B$ $FWXDOVSHHGYDOXH$ELW U>@ >@ , KH[ S
+HDGHU
*B=6: (QFRGHUVWDWXVZRUG U>@ >@ 8 'ULYHREMHFW

*B;,67 (QFRGHUDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXH U>@ >@ 8 'ULYHREMHFW

,)'LDJVHQG:RUW
S>@:25'
*B;,67 (QFRGHUDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXH U>@ >@ 8 U>@:25'
S>@':25'
*B=6: (QFRGHUVWDWXVZRUG U>@ >@ 8 U>@':25'

*B;,67 (QFRGHUDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXH U>@ >@ 8
'ULYHREMHFWQ
*B;,67 (QFRGHUDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXH U>@ >@ 8
7HOHJUDPDVVLJQPHQW
(B',*,7$/ 'LJLWDOLQSXWELW U>@ >@ 8 DFFWRS
>@
,$,67B*/$77 $EVROXWHDFWXDOFXUUHQWYDOXHVPRRWKHG U >@ , KH[ S
0,67B*/$77 $FWXDOWRUTXHYDOXHVPRRWKHG ! U >@ , KH[ S
'ULYHREMHFWP

3,67B*/$77 $FWLYHSRZHUVPRRWKHG ! U>@ , KH[ U

7UDLOHU
1,67B$B*/$77 $FWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVPRRWKHG U>@ >@ , KH[ S

0(/'B1$085 9,.1$085PHVVDJHELWEDU U 8

)$8/7B&2'( )DXOWFRGH U >@ 8

352),%86
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

:$51B&2'( $ODUPFRGH U >@ 8 352),1(7

866
=6:B%0 6WDWXVZRUGYDULDQWIRU%0 U>@ >@ 8

=6:B%0 6WDWXVZRUGYDULDQWIRU%0 U>@ >@ 8

&8B=6: 6WDWXVZRUGIRU&RQWURO8QLW U>@ >@ 8

! 'DWDW\SHDFFRUGLQJWR352),GULYHSURILOH, ,QWHJHU, ,QWHJHU8 8QVLJQHG8 8QVLJQHG ! (OHFWULFSRZHURXWSXURIWKH6,1$0,&6'&0

! :KHQVHOHFWLQJDVWDQGDUGWHOHJUDPRUDPDQXIDFWXUHUVSHFLILFWHOHJUDPWHOHJUDPQXPEHU!YLDSWKHVHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQSDUDPHWHUVRI
FRPPDQGGDWDVHW&'6DUHVHWDXWRPDWLFDOO\
! 9DOXHUHIHUVWRGHYLFHGDWD,HFRUUHVSRQGVWRS
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3='VHQGVLJQDOVLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-37
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
!
,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ >)XQFWLRQGLDJUDP@ ,QYHUWHG >@
6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ LQWHUQDOVWDWXVZRUG
SDUDPHWHU
2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection

=6: 5HDG\WRVZLWFKRQ S>@ U >@

=6: 5HDG\ S>@ U >@

=6: 2SHUDWLRQHQDEOHG S>@ U >@

=6: )DXOWHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: 1RFRDVWLQJGRZQDFWLYH2))LQDFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: 1RTXLFNVWRSDFWLYH2))LQDFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: 6ZLWFKLQJRQLQKLELWHGDFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: $ODUPHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

=6: 6SHHGVHWSRLQW DFWXDOYDOXHGHYLDWLRQZLWKLQWROHUDQFHWBRII S>@ U >@

=6: &RQWUROUHTXHVW ! S>@ U >@

=6: IRUQFRPSDULVRQYDOXHUHDFKHGRUH[FHHGHG S>@ U >@

0OLPLWQRWUHDFKHG S>@ U

=6:
,RU0OLPLWQRWUHDFKHG ! S>@ U

+ROGLQJEUDNHRSHQ S>@ U

=6: >@
UHVHUYHGDOZD\VYDOXH !

=6: 1RZDUQLQJRYHUWHPSHUDWXUHPRWRU S>@ U >@

0RWRUURWDWHVIRUZDUGVQBDFW!
=6: S>@ U >@
0RWRUURWDWHVEDFNZDUGVQBDFW

1RZDUQLQJWKHUPDORYHUORDGSRZHUXQLW S>@ U >@

=6:

3 Function diagrams
&RPPDQGGDWDVHW&'6HIIHFWLYHELW ! S>@ U >@

! )RUWHOHJUDP ! 7KHGULYHREMHFWLVUHDG\IRUDFFHSWDQFH

3.6 PROFIdrive
! =6:LVIRUPHGYLDELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHU%,S>@LQYHUVLRQS>@S>@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
=6:VWDWXVZRUGLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
709
710

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-38 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU
2454 – ZSW2 status word interconnection

=6: 'ULYHGDWDVHWVHOHFWLRQ''6HIIHFWLYHELW S>@ U >@

=6: 5HVHUYHG

=6: $ODUPFODVVELW S>@ U >@

=6: 5HVHUYHG

=6: 3XOVHVHQDEOHG S>@ U >@

=6: 5HVHUYHG

5HVHUYHG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

=6:

=6: 5HVHUYHG

=6: 5HVHUYHG
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
=6:VWDWXVZRUGLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-39
!! U
!!
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

U
! 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ >@
U
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
U
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

U
352),%86
352),1(7
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
U
866 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
U
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
U
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
352),GULYH
UHFHLYHWHOHJUDP 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
FRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUV S
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
+HDGHU
!
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
'ULYHREMHFW S>@
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
'ULYHREMHFW !
&RQELQ6BVUF
S>@

U

S>@
'ULYHREMHFWQ

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ U

U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
3='UHFHLYHZRUG

U>@

U>@ ,)3='UHFY': S>@

'ULYHREMHFWP
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !
7UDLOHU U>@ ,)3='UHFY': &RQELQ6BVUF
S>@
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@

U
! !

5HIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVIRUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ S>@
! 7RFRPSO\ZLWKWKH352),GULYHSURILOHUHFHLYHZRUGPXVWEHXVHGDVFRQWUROZRUG67: S[
GXHWRELW&RQWUROUHTXHVW
! 8VLQJWKHWZRFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVWKHELWVIURPWZRRIWKH3='UHFHLYHZRUGVWR
FDQEHH[WUDFWHGDQGXVHGDVELQHFWRUV

U
! )RUZRUGVDQGGRXEOHZRUGVWKHKH[ DQGKH[ UHSUHVHQWDWLRQVDSSO\UHVSHFWLYHO\
)RUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQWKHUHIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVS[DUHDSSOLFDEOHFRUUHVSRQGVWRS[

3 Function diagrams
7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVWRWHPSHUDWXUHVr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR KH[RUKH[DQGr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR
! 7KHFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHURQO\HYHUFRQYHUWVWKHORZHUELWVUHJDUGOHVVRIWKHLQSXWYDULDEOH

3.6 PROFIdrive
! (DFK3='ZRUGFDQEHDVVLJQHGDZRUGRUDGRXEOHZRUG2QO\RQHRIWKHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQSDUDPHWHUVUDQGUFDQKDYHDYDOXHำIRUD3='ZRUG
! :LWKPXOWLSOHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIDFRQQHFWRURXWSXWDOOFRQQHFWRULQSXWVPXVWKDYHWKHGDWDW\SH,QWHJHURU)ORDWLQJ3RLQW

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)UHFHLYHWHOHJUDPIUHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
711
712

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-40
,)GLDJVHQG':
U>@ 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
!
,)GLDJVHQGZRUG
U>@
! S>@ >@
! ! !
3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@ 352),GULYH
S>@

VHQGWHOHJUDP

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@ +HDGHU
S>@

'ULYHREMHFW
3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@ 'ULYHREMHFW

3='VHQGZRUG

'ULYHREMHFWQ
,)3='VHQG': S>@

S>@

,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@
3='VHQGZRUG

'ULYHREMHFWP

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@ 7UDLOHU

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>@

3='VHQGZRUG 352),%86
! 352),1(7

866
5HIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVIRUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
S[
! 7RFRPSO\ZLWKWKH352),GULYHSURILOHVHQGZRUGPXVWEHXVHGDVVWDWXVZRUG ! 8VLQJWKHWZRFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVDW>@WKHELWVIURPRIWKHVHQGZRUGVFDQEHLQWHUFRQQHFWHGZLWKDQ\
=6:UDWKHUWKDQDVWKH':25' ELQHFWRUV
! (DFK3='VHQGZRUGFDQEHVXSSOLHGYLDFRQQHFWRULQSXWS:25'RUYLD ! 3K\VLFDOZRUGDQGGRXEOHZRUGYDOXHVDUHLQVHUWHGLQWKHWHOHJUDPDVUHIHUHQFHGYDULDEOHV
S':25'$QLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHWZRUHOHYDQWFRQQHFWRULQSXWVLVQRW 7KHUHIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVS[DUHDSSOLFDEOHWHOHJUDPFRQWHQW KH[RUKH[IRUGRXEOHZRUGVLIWKHLQSXW
SRVVLEOH YDULDEOHKDVWKHYDOXHS[7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVWRWHPSHUDWXUHVr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR KH[RU
SINAMICS DCM

KH[DQGr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)VHQGWHOHJUDPIUHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-41 ELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUV S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@
U>@
2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection

>@

S>@

S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@

U>@
>@

>@

S>@

S>@

>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@

U>@
>@

S>@
S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG >@
>@

U>@
>@

S>@ S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@ >@

U>@
>@

S>@

3 Function diagrams

>@

3.6 PROFIdrive

'2'&B&75/&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)VWDWXVZRUGVIUHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
713
714

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-42
U 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

>@

! U
352),%86
2481 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
352),1(7 U
866
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
70',B'2
70

70 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ ! U

352),GULYH
UHFHLYHWHOHJUDP
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !
+HDGHU
FRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUV S
'ULYHREMHFW 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !
S>@
'ULYHREMHFW
!
! 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !
S>@
U

'ULYHREMHFWQ S>@

! 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !

! 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ !

'ULYHREMHFWP
S>@
7UDLOHU !

S>@
U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>@

! 7KH3='UHFHLYHZRUGVWRDUHRQO\DYDLODEOHRQWKH'2&8B'&
! 8VLQJWKHWZRFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVWZRRIWKH3='UHFHLYHZRUGVWRRUWRFDQEHFRQYHUWHGLQWRELQHFWRUV

U
IRUVXEVHTXHQWLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ

! )RUZRUGVWKHKH[ UHSUHVHQWDWLRQDSSOLHV
SINAMICS DCM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'&70',B'27070 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)UHFHLYHWHOHJUDPIUHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-43
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
,)GLDJVHQGZRUG
U>@ >@
!
,)3='VHQGZRUG
2483 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

S>@
3='VHQGZRUG 352),GULYH
VHQGWHOHJUDP
S>@
3='VHQGZRUG +HDGHU
70',B'2 'ULYHREMHFW
S>@
70
3='VHQGZRUG
70 'ULYHREMHFW
S>@
3='VHQGZRUG
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG 'ULYHREMHFWQ

S>@

!
3='VHQGZRUG

S>@ ! 'ULYHREMHFWP
3='VHQGZRUG
7UDLOHU
S>@ !
3='VHQGZRUG

352),%86
352),1(7
S>@ 866
!
3='VHQGZRUG

S>@ !
3='VHQGZRUG

! 8VLQJWKHWZRFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVDW>@WKHELWVIURPRIWKHVHQGZRUGVFDQEHLQWHUFRQQHFWHGZLWKDQ\ELQHFWRUV
! 3K\VLFDOZRUGYDOXHVDUHLQVHUWHGLQWKHWHOHJUDPDVUHIHUHQFHGYDULDEOHV

3 Function diagrams
7HOHJUDPFRQWHQW KH[LIWKHLQSXWYDULDEOHKDVWKHYDOXHS[
! 2QO\IRU&8B'&

3.6 PROFIdrive
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'&70',B'27070 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)VHQGWHOHJUDPIUHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
715
716

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-44 !! U
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
!!
U
! 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ >@
U
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
U
2485 – IF2 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
U
352),%86 U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
352),1(7 U
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
U
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
U
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
352),GULYH
UHFHLYHWHOHJUDP 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
&RQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHU S
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
+HDGHU
!
3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
'ULYHREMHFW S>@
U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
'ULYHREMHFW !

S>@

U

S>@

'ULYHREMHFWQ

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@

U>@ ,)3='UHFY': U

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@

U>@ ,)3='UHFY':

3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@ S>@

'ULYHREMHFWP U>@ ,)3='UHFY':
!
7UDLOHU 3='UHFHLYHZRUG U>@
S>@
! !

U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

5HIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVIRUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
S[ S>@

! 7RREVHUYHWKH352),GULYHSURILOHUHFHLYHZRUGPXVWEHXVHGDVFRQWUROZRUG67:GXHWRELW&RQWUROUHTXHVW

! 8VLQJWKHFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVWKHELWVRIWZRRIWKH3='UHFHLYHZRUGVWRFDQEHH[WUDFWHGDQGXVHGDVELQHFWRUV
! )RUZRUGVDQGGRXEOHZRUGVWKHKH[ DQGKH[ DSSO\UHVSHFWLYHO\
)RUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQWKHUHIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVS[DUHDSSOLFDEOHFRUUHVSRQGVWRS[

U
7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVWRWHPSHUDWXUHVr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR KH[RUKH[DQGr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR

! ,QGHSHQGHQWRIWKHLQSXWYDULDEOHWKHFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUDOZD\VFRQYHUWVRQO\WKHORZHUELWV
! (DFK3='ZRUGFDQEHDVVLJQHGDZRUGRUDGRXEOHZRUG2QO\RQHRIWKHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQSDUDPHWHUVUDQGUFDQKDYHDYDOXHำIRUD3='ZRUG
! :LWKPXOWLSOHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIDFRQQHFWRURXWSXWDOOFRQQHFWRULQSXWVPXVWKDYHWKHGDWDW\SH,QWHJHURU)ORDWLQJ3RLQW
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)UHFHLYHWHOHJUDP)UHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-45
U>@ ! ,)GLDJ3='VHQG 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
S>@ U>@
!
!

! >@
3='VHQGZRUG !
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
2487 – IF2 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@ 352),GULYH
S>@
VHQGWHOHJUDP

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@ +HDGHU
S>@

3='VHQGZRUG 'ULYHREMHFW
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@
'ULYHREMHFW

3='VHQGZRUG

'ULYHREMHFWQ
,)3='VHQG': S>@

S>@

,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@
3='VHQGZRUG

'ULYHREMHFWP
3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@ 7UDLOHU

3='VHQGZRUG
,)3='VHQG': S>@
S>@
+

3='VHQGZRUG 352),%86
!

352),1(7

5HIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVIRUIXUWKHULQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
S[
! 3K\VLFDOZRUGDQGGRXEOHZRUGYDOXHVDUHLQVHUWHGLQWKHWHOHJUDPDVUHIHUHQFHGYDULDEOHV
7KHUHIHUHQFHYDULDEOHVS[DUHDSSOLFDEOHWHOHJUDPFRQWHQW KH[RUKH[IRUGRXEOH
! 7RPDLQWDLQWKH352),GULYHSURILOHVHQGZRUGPXVWEHXVHGDV
ZRUGVLIWKHLQSXWYDULDEOHKDVWKHYDOXHS[7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVWRWHPSHUDWXUHVr&FRUUHVSRQGV
VWDWXVZRUG=6:QRWDV':25'

3 Function diagrams
WR KH[RUKH[DQGr&FRUUHVSRQGVWR
! (DFK3='VHQGZRUGFDQEHVXSSOLHGYLDFRQQHFWRULQSXWS:25'RUYLDS':25'$Q
LQWHUFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHWZRUHOHYDQWFRQQHFWRULQSXWVLVQRWSRVVLEOH
! 8VLQJWKHWZRFRQQHFWRUELQHFWRUFRQYHUWHUVDW>@WKHELWVIURPRIWKHVHQGZRUGVFDQEH

3.6 PROFIdrive
LQWHUFRQQHFWHGZLWKDQ\ELQHFWRUV

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)VHQGWHOHJUDP)UHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQYLD%,&2S Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
717
718

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-46
S>@ S
%LQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHU
S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@

U>@
>@
2489 – IF2 status words, free interconnection

S>@

S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@

U>@
>@

>@

S>@

S>@

>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@

U>@
>@

S>@
S>@

>@
S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG

>@

U>@
>@

S>@

S>@

S>@ %LQFRQ=6:VHQG
>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

>@

U>@

>@
>@

S>@

>@ >@

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,)VWDWXVZRUGV)UHHLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-47
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

&8B67: 5HVHUYHG
2495 – CU_STW1 control word 1, Control Unit interconnection

&8B67: 57&UHDOWLPHV\QFKURQL]DWLRQ3,1* S U

&8B67: 5HVHUYHG

&8B67: $FNQRZOHGJHIDXOW S>@ U >@

&8B67: 5HVHUYHG

&8B67: &RQWUROE\3/& S U

&8B67: 5HVHUYHG

3 Function diagrams
3.6 PROFIdrive
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&8B67:FRQWUROZRUG&RQWURO8QLWLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
719
720

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-48
! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG
2496 – CU_ZSW1 status word 1, Control Unit interconnection

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG

&8B=6: )DXOWHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG

&8B=6: $ODUPHIIHFWLYH S>@ U >@

&8B=6: 6\QFKURQL]HV\VWHPWLPH S>@ U >@

&8B=6: 1RJURXSDODUPSUHVHQW S>@ U >@

&8B=6: 1RJURXSIDXOWSUHVHQW S>@ U >@

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG S>@ U

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

&8B=6: 5HVHUYHG

! &8B=6:LVIRUPHGYLDELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHU%,S>@LQYHUVLRQS>@S>@

SINAMICS DCM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&8B=6:VWDWXVZRUG&RQWURO8QLWLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-49
! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

$B',*,7$/ &8'GLJLWDORXWSXW'2 S>@ U >@

2497 – A_DIGITAL interconnection

$B',*,7$/ &8'GLJLWDORXWSXW'2 S>@ U >@

$B',*,7$/ 5HVHUYHG

3 Function diagrams
3.6 PROFIdrive
! 'HIDXOWFDQEHFKDQJHGE\XVHU

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
2B',*,7$/LQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
721
722

3.6 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-50
! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ ,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP ,QYHUWHG >@

SDUDPHWHU

(B',*,7$/ &8'GLJLWDOLQSXW', ! S>@ U >@

2498 – E_DIGITAL interconnection

(B',*,7$/ &8'GLJLWDOLQSXW', ! S>@ U >@

(B',*,7$/ 5HVHUYHG

(B',*,7$/ &8'GLJLWDOLQSXW', S>@ U >@

(B',*,7$/ 5HVHUYHG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

(B',*,7$/ 5HVHUYHG

! 'HIDXOWFDQEHFKDQJHGE\XVHU
! &DQEHVHWYLDS>ಹ@DVGLJLWDOLQSXWRUGLJLWDORXWSXW
SINAMICS DCM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,B',*,7$/LQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.7 Internal control/status words

3.7 Internal control/status words

Function diagrams

2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 724

2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 725

2546 – Control word, faults/alarms 726

2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 727

2580 – Control word, sequence control 728

2585 – Status word, sequence control 729

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 723
724

3.7 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-51
wV

>@
2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1

=6:PRQLWRU
%LWQR
6WDWXVZRUGPRQLWRULQJIXQFWLRQV U

U U
>@

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6WDWXVZRUGPRQLWRULQJIXQFWLRQV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-52
wV
352),GULYHELW

=6:PRQLWRU
%LWQR 6WDWXVZRUGPRQLWRULQJIXQFWLRQV U
2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3

U U
>@

3.7 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6WDWXVZRUGPRQLWRULQJIXQFWLRQV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
725
726

3.7 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-53
352),GULYHELW wV

>@
67:IDXOWDODUP
! 7KLVSDUDPHWHUEHORQJVWRWKH&RQWURO8QLWDQGVHUYHVDVWKHVRXUFHIRU %LWQR &RQWUROZRUGIDXOWVDODUPV U
VLPXOWDQHRXVDFNQRZOHGJPHQWRIDOOIDXOWVRQDOOGULYHREMHFWV
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms

! 7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVEHORQJWR&RPPDQG'DWD6HWV&'6GHSHQGLQJRQ

WKHUHOHYDQWGULYHREMHFW'2

$FNQDOOIDXOWV S
!

$FNQRZOHGJH S>&@
!

$FNQRZOHGJH S>&@ ! U $FNQIDXOW >@

$FNQRZOHGJH S>&@
!

3XOVHJHQHUDWRU
S>&@
! 1 U ([WDODUPHII >@

S>&@
! 1 U ([WDODUPHII >@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>&@ >PV@ S>&@

! ! 1 U ([WDODUPHII >@

S>&@
S>&@ 7 ! 1 U ([WIDXOWHII >@
!
S>&@
! 1 U ([WIDXOWHII >@
S>&@
!
1 U ([WIDXOWHII >@
SINAMICS DCM

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWUROZRUGIDXOWVDODUPV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-54
=6:IDXOWDODUP
%LWQR 6WDWXVZRUGIDXOWVDODUPV U 2ULJLQDOVDPSOLQJWLPH

U >@

2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2

)URPIDXOWEXIIHU>@ U

)URPDODUPEXIIHU>@ U

=6:IDXOWDODUP
%LWQR 6WDWXVZRUGIDXOWVDODUPV U

3.7 Internal control/status words

,W)0RWBWHPSBULVHWRRKLJK>@ U

,W)38BWHPSBULVHWRRKLJK>@ U

3 Function diagrams
,W$0RWBWHPSBULVHWRRKLJK>@ U

,W$38BWHPSBULVHWRRKLJK>@ U

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6WDWXVZRUGIDXOWVDODUPVDQG Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
727
728

3.7 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-55
3F&WUODFWLYH 352),GULYHELW
>@ U
wV
6ZLWFKRQFRPPDQG
6ZLWFKRQ6KXWGRZQ >@
212)) IURP67$57(5$23 >@ >@
>@ S
!
%LWQR &RQWUROZRUGVHTXHQFHFRQWURO
67:VHTBFWUO
2580 – Control word, sequence control

212))2)) S>&@

U
21
U
2&2)) IURP67$57(5$23
>@ S
! U
7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO>@
2))6BVUF S>&@
U

7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO>@

2))6BVUF S>&@ U

7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO>@
!
S>&@ S
(6WRS (VWRSVWDW U

>@ U 7RUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU>@
!
S>&@ S
U
2&2)) IURP67$57(5$23 7RUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU>@
!
>@ S S>&@ S
! U

2))6BVUF S>&@
S>&@
U
>@
!
2))6BVUF S>&@ S>&@ S
U
7RMRJVHWSRLQW>@
!
S>&@ S
! U
>@ S 7RMRJVHWSRLQW>@
! !
2SHUDWLRQHQDEOH S>&@ S
U
S>&@

DI 2 (X177.13)
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

>@ r53010.4 + S>&@

U
7RVSHHGFRQWUROOHU>@

p51618 (0) S>&@

LOCAL enab behav U
7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO>@
! %LWPXVWEHVHWLQWKHILUVW3='ZRUGRI ! SLVIRUVHWWLQJWKHFRQWUROZRUGIURPWKH
WKHWHOHJUDPUHFHLYHGIURPWKHVHULDO 67$57(5FRQWUROSDQHORUIURPWKH$23,WPXVWQRWEHXVHG
LQWHUIDFHVVRWKDWWKH E\WKHXVHU7KHUHIRUHLWLVQRWLQFOXGHGLQWKH/LVW0DQXDO
GULYHFDQDFFHSWWKHSURFHVVGDWD
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWUROZRUGVHTXHQFHFRQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-56
352),GULYHELW
wV

%LWQR 6WDWXVZRUGVHTXHQFHFRQWURO
=6:VHTBFWUO
2585 – Status word, sequence control

U
U

U U
>@
U

U
6HTXHQFHFRQWURO
>@
U

! U

U U

3.7 Internal control/status words

>@
U

3 Function diagrams
U

! 3URFHVVGDWDIURPFRQWUROV\VWHPLVUHTXHVWHG

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6WDWXVZRUGVHTXHQFHFRQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
729
3 Function diagrams
3.8 Sequence control

3.8 Sequence control

Function diagrams

2650 – Sequencer (part 1) 731

2651 – Sequencer (part 2) 732

2655 – Missing enable signals, logic operations 733

2660 – Optimization runs 734

SINAMICS DCM
730 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-57
wV
1RWH6WDWXVHV6WR6DUHGHILQHG
LQ352),GULYHSURILOH9 >@
66ZLWFKLQJ2Q,QKLELWHG 66ZLWFKLQJ2Q,QKLELWHG 1RWHSHPHDQVSXOVHVHQDEOHG
2))
2650 – Sequencer (part 1)

)DXOW
)DXOW DFNQRZOHGJHPHQW
2))
>@

66ZLWFKLQJ2Q,QKLELWHG
2)) 65HDG\)RU6ZLWFKLQJ2Q

2))
2)) 2))
DQG
Q

66ZLWFKLQJ2Q,QKLELWHG

'ULYHGHFHOHUDWHVZLWK
VHWUDPSGRZQWLPH
WRQ
66ZLWFKLQJ2Q,QKLELWHG 7RUTXHIUHH
/LQHFRQWDFWRU2))
66ZLWFK2II

66ZLWFKHG2Q
'ULYHGHFHOHUDWHVWRQ
'ULYHFRDVWVGRZQ DVTXLFNO\DVSRVVLEOH
7RUTXHIUHH
7RUTXHIUHH /LQHFRQWDFWRU2))
2SHUDWLQJHQDEOH 2SHUDWLQJHQDEOH
/LQHFRQWDFWRU2)) 66ZLWFK2II
2))

62SHUDWLRQ

3.8 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
2)) (QDEOHUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
VSHHGJHQHUDWRU,DFRQWUROOHU

2))

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6HTXHQFHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
731
732

3.8 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-58
wV

6HTXHQFHFRQWURO
>@
2651 – Sequencer (part 2)

U'UYRSBGLVSOD\
&RQWURORI
U6WDWXVLQG
RSHUDWLQJVWDWH
U

&RQWUROOHU
$X[WB2))
S DX[LOLDULHV U $X[RQ

/LQHFRQWIHHGE S>&@ U

>@
/LQHFRQWWB21 U /LQHFRQW
S &RQWUROOHU
'&FRQWWBZDLW OLQHFRQWDFWRU U
S

&RQWLQ'&FFW
S

&RQWURORI
6FWUVHWWKUHVK VZLWFKLQJRQRII
S
YLDVHWSRLQW

:DLWIRUYROWDJH
6FWU9DW38W
S RQSRZHUXQLW

>@
9BOLQHBIDLOWSHUP $XWRPDWLF U $XWRUHVWDUWDFW
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S KRWUHVWDUW
U
6FWUMRJW &RQWURORI
S MRJ

6W¸U9HU]¸JB]HLW )DXOWKDQGOLQJ )DXOWDGGLQIR

S U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6HTXHQFHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-59
wV

0LVVLQJHQDEOHVLJ >@
%LWQR 0HDQLQJ U
U
2655 – Missing enable signals, logic operations

U
U
U

U
U
U
S>@
$1'UHVXOW
U
& U
U
S>@
U
U
U

S>@

25UHVXOW
U
_
>1 U
Uุ S>@

U

U

3.8 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
UU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0LVVLQJHQDEOHVORJLFRSHUDWLRQV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
733
734

3.8 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-60
%DFNJURXQG
6HOHFWUHTXLUHGRSWLPL]DWLRQUXQXVLQJS S >@
6ZLWFKRQGULYH2))!QRWUHOHYDQWIRUS 2SWLPL]DWLRQRIILHOGFXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQGXUDWLRQXSWRPLQ
:DLWXQWLORSWLPL]DWLRQUXQLVILQLVKHG !S5IS/IS.SS7Q
GULYHHQWHUVVWDWHRRILWVRZQDFFRUG
2660 – Optimization runs

&KHFNZKHWKHUWKHUHVXOWVRIWKHRSWLP]DWLRQUXQDUHYLDEOH 2SWLPL]DWLRQRIDUPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWUROGXUDWLRQXSWRPLQ

!S5DS/DS/DBIDN
S/VS/VBIDNS.SS7Q
2SWLPL]DWLRQRIVSHHGFRQWUROE\PHDQVRIVWHSUHVSRQVHGXUDWLRQXSWRPLQ
!S.SS7QS7BVHWILOWS7BDFFHO
2SWLPL]DWLRQRI(0)FRQWUROLQFOILHOGFKDUDFWHULVWLFUHFRUGLQJGXUDWLRQXSWRPLQ
!SWRSILHOGFKDUDFWHULVWLF
S.SS7Q
2SWLPL]DWLRQRIFRPSHQVDWLRQRIIULFWLRQGXUDWLRQXSWRPLQ
!SWRIULFWLRQFKDUDFWHULVWLFIURP9
2SWLPL]DWLRQRIFORVHGORRSVSHHGFRQWUROIRUGULYHVZLWKDPHFKDQLFDOV\VWHP
FDSDEOHRIRVFLOODWLRQWLPHXSWRPLQ
!S.SS7QS7BVHWILOWHUS7BDFFHO
2SWUXQVHO
S 2SWLPL]DWLRQIRUWKH&&3

)
2SWBUXQDERUWLQWFDXVH

)
2SWBUXQOLPYDOYLRODWHG

)
2SWBUXQDERUWH[WFDXVH
6SHFLILFDWLRQIRUG\QDPLFVRI
S 2SWLPL]DWLRQUXQV U 2SWUXQRXWS>@
VSHHGFRQWUROOHU
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

U 2SWUXQRXWS>@

U 2SWUXQRXWS>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
2SWLPL]DWLRQUXQV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.9 Brake control

3.9 Brake control

Function diagrams

2750 – Brake control 736

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 735
736

3.9 Brake control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-61
wV

>@
2750 – Brake control

Br ctr t open Br ctr t close

-10.00...10.00 [s] 0.00...10.00 [s]
p50087 (0.00) p50088 (0.00)

)LULQJSXOVHHQDEOH
6HTBFWUORXWSBVLJ >@
&PQGRSHQEUDNH
>@ U
>@ U
=6:VHTBFWUO
&ORVHEUDNHLQY
>@ U
6(7 4 U
=6:VHTBFWUO ! 4
>@ U %UDNHFRQWURO
5(6(7 &ORVHEUDNH
=6:VHTBFWUO !
>@ U
4 4 U >@

=6:VHTBFWUO 3ULRULW\
>@ U 5(6(7
6(7

&PQGFORVHEUN
2 >@ U
QPHVVDJHV
1
>@ U + +
0
QQ PLQ
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
%UDNHFRQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.10 Setpoint channel

3.10 Setpoint channel

Function diagrams

3100 – Fixed values (part 1) 738

3102 – Fixed values (part 2) 739

3105 – 4-stage joystick switch 740

3110 – Motorized potentiometer 741

3113 – AOP30 display and control unit 742

3115 – Fixed setpoint 743

3120 – Oscillation/square-wave generator 744

3125 – Jog setpoint 745

3130 – Creep setpoint 746

3135 – Setpoint processing 747

3150 – Ramp-function generator (Part 1) 748

3151 – Ramp-function generator (Part 2) 749

3152 – Ramp-function generator (Part 3) 750

3155 – Limit behind ramp-function generator 751

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 737
738

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-62 IL[HGYDOXHV IL[HGYDOXHV IL[HGFRQWUROELWV %DFNJURXQG

>@
6HWWLQJUDQJH 6HWWLQJUDQJH
WR (WR(
U
3100 – Fixed values (part 1)

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

U U U U

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

U U U U

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

U U U U

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

U U U U

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

U U U U

S>'@ S>'@

U U U

S>'@ S>'@

U U U

S>'@ S>'@

U U U

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>'@

U r00000.00 r00000

S>'@

U r00001.00 r00001

S>'@

U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)L[HGYDOXHV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-63

Fixed value 1 [%] +0% U>@

p02900[D]
3102 – Fixed values (part 2)

+5% U>@

+ 10 % U>@
Fixed value 2 [%]
p02901[D]
+ 20 % U>@
PV
32:(521WBGHOD\
+ 50 % U>@ 32:(521 U
Fixed value M [Nm]
p02930[D] + 100 % U>@

+ 150 % U>@

+ 200 % U>@

- 5% U>@

- 10 % U>@

- 20 % U>@

- 50 % U>@

- 100% U>@

- 150 % U>@

- 200 % U>@

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)L[HGYDOXHVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
739
740

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-64 wV
>@
S S S S >@
3105 – 4-stage joystick switch

6HWRXWS>@

U

6HWVWHS6VLJV
S 6

7UDYFRPPVLJV
S 65

7UDYFRPPVLJV
S 6/

2XWSXWVLJQDO U
6SHHGVHWSRLQWLQVWDJHV

S
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

Q
(J
S
Q
(J
S
Q
(J ,QSXWVLJQDOV
S &RQWUROFRPPDQGVIURPMR\VWLFNVZLWFK
Q
(J $FWLYDWLRQRIVHWSRLQWVWDJHV
6ORZ 0HGLXP )DVW )XOO

6/65 6 6 6
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
VWDJHMR\VWLFNVZLWFK Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-65
2SHUDWLQJPRGH0RWRUSRWHQWLRPHWHU
wV
S>'@ 0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHUUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRULVE\SDVVHGLQDXWRPDWLFPRGH
>@ >@
VDPHHIIHFWDVZLWKSDQGS
0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHUUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRURSHUDWHVLQPDQXDODQGDXWRPDWLFPRGH

S>'@ S>'@
2XWSXWYDOXHLVQRWVWRUHG
3110 – Motorized potentiometer

,QDOORSHUDWLQJVWDWHV!RULVVHWWRSPRWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHULQLWLDOYDOXH
,QLWLDOSRLQWDIWHU21VSHFLILHGE\SPRWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHULQLWLDOYDOXH
1RQYRODWLOHPHPRU\IRURXWSXWYDOXH
UUHPDLQVVWRUHGLQDOORSHUDWLQJVWDWHV

0RW3DXWVVLJV
S>&@ 0RW3WBUXS 0RW3WBUGQ 0RW3WBGLIG\GW
>V@ >V@ >V@
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

0RW3QBPLQ 0RW3QBPD[
>@ >@ 0RW3RXWSG\GW>@
S>'@ S>'@ G\GW
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU U
ZLWKSHUPDQHQWPHPRU\
0RW3RXWS>@
[ \

U

[ \ 0RW3VHW>@ \
U U
75$&.
!\ [
!IUHH]H\
\ [
U
S>'@
! >@
0RW3VWDUWYDOXH

0RW3VYDOVLJV
S>&@
0RW3ORZHUVLJV
S>&@ !

0RW3&:&&:VLJV 0RW3PDQDXWVLJV 0RW3DFFVHWYDO

3.10 Setpoint channel

S>&@ S>&@ S>&@ ! 0LUURUHGRQWRDQGE\S

3 Function diagrams
0RW3LQFUVLJV
! 0LUURUHGRQWRDQGE\S
S>&@ !

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0RWRUL]HGSRWHQWLRPHWHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
741
742

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-66
wV

>@
>@
3113 – AOP30 display and control unit

5HYVHWSRLQW
S
!

/2&$/ ,
5(027( QBVHW$23GLVS

U
2 -2*

-RJELW
S >@
!
212))
S >@
!
2&2))
S >@
!
2&2))
S >@
!
2SHUDWLRQHQDEOH
S >@
6HWS3&$23DFW !
U 6HWSLQY
3F&WUODFWLYH S>&@
U

S !
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

'HIVHWVLJV
S>&@
!

U
>@
>@

!0LUURUHGRQWRDQGE\S !SLVIRUVHWWLQJWKHFRQWUROZRUGIURPWKH
67$57(5FRQWUROSDQHORUIURPWKH$23,WPXVWQRWEHXVHG
E\WKHXVHU7KHUHIRUHLWLVQRW
LQFOXGHGLQWKH/LVW0DQXDO
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LVSOD\DQGRSHUDWLQJXQLW$23 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-67 S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@ wV

>@
)L[VHWFRQVLJV S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@
>@
S>&@

3115 – Fixed setpoint

!

)L[VHWFRQVLJV
S>&@
)L[VHWE\SDVV5)*

! ! U

>@

)L[VHWFRQQVLJV
S>@
>@

>@

>@

>@ )L[HGBVHWSDFW

>@ ! U

>@

>@

>@

)L[VHWVLJV
S>@
>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

U
>@

>@

>@

3.10 Setpoint channel

U
>@

3 Function diagrams
U >@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)L[HGVHWSRLQW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
743
744

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-68 wV

>@
>@
3120 – Oscillation/square-wave generator

2VFLOODWLRQVHW 2VFLOODWLRQVHW
>@ >@
S>'@ S>'@

5HFWDQJOH*HQHUDWRU

S 2VFLOODWLQJVHWSRLQW
W
S

S S U

S>'@ S>'@

>V@ >V@
2VFLOOVHWW 2VFLOOVHWW

2VFLOOGHIVHW
S>&@ U
>@
>@

2VFLOOVHOVLJV
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>&@

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
2VFLOODWLRQVTXDUHZDYHJHQHUDWRU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-69
S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@
wV
S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@
67:VHTBFWUO
-RJ >@
>@ U >@
!

3125 – Jog setpoint

-RJ -RJVHWE\SDVV5)*

>@ U ! U
!
>@

WRWKHIXQFWLRQGLDJUDP5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
-RJVHWFRQQVLJV
S>@
>@

>@

>@

>@ -RJ21

>@ ! U

>@ >@

>@
>@ 212))
>@
U
>@ 7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO

>@

-RJVHWS]HUR
U

-RJVHWVLJV
S>@
>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@
U
>@

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
>@
-RJGHIVHWVLJV
S>&@ U
>@ >@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
-RJVHWSRLQW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
745
746

r53010.02
' 4
>@ !
5
4

S>&@ !

&UHHSVHWE\S5)*

! ! U

>@
! WRWKHIXQFWLRQGLDJUDP
' 4 5DPSIXQFWLRQ

&UVHWVLJV JHQHUDWRU
5
4
S>@
>@

>@

>@

>@ &UHHS21

>@ ! U

>@ >@

>@ 7RVHTXHQFHFRQWURO

>@

! )OLSIORSVUHVHWZKHQ
S
&UVHWVLJV
S>@
>@

>@

>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

>@

>@

U
>@

>@

>@

&UGHIVHWVLJV

S>&@
U
>@ >@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&UHHSLQJVHWSRLQW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-71
wV
0VHWOLPSVLJV
>@
S>@
>@ (QDSGLUUVLJV >@
U
>@ S>&@
U p02000
>@ >@ >@
3135 – Setpoint processing

U
>@ (QDQGLUUVLJV
U
U
S>&@

0LQLPXP
5HGIDFWRU 7RLQSXW
PBVHWBIDFWRU >@ UDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
U S>'@
>@
S>'@ 2XWSWR5)*>@

+ U
0VHWVLJV 5)*VHWVLJV
>@
S>&@ S>&@
U

>@
>@ >@
U 'LUURWHQD
0VHWIDFWRUVLJV
(QDEOH
S>&@ 5HGVLJV 1RHQDEOH
U U S>&@

0D[LPXP

0VHWOLPQVLJV
S>@ U
>@

>@

>@ >@

>@

$GGBVHWBIDFWRU
>@
S>'@
$VHWVLJV
S>&@

$GGVHWIDFVLJV
S>&@

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6HWSRLQWSUHSURFHVVLQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
747
748

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-72
wV
5)*WBUDPSXS 5)*WBUDPSGQ 5)*LQLWUQGJ 5)*ILQUQGJ
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ >@ >@

2YHUYLHZ
3150 – Ramp-function generator (Part 1)

5)*YDOBIVLJV 5DPSIXQFWLRQ (IIHFWLYH

S>@ JHQHUDWRUVHWWLQJ SDUDPHWHUVYDOXHV
>@ +/=5/=$5(5

>@ VVVV
SSSS
>@ SSSS
SSSS
>@
SSSS
>@
587 5DPSXSWLPH
>@
5'7 5DPSGRZQWLPH
,5 ,QLWLDOURXQGLQJ
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ )5 )LQDOURXQGLQJ
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVHWWLQJ
1R4XLFNB6WRSDFW U DFWLYDWLRQ
>@
!

+/=

5/=

(5
S>&@ !
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVHWWLQJ

DFWLYDWLRQ

)
S>&@ 3DUDPHWHUVHOHFWLRQ 5)*SDUBVHWVHOQRWSRVV
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVHWWLQJ !

DFWLYDWLRQ
!
5)*VHWWLQJDFWLYDWLRQ

5DPSXSLQWHJUDWRU
5XSLQWHQDVLJV 5)*LQWHJRSPRGH
(QDEOHIRUVZLWFKRYHU
S>&@ S>'@
RIUDPSXSLQWHJUDWRU
S>'@

5)*QBVHWRXWS>@ U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

;
>@ &RQWUROOHU

5DPSXS
5)*UXS U LQWHJUDWRU
>@ U>@ U>@ U>@ U>@
5)*UGQ U
>@

! 3ULRULW\
$FWLYDWLRQYLDTXLFNVWRS2)) >@ >@ >@ >@
$FWLYDWLRQYLDSS
5DPSXSWLPH 5DPSGRZQWLPH ,QLWLDO )LQDO
$FWLYDWLRQYLDUDPSXSLQWHJUDWRU
URXQGLQJ URXQGLQJ
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVHWWLQJ
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-73
wV

>@
>@
3151 – Ramp-function generator (Part 2)

>@ 67:VHTBFWUO U

212))

>@ =6:VHTBFWUO U

1R4XLFNB6WRSDFW
!
>@ 67:VHTBFWUO U
&RQWLQXH5)*

5)*LQSVLJVLJV S

5)*VHWEHI5)*>@
>@ U

>@

5)*QBVHWRXWS>@
U
>@

67:VHTBFWUO U 5)*VHWBHQDLBGHO

QBVHWHQDEOH >V@
>@ S>'@
=6:VHTBFWUO U
2SHUHQDEOHG _
>1
>@
QPHVVDJHV U 7
QBGHFHOUFKLQY U
>@
67:VHTBFWUO U
212))
>@
6HWSURF67: U _
-RJ21 >1
>@
6HWSURF67: U
&UHHS21
>@
67:VHTBFWUO U
2&2))
>@

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
749
750

5)*VHWEHI5)*>@
U QBDFW
>@ GYGW
U >@
\ >@>@
U
>@>@
\
U 5)*RXWS
67:VHTBFWUO S
5)*HQDEOH
U
U 5)*EUDNHGLVW8
>@ QBDFW

U 5)*EUGLVWIORDW
5)*VHWYDOVLJV

JHQHUDWRU
6HWUDPSIXQFWLRQ

-RJVHWSRLQW&UDZOVHWSRLQWIXQFWLRQGLDJUDP
E\SDVVUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUIURP)L[HGVHWSRLQW

5)*WUDFNLQJ
S>@ S>'@ p00408
>@ 5)*URXQGLQJPRGH
>@

6HWWLQJ p00418
>@ YDOXH >@
=6:VHTBFWUO
U
U 5)*UXS
5)*DFFHSWVHWY
>@ U 5)*UGQ
S>&@
! >@

! U 5)*DFWLYH
5)*VHWYDOVHO
5)*VY2))VLJV S>'@
5)*VWDWH
S>@ U
>@
>@
6HWWLQJYDOXH
>@ S>'@
>@ &WUOW\SH,WTVHO
5)*VWDWXVZRUG
6HW5)*
+ 5)*WUDFNVLJV %LW5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUHQDEOH

S>@ %LW5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUVWDUW

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

212)) %\SDVV5)*VLJV 0RWRUIOX[ >@ %LW6HWSRLQWHQDEOH 2))

>@ %LW6HWUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
U S>@ >@
>@ QDFW %LW7UDFNUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
>@ >@ >@ %LW%\SDVVUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU
>@
>@ 0OLPLW
>@ >@ %LW5DPSGRZQ
>@ %LW5DPSXS
>@ ! 0OLPLW
%\SDVV5)*VLJV S>&@ >@ >@
>@
,DOLPLW
>@
,DOLPLW >@
>@
5)*WUFNDFWVLJV S>&@ S>'@ .SQFRQWUROOHU >@
>@

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
5DPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-75
wV

>@
U>@
>@
U>@
>@
3155 – Limit behind ramp-function generator

U>@

5)*SRVOLPVLJV
U>@

S>@
>@

>@

>@

5)*SRVDIWHU5)*
>@ S>'@

0LQLPXP U 5)*VHWOLPSRV>@

QBVHWVPWK
U 5)*QBVHWEHIOLP>@ PV U

U QBVHWEHIRUHILOW>PLQ@
5)*OLPLQSVLJ

S>@
>@
>@ U 5)*QBVHWDIWOLP>@
>@
>@>@>@

U /LPDIW5)*

U 5)*VHWOLPQHJ>@
5)*QHJOLPVLJV 0D[LPXP
S>@
>@
>@
>@ S>'@
>@ 5)*QHJDIWHU5)*
>@ >@
>@
>@
>@

3.10 Setpoint channel

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
/LPLWEHKLQGUDPSIXQFWLRQJHQHUDWRU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
751
3 Function diagrams
3.11 Encoder evaluation

3.11 Encoder evaluation

Function diagrams

4704 – Position sensing, encoders 1 ... 2 753

4710 – Speed actual value sensing, motor encoder (encoder 1) 754

4711 – Speed actual value sensing, encoder 2 755

4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2 756

4730 – Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2 757

4735 – Reference mark search, encoders 1 ... 2 758

4750 – Absolute value for incremental encoder 759

SINAMICS DCM
752 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-76
! $EVROXWHHQFRGHUFRQILJXUDWLRQ
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH
1XPEHURIVLJQDOSHULRGVSHU
WUDFNDQGHQFRGHUUHYROXWLRQ (QFDEVPHDVVWHS
>@
&8' 1RHQFRGHU S>(@ (QFURWGLVW=0
S>(@
; (QFBW\SVHO (QFBFRQILJHII 6TZDYHHQF$% (QFJULGGLY 5RWHQFSXOVH1R (QFDEVPXOWLWXUQ (QFDEVVLQJOHWXUQ 7KH(QFRGHU'DWD6HW
S>(@ S>(@ S>(@ S>(@ S>(@ S>(@ S>(@ VZLWFKRYHULVVKRZQ
3 RQ>@
6XSSO\ (!
4704 – Position sensing, encoders 1 ... 2

7RVSHHGVHQVLQJ
0 3XOVHHQFRGHU 3RVLWLRQUDZVLJQDOV >@
(QFILQH*[B;,67 >@
7UDFN
0HDVJHDUFRQILJ S>(@

S>(@ (QFLQYDFWYDOXH 'LURIURW
7UDFN $ S>'@
LQFU Q S>(@ 1XPEHU
RIVLJQDOSHULRGV !
7UDFN % $ !
XS 0 (QF*QB;,67
RU [Q
7UDFN 3RVLWLRQUDZVLJQDOV GQ ,,, Q Q U>Q@
-1 1
+DUGZDUH Q >@
7UDFN % %LW
W\SH !
PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ )UHHZKHHOLQJ )LQHUHVROXWLRQ
S>(@
7UDFN $EVURWUHY SRVLWLRQFRXQWHU KDUGZDUHW\SH
VLJQDOSHULRG 'LDJ*QB;,67
DQG VLJQDOSHULRG PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ
U>Q@
S>(@ /RDGJHDUFRQILJ
>S>(@ 'LURIURW
S>'@ S>'@
:LWK66,HQFRGHU$EVROXWHSRVLWLRQLQIRUPDWLRQ
! !
6HTXHQFHFRQWURO 0 /RDGJHDUDEVBYDO
U>Q@
(QFRGHU 6HQVRU0RGXOH
-1 1

(QFILQH*[B;,67 S>'@
&
(QFBLQWHUIFRPSBQR S>(@
S>(@ $EVURWUHY >@
DQG 5HIHUHQFHPDUNSRVLWLRQ
S>'@ 'LURIURW
(QFRGHUFRPSBQR S>'@ S>'@
[Q $EVROXWHYDOXH
S>(@
!
IRUDEVROXWHHQFRGHURQO\ !
(QFRGHUIDXOW (UURUFRGH 0 (QF*QB;,67
SURFHVVLQJ U>Q@
60[
-1 1
! '5,9(&/L4
)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ (QFRGHUVWDWXVELWV
U>@ (QFRGHUQ %LW %LW 7R*QB=6:
>@
60SURSHUWLHV
! (QFRGHUFRQWUROZRUG )$
>@ HQFRGHUIDXOWVDODUPV
U>Q@

3.11 Encoder evaluation

(QF*QB=6:
! :LWKURWDU\HQFRGHUV 335FRXQWVHWWLQJ (QFRGHUVWDWXV
>@ U>Q@ S>@
:LWKUHVROYHUV QXPEHURISROHSDLUVVHWWLQJ ! 7ZR
VFRPSOHPHQWJHQHUDWLRQ ZRUG

3 Function diagrams
HQFRGHUIRUPDWLQDFFZLWK
! *QB;,67LVDIUHHZKHHOLQJSRVLWLRQYDOXH
! $VVLJQLQJWKHLQGLFHV,QGH[>Q@!HQFRGHUQ ! 7KHFRQWHQWRIUUGHSHQGVRQWKH 352),GULYH
7KHH[WHUQDOFRQWUROPXVWSURFHVVWKHRYHUIORZV
HQFRGHUVWDWXVZRUGFRQWUROZRUG6HH>@DQG>@
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU
! 66,LQWHUIDFH
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3RVLWLRQVHQVLQJ(QFRGHUV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
753
754

3.11 Encoder evaluation

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-77
wV

>@
4710 – Speed actual value sensing, motor encoder (encoder 1)

*UE[BIDFWHQFBUHY (QFLQYDFWYDOXH 'LURIURW

S>(@ S>(@ S>'@
3RVLWLRQUDZVLJQDOV
IURPHQFRGHU
XS G[ QBDFWXQVPRRWKHG>PLQ@
$% )HLQDXIO¸VXQJ [ \
>@ GW
U>@
I¾UQBLVW
GQ ,,,

S>(@
*UE[BIDFWPRWBUHY

QBDFWPHDVXUHPHQW
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

! 7KH>(@QFRGHU'DWD6HWVZLWFKRYHULVGLVSOD\HGDW>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0RWRUHQFRGHUDFWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVHQVLQJHQFRGHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-78
wV

>@
4711 – Speed actual value sensing, encoder 2

QBDFW7BVPRRWK
0RWORDGPRWRUUHY >PV@
S S>'@

*UE[BIDFWHQFBUHY (QFLQYDFWYDOXH 'LURIURW

S>(@ S>(@ S>'@
3RVLWLRQUDZVLJQDOV
! !
IURPHQFRGHU
XS G[ QBORDGVPRRWK>PLQ@
$% )HLQDXIO¸VXQJ [ \
>@ GW
U
I¾UQBLVW
GQ ,,,
! 6PRRWKLQJ
S>(@
*UE[BIDFWPRWBUHY
QBORDG>PLQ@
S U
0RWORDGORDGUHY
QBDFWPHDVXUHPHQW

QBDFWXQVPRRWKHG>PLQ@
U>@

! 7KH>(@QFRGHU'DWD6HWVZLWFKRYHULVGLVSOD\HGDW>@

3.11 Encoder evaluation

! )RUURWDU\PRWRUHQFRGHUOLQHDUGLUHFWPHDVXULQJV\VWHP
OLQHDUPRWRUHQFRGHUURWDU\GLUHFWPHDVXULQJV\VWHPWKHIROORZLQJDSSOLHV

3 Function diagrams
3DUDPHWHUVS/8SHUPPDQGS/8SHUORDGUHYDOVRVWLOOKDYHDQHIIHFW

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$FWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVHQVLQJHQFRGHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
755
756

3.11 Encoder evaluation

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-79
! 352),GULYHELW 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

(QF*QB67:6BVUF ! >@

S>Q@
(QF*QB67: 7RSRVLWLRQVHQVLQJHQFRGHUQ
%LWQR &RQWUROZRUGIRUHQFRGHUQQ RU
U>Q@ >@
4720 – Encoder interface, receive signals, encoders 1 ... 2

6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWREHDFWLYDWHGZLWKELWYDOXH
)XQFWLRQQR )XQFWLRQZKHUHELW
ILQGUHIHUHQFHPDUN
! ,QGH[>Q@!HQFRGHUQ
5HIHUHQFHPDUN ,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU

5HIHUHQFHPDUN
! $KDQGVKDNHSURFHGXUHLVXVHGWRUHDGRXWWKHDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHVIURP*Q;,67

5HIHUHQFHPDUN %\ZD\RIDQH[DPSOHWKHIROORZLQJSXOVHGLDJUDPLOOXVWUDWHVWKHSURFHVVRIUHDGLQJ
LQWKHSRVLWLRQDWUHIHUHQFHPDUNPRGHELW

5HIHUHQFHPDUN %LWVFRQWUROZKDWLVWUDQVIHUUHG 6HOHFWIXQFWLRQ>ELW@

LQ*QB;,67 ILQGUHIHUHQFHPDUN
6WDUWVWRSUHDGVHOHFWHGIXQFWLRQ 6WDUWIXQFWLRQ>ELW@

%LW $FWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHDW )XQFWLRQDFWLYH>*QB=6:ELW@
UHIHUHQFHPDUN!
$FWXDOYDOXHVDYLQJZLWK
%LW
&\FOLFDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQ UHIHUHQFHPDUN
YDOXHIURPDEVROXWH
HQFRGHU 5HDGJHQHUDWHGYDOXH>ELW@

9DOXHRIIXQFWLRQDYDLODEOH
7HUPLQDWHIXQFWLRQ >*QB=6:ELW@
5HDGJHQHUDWHGYDOXH
$FWLYDWHVHOHFWHGIXQFWLRQ $FWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHDW
1RIXQFWLRQ UHIHUHQFHPDUNLQ*QB;,67
0RGHRIWKHIXQFWLRQWREHDFWLYDWHG
LOOHJDOVHWWLQJ $GGLWLRQDOUHIHUHQFHPDUNVFDQEHUHDGRXWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH352),GULYH
UHIHUHQFHPDUNVHDUFK]HURPDUNRU%(52 SURILOH

6SDUH ! 7KHELWVDUHSURFHVVHGZLWKWKHIROORZLQJRUGHURISULRULW\KLJKHVWSULRULW\!ORZHVW

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

SULRULW\ELWELW!ELW!ELW!ELW!ELW
5HTXHVWF\FOLFWUDQVPLVVLRQRIDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQYDOXHLQ
*QB;,67 ! )HHGEDFNLVVXHGLQ*QB=6:ELWEXWZLWKRXWDFWXDOO\SDUNLQJWKHHQFRGHU
DFNQRZOHGJHPHQWLQ*QB=6:ELW

5HTXHVWSDUNLQJHQFRGHUKDQGVKDNHZLWK*QB=6:ELW !

$FNQRZOHGJHHQFRGHUIDXOWSUHVHQWLQ*QB=6:ELW

KDQGVKDNHZLWK*QB=6:ELW
!
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(QFRGHULQWHUIDFHUHFHLYHVLJQDOVHQFRGHUV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-80
352),GULYHELW
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

(QF*QB=6: >@
(QFRGHUVWDWXVELWV 7RVHTXHQFHFRQWUROIRU*QB;,67
IURPSRVLWLRQVHQVLQJHQFRGHUQ %LWQR 6WDWXVZRUGRIHQFRGHUQQ RU U>Q@
>@
>@ !
4730 – Encoder interface, send signals, encoders 1 ... 2

$FWLYHIXQFWLRQIHHGEDFN IXQFWLRQDFWLYH
%LW
)XQFWLRQ :LWKUHIHUHQFHQXPEHU
QR
%LW 5HIHUHQFHPDUN

5HIHUHQFHPDUN
%LW
5HIHUHQFHPDUN

%LW 5HIHUHQFHPDUN

%LW 3RVLWLRQYDOXHRIIXQFWLRQ

*HQHUDWHG
%LW 3RVLWLRQYDOXHRIIXQFWLRQ 3RVLWLRQYDOXHRIHQFRGHUQ
YDOXH
SUHVHQWLQ 7KHFRQWHQWRIDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXH*QB;,67DW>@GHSHQGVRQ*QB67:DQG*QB=6:
*QB;,67 7KHIROORZLQJRSWLRQVDUHDYDLODEOH
%LW 3RVLWLRQYDOXHRIIXQFWLRQ
DQGFDQEH
UHDG
8QGHILQHGZLWKSDUNLQJHQFRGHU*QB=6:
%LW 3RVLWLRQYDOXHRIIXQFWLRQ
:KHUH*QB=6: WKHIDXOWFRGHIRUHQFRGHUHUURUVLVSUHVHQWKHUH
$FWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHDWUHIHUHQFHPDUNZKHUH*QB67: DQG*QB=6:!ZLWKKDQGVKDNH
&\FOLFDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQYDOXHF\FOLFYDOXHZKHUH*QB=6:
%LW 5HVHUYHGDOZD\V

%LW 5HVHUYHGDOZD\V

%LW 5HVHUYHG

%LW $FNQRZOHGJHHQFRGHUIDXOWDFWLYH

%LW 5HVHUYHGIRUUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIIVHW

%LW $EVROXWHYDOXHWUDQVPLWWHGF\FOLFDOO\

3.11 Encoder evaluation

%LW 3DUNLQJHQFRGHUDFWLYHLHHQFRGHULVRXWRIRSHUDWLRQ

3 Function diagrams
! ,QGH[>Q@!HQFRGHUQ
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU
%LW (QFRGHUIDXOWIDXOWSUHVHQWLQ*QB;,67U
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(QFRGHULQWHUIDFHVHQGVLJQDOVHQFRGHUV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
757
758

3.11 Encoder evaluation

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-81
352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

>@
4735 – Reference mark search, encoders 1 ... 2

(QF*QB;,67
U>Q@
$FWLYDWHVHOHFWHGIXQFWLRQV
>@ 'IOLSIORS
6HOHFWLRQRIIXQFWLRQWREHDFWLYDWHG
U>Q@ ' 4

6WRUH
U>Q@

U>Q@
[
! 5HIHUHQFHPDUN
! *QB;,67
\ SRVLWLRQWR
ZKHUHIXQFWLRQQR HQFRGHULQWHUIDFH

6WRUH >@
(QFRGHU]HURPDUNIRUHQFRGHUQ
0HDVXUHGYDOXHPHPRU\
!

! 7KHPHDVXUHGYDOXHPHPRU\LVUHDGRXWXVLQJDKDQGVKDNHSURFHGXUHLQDFFZLWK>@>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

! ,QGH[>Q@!HQFRGHUQQ

,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU
,QGH[>@!HQFRGHU

! $OORWKHUELWVLQWKHHQFRGHUFRQWUROZRUGPXVWEH
! ,QFUHDVLQJDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHVU!WKHHGJHLVHYDOXDWHG
'HFUHDVLQJDFWXDOSRVLWLRQYDOXHVU!WKHHGJHLVHYDOXDWHG
,QWKLVZD\WKHVDPHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVDOZD\VXVHGIRUWUDYHOWRDQH[WHUQDO]HURPDUN
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LQGUHIHUHQFHPDUNHQFRGHUಹ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-82 32:(521 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

>@
=HURPDUN

S
4750 – Absolute value for incremental encoder

%DVLF
IXQFWLRQ
RU
S
*QB;,67

!
*QB;,67 ! $SSOLHVRQO\IRUS
! %LW5HTXHVWDEVROXWHYODXHF\FOLFDOO\
5HVHWLQSXW ! S
,QDFWLYH
5HVHWZLWK]HURPDUN
5HVHWZLWK%,&25HVHWLQSXW
S
;,67B(;7 5HVHWZLWKVHOHFWHG]HURPDUN

5HVHWRXWSXW

S
;,67B(;7

5HVHWRXWSXW

SM config ext XIST1_ERW res mode

p00437[E].13 p04652[0...1] (0)
!
(QF*QB;,67
U>@ ;,67B(5:DFWYDO
+ U>@
(QF*QB67:6BVUF (QF*QB;,67
S>@ ! %DVLF U>@ ([WHQGHG
IXQFWLRQ + IXQFWLRQ U (QF;,67B(5:UHV
_
>1 (QF*QB=6:
U>@ U (QF;,67B(5:UHV
+ 5HVHWRXWSXW

3.11 Encoder evaluation

3 Function diagrams
;,67B(5:UHV6BVUF
S>@ 5HVHWLQSXW

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$EVROXWHYDOXHIRULQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
759
3 Function diagrams
3.12 Armature circuit control

3.12 Armature circuit control

Function diagrams

6800 – Speed controller start pulse 761

6805 – Speed controller (part 1) 762

6810 – Speed controller (part 2) 763

6812 – Speed controller (part 3) 764

6815 – Speed controller (part 4) 765

6820 – Friction/moment of inertia compensation 766

6825 – Torque limitation (part 1) 767

6830 – Torque limitation (part 2) 768

6835 – Speed limitation controller 769

6840 – Current limitation (part 1) 770

6845 – Current limitation (part 2) 771

6850 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 1) 772

6851 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 2) 773

6852 – Selection of EMF actual value for armature current pre-control 774

6853 – Armature current controller adaptation 775

6854 – Armature circuit model parameters 776

6855 – Armature current regulation 777

6858 – Gating unit characteristic linearization 778

6860 – Command stage, armature gating unit 779

6862 – State limits 780

6865 – Simulation mode/thyristor check/commutation monitoring 781

6895 – Line-dependent EMF reduction 782

SINAMICS DCM
760 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-83
wV

>@
>@
6800 – Speed controller start pulse

6WDUWSFKVLJV
S>'@ S>&@

6WDUWSSRVVLJV
S
U
7KLVVLJQDOFDQEHXVHGDVWKHVHWWLQJYDOXH
U IRUWKH,FRPSRQHQWRIWKHVSHHGFRQWUROOHU
IXQFWLRQGLDJUDPS

S>'@ 0RWRUUDWHGFXUUHQWS>'@

6WDUWSQHJVLJV
5DWHGGHYLFHFXUUHQWU>@
S
U

S>'@

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGFRQWUROOHUVWDUWSXOVH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
761
762

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-84
wV
>@
>@
.SDGDSWDWLRQ QBFWU.SHII 7QDGDSWDWLRQ
U QBFWU7QHII
U
6805 – Speed controller (part 1)

S>&@ [ >@ S>&@ [

\ \
\ \ 6SHHGFRQWUROOHU7Q

>@ >V@ >@
S>'@ S>'@
6SHHGFRQWUROOHU.S

>V@
[ S>'@ [ S>'@

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

>@ >@ >@ >@

'URRSDQGGURRSDGDSWDWLRQ
QBFWUGURRSHII
S>&@ [ U
\

S>@ \

[ S>@

S>@ S>'@

>@ >@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

'URRSHQDEOH >@
S>&@ S>'@

'URRSRXWSYDO>@

U
'URRSVLJV >@
S

>@
S>'@
>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGFRQWUROOHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-85
:LWKVODYHGULYH wV
QBFWUVHWVLJV
S>&@
0DVWVOVLJV 6HWQVHWDQGQFRQWUROOHU,FRPSRQHQW >@
S>&@ S>'@ >@

>@ 6HWLQWHJUDWRUVRWKDW
6810 – Speed controller (part 2)

S U>@LVHTXDOWRU>@
S ! >@
$FWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVHOHFWLRQ
QBDFWLQYHUW
U 1RTXLFNVWRS
U
>@
>@
QBFWUQBVHW7

>PV@

S>'@

&8'$,PDFW>@
U
>@ S
QBFWUVHWVPRRWK>@
QBFWUDFWVHO U
S>'@

QBDFWXQVPRRWKHG>PLQ@ >@
U>@ >@
U >@
>@ $FWYVPRRVLJV

S>&@ QBFWUDFWVP>@
(0)DFWDYJ>@
U U
U S
>@ >@ >@

QBFWUDFWVLJV QBDFW>PLQ@ >@
S>&@ S>'@ U S>'@
>PV@
Lead/lag t_rate Lead/lag t_filter
S PV 2...10000 [ms] 2...10000 [ms]
U S p50208[D] (2) p50209[D] (2)
QBORDG>PLQ@ QBDFWVPRRWK>PLQ@
U U /HDGODJHOHP6BV /HDGODJRXWSXW>@
S /HDGODJ U

)LOWHUIRUDFWXDOVSHHGYDOXH
%DQGVWTXDOLW\ %DQGVWIBQ %DQGVWTXDOLW\ %DQGVWIBQ 'HUDFWHOWB'$( 'DFWHOWBGDFW
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

3.12 Armature circuit control

%DQGVWVLJV %DQGVWVLJV 'HOHPVLJV U

3 Function diagrams
S %DQGVWRXWS>@ S %DQGVWRXWS>@ S
U U U
>@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGFRQWUROOHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
763
764

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-86 *HQHUDWLRQRIVSHHGVHWSRLQWDFWXDOVSHHGYDOXHGLIIHUHQFH wV

[1020.7]
[1721]
212))
6812 – Speed controller (part 3)

>@ U
2&2)) &
>@ U

[6805.8] S 0
0%
+

1
S
+
QBFWUVHWDFWGLI>@
U

S >@
+

S
+

5HIHUHQFHPRGHO
QBFWUUHIVHWDFW>@
+
U
>@
U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

p50237[D] p50238[D] p50239[D]

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGFRQWUROOHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-87
&RQWUROZRUGVSHHGFRQWUROOHU,FRPSRQHQW
S>'@ wV

>@
S
>@ >@ >@
6SHHGFRQWUROOHU 6SHHGFRQWUROOHU
U 3RVWOLPUFK
6815 – Speed controller (part 4)

.S 7Q

LQWHJUDWLRQ
VWRSSRVLWLYH
S >@

!
U 3RV,DOLPUFK
>@
U
U 7G,UHT
>@
S>'@
.S 7Q U $OSKD*OLPUFK
QBFWUVHWDFVLJV >@
S 3FRPSRXWSYDO>@
.S + + U
>@ 0 ,BFRPSRXWSYDO>@
+ U >@
1
QBFWUWTVHW>@
S
+ U
.S
>@
U
>@ >@
6HW,BFRPSGXU $GGVHWVLJV
>PV@ S
S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S

VWRSQHJDWLYH

3 ,

LQWHJUDWLRQ
S>&@ FRPSRQHQW FRPSRQHQW U 1HJWOLPUFK
VHWWR]HUR VHWWR]HUR S >@
,BFRVHWYVLJV 6WRS,BFRVLJV !
S S>&@ U 1HJ,DOLPUFK
>@

3,3K\VW 67:VHTBFWUO U 7G,,UHT

3,3QBDFWWKUHVK S>'@
S>'@ QBFWUOHQDEOH >@
+ >@ U
U $OSKD*OLPUFK
$
>@ S>'@
%$
>QDFW@ 6SHHGFRQWUROOHUHQDEOH
U % U
IRUVHTXHQFHFRQWURO
>@ 3,3QBVHWWKUHVK )ULFWLRQDQG
>@
S>'@

3.12 Armature circuit control

PRPHQWRILQHUWLD
FRPSHQVDWLRQ
$
6ZLWFKRYHUWR3FRQWUROOHU
QBFWUVHWVPRRWK>@ %$ 6HWLQWHJUDWRUVRWKDWU U
U % >@LVHTXDOWRU>@ >@

3 Function diagrams
>@ >@

S>&@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGFRQWUROOHUSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
765
766

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-88
wV
)ULFFRPSQ )ULFFRPSQ >@
)ULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQ S>'@ S>'@
>@
6820 – Friction/moment of inertia compensation

S
S>@
>@
>@ Q U
>@

)ULFWLRQDQG
U PRPHQWRILQHUWLD
>@ FRPSHQVDWLRQ

0RPHQWRILQHUWLDFRPSHQVDWLRQGYGWLQMHFWLRQ
&RPSLQHUW7
>PV@
S>'@PV
>@ U

S>'@ S

QBFWUVHWVPRRWK>@ d
>@ U dt U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

(QDEOH
6HWDFWGLIWKUHVK S>&@ GYGWLQMHFWLRQ
S>'@
S>@

QBFWUVHWDFWGLI>@
>@ U U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)ULFWLRQPRPHQWRILQHUWLDFRPSHQVDWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-89 7OLPQBFKQJ wV

S>'@
>@
$ >@
%!$ S>'@ S>'@
6825 – Torque limitation (part 1)

6HODFWDEV>@ U %
>@

7OLPFKHQDVLJV S>&@

S>'@ S>'@

7OLPSRVVLJV
0LQLPXP U>@
S>@
>@
>@
>@
>@
>@
>@ 0LQLPXP
>@
>@ >@
>@
>@

U>@ >@
U>@ >@
U>@ >@
U>@ >@
U>@ >@
7OLPQHJVLJV
S>'@
S>@
>@ 0D[LPXP U>@
>@ >@
>@
>@ >@
>@
>@ >@
>@
>@ >@ 0D[LPXP
>@
>@ >@ >@

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
S>'@

S>'@ S>'@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7RUTXHOLPLWDWLRQSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
767
768

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-90
wV
,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@
U M >@
>@ >@
6830 – Torque limitation (part 2)

0LQLPXP
S>'@
>@

>@
U U
0DVWVOVLJV
S>&@ U
S>'@

U>@
S>'@

S >@ U>@

U U >@>@>@

S>&@ \
U

3RVWOLPUFK
>@
[

U
>@ >@>@ >@
U
S>&@ QBFWUWTVHW>@
1HJWOLPUFK
>@ U
>@
>@
S>'@ ! U
1R4XLFNB6WRSDFW
7THOLPDFW
>@ U

U
S>&@
>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

0D[LPXP

>@

,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@ M
U
>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7RUTXHOLPLWDWLRQSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-91
wV

>@
>@
QBPD[QHJGLU QBOLP.S QBPD[SRVGLUURW
>@ >@
6835 – Speed limitation controller

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

7OLPSRVVLJV
S
>@ 6SHHGOLPLWDWLRQ U 3RVQBOLPUFK
FRQWUROOHU
7OLPQHJVLJV
\
S
>@ U 1HJQBOLPUFK
[
QBOLPQBDFWVLJV
S [ \
>@ ! U /LPFWUDFW

\ \
QBOLPWOLPOPLQ>@
U
QBOLPWOLPXSPD[>@
U

,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@
>@ U
M

\
QBOLPVHWVLJV ,DVHWEHIOLP>@
S>@ U
[

>@

7THOLPVHW>@
U

&WU,WTFWUVLJV
S>&@

!
6ZLWFKRYHUEHWZHHQ

3.12 Armature circuit control

FXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQDQG
S>'@ WRUTXHUHJXODWLRQ

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGOLPLWDWLRQFRQWUROOHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
769
770

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-92
&UHHS21
[3130.8] U
& ,QWHUYHQWLRQE\,WPRQLWRULQJRI wV
-RJ21
SRZHUXQLW >@
[3125.8] U 212)) _
>1
>@ U S>@ >@
3RVFXUUHQWOLPLW 2&2))
,DOLPWG,IDFW
6840 – Current limitation (part 1)

S>'@ >@ U >@

,BOLP,BOLPWG, S>'@
U>@ & ,QWHUYHQWLRQE\VSHHGGHSHQGHQW
S>@ 0LQ
>@ FXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ

>@ 0LQ

S>@
>@

>@
>@
>@

>@
@

>@
@
S 0LQLPXP
U>@ 0LQ
U>@

U>@

>@
U>@ 0LQLPXP
$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU U>@
U>@ ,DOLPSRVPLQ>@
VHWSRLQWEHIRUHFXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ
U
U>@
>@
S>@ U >@ >@

>@ $UPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU
>@ VHWSRLQWEHIRUHFXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ

>@
U >@
1HJFXUUHQWOLPLW
,DOLPWG,,IDFW
>@
S>'@ U
,DOLPQHJPD[>@
p50174
T_lim OFF1 & OFF3 0D[LPXP
S>'@
,BOLP,BOLPWG,,
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

U>@
S>@ 0D[
>@
>@
>@ 0D[
>@
>@
>@ S
>@

>@
>@
>@
>@
>@ 438
>@ 44GHYLFH
>@ U
>@ >@
0D[
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&XUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-93
wV

>@
>@
6845 – Current limitation (part 2)

7THOLPDFW
>@ U
7,DOLPDFW
! U

,DOLPDFW
! U
6ZLWFKRYHUEHWZHHQ
JHDUER[SURWHFWLRQDQG
FXUUHQWVHWSRLQWLQWHJUDWRU 3RV,DOLPUFK
! U
S>'@

\
,DOLPSRVPLQ>@ U
$UPDWXUHFXUUHQW >@ [
[
FRQWUROOHUVHWSRLQW U ,DVHWDIWJHDU>@
EHIRUHFXUUHQW >@
OLPLWDWLRQ
,DOLPQHJPD[>@ U U
>@
<1>
S>'@ 1HJ,DOLPUFK
! U

5DPSXSWLPHIRU
JHDUER[SURWHFWLRQRU
FXUUHQWVHWSRLQWLQWHJUDWRU
7GLUFKQJLSU
U >@
!
S>'@

7G,DFW
1 U >@

3.12 Armature circuit control

0 ! 7G,,DFW
U >@

3 Function diagrams
<1> ,I 6HWLQWHJUDWRUWR]HUR
,IS 6WRSLQWHJUDWRU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&XUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
771
772

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-94
wV

>@
,BVHQV$,FRQILJ
S
6850 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 1)

,BWUDQVIFRQILJ
S

!
>@ ;
>@ ; 506YDOXHV ,BSKDVHUPV>@
3
>@ ; RYHUFXUUHQW U>@
8 9 : PD[LPXPYDOXHV
>@ ;

DQGLIQHFHVVDU\LQYHUVLRQ
9BORDG,DBUDWHG
S
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

&KDQQHOVHOHFWLRQ
S>@ U>@
!

A
˖ ,D
D U>@

Conversion

to amperes
,D,BWUDQVI, >@
/RDG
U>@ G,DGW>$@
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

S>@ ,D,BWUDQVI,, d $UP,BLQFU

U>@ dt U

A >@
˖

D
/RDG !

WROLQHYROWDJHVHQVLQJ S
,BVHQ$,9DW,D U $UP,BIORZGXU>@
>@

(YDOXDWLRQ

2 <4> U 1RQSXOVDWLQJDUPDWXUHFXUUHQW

7K\ULVWRU
EULGJH
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

2 <4> <5>
Conversion and
&XUUHQW/7/7 [8042.2]
averaging
<3> <4> 2
+
! 7KLVSDUDPHWHULVRQO\HIIHFWLYHZLWKWKH&RQWURO0RGXOH
A
˖ ! 7KLVSDUDPHWHULVRQO\HIIHFWLYHLIS!

D
-
M
<3> 2QO\IRURSWLRQV=ಹ=
/RDG

WR8DVHQVLQJ <4> 7ZLFHIRURSWLRQ=====
>@ <5> 2QO\IRURSWLRQ=====

' &
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$FWXDODUPDWXUHFXUUHQWYDOXHVHQVLQJSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-95
wV

>@
U>@
S>'@
7THDFWUHI>@
U
6851 – Actual armature current value sensing (part 2)

PV
$DFWYDOVWTDFW>@
U
,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@
U U
>@
S $,BDFWLQWDEV>@
U U

>@ $,BDFWLQWVLJQ>@ 0HDQYDOXHRYHUFXUUHQWPD[LPXPYDOXH

,D U
PD[LPXPYDOXHPHDQ!PD[LPXPYDOXH
U>@ 0HDQYDOXH
>@ ,DDFWF\F>@ PHDQ
>@ U 0HDQYDOXHRYHUFXUUHQWPD[LPXPYDOXH
ILULQJSXOVH!ILULQJSXOVH
>@ ,DDFWF\F>@
0HDQYDOXH U 0HDQYDOXHRYHUFXUUHQWPD[LPXPYDOXHV
U>@
U
,DDFWPRWF\F>@
U

U>@
S>'@ PV
U Capac_DClink
0.000...10000000.000 [μF]
,BDFWDEVYDOVPWK>$@ p51861[D] (1000.000)
U
&B'&OLQNVBVUF
S

0RQLWRULQJ
RIFXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU ) 8DDFWVLJQHG>@
SRODULW\ U

3.12 Armature circuit control

[6902.8] 6XSSO,DBVHWRII>@
506YDOXH ,DBDFWUPV>@ ,G& GYGW U
,DDFWF\F>@
RYHUFXUUHQWPD[LPXP U U
YDOXHV >@ [6851.5]

3 Function diagrams
U>@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$FWXDODUPDWXUHFXUUHQWYDOXHVHQVLQJSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
773
774

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-96
wV

>@
>@
6852 – Selection of EMF actual value for armature current pre-control

(0)DFWVLJQ>@
U
>@

/D
S>'@
S>'@
$UP,BLQFU S>'@
U
>@
1 )LOWHULQJ
,DDFWF\F>@
DYHUDJLQJ
U 2 U >@
>@
8D 3

S>'@ 1,35 * S>@ 4

U>@ 5D 9BVXSSUDWHGYDO
,QWHUQDO(0)DFWXDOYDOXH

([WHUQDO8DDFWXDOYDOXH 5D LD /D GLGW

!
S
([WHUQDO(0)DFWXDOYDOXH

>@ (0)DFWXDOYDOXHIURPDFWXDOVSHHGYDOXH

$FWVHO>@
U ! 7KHVLJQDOVRXUFHIRUWKH
H[WHUQDO8DRU(0)DFWXDOYDOXHPXVWEHVHWKHUH
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

7KHIDFWRU\VHWWLQJULQWHUQDO(0)
PXVWRQO\EHOHIWXQFKDQJHGZKHQS
:KHQS WKLVVHWWLQJOHDGV
,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@ WRH[WUHPHFXUUHQWIOXFWXDWLRQV
S
U
S
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6HOHFWLRQRI(0)DFWXDOYDOXHIRUDUPDWXUHFXUUHQWSUHFRQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-97 wV

$GDSWLRQ$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU [1020.7]
[1721]
6853 – Armature current controller adaptation

p50573[D]

p50571[D]
,DFWU,BVHW>@ p50570[D]
U 6\PEROQDPHB86
100%
1
1 $GDSWLRQWR
U
+ QRQOLQHDU
0
0 LQGXFWDQFHV

$,BDFWLQWVLJQ>@
U
p50100[D]

r50072[1] p51591[D]

B86
$UP,BIORZGXU>@
U

9BFRXQWHUBUDWLR
U p50574[D]
p50572[D]

100%
1

'LVFRQWLQXRXVFXUUHQW 0
DGDSWLRQ

3.12 Armature circuit control

p50078[0]

r50072[1] p50110[D]

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHUDGDSWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
775
776

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-98
wV
5BLQWSKSXOVH 5D
S>'@ S>'@ >@
$UP/N
S>'@ >@
6854 – Armature circuit model parameters

9BVKFFW8NSX
U 5V 5D
>@ >@

/BDUPDWUHGIDFW
U>@ U S>'@ /D
S>'@

S>@
,DDFWPRWF\F>@
>@ U +

/BLQWSKUHGIDFW
S>'@
/BLQWSKSXOVH
S>'@

IBOLQH +
U
>@

/D
>@
([SODQDWLRQV
/V
5D5HVLVWDQFHRIWKHDUPDWXUHFLUFXLWRIWKHPRWRU >@
/D,QGXFWDQFHRIWKHDUPDWXUHFLUFXLWRIWKHPRWRU
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

5V5HVLVWDQFHRIWKHLQWHUIDFHWUDQVIRUPHUVPRRWKLQJUHDFWRULQSXOVHPRGH
/V,QGXFWDQFHRIWKHLQWHUIDFHWUDQVIRUPHUVPRRWKLQJUHDFWRULQSXOVHPRGH
/N&RPPXWDWLRQLQGXFWDQFH

1RQOLQHDULW\IDFWRU 7KHSHUFHQWDJHYDOXHWRZKLFKWKHLQGXFWDQFHGURSVDWDFXUUHQWGLFWDWHGE\S
IRUQRQFXUUHQWGHSHQGHQWLQGXFWDQFHVWKLVYDOXHLV
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$UPDWXUHFLUFXLWPRGHOSDUDPHWHUV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-99 ! S>'@!6HW,FRPSRQHQWWR S>&@ wV

S>'@ 6HW,FRPSRQHQWWRSUHFRQWUROOHUYDOXH
! +ROG,FRPSRQHQWLQSRVGLUHFWLRQ >@
! +ROG,FRPSRQHQWLQQHJGLUHFWLRQ S>&@ >@

6855 – Armature current regulation

S>'@ S>'@
U U $OSKD*OLPUFK
S !
6HWSRLQWDFWXDOYDOXH .S 7Q >@
$FWXDOYDOXH ,DFWURXWS3FRPS>@
>@ GLIIHUHQFH $UPDWXUHFXUUHQW
FRQWUROOHU U
U U
)LOWHULQJWLPH ,DFWURXWS,FRPS>@
S>'@ >PV@
S>'@ U

U>@ ,DFWURXWS>@
U

!
6HWWR]HUR 6HWSRLQW U
! !
$OSKD:OLPUFK >@
S
Q U
S>@ 6HW3 6HW, >@
>@ U FRPSRQHQW FRPSRQHQW 7GLUFKQJLSU
WR]HUR WR]HUR U >@

!
U
)LOWHULQJWLPH 7G,DFW
>@
>PV@ U >@
S>'@ ,DBFRQYPRGHBRS
S S
! 7G,,DFW
Q U>@ U >@

$UPDWXUHFXUUHQW S>'@

SUHFRQWURO
8BFRQWUROB$
!
6HWWR]HUR S>'@
r
S>@ U
[
(0)DFWSUHF>@ [ [
[
U
(0)LQYROWV
+
>@ \

3.12 Armature circuit control

\ [ ,BDUPDWXUHBVHW
[SRV S>@ \
\QHJ
3HDNYDOXHRIDUPDWXUH
$UP9BOLQHDYJ>@
OLQHYROWDJHLQYROWV 5D 5V /D /V

3 Function diagrams
U U
>@ >@
>@
>@ >@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$UPDWXUHFXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
777
778

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-100
wV

>@
6858 – Gating unit characteristic linearization

/LQHDUL]DWLRQ

r $OSKD
$JXQLWLQVLJV
S>@ )LULQJDQJOHOLQ>@
U
r

r
8DBVHW

'HVFULSWLRQ RIIXQFWLRQ/LQHDUL]DWLRQRIJDWLQJXQLWFKDUDFWHULVWLF
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

,QSXWYDULDEOH &RQWUROYROWDJHWR

2XWSXWYDULDEOH )LULQJDQJOHrWRrWKDWLVUHTXLUHGVRWKDWZLWK%VZLWFKLQJ
DQGDQRQSXOVDWLQJFXUUHQWWKHRXWSXWYROWDJHFKDQJHVOLQHDUO\ZLWKWKHLQSXWYDULDEOH
$QDUFFRVIXQFWLRQIRUPVWKHUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKHLQSXWDQGRXWSXWYDULDEOH

8VHRIWKH/LQHDUL]DWLRQRIJDWLQJXQLWFKDUDFWHULVWLFIXQFWLRQ
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVRQO\XVHGIRULQWHUQDO6LHPHQVDSSOLFDWLRQV7+<5,6,(0pH[FLWDWLRQHTXLSPHQW
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
*DWLQJXQLWFKDUDFWHULVWLFOLQHDUL]DWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-101
1XPEHURIDGGLWLRQDO˞ZSXOVHV
,DQRWSXOVDWLQJ wV
ZLWKHQDEOHGVHFRQGDU\SXOVHV
>@ U S>'@ >@
1XPEHURIDGGLWLRQDO˞ZSXOVHV
3XOVHVHQDE ZLWKLQKLELWHGVHFRQGDU\SXOVHV
S>'@ (QDEOHIRUDWRUTXHGLUHFWLRQZLWK
>@ U $GGLWLRQDO WRUTXHGLUHFWLRQFKDQJH
FXUUHQWIUHHSDXVH
6860 – Command stage, armature gating unit

(QDEOHIRU0RU0,,
S>'@ (QDEOHIRU0RU0, S>&@
1RWRUTXHGLUHFWLRQ >@
$XWRUHYWKUHVK 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ
:DLWXQWLO
S>'@ 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH
U 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQFKDQJH
7THGLUUHTX &RPPDQGVWDJH GLUHFWLRQ
LVHQDEOHG LQSURJUHVV
U

7THGLUVHWVLJV 5HTXLUHG U (QDEOHGWRUTXH
, 1
S 0 WRUTXHGLUHFWLRQ GLUHFWLRQIRUSDUDOOHOGULYH

(QDEOHIRU0RU0,,
0 1RWRUTXHGLUHFWLRQ
(QDEOHIRU0RU0,
>@ U
,, S S S
7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ, U 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ,DFWLYH
S LVVXH˞ZSXOVHV
U XQWLO,D LVORQJHUWKDQwV
(0)WRRKLJK U 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ,,DFWLYH
7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ,,
U
˞ZVKLIW

S

Seq ph ctr on/hys

$!% p51797[0...1] (35)
) U
(0)EUDNHRSWRRKLJK
$% $OSKD:VKLIWDFW

*DWLQJXQLW 0,
S>'@ $UPDWXUH 0,
! U
ฬr ˞* 0,
$JXQLWLQVLJV $OSKD*OLPUFK U U 0,
S>@
U 0,
>@ 0,
>@
>@

U
>@ >@
0,,

>@ U ˞Z $OSKD:OLPUFK 0,,

0,,
1RSXOVHLQKVLJV 0,,
,DQRWSXOVDWLQJ S>&@ 0,,
>@ U
! 0,,

3.12 Armature circuit control

$OOWK\ILUHVLJV !
S>'@ r S>&@ S
3XOVHFKRSW

$,BDFWLQWDEV>@ S
HIIHFWLYH˞ZOLPLW

3 Function diagrams
>@ U $UPVKOJSXOVH
>@ ,PPHGLDWHSXOVHLQKLELW
DW(6WRSRUZLWK) ! 7KLVSDUDPHWHULV
>@ RQO\HIIHFWLYHZLWKWKH
S>'@ S>'@ &RQWURO
0RGXOH

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RPPDQGVWDJHDUPDWXUHJDWLQJXQLW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
779
780

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-102
wV

>@
6862 – State limits

3RVWOLPUFK U
>@

3RVQBOLPUFK U
>@ 3RVOLPUFK
! U
3RV,DOLPUFK U
>@

7G,UHT U
>@

$OSKD*OLPUFK U
>@

1HJWOLPUFK U
>@

1HJQBOLPUFK U
>@ 1HJOLPUFK
! U
1HJ,DOLPUFK U
>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

7G,,UHT U
>@

$OSKD*OLPUFK U
>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6WDWHOLPLWV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-103
%DFNJURXQG

>@
6865 – Simulation mode/thyristor check/commutation monitoring

$XWRUHYVLPXO 7K\UBGLDJPRGH
S S

6LPXODWLRQPRGH 7K\ULVWRUFKHFN )

7K\UBWHVWXQVXFF

&RPPXWBPRQLW67:
S

&RPPXWDWLRQ
)
PRQLWRULQJ &RPPXWBIDLOXUH

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6LPXODWLRQPRGHWK\ULVWRUFKHFNFRPPXWDWLRQPRQLWRULQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
781
782

3.12 Armature circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-104
wV
/LQHGHSHQGHQW(0)UHGXFWLRQ [1020.7]
6895 – Line-dependent EMF reduction

p50286[D] (110.0 %)
0LQLPXP p50285[D] (0.00 s)
p50288[D] (100.0 %)
U
+ 1 (0)VHWSBUHGRXWS>@
U
U
- 0% 0
U

p50287[D] (0.0 %) 100%

S>&@

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
/LQHGHSHQGHQW(0)UHGXFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.13 Field circuit control

3.13 Field circuit control

Function diagrams

6900 – EMF control 784

6902 – Armature voltage/EMF actual value sensing 785

6905 – Field current setpoint limitation 786

6908 – Field current controller adaptation 787

6910 – Field current regulation 788

6912 – Actual field current value sensing 789

6915 – Field gating unit 790

6920 – Field reversal 791

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 783
784

3.13 Field circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-105
(0)FWUGLI>@ S>'@
U wV

>@
U
>@
(0)FWUGLIGURRS>@
U
(0)FWU.S (0)FWU7Q
6900 – EMF control

(0)FWUDFWVLJV S>'@ S>'@

S $FWXDO
YDOXH (0)FRQWUROOHU (0)FRQWUROOHU
>@ ,FRPSRQHQW
U

S>'@
3FRPSRQHQW

U
2XWSXW
U

6HWSRLQW
'HWHUPLQDWLRQRI(0)VHWSRLQW >@
6HW,
FRPSRQHQW 3RV,IOLPUFK
WR]HUR
0RWUDWHG,BDUPDW U
S>'@
S>'@ S>@ >PV@ (0)FWUHQDVLJV 1HJ,IOLPUFK
(0)FWUVHW7 U
S>&@
0RWUDWHG9BDUPDW S >@
S>'@
(0)FWUVHWVLJV

S>@ S>'@
(0)FWU3FRPSDFW
U 2XWS
25

U Q!QBVHT
S>'@ U S>'@ U
5D (0)FWU,FRPSDFW
>@
(0)SUHFVHW7
>PV@
S>'@
$XWRPDWLFILHOGFXUUHQWUHGXFWLRQ (0)FWUSUHFDFW U
(0)FRQWUROOHUSUH
LI(0)LVWRRKLJKIRUEUDNLQJRSHUDWLRQ S>'@
FRQWURO
(0)BVHW ,BILHOGBVHW

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

HIIHFWLYH˞Z S

GHJUHHV U
OLPLW
>@
>@ S>'@ S
6HODFWDEV>@
U
࿽QBDFW࿽
$OSKD >@
+
U S>'@

S>'@
>@ U>@
S>'@ QBUDWHG
$ S>'@ S>'@
$% $ (0)UDWHG 8SWRS>'@
% 5HGLIBVHWSEUBRSDFW ILHOGFKDUDFWHULVWLF
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(0)FRQWURO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-106 8 9 : wV

&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU
>@

U
6902 – Armature voltage/EMF actual value sensing

[6861.6]

,DDFWF\F>@ 0RW3VXSSDYJ>@
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU
WR,DVHQVLQJ ,DBFRQYHUW8GLRGH U U
>@ S
>@

$UPDWXUHYROWDJHRIWKHVODYHZKHQSRZHU Ua slave (0)DFWDEVDYJ>@

XQLWVDUHFRQQHFWHGLQVHULHV U
WROLQHYROWDJHVHQVLQJ 5D (0)DFW >@
S S>'@ U
>@
(0)DFWDYJ>@
&WUOOLQHFRQW

U
U <2> LD >@
PV
>@
7K\ULVWRU &8'
(0)DFWVLJQ>@
EULGJH 9 p51855 U

<1> >@
; PV
U
X $, &RQYHUVLRQ
[6850.7]
WRYROWV
s9
; S>'@ 8DDFWDEV>@
/D
U

8DDFW
9 U
y=1,2 8DDFWVLJQHG>@
\ 0HDQYDOXH U
&RQYHUVLRQ EHWZHHQ

+ ILULQJSXOVHV
WRYROWV

S>@
0 6FDQBYDOXHV8D
(IIHFWLYHJDLQ U>@
+ ,DBDFWUPV>@ 3BDFWRKPORDG>@
x 2
x=0,1 +
U U
>@

3.13 Field circuit control

<1> 2QO\HIIHFWLYHLIS! 506YODXH 8DBDFWUPV>@
7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRU RYHU U

3 Function diagrams
p51854
S !RU F\FOHV
& ' 7KHGHYLFHPXVWEHUHVWDUWHG 8BRXW&'>@
<2> 2QO\HIIHFWLYHLIS 0HDQYDOXH U

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$UPDWXUHYROWDJH(0)DFWXDOYDOXHVHQVLQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
785
786

3.13 Field circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-107 If freeze op_mode wV
p50269 (2)
0RWUDWHG,BH[F >@
S>'@ >@
S>@ 0LQLPXP
U ,IBFWUDFW>@
>@ :KHUHRSHUDWLQJVWDWH! RRUWDFKRORVV
6905 – Field current setpoint limitation

>@
>@ 8SSHUVHWSRLQWOLPLW ROGS
'HYLFH,IBUDWHG
U>@ LHQRLQFUHDVHLQILHOGFXUUHQWLV
>@ SHUPLWWHG 2SBGLVSOD\
U
>@
>@
>@ :KHUHRSHUDWLQJVWDWH R
8SSHUVHWSRLQWOLPLW
7DFKRORVV
>@

0LQLPXP

,IOLPXSOLP>@
U

3RVOLPLWUHDFKHG
S>@ )LHOGFXUUHQW
>@ VHWSRLQWOLPLWDWLRQ U >@
>@ ,IOLPRXWSOLP>@
>@
U
>@
1HJOLPLWUHDFKHG >@
>@ U >@

,IOLPORZOLP>@
U U

0D[LPXP

U [1]

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>@ 0D[LPXP
>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

S>'@
0RW,BH[FPLQ
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGFXUUHQWVHWSRLQWOLPLWDWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-108 wV

$GDSWLRQ)LHOGFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU [1020.7]
[1721]
6908 – Field current controller adaptation

p50578[D]

p50576[D]
,IBFWUVHW>@ p50575[D]
U
100%
1
1 $GDSWLRQWR
U
+ QRQOLQHDU
0
0 LQGXFWDQFHV

,IBFWUDFW>@
U
p50102[D]

r50073[1] p51597[D]

p50255[D]

S>&@
p50577[D] .S
[6910]
100%
1
$GDSWLRQWR
QRQOLQHDULW\RI p50256[D]
0
JDWLQJXQLW
S>&@
7Q
[6910]
r50074

3.13 Field circuit control

r50073[1] p50112[D]

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHUDGDSWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
787
788

3.13 Field circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-109
)LHOGFKDUDFWHULVWLF
0RWIOLQSXWVHO wV
S>'@XSWR
S>'@ S>'@ S
>@
>@ U U>@ >@
2 ,IFWUPRWRUIOX[>@

1 U >@>@
6910 – Field current regulation

>@ U 0 ! >@>@

S U>@ U U
S>'@
)LHOGFXUUHQWRISDUDOOHO .S 7Q
VODYHV>@ >@
2
1
&XUUHQWFRQWUROOHU
0 U ,IBFWU,BFWU3FRP>@
S>'@ ILHOG
,IBFWU,IBDFVLJV
U ,IBFWU,BFWU,FRP>@
S>@ $FWXDOYDOXH
>@
>@ U
>@
6HWSRLQW >@
˞*OLPLWUHDFKHG
U U
,IBFWUVWVWBILHOG S>'@
>@>@
S>'@ ˞ZOLPLWUHDFKHG
>@>@
U
S>'@
S>'@ >@
,BILHOGBFWUVHW7 S>'@ ,BILHOGBFWU,FRPS

U>@ ,BILHOGBFWU3FRPS +ROG,FRPSRQHQWLQSRVGLUHFWLRQ

,IOLPRXWSOLP>@ +ROG,FRPSRQHQWLQQHJGLUHFWLRQ
>@>@
>@ U U
>@>@ S>'@

,QKLELWFRQWUROOHU >@
!

U>@ U
U >@
,IBFWUVWVWVLJV

S>&@
6WDQGVWLOOIRQ
! U
6WDWLRQDU\VWDWHH[FLWDWLRQ
6ZLWFKLQ
3UHFRQWUROILHOG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

W 8BFRQWUROB)
r r

S>'@ ,IBVHW U
S>'@
,IBFWU,BUHGWBGHO U )LHOGBSUHFVHW7
r

6HW
VHWSRLQW ,BILHOGBVHW
2SHUDWLQJPRGHIRUWKHILHOG U r

)LHOG9BOLQH>@
>@
S>'@ S>'@
S S 5BILHOGFLUFXLW /BILHOGFLUFXLW
S>'@
/BILHOGUHGIDFW
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGFXUUHQWUHJXODWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-110
wV

>@
8 :
6912 – Actual field current value sensing

WRILHOGOLQHYROWDJHVHQVLQJ
>@

7K\ULVWRU
EULGJH

U>@
,I>$@

6KXQW

&RQYHUVLRQ 0HDQYDOXH
U ,IBDFWLQWDEV>@
WRDPSHUHV ILULQJSXOVH!ILULQJSXOVH
>@

(IIHFWLYHJDLQ
U>@

& '

3.13 Field circuit control

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$FWXDOILHOGFXUUHQWYDOXHVHQVLQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
789
790

3.13 Field circuit control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-111
wV

>@
6915 – Field gating unit

˞* /LPLWUHDFKHG
U >@
˞: /LPLWUHDFKHG
U >@

S (QDEOHILHOGILULQJSXOVHV
>@ S

! U

S>'@

DOSKD* )LHOGILUDQJOH
U )LULQJ
S SXOVH
>@
)LULQJDQJOHILHOG

DOSKD:
)LULQJ
U SXOVH
S>'@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGJDWLQJXQLW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-112
8,000 μs

CUD [1020.7]
CUD DO 0 t_del CUD DO inv X177
p50775 (0) p50770[0] (0) 1C1 1D1 3C 3D
6920 – Field reversal

6ZLWFKRQILHOGFRQWDFWRU k21
SRVLWLYHILHOGGLUHFWLRQ )RUZDUG
)LHOGUHYVLJV GLUHFWLRQ
S>&@ S %LQDU\RXWSXW 19 K20
U &O +

>@
+
)LHOGUHYEUVLJV +
S>&@ CUD DO 1 t_del CUD DO inv +
p50776 (0) p50770[1] (0)
&RQWUROORJLF M K20 K21
IRU 6ZLWFKRQILHOGFRQWDFWRU k20
+
ILHOGUHYHUVDO QHJDWLYHILHOGGLUHFWLRQ %DFNZDUG
+
GLUHFWLRQ
S %LQDU\RXWSXW 20 K21 + +
U &O +

[6805.2] >@
Rs V1 *)
r53195.02 [6810.1]
n_act invert + +
M + +
23
p50092[0]
0.0...10.0 [s]
If < If_min
[8025.5] r53026.00 S>@V
:DLWWLPHIRUILHOGGHFUHDVHEHIRUHRSHQLQJWKHFXUUHQWILHOGFRQWDFWRU
If_act < If_set x S>@V
[8025.5] r53026.01 :DLWWLPHEHIRUHDFWLYDWLRQRIQHZILHOGFRQWDFWRU
S>@V
:DLWWLPHEHIRUHHQDEOLQJRIILHOGILULQJSXOVHV
S>@V
)OG5HYQBDFWVLJV :DLWWLPHDIWHUILHOGUHEXLOGLQJEHIRUHHQDEOLQJRIDUPDWXUHILULQJSXOVHV
S>&@

[6805.3]
6XSSUHVVRUFLUFXLW
EZLWKYDULVWRU
$VXSSUHVVRUFLUFXLWZLWKYDULVWRU
DZLWKSURWHFWLYHUHVLVWRU FDQEHXVHGLIWKHIROORZLQJDSSOLHV

3.13 Field circuit control

+ + +
,ILHOGUDWHGA /

3 Function diagrams
9 :V
Rs Rs = Rs V1 2
,ILHOGUDWHG 5V N ˖
+ + + 9 %N6,29EORFNYDULVWRU

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGUHYHUVDO Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
791
3 Function diagrams
3.14 Power unit

3.14 Power unit

Function diagrams

6950 – Armature line analysis 793

6952 – Field line analysis 794

6954 – Line monitoring 795

6956 – Fuse monitoring (DC converter) 796

6957 – Fuse monitoring (Control Module) 797

6960 – Power unit properties 798

6965 – Adaptation to external power unit (Control Module) 799

6970 – Converter Commutation Protector (CCP) 800

SINAMICS DCM
792 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-113
9BVXSSUDWHGYDO 9BOLQHWBVWDELO $UPOLQHSHUQR
S>@ S S>'@
wV
/LQHRIIVHW)DFW
S>@ >@
/LQHRIIVHWIL[HG
/LQHRIIVHWVBVUF S
U $UP9BOLQH89>@
8 9 : S>@
6950 – Armature line analysis

>@
U $UP9BOLQH9:>@
>@
6
>@
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

U $UP9BOLQH:8>@

>@

>@

>@
U $UP9BOLQHDYJ>@

$UPFFW9BOLQHUPV
U
WR,DVHQVLQJ
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

>@ U $UPIBOLQH>@

/LQHDQDO\VLV
DUPDWXUH IBOLQH
S>@ U>@
! U>@ 9BOLQHVFYDOXHV>9@
S>@
! $UPOLQHSKRIIV
U>@
&RQYHUVLRQ
$UPOLQHSKRIIV
WRYROWV U>@

&RQYHUVLRQ
U $UP]HURSRV89
WRYROWV
U $UP]HURQHJ89
(IIHFWLYHJDLQ U $UP]HURSRV9:
7K\ULVWRU
EULGJH U $UP]HURQHJ9:

U $UP]HURSRV:8

&RQYHUVLRQ U $UP]HURQHJ:8

WRYROWV
$UPOLQH]HURGHY
U
(IIHFWLYHJDLQ
7K\BEORFNBFDOFDFW
S

U>@ 9BWK\UVFDQBYDOXHV>9@

U>@ 9BWK\UVFDQBYDOXHV>9@
& ' 7K\ULVWRU
EORFNLQJYROWDJHFDOFXODWLRQ U 7K\UVWDWH

3 Function diagrams
8D8IVFDQBYDOXHV>9@
! 7KLVSDUDPHWHULVRQO\HIIHFWLYH U>@ U 7K\UEORFNVWDWH

3.14 Power unit

ZLWKWKH&RQWURO0RGXOH

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$UPDWXUHOLQHDQDO\VLV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
793
794

3.14 Power unit

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-114 wV

>@
8 :
9BOLQHWBVWDELO
S
6952 – Field line analysis

9BVXSSUDWHGYDO )LHOGOLQHSHUQR
S>@ S>'@

U )LHOG9BOLQH>@

)FFW9BOLQHUPV
U
&RQYHUVLRQ
WRYROWV U )LHOGIBOLQH>@

/LQHDQDO\VLV IBOLQH
(IIHFWLYHJDLQ ILHOG U>@

U>@ 9BOLQHVFYDOXHV>9@
7K\ULVWRU
)LHOGOLQHSKRIIV
EULGJH U

U )LHOG]HURSRV)

U )LHOG]HURQHJ)

)LHOGOLQH]HURGY
6KXQW

WR,IVHQVLQJ U
>@

8IDFWYDO
U
0HDQYDOXH 8IDFWYDOVLJQ>@
&RQYHUVLRQ
EHWZHHQ U <1>
WRYROWV ILULQJSXOVHV
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

6FDQBYDOXHV8I 8IDFWDEV>@
(IIHFWLYHJDLQ S>@
U>@ U <1>

& '

<1> 3DUDPHWHUVUDQGUDUHVFDOHGWRWKHYDOXH S>@DOWKRXJKWKH\FDQDVVXPHEHFDXVHRIWKH%+=EULGJH

PD[LPXPYDOXHVRIDSSUR[ S>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGOLQHDQDO\VLV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-115
wV

>@
)
$UPFFWSKBIDLOGHW
6954 – Line monitoring

)
)LHOGFFWSKBIDLOGHW
)
/LQH9BXQGWKUHVK
S>'@ /LQHPRQLW8BXQGHU
)
/LQH9BRYHUWKUHVK /LQHPRQLW8BRYHU
S>'@
)
IB/LQHIB/LQHPLQ
9BXQGHUWBGHO
S>'@ )
IB/LQH!IB/LQHPD[
/LQH9BRYHUWBGHO
S>'@

U $UP9BRYHU
3KBIDLOWKUHVK
S>'@
U $UP9BXQGHU

IBOLQHPLQWKUHVK /LQH U $UPIBRYHU

S>'@ PRQLWRULQJ
U $UPIBXQGHU

IBOLQHPD[WKUHVK U $UPSKIDLO

S>'@
U )LHOG9BRYHU

U )LHOG9BXQGHU

U )LHOGIBRYHU

U )LHOGIBXQGHU

U )LHOGSKIDLO

U $UPVXSSV\V2.

U )LHOGVXSSV\VW2.

U 3KURW&:

U /LQHV\PP

3 Function diagrams
3.14 Power unit

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
/LQHPRQLWRULQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
795
796

3.14 Power unit

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-116
wV

8 9 :

6956 – Fuse monitoring (DC converter)

&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

WR,DVHQVLQJ
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU

WROLQHYROWDJHVHQVLQJ

>@

,D>$@
>@
WRWK\ULVWRUEORFNLQJYROWDJHVHQVLQJ
>@ )XVH
7K\ULVWRU )
EULGJH PRQLWRULQJ
$BFFW,BGLVWUXQHYHQ
&RQYHUVLRQ
6 WRYROWV

(IIHFWLYHJDLQ
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

WR8DVHQVLQJ
>@

& '
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)XVHPRQLWRULQJ'&FRQYHUWHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-117
,D>$@
>@ wV

>@
$
6957 – Fuse monitoring (Control Module)

)XVH
3RZHU )
! PRQLWRULQJ $BFFW,BGLVWUXQHYHQ
,QWHUIDFH

;% )XVH
;) ;( ;' ;& ;%
;$ ! )
;$
PRQLWRULQJ )XVHBPRQLWUHVS

S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@ S>@

;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B

! 2SWLRQDO
;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B
! ,I!LVLQVHUWHG!GRHVQRWQHHGWREHLQVHUWHG

;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B

;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B ;6B

$ $ $

)XVHV;%
U
U
)XVHV;) )XVHV;% U
U U

3 Function diagrams
U
+ +
U
+ +
+ + U

3.14 Power unit

+ + U

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)XVHPRQLWRULQJ&RQWURO0RGXOH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
797
798

3.14 Power unit

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-118
%DFNJURXQG

38VHUQR
U>@
6960 – Power unit properties

/RDGFODVV 382UGHU1R
S U>@
38RSWLRQV
'HYLFH,BUDWHGUHG
3RZHUXQLW U>@
S>@
)
'HYLFH,BUDWHGUHG ,QYDOLG0/)%
S>@
'HYLFH8DBUDWHG
U
9BVXSSUDWHGYDO
S>@ 'HYLFH,DUDWHG
U>@

9BVXSSUDWHGYDO 'HYLFH,DUDWHG
S>@ U>@

'HYLFH,IBUDWHG
U>@

,BUDWHGH[W 9BUDWHGILHOG
S U

*DWHBPRGVHUBQR
U>@

*DWBPRGSDUWQR
U>@

)LHOGPRGVHUQR
U>@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

)LHOGPRGSDUWQR
U>@

U 438
>@
'HYLFHBIDQSUHV
U

7HPSBVHQVDYDLO
U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3RZHUXQLWSURSHUWLHV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-119
%DFNJURXQG

>@
9WUDQVIH[WUDWLR 6HH)3
S>@
6HH)3
6965 – Adaptation to external power unit (Control Module)

$UP9BUDWHG 'HYLFH8DBUDWHG
S U

0HDVFDEFRQQ 6HH)3
S>@ 6HH)3

$UP,BUDWHG 'HYLFH,DUDWHG
S U>@

9BORDG,DBUDWHG
S
6HH)3
,BWUDQVIFRQILJ
S
438
38W\S U
S
>@
3XOVHFKRSW 6HH)3
S>@

+WVNWHPSW\SH 6HH)3
S

)XVHPRQDFW
S>@ 6HH)3

)DQPRQFRQILJ
S

([W)PRGH
S
6HH)3
)DQUHOD\VLJV S

)DQPRQWBGHO
S>@

3 Function diagrams
3.14 Power unit

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$GDSWDWLRQWRH[WHUQDOSRZHUXQLW&RQWURO0RGXOH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
799
800

3.14 Power unit

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-120 wV

[1020.7]
U&&36:YHUVLRQ
6970 – Converter Commutation Protector (CCP)

U&&3VHUQR

CCP V_set thr up U&&32UGHU1R

p51577

U&&39BUDWHG

U&&3,BUDWHG
&8' ;
C pre-ch V_set
p51578

&RQWURORI&&3 &&3
CCP turn-off cmnd
p51583

U &&3VWDWH

U &&3,W&KRSSHU>@
<1> P2P op mode
p50790
U &&3,W&KRSSHU>@

U &&3FRPPDQG
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

U33&&3GLDJ
P2P/CCP bus term
p50795

)
&&3QRWIXQFWLRQDO
$
&&3QRWIXQFWLRQDO

<1> S &RPPXQLFDWLRQZLWK6,025(*&&3

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQYHUWHU&RPPXWDWLRQ3URWHFWRU&&3 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.15 Technology controller

3.15 Technology controller

Function diagrams

7958 – Control (r0108.16 = 1) 802

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 801
802

3.15 Technology controller

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-121
S>@'ULYH2EMHFW
<3>
Tec_ctrl set1 scal [1020.7]
7HFBFWULQWHJKROG Tec_ctrl outp scal
0.00...100.00 [%] Tec_ctrl config -100.00...100.00 [%] <101>
p02255 (100.00) p02252.0 S>&@ Tec_ctrl Kp
0.000...1000.000 p02295 (100.00) S>&@
7HFBFWUOVHWS p02280 (1.000)
7958 – Control (r0108.16 = 1)

S>&@ 7HFBFWUVHWDIW)OW>@
U <1>
Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Tec_ctrl set T Tec_ctrl Tn
Tec_ctrl set2 scal 0.00...650.00 [s] 0.000...60.000 [s] 0.000...60.000 [s] S>&@
0.00...100.00 [%] p02257 (1.00) p02261 (0.000) 7HFBFWUOHUURU>@ p02285 (0.000)
p02256 (100.00) U
<1>
7HFBFWUOVHWS <2> S <2>
S>&@ + 6\PERO + 7HFBFWUORXWSBVLJ>@
+ + + + QDPHB8 U
+ + + + + 6 +
7HFBFWUOVWDWXV
7HFBFWUVHWDIW5)*>@
p02258 (1.00) 7HFBFWUOHUURU>@ U
0.00...650.00 [s] U
Tec_ctrl t_ramp-dn U
p02252.1
+
Tec_ctrl u_lim act Tech_ctrl gain act Tec_ctr ActVal fct p02252.2
-200.00...200.00 [%] 0.00...500.00 [%] 0...3
p02267 (200.00) p02269 (100.00) p02270 (0)
Tec_ctrl max_lim <2>
-200.00...200.00 [%]
Tec_ctrl act T p02291 (100.00) S>&@
0.000...60.000 [s] Tech_ctrl act inv
p02265 (0.000) 7HFKBFWUODFWVFDO>@ +
0...1 +
p02271 (0) U -
y
7HFBFWUODFWYDO B86 +

S>&@
x
+ + -1 +
+

)
7HFBFWUODFWYDOOLPLW 7HFKBFWUOOLPRIIV
Tec_ctrl l_lim act S>&@ p02252.2
-200.00...200.00 [%] Tec_ctrl type 0 1 +
p02268 (-200.00) p02252.3
Tec_ctrl config 0...1
p02263 (0)
<1> Tec_ctrl min_lim <2>
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

'FRPSRQHQWLQDFWXDOYDOXHVLJQDO Tec_ctrl D comp T -200.00...200.00 [%]

p02292 (0.00) S>&@ -
'FRPSRQHQWLQIDXOWVLJQDO 0.000...60.000 [s]
p02274 (0.000)
7HFBFWUDFWDIW)OW>@ +
U
d +
dt 7HFBFWUOHQDEOH
S>&@ 7HFBFWUOVWDWXV
<1> 7KH3, DQG'FRPSRQHQWFDQEHVZLWFKHGRIIUHVSHFWLYHO\E\HQWHULQJD]HUR
+ 1 U
<2> 5HVSRQVHFDQEHFKDQJHGYLDS p02293 (1.00)
<3> ,FRPSRQHQWVWRSRQO\ZKHQUDQGULQWKHVDPHGLUHFWLRQ 0.00...100.00 [s]
Tec_ctr t_RU/RD
<101> 7KHGHIDXOWYDOXHIRUWKHVDPSOLQJWLPHLQS>@LVwV
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWUROU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

Function diagrams

8020 – Messages (part 1) 804

8025 – Messages (part 2) 805

8030 – Motor interface (part 1, X177.53/54/55) 806

8035 – Motor interface (part 2) 807

8038 – I2t monitoring, motor 808

8040 – Speed-dependent current limitation 809

8042 – Power unit I2t monitoring 810

8044 – Field current monitoring 811

8045 – Device fan, operating hours counter 812

8046 – Blocking protection/tacho loss monitoring 813

8047 – Device fan (DC Converter) 814

8048 – Device-internal monitoring functions 815

8049 – Device fan (Control Module) 816

8050 – Trend recorder function 817

8052 – Diagnostic memory 818

8054 – Internal diagnostics 819

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 803
804

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-122
6HWDFWWKUHVK 6HWDFWWB2)) wV
>@ >V@
S>'@ S>'@ >@

QVHWVPRRWK
)
S ([FHVVLYHVHWDFWGHY
8020 – Messages (part 1)

7
>@ U 'HYOHVVWKUHVK

QDFW
S U 'HYOHVVLQY
S>'@
>@ >@
6HWDFWK\VW
6HWDFWWKUHVK 6HWDFWWB2))
>@ >V@
S>'@ S>'@
QVHWVPRRWK
S
>@ 7
U 'HYOHVVWKUHVK

QDFW
S U 'HYOHVVLQY
S>'@
>@ >@
6HWDFWK\VW
5HIBVSHHGWKUHVK 5HIBVSHHGWB2))
>@ >V@
S>'@ S>'@
QDFW
S 7
>@ U FPSUBVHWUFK

U FPSUBVHWUFKLQY
S>'@ QQBPLQWKUHVK
>@ >@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

5HIBVSHHGK\VW S>'@

QDFW
S 1 QQ PLQ
>@
U QBGHFHOUFK
0
>@

U QBGHFHOUFKLQY
S>'@
>@
QQBPLQK\VW
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0HVVDJHVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-123
)LHOGFXUUHQWWKUHVKROG,IPLQ
/LPLWPRQLWRU,I,IPLQ 0VJ,IPLQWKUHVK
wV
>@ >@
S>'@

\
8025 – Messages (part 2)

,IBFWUDFW>@ [ 1 \
$FWXDOYDOXHDWLQSXWRIILHOGFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU U U ,I,IBPLQ
0
>@ [ >@

S>'@
>@
0VJ,IPLQK\VW

)LHOGFXUUHQWWKUHVKROG,I[
/LPLWPRQLWRU,I,I[ 0VJ,IVHWIDFW
>@
S>'@

,IBFWUVHW>@
$FWXDOYDOXHDWLQSXWRIILHOGFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU U
>@
\
,IBFWUDFW>@ [ 1 \
6HWSRLQWDWWKHLQSXWRIWKHILHOGFXUUHQWFRQWUROOHU U U ,IBDFW,IBVHW[
0
>@ [ >@

U
0VJ3ROQBDFW6BVUF S>'@
QBDFWSRV
S>&@ 1 >@
U 0VJ,IVHWK\VW
0 QBDFWSRVLQY

0VJQBRYHUSRV
>@

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

Msg n > 0 hyst S>'@
0.00...10.00 [%] )
p50372[D] (0.10) QBRYHUWKURYHUVK
0VJQBRYHUQHJ
>@
U S>'@
0VJ3ROQBVHW6BVUF
QBVHWSRV U QBRYHU
S>&@ 1
U 0VJQBRYHUVLJV
>@
0 QBVHWSRVLQY S

3 Function diagrams
U QBRYHULQY

>@
Msg n > 0 hyst
0.00...10.00 [%]
p50372[D] (0.10)

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0HVVDJHVSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
805
806

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-124
! )RUUDQGUWKHIROORZLQJDSSOLHV wV
9DOXH WHPSHUDWXUH IRU.7<S 37S 17&WKHUPLVWRUS RU37S
>@
9DOXH IRU37&WKHUPLVWRUS
! $.7<S 37S 17&WKHUPLVWRUS RU37S
%37&WKHUPLVWRUS
8030 – Motor interface (part 1, X177.53/54/55)

0RWWHPS
! /D\VKLHOGHGFDEOH U
ZLWKVKLHOGFRQQHFWHGWRJURXQGDWERWKHQGV
!
! 7HUPLQDOVHQVHLVXVHGIRUFRPSHQVDWLQJ 0RWWHPSRXWS>@
FDEOHUHVLVWDQFHVIRUWKLVWKHFDEOHIURPWHUPLQDOWRWKH U
WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUDQGWKHFDEOHIURPFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH !
WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVKRXOGEHDURXQGWKHVDPHOHQJWK
6KXWGRZQWHPSHUDWXUH
! ,IWHUPLQDOVHQVHLVQRWUHTXLUHGWKHQ
>r&@
WHUPLQDOPXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRWHUPLQDO S>'@

0RWWHPSVHQVRU ! )
S 0RWWHPSIDXOW
&8' $ODUPWHPSHUDWXUH U

>r&@
S>'@
! ;
V !
&KDUDFWHU
$
! ! ; LVWLF
! $

! % 0RWWHPSDODUP

! ; U

2SHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUH
GHSHQGHQWRQW\SHRI37&
60& WKHUPLVWRU
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

0RQLWRULQJ
Mot_temp_sens type VKRUWFLUFXLW
p00601[M] )
ZLUHEUHDN
! ; 7HPSBVHQVRUIDXOW\

0RWWHPS>r&@
U
;
! (YDOXDWLRQ
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0RWRULQWHUIDFHSDUW; Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-125
wV

>@
8035 – Motor interface (part 2)

V
0RWEUOVLJV
S 7
)
%UOWRRVKRUW

V
0RWEUJFRQGVLJV
S 7
)
3RRUEHDULQJFRQG

V
0RWPRWIDQVLJV
S 7
)
0RWIDQ)

V
0RWPRWWHPSVLJV
S 7

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

)
0RWWHPSWRRKLJK

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
0RWRULQWHUIDFHSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
807
808

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-126
wV

>@
8038 – I2t monitoring, motor

0RW7WKHUP
S>'@ 0RW,WVWUWEHKDY
S
!

'HYLFH,DUDWHG
U>@

,DDFWF\F>@ &DOFPRWWHPSULVH>@
,WPRQLWRULQJ
U U
RIPRWRU
>@

7HPSULVHFDOF
U>@
0RWUDWHG,BDUPDW
S>'@
0RW,W,BFRQW
S>'@ $
$!% $
100 % % ,W$H[FHVVPRWWHPSULVH

$
$!% )
%
,W)H[FHVVPRWWHPSULVH
110 %
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

! 9DOXH 0RQLWRULQJVZLWFKHGRIILHFDOFXODWHGPRWRUWHPSHUDWXUHULVH

SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,WPRQLWRULQJPRWRU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-127
wV

>@
>@
8040 – Speed-dependent current limitation

,BOLPQBGHSQ ,BOLPQBGHSQ ,BOLPQBGHSQ ,BOLPQBGHSDFW

S>'@ S>'@ S>'@ S>'@

,BOLPQBGHS, ,BOLPQBGHS, 'HYLFH,DUDWHG

S>'@ S>'@ U>@

6SHHGGHSHQGHQWFXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ

,BOLPLW

6HODFWDEV>@ ,BOLP,DVHWOLP>@
U U
>@ >@

࿽QBDFW࿽

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6SHHGGHSHQGHQWFXUUHQWOLPLWDWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
809
810

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-128
,DSDUBSRZHUBXQLW>@
U>@ <1> wV
U>@ >@
U>@ <2> 7HPSULVHFDOF
>@ 2
U>@
&XUUHQW/7/7 <1>
2 U>@
8042 – Power unit I2t monitoring

1
,7SDUBSRZHUXQLW>@
,DDFWF\F>@ 7KHUPDOPRGHO <1>
U>@ ,7SDUBSRZHUXQLW>@
>@ U 0
2 2 RISRZHUXQLW
<2> <2>
1
0$;
U ,WWK\UWHPSULVH>@
1: 2SWLRQ=====
0
PU I2t mon derat
p50077 (1.00) 1: 2SWLRQ=====

'HUDWLQJIDFWRU
PU fact K1 lim val
p50066 (0.50)
1
U
)
0 ,W)38BH[FHVVWHPSULVH ,W38WKUHVK
7HPSVHQVRUGLVS>@ S
&DOFXODWLRQRI
U>@ GHUDWLQJIDFWRU

>@ 1

0
)

,W)38BH[FHVVWHPSULVH
2SWLRQ 2SWLRQ
/ /
s

$GHUDWLQJ.OLPUHDFKHG U

,W38WKUHVKVDYH

U>@

6(7
U>@ 4 $
4
,W$38BH[FHVVWHPSULVH
6HWEHIOLPZDGG>@
U $
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

5(6(7
4
4
>@ %!$
% U>@
3ULRULW\ U>@
5(6(7
6(7
,W,DVHWQOLP>@

U

>@

!7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVDUHRQO\XSGDWHGIRURSWLRQ====DQG=
!7ZLFHIRURSWLRQ=====
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3RZHUXQLW,WPRQLWRULQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-129
wV

>@
Ext field monit
)LHOG38RSPRGH p51839 (0)
S
8044 – Field current monitoring

$ !
$%
%

RI U>@

$ )LHOG38RSPRGH
%!$ S
,IBFWUVHW>@ U %
>@
!
,IBPRQ)WBGHO
>V@
,IBPRQVHWBIDFW S>'@
>@
S>'@

7
! )
$ ,IBPRQLWIDXOWILHOGFFW
%$
,IBFWUDFW>@ U %
>@ 21GHOD\

,BILHOGPRQVLJV S>&@

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

,IBFWUVWVWVLJV
S>&@

2SHUBGLVSOD\ )
U 6WDQGVWBILHOGLQRS
>@

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)LHOGFXUUHQWPRQLWRULQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
811
812

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-130 wV

[1020.7]
8045 – Device fan, operating hours counter

Dev_fan serv life Dev_fan reset h

p50961[0...4] p50962[0...4]

)DQVSHHGV )DQRSHUDWLQJKRXUV

U>@ U>@

U>@
U>@

U>@
U>@ 2SHUDWLQJKRXUVFRXQWHU
'HYLFHIDQ U>@

U>@
U>@

)DQ21
U $
)DQHQGVHUYOLIHUHDFK
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'HYLFHIDQ2SHUDWLQJKRXUVFRXQWHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-131
wV

%ORFNLQJSURWHFWLRQ 0RQLWRULQJIRUDUPDWXUHFLUFXLWLQWHUUXSWLRQ
8046 – Blocking protection/tacho loss monitoring

6WDOOSUDFWVLJV 0,5s
S

$OSKD*OLPUFK
U T 0
& )
>@ U 6WDOOWBPRQ >@
S>'@V
,D,IFLUFXLWLQWHUUXSWHG
>@ U 1% $
! $,BDFWLQWDEV>@ $!%
>@ U U %
>@ U >@
T 0
& )
0RWVWDOOHG
6HODFWDEV>@
>@
U

6WDOOSURWWKUHVK
$
$% 0RQLWRULQJIRUILHOGFLUFXLWLQWHUUXSWLRQ
S>'@ %

0,5s
,DDFWF\F>@
U $ $OSKD*OLPUFK
$!%
% U T 0
& )
>@
1% ,D,IFLUFXLWLQWHUUXSWHG
1% $
,IBDFWLQWDEV>@ $!%
U %
>@

7DFKRBPRQWKUHVK

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

S>'@

(0)DFWDYJ>@ )
U ) )LHOGFKDUDFWQRWYDOLG
'HIWDFKRBPRQLWHUURU 0RQLWRULQJ
>@ RILPSRUWDQW
7DFKRORVV
)
PRQLWRULQJ SDUDPHWHU
QBFWUDFWVP>@ ,PSRUWDQWSDUDPQRWVHW
VHWWLQJV
U 7DFKRORVV

3 Function diagrams
>@ >@ )
3DUQRWFRQVLVWHQW

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
%ORFNLQJSURWHFWLRQWDFKRORVVPRQLWRULQJ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
813
814

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-132
wV

>@
8 9 :

&8''2VLJV
&8'
8047 – Device fan (DC Converter)

)DQ21 S 'LJLWDORXWSXW

U WHUPLQDO
>@ 8 9 :
)DQ21LQY 0

U
S S S S>@
0
>@ 'HYIDQWBUXQRQ a
>V@ !
,I $ S
$!% )DQ ;9
!
$ % SRZHUVXSSO\
;9
7
2SHUBGLVSOD\ ! !

U 0 0
>@
0 ;9
' 4
;9
1
5
4

0 ;9
)DQ
p50963 VSHHGVHQVLQJ
Behavior fan ctrl 3RZHU,QWHUIDFH ! 8SWR'&IDQVDQG$&
IDQVFDQEHPRQLWRUHG
7HPS ! U>@ )DQVSHHGVLQUSP
U>@ r& U>@ !
>@ $
U>@ $ODUPQBIDQWRRVORZ
7HPS ! U>@ !
U>@ r& ! 6WDWXV 2.
,IQRIDQLV
>@ 7
Q SUHVHQW
)
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

7HPS V WKUHVKROG )DQVWDWXV

! )DXOWQBIDQWRRVORZ
U>@ r&
>@
U QIDQ2. ! ,IQRIDQLVSUHVHQW
,WWK\UWHPSULVH>@ 7 )DQ ! )DQVSHHG
U PRQLWRULQJ U QIDQ2.
>@ !
U QIDQ2.
! WKHGHOD\WLPH
!
! FRUUHVSRQGVWRr& GHSHQGVRQWKH
FRUUHVSRQGVWRr& U QIDQ2. SRZHUXQLW
!
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'HYLFHIDQ'&FRQYHUWHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-133
S>@
6XSSO\YROWDJH wV
!
S>@
7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU 3 >@
! ˥!/LPLW ) )
XT5 )DXOWWHPSWRRKLJK 3 3RZHUVXSSO\IDXOW
8048 – Device-internal monitoring functions

U>@ ˥!/LPLWr $

$ODUPWHPSWRRKLJK 3 )
3RYHUORDG
U>@ S>@
! 3 )
S>@ 3RYHUORDG
7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU
! ˥!/LPLW )
XT6 )
)DXOWWHPSWRRKLJK 3 )
3RYHUORDG 3RXWVLGHWRO
U>@ ˥!/LPLWr $
$ODUPWHPSWRRKLJK GHYLDWLRQ!s

U>@ S>@

S>@ ! 3 U>@

7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU ! ˥!/LPLW )
XT7
)DXOWWHPSWRRKLJK
)
U>@ ˥!/LPLWr $ 1RXWVLGHWRO
$ODUPWHPSWRRKLJK GHYLDWLRQ!s

U>@

7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRURQWKH 1 U>@

FRQWUROPRGXOH ˥!/LPLW )
)DXOWWHPSWRRKLJK
U>@ ˥!/LPLWr $
$ODUPWHPSWRRKLJK (OHFWUVXSSWBIDLO
U
U>@

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

'HSHQGLQJRQWKH0/)%WKHGHYLFHVDUHHTXLSSHGZLWKRQHRU
PRUHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUV VHHU
7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU ˥!r )
7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVDQGPD\EHDWWDFKHGWRWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXULQJSRLQWV )OWPRGBWHPSH[FHHGHG
0DLQKHDWVLQN
RQWKH&8'PRGXOH
)LHOGKHDWVLQN ˥!r $
$ODUPPRGBWHPSH[FHHG
'HYLFHIDQVXSSO\DLU ˥!
'HYLFHIDQH[KDXVWDLU /LPLW U>@

3 Function diagrams
r
1RWH U>@
7KHGLVSOD\SDUDPHWHUVIRUWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVWKDWDUHQRWSUHVHQWUHWXUQDQLQYDOLGYDOXHHJr&
! 7KLVSDUDPHWHULVRQO\HIIHFWLYHZLWKWKH&RQWURO
7KHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVDUHPRQLWRUHGIRUZLUHEUHDNVDQG)LVWULJJHUHGLIQHFHVVDU\ 0RGXOH

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'HYLFHLQWHUQDOPRQLWRULQJIXQFWLRQV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
815
816

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-134
wV

>@
U 89:
)DQUHOD\VLJV
)DQ21 S
8049 – Device fan (Control Module)

)DQ21LQY 5HOD\RXWSXW
U )DQ21
S
0
)DQPRQWBGHO 0
'HYIDQWBUXQRQ >V@
>V@ S>@ 9 + a
S

!
7
6WDWBLQGLFDWRU 7 !

U
>@ U

S U

,QSXW

)DQ2.

)DQQ2.
U

>V@ !
S>@

U

7 ,QSXW
)
([WHUQDOIDXOW
&0IDQQRW2.
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

+
U

;0
>V@ 0
S>@ S

3RZHU,QWHUIDFH
7

$ )

$ODUPIDQQRW2. ([WIDXOWWULJJHUHG
! &LUFXLWH[DPSOH
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'HYLFHIDQ&RQWURO0RGXOH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-135
wV

>@
8050 – Trend recorder function

5HFIFWWBUHF
S

7LPHU

S 5HFIFW6WDUW6WRS
S 5HFIFWWBVDYH
S S
5HFIFWQXPHQW
S S
?86(5?
S 7LPHU 6,1$0,&6?
'$7$?/2*?
7UDFNFVY

5HFIFWFRQVLJV [ \
S>@
>@

>@
[ \
7UDFHILOH
RQWKH
5HFIFWELQVLJV [ \ 0HPRU\
S>@ PHPRU\FDUG
>@

>@
[ \

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

S U
0HPBFDUGUHPVWDW
0HPBFDUGUHP

3 Function diagrams

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7UHQGUHFRUGHUIXQFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
817
818

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-136
S
,IDSRZHUIDLOXUHRFFXUVGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ wV
QRWULJJHUIRU6WDUW
HJGXHWRDEORZQIXVHGHIHFWLYHWK\ULVWRUHWF VWDUWLPPHGLDWHO\ >@
0HPRU\!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH VWDUWWRJHWKHUZLWK67$57(5WUDFH
S S
8052 – Diagnostic memory

6DPSOHYDOXHVIURPOLQHYROWDJHV
6DPSOHYDOXHVIURPDUPDWXUHYROWDJH
8D
6DPSOHYDOXHVIURPDUPDWXUHFXUUHQW,D
,D PHVVDJH 0HPRU\
$UPDWXUHILULQJWLPHV PVORQJ
$UPDWXUHILULQJDQJOH
)LUHGDUPDWXUHWK\ULVWRUV

HDFKWLPHDIDXOWRFFXUV
5HDVRQIRUWRUTXHGLUHFWLRQ ,QIRUPDWLRQ!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH

'HWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQRQIDXOWV S
?86(5?6,1$0,&6?
'$7$?/2*?
(DFKWLPHDQLQYHUWHUVKRRWWKURXJKRFFXUV
'LDJ6WRUVSG
,QIRUPDWLRQ!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH

'HWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQRQ
LQYHUWHUVKRRWWKURXJK
'LDJQRVWLFVILOH 'LDJQRVWLFVILOH
2QFHSHUKRXU
0HPRU\!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH RQWKHPHPRU\
FDUG

0HGLXPORDG
0HPRU\
DFWXDOFXUUHQWYDOXHGXUDWLRQ
RIHDFKLQGLYLGXDOWK\ULVWRU S U
0HPBFDUGUHPVWDW
$IWHUHDFKDFWLRQ 0HPBFDUGUHP
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

,QIRUPDWLRQ!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH
,QIRUPDWLRQRQFKDQJHV
WRLPSRUWDQWSDUDPHWHUV
VRIWZDUHXSGDWHVHWF
(DFKWLPHDQLQWHUQDOHUURURFFXUV
,QIRUPDWLRQ!GLDJQRVWLFVILOH

'HWDLOHGLQIRUPDWLRQRQLQWHUQDOHUURUV
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LDJQRVWLFPHPRU\ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-137
%DFNJURXQG

)
8054 – Internal diagnostics

&DOLEBYDO38LQFRUU

0DQDJHPHQWRISRZHUXQLW )
SURSHUWLHV ,QFRUU$,$2FDOLEBYDOXHV
U>@38DUPFRPSYDO
U>@38ILHOGFRPSYDO

U>@&8'FDOLEYDO
0DQDJHPHQWRISURSHUWLHV
U>@&8'SRVLWLRQ
RIHOHFWURQLFVPRGXOH
U>@&8'YDULDQW

U>@9BVHQVFRPPBHUU
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
,QWHUQDOGLDJQRVWLFV U,QWGLDJ 9ROWDJHVHQVLQJ
)
&RPPHUUWR9BVHQV

U>@9HUVLRQH[WHUQDO
U>@ 0HDVUHV$6,&UDZ
U>@9HUVLRQLQWHUQDO
U>@'6$&%RRWORDGHU $FWXDOYDOXHDFTXLVLWLRQ U>@ 0HDVUHV$6,&UDZ wV

U>@%,26 U>@ 0HDVUHV,BDFWUDZ

U>@&RQILJ((3520
U>@%DVHV\VWHP
U>@'&0$67(5 U&DXVHDUPILUSOXV
U&DXVH0BGLU

3.16 Signals and monitoring functions

6RIWZDUHYHUVLRQ U>@706 $UPDWXUHJDWLQJXQLW
U>@706LPDJH U,D, VLJQDO
U7K\UBFRGH
U>@706ERRWORDGHU
U>@706ERRWORDGHULP
U>@3RZHUVWDFNSURS
U>@,QSODQWLQIR $
0RQLWRULQJRI 6\VXWLOL]DWLRQKLJK
U>@'&&YHUVLRQ FRPSXWLQJWLPHFDSDFLW\
XWLOL]DWLRQ

3 Function diagrams
U>@)%/2&.6YHUVLRQ )
6\VXWLOL]DWLRQWRRKLJK

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
,QWHUQDOGLDJQRVWLFV Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
819
3 Function diagrams
3.17 Faults and alarms

3.17 Faults and alarms

Function diagrams

8060 – Fault buffer 821

8065 – Alarm buffer 822

8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) 823

8075 – Fault/alarm configuration 824

SINAMICS DCM
820 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-138
/('5'<> UHGIRUIDXOW@
%DFNJURXQG
$FWIDXOWFRGH $FWIDXOWYDO &RPSBQRDFW
>@
r02114[0] U U U
PV 1RIDXOW
!
SUHVHQW
8060 – Fault buffer

)DXOWFRGH )DXOWYDOXH )DXOWWLPH )DXOWWLPH )DXOW &RPSRQHQW 'LDJQRVWLF

DFWLYH LQDFWLYH FDXVHGE\ QXPEHU DWWULEXWHV
GULYHREMHFW )DXOW )DXOW
)DXOWWLPHV
,,, &RXQWHU
ELWV
ELWFRXQWHU ,QFRPLQJ
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ IDXOW
IUHHZKHHOLQJ )DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ )DXOWFDVHVTW\
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ ,,,
>@
S
2SHUDWLQJWLPH U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ 5(6(7
)DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@
S
&XUUHQW
)DXOWVDFNQ'2
IDXOW 5(6(7 )DXOWEXIIHULVFOHDUHG
p3981 S &OHDUIDXOWEXIIHU
p3981 U
U S&8
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
!
)DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ U $XWRPDWLF
32:(521 U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ U
! ! !
)DXOWV U
p2102...p2105 $FNQIDXOW DFNQRZOHGJ U
p2102...p2105 HPHQW U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
>@ U )DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ U
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@
U
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ U
)DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ U
$FNQRZOHGJ U
HG
p2106 ([WIDXOWHII ELWFRXQWHU
IDXOW
p2106U
>@ ,QFRPLQJIDXOW IUHHZKHHOLQJ
)DXOWEXIIFKDQJH
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ 2XWJRLQJIDXOW
)DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ ! ,,, U
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ )DXOW
p2107 ([WIDXOWHII 5(6(7
p2107U
>@ DFNQRZOHGJHG
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
)DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ 32:(521
p2108, U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@
p3110...p3112
p2108, ([WIDXOWHII U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
>@ U
p3110...p3112 )DXOW U>@ U>@ U>@ )DXOWEXIIHUFKDQJH>@
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@
$FNQRZOHGJ
HG
IDXOW 0VJ=6:JOREDO
>ROGHVW@ *URXSIDXOWSUHV
U
U>@ U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
)DXOW

3.17 Faults and alarms

U>@ U>@ U>@
U>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@

3 Function diagrams
! 7KLVIDXOWLVRYHUZULWWHQE\PRUHUHFHQWIDXOWVH[FHSWVDIHW\IDXOWV )DXOWUHDFWLRQVWRVHTXHQFHFRQWURO>@
! 5HIHUWR)DXOWEXIIHU 6DYLQJRQVZLWFKLQJRIILQWKH/LVW0DQXDO )DXOWSUHV
! 7KHEXIIHUSDUDPHWHUVDUHF\FOLFDOO\XSGDWHGLQWKHEDFNJURXQGUHIHUWRVWDWXVVLJQDOLQU U >@

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)DXOWEXIIHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
821
822

3.17 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-139
$FWXDODODUPFRGH
U 1RDODUPSUHVHQW %DFNJURXQG
!
>@
$ODUPFRGH $ODUPYDOXH $ODUPWLPH $ODUPWLPH &RPSRQHQW 'LDJQRVWLF
DFWLYH LQDFWLYH QXPEHU DWWULEXWHV
$ODUP $ODUP
2SHUDWLQJWLPH
8065 – Alarm buffer

>@ $ODUPWLPHV &RXQWHU

ELWV
$ODUP
U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ ,QFRPLQJDODUP
ROGHVW U>@ U>@ U>@ ,,,
$ODUPFRXQWHU
U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ S
5(6(7
p2112 ([WDODUPHII U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
$ODUP U>@ U>@ U>@
p2112 U
>@ U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ S
$ODUPEXIIHULVFOHDUHG
p2116 ([WDODUPHII
p2116 U
>@ 5(6(7 !
&OHDUDODUPEXIIHU 32:(521
p2117 ([WDODUPHII U
$ODUP U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@
>@
p2117 U PRVWUHFHQW U>@ U>@ U>@ U
U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@
U
U
$ODUPKLVWRU\ U
U
$ODUP U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ U
U>@ U>@ U>@
PRVWUHFHQW U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@ U
U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@ U
$ODUP U>@ U>@ U>@
U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@

0VJ=6:JOREDO
*URXSDODUPSUHV
U

$ODUP U>@>,@ U>@>PV@ U>@>PV@

ROGHVW U>@ U>@ U>@
U>@>)ORDW@ U>@>G@ U>@>G@

ELWFRXQWHU
IUHHZKHHOLQJ
,QFRPLQJDODUP $OUPEXIIFKDQJHG
U
$ODUPQXPEHU 2XWJRLQJDODUP ! ,,, U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

5(6(7
$ODUPSUHV $ODUPEXIIHU
U FKDQJH 32:(521
>@
ELWFRXQWHU
IUHHZKHHOLQJ
)DXOWEXIIHUFKDQJH>@ 6XPEXIIHUFKDQJHG
)DXOWDODUPEXIIHUFKDQJHVIURP ! ,,, U
RWKHUGULYHREMHFWV 5(6(7

! 7KHEXIIHUSDUDPHWHUVDUHF\FOLFDOO\XSGDWHGLQWKHEDFNJURXQGUHIHUWRVWDWXVVLJQDOLQU

32:(521
SINAMICS DCM

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$ODUPEXIIHU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-140
%DFNJURXQG

>@
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129)

)DXOWDODUPWULJJHUZRUG
HJDVWULJJHUIUHTXHQF\IRUWUDFHUHFRUGLQJV

)$WULJJHUVHO )$WULJJHUVLJQDO
S U

0HVVDJHSUHVHQW
>@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH U
0HVVDJHSUHVHQW
>@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH U

0HVVDJHSUHVHQW
>@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH U

)DXOWDODUPWULJJHUVHWWLQJ

3.17 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)DXOWDODUPWULJJHUZRUGU Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
823
824

3.17 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-141
%DFNJURXQG
! !
>@
&KDQJHIDXOWUHDFWLRQIRUDPD[LPXPRIIDXOWV &KDQJHIDXOWPHVVDJHW\SH !$ODUPIRUDPD[LPXPRIIDXOWVDODUPV

S S S S

8075 – Fault/alarm configuration

>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ )DXOWUHDFWLRQ 121( >@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH >@ )DXOWDODUPW\SH )DXOW
>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ )DXOWUHDFWLRQ 2)) >@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH >@ )DXOWDODUPW\SH $ODUP
1RPHVVDJH
2))

2))

5HVHUYHG

5HVHUYHG
>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ )DXOWUHDFWLRQ 5HVHUYHG >@ )DXOWDODUPFRGH >@ )DXOWDODUPW\SH

!
&KDQJHDFNQRZOHGJHPRGHIRUDPD[LPXPRIIDXOWV

S S

>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ $FNQRZOHGJHPRGH $FNQRZOHGJHPHQWRQO\XVLQJ32:(521

>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ $FNQRZOHGJHPRGH ,00(',$7(DFNQRZOHGJPHQWDIWHUUHPRYDORIIDXOWFDXVH

$FNQRZOHGJHPHQWRQO\IRU38/6(,1+,%,7
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

>@ )DXOWFRGH >@ $FNQRZOHGJHPRGH

! :LWKWKHIDFWRU\VHWWLQJVWKHIDXOWUHDFWLRQDFNQRZOHGJHPRGHDQGPHVVDJHW\SHDUHSUHDVVLJQHGLQDPHDQLQJIXOZD\IRUDOOIDXOWVDQGDODUPV
$Q\FKDQJHVFDQRQO\EHPDGHLQRQHLQGLYLGXDOYDOXHUDQJHVSHFLILHGE\6,(0(16LQHDFKFDVH
:KHQFKDQJHVWRWKHPHVVDJHW\SHDUHPDGHWKHDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQFUHHSVIURPIDXOWYDOXHUWRDODUPYDOXHURUYLFHYHUVD
SINAMICS DCM

'2$OO2EMHFWV ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
)DXOWDODUPFRQILJXUDWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.18 Data sets

3.18 Data sets

Function diagrams

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 826

8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) 827

8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS) 828

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 825
826

3.18 Data sets

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-142
1RWUHOHYDQW
([DPSOH
6ZLWFKLQJ&RPPDQG'DWD6HWV >@
&'6!&'6
8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS)

%,S %,S

&'6VHOHFWHG &'6VHOHFWHG
U U

W W

6RXUFH 'HVWLQDW 6WDUW

&'6HIIHFWLYH &'6HIIHFWLYH &RS\&'6 &RS\&'6
LRQ &RS\&'6
U U S>@ S>@ S>@

&'6VHOHFWHG
U
W &'6FRXQW
S U

&'6VHOHFWELW
S

&'6

&'6

&'6HIIHFWLYH
U
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

U
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RPPDQG'DWD6HWV&'6 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-143
1RWUHOHYDQW

''6'ULYH'DWD6HW
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS)

S>Q@HQF('6QXPEHU
S>Q@HQF('6QXPEHU

('6(QFRGHU'DWD6HW
IRUHQFRGHU
6RXUFH 'HVWLQDWLRQ 6WDUW
&RS\''6 &RS\''6 &RS\''6
('6(QFRGHU'DWD6HW S>@ S>@ S>@
IRUHQFRGHU
U
''6FRXQW U>@QRPHDQLQJ
S U>@HQFRGHU(QFRGHU'DWD6HW('6VHOHFWHG
''6VHOHFWELW U>@HQFRGHU(QFRGHU'DWD6HW('6VHOHFWHG
S>&@
''6VHOHFWHG
''6 U

''6VHOHFWELW
''6 U
U
S>&@

''6
$
''6 'UY''6QRWSUHVHQW
''6HIIHFWLYH
U
U
U

U
U>@QRPHDQLQJ
U>@HQFRGHU(QFRGHU'DWD6HW('6HIIHFWLYH
U>@HQFRGHU(QFRGHU'DWD6HW('6HIIHFWLYH

3 Function diagrams
3.18 Data sets

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'ULYH'DWD6HWV''6 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
827
828

3.18 Data sets

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-144
1RWUHOHYDQW
''6VHOHFWELW >@
S>&@ ''6'ULYH'DWD6HW !

8570 – Encoder Data Sets (EDS)

S>'@HQF('6QXPEHU
''6VHOHFWELW
S>&@ S>'@HQF('6QXPEHU

('6
('6IRUHQFRGHU
('6
S>(@ ( S>'@
ಹ

('6
S>(@
1RWFRQILJXUHG

$VVLJQHGSDUDPHWHUV

7RSRVLWLRQVHQVLQJIRUHQFRGHUQ
('6FRXQW >@
('6
S
('6IRUHQFRGHU 7RDFWXDOVSHHGYDOXHVHQVLQJIRU
('6 HQFRGHUQ
S>(@ ( S>'@
ಹ >@>@

('6
! S>(@
('6 (QFRGHU'DWD6HW 1RWFRQILJXUHG

('6
('6 (QFRGHU'DWD6HW

('6 (QFRGHU'DWD6HW
S>@ &RPSRQHQWQXPEHURI6HQVRU ('6
0RGXOH
S>@ ('6

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

S>@

U>@(QF('6HIIHFWLYH
U>@(QF('6HIIHFWLYH

! (QFRGHUIDXOWVDOZD\VUHODWHWRWKH(QFRGHU'DWD6HWWKDWLVFXUUHQWO\DFWLYH )

'UY('6QRWFRQILJ
! ('6WR('6DUHXVXDOO\QRWXVHGEHFDXVHRQO\RQH('6LVUHTXLUHGIRUHDFKHQFRGHU )
'UY,GHQWHQFLQ''6
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
(QFRGHU'DWD6HWV('6 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.19 Communication between devices

3.19 Communication between devices

Function diagrams

9300 – Peer-to-peer interface 830

9350 – Parallel connection interface (part 1) 831

9352 – Parallel connection interface (part 2) 832

9355 – Parallel connection interface (part 3) 833

9360 – Switchover of the power unit topology 834

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 829
830

3.19 Communication between devices

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-145
wV

>@
33WUHQDVLJV
S

9300 – Peer-to-peer interface

&8'
; U>@
!
7[

7[ 5HFHLYHGDWD 7UDQVPLWGDWD

(YHU\ELWV S>@
>@
:RUG U :RUG
5[ >@

:RUG U :RUG
>@
5[ :RUG U :RUG

>@
:RUG U :RUG
>@
:RUG U :RUG
33&&3EXVWHUP
0 S )URPSUHYLRXV 7RQH[W

GULYH GULYH
%LW %LW
33UHFYHQDVLJV
S U U

U U
!
U U
0
U U
U U
p51118.0
! 9DOXH
2XWSXWGULYHUVDUHKLJKUHVLVWDQFH
S>@ 0
! 9DOXH >@
7HOHJUDPIDLOXUHPRQLWRULQJLVQRWDFWLYH +

>@ 1
1

%LQFRQRXWS
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

p51118.15 + U
3DUDPHWHUVIRUSHHUWRSHHULQWHUIDFH
&RPPRQWBGHO
S 3HHUWRSHHU212)) S
7HOHJUDP 0
S 1XPEHURIZRUGV PRQLWRULQJWLPH >@
+

S %DXGUDWH H[SLUHG S 1

7 1
SV 7HOHJUDPPRQLWRULQJWLPH U ) 1RWH
U 3HHUWRSHHUGLDJQRVWLFVSDUDPHWHUV 33WBPRQLWH[SLUHG 7KHELQHFWRUFRQQHFWRUFRQYHUWHULVRQO\
V
DFWLYHZKHQWKHSHHUWRSHHULQWHUIDFH
U LVVZLWFKHGRQLHS
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3HHUWRSHHULQWHUIDFH Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-146
1RWUHOHYDQW

>@
38WRSRSRV
S
&8'
9350 – Parallel connection interface (part 1)

;

$FWPDVWHU
3DU,)EXVWHUP
0DQDJHPHQWRIWKH U
S SRZHUXQLWWRSRORJ\

6\QF

56
3DU,)UHGXQGPRG 3DUB,)38TW\

6\QFKURQL]DWLRQ S S

RIDOOVWDWLRQV

6\QF
3DU,)EXVDGGU
S

&$1 0RQLWRULQJRIVODYHQRGHV )

3DUB,)QRGHIDLOXUH
7UDQVPLWGDWD>@

5HFHLYHGDWD>@

(YDOXDWLRQ )LHOGFXUUHQWRISDUDOOHOVODYHV>@

&RPPRQWBGHO
&8' S
; 7HOHJUDP
PRQLWRULQJWLPH 3,))VLJV
H[SLUHG S
7

3.19 Communication between devices

U )
3DUB,)WBPRQLWH[SLUHG
V
U

0RQLWRULQJ
U3DU,)GLDJLQIR
7HOHJUPRQWBIDLO
S
U3DU,)DFWGLVS

3 Function diagrams
3DUB,)GHYLFHTW\ U3,&$1GLDJLQIR
S

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3DUDOOHOFRQQHFWLRQLQWHUIDFHSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
831
832

3.19 Communication between devices

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-147
wV
%LW %LW
U U >@
5HFHLYHGDWD
ELWV
:RUG U>@
9352 – Parallel connection interface (part 2)

:RUG U>@
)URPWKHFXUUHQWPDVWHU
:RUG U>@
WR
ZRUG U>@

%LW %LW

5HFHLYHGDWD U U
ELWV
:RUG U>@
:RUG U>@
)URPEXVDGGUHVV
5HFHLYHGDWD :RUG U>@
>@ WR
ZRUG U>@

%LW %LW

U U
ELWV
:RUG U>@
:RUG U>@
)URPEXVDGGUHVV
:RUG U>@
WR
ZRUG U>@

HWFIRUVWDWLRQVWR
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

%LW %LW

U U
ELWV
:RUG U>@

)URPEXVDGGUHVV :RUG U>@

:RUG U>@
WR
ZRUG U>@
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3DUDOOHOFRQQHFWLRQLQWHUIDFHSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-148
3DU,)PDVOVWDWH
>@ U wV

S>@ >@
>@

>@

9355 – Parallel connection interface (part 3)

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@ 3DU,)QXPWUGDWD
U>@ S
>@
7UDQVPLWGDWD
>@

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

:RUG
0
:RUG 7UDQVPLWGDWD
S>@
>@ :RUG
1 >@
>@ :RUG

,IVWDWLRQ DFWLYHPDVWHU
>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@ :RUG

>@

3.19 Communication between devices

:RUG

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

>@

3 Function diagrams

>@

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
3DUDOOHOFRQQHFWLRQLQWHUIDFHSDUW Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
833
834

3.19 Communication between devices

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-149
wV

>@
Topo_sw t_stab
p51792
CUD
9360 – Switchover of the power unit topology

CUD DO 0 t_del CUD DO inv X177

p50775 (0) p50770[0] (0) U1 + + U2
V1 + + V2
k31-1 W1 + + W2
DFWLYDWHSRZHUXQLW
WRSRORJ\ 3RZHUXQLW
7RSBVZLWFKVBVUF WRSRORJ\
S S %LQDU\RXWSXW 19 SINAMICS SINAMICS
K30
U &O +
DCM 1 DCM 2
[9360.6] >@
0DVWHU 6ODYH
&XUUHQWVHWSRLQW
Topo_sw t_stab 7RUTXHGLUHFWLRQ
p51792 CUD DO 1 t_del CUD DO inv + p51800=21 p51800=22
p50776 (0) p50770[1] (0) %,&2V
p51795=31 p51795=32
k30-1 3DUDOOHO
DFWLYDWHSRZHUXQLW
Topo_sw fdbk t_sig WRSRORJ\ 3RZHUXQLW C D LQWHUIDFH C D
p51793
&RQWUROORJLFIRUFKDQJHRYHU

WRSRORJ\
RIWKHSRZHUXQLWWRSRORJ\

S %LQDU\RXWSXW 20
U K31
&O +

Topo_sw mode 2 >@ +

p51794

+ +
Topo_sw pos 2 ) M + +
p51795 23
3DUB,)QRGHIDLOXUH + +

K30

9
P24_S
+ M
7RSBVZIGENVBVUF
k31-2 K31
S
2SWLRQ6 U
= 11
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

=
'ULYHGDWDVHWFKDQJHRYHUUHFRPPHQGHG

''6VHOHFWELW
S>&@
[9360.2] U 53312.0 [8565.3]
SINAMICS DCM

'2'&B&75/ ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6ZLWFKRYHURIWKHSRZHUXQLWWRSRORJ\ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

Function diagrams

9400 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 0 ... DI/DO 7) 836

9401 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 15) 837

9402 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 16 ... DI/DO 23) 838

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 835
836

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-150
24 VDC to the next device
SwV

9 ; >@

9
;
;00
9400 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 0 ... DI/DO 7)

9
;00 70'',VWDWLQY 70'',VWDWXV
70'',VLPVHWS U U
S
;/
9 S
! U
U ','2;
S

9 9 ', U

',
;','2

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
!

U

70'',VLPVHWS
S
S
U
U ','2;
S

', U

',
;','2

List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
! 9

0 U

;0
! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVIRUXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS[ ,QWKLVFDVHWKHWHUPLQDO
EORFNPXVWEHVXSSOLHG/0
SINAMICS DCM

'270',B'2 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-151
24 VDC to the next device
SwV

9 ; >@

9
;
;00
9401 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 15)

9
;00 70'',VWDWLQY 70'',VWDWXV
70'',VLPVHWS U U
S
;/
9 S
! U
U
S ','2;
9 9 ', U

',
;','2

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
!

U

70'',VLPVHWS

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

S
S
U
U
S ','2;
', U

',
;','2

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
! 9

0 U

3 Function diagrams
;0
! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVIRUXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS[ ,QWKLVFDVHWKHWHUPLQDO
EORFNPXVWEHVXSSOLHG/0

'270',B'2 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
837
838

3.20 Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-152
24 VDC to the next device
SwV

9 ; >@

9
;
;00
9402 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 16 ... DI/DO 23)

9
;00 70'',LQY 70'',6W
70'',VLPVHWS U U>@
S
;/
9 S
! U
U
S ','2;
9 9 ', U

',
;','2

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
!

U

70'',VLPVHWS
S
S
U
U
S ','2;
', U

',
;','2
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

'2 '2 S

70'6BVUF','2
S
! 9

0 U

;0
! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVIRUXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS[ ,QWKLVFDVHWKHWHUPLQDO
EORFNPXVWEHVXSSOLHG/0
SINAMICS DCM

'270',B'2 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
3 Function diagrams
3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

Function diagrams

9550 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3) 840

9552 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 4 ... DI 7) 841

9556 – Digital relay outputs, electrically isolated (DO 0 ... DO 1) 842

9560 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 9) 843

9562 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 10 ... DI/DO 11) 844

9566 – Analog input 0 (AI 0) 845

9568 – Analog input 1 (AI 1) 846

9572 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) 847

9576 – Temperature evaluation KTY/PTC 848

9577 – Sensor monitoring KTY/PTC 849

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 839
840

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-153
24 VDC to the next device
S>@wV
; >@
9
;
70',VWDWXVLQY 70',VWDWXV
9550 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 3)

;00 U U

;00
6LPXODWLRQRQ
S
U U
!
; ', ',;

U

S
9

S
U U

; ',
',;
U

S
U U

; ',
',;
U

S
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

9
S
U U

; ', ',;

! U
0

;
70FRPSBQR

! :KHQXVLQJHOHFWULFDOLVRODWLRQOHDYHRXWWKH S S

WHUPLQDOMXPSHUDQGFRQQHFWWKHORDGFXUUHQWVXSSO\ 9 ; 0

UHSUHVHQWHGDVDGDVKHGOLQH
0
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVLVRODWHG',', Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-154
24 VDC to the next device
S>@wV
; >@
9
;
70',VWDWXVLQY 70',VWDWXV
9552 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 4 ... DI 7)

;00 U U

;00
6LPXODWLRQRQ
S
U U
!
; ', ',;

U

S
9

S
U U

; ',
',;
U

S
U U

; ',
',;
U

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

S
U U

; ', ',;

! U

; 0

3 Function diagrams

! :KHQXVLQJHOHFWULFDOLVRODWLRQOHDYHRXWWKH S

WHUPLQDOMXPSHUDQGFRQQHFWWKHORDGFXUUHQWVXSSO\ 9 ; 0

UHSUHVHQWHGDVDGDVKHGOLQH
0

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVLVRODWHG',', Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
841
842

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-155
S>@wV

>@
9556 – Digital relay outputs, electrically isolated (DO 0 ... DO 1)

U !
70VV'2 ;
S 1&

&20

12
0

U !
70VV'2
S 1&

&20

12
0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

+D]DUGRXVYROWDJH
7KHVHWHUPLQDOVPD\
FRQGXFWYROWDJHVXSWR
9$&

! 121RUPDOO\2SHQFRQWDFW RSHQLQLGOHVWDWH

1&1RUPDOO\&ORVHGFRQWDFW FORVHGLQLGOHVWDWH
7KHUHOD\FRQWDFWVKDYHDPD[LPXPORDGUDWLQJRI9'&:RU9$&9$
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOUHOD\RXWSXWVLVRODWHG'2'2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-156
; 9
>@ S>@wV

! 70'2OLPLWFXUU

S >@
6WURPEH
JUHQ]XQJ 0 !
P$
9560 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 8 ... DI/DO 9)

70',VWDWXVLQY 70',VWDWXV
; 70',VLPVHWS U U
S
; 9
>@ S
U
U
S ','2;
', 9 ', U

;','2

'2 '2 S

706BVUF','2
S
!

U

70',VLPVHWS
S
S
U
U
S ','2;
', ', U

;','2

'2 '2 S

706BVUF','2

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

S
! 9

0 U

;0 ! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVIRUXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS[

3 Function diagrams
! /LPLWDWLRQRIWRWDORXWSXWFXUUHQWIRUWHUPLQDOV;;;DQG;WR$S RU$S
! 7KHWRWDORXWSXWFXUUHQWIRUWKH9DX[LOLDU\SRZHUVXSSO\DWWHUPLQDOV;WR;DQG;LVOLPLWHGWRP$
,QFDQGHVFHQWODPSVPXVWQRWEHFRQQHFWHGWRWKH9DX[LOLDU\SRZHUVXSSO\

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
843
844

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-157
24 VDC to the next device
S>@wV

9 ; >@

9
;
;00 70',VWDWXVLQY 70',VWDWXV
9562 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 10 ... DI/DO 11)

9 70',VLPVHWS U U

;00 ! S

>@ S
;9 >@ U
9 U
! S ','2;
', 9 ', U
9

;','2

'2 '2 S

706BVUF','2
S
!

U

70',VLPVHWS
S
S
U
U
S ','2;
', ', U

;','2

'2 '2 S
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

706BVUF','2
S
! 9

0 U

;0
! 7KHZLULQJUHSUHVHQWHGE\DGDVKHGOLQHDSSOLHVIRUXVHDVDGLJLWDORXWSXWS[
0 ! /LPLWDWLRQRIWRWDORXWSXWFXUUHQWIRUWHUPLQDOV;;;DQG;WR$S RU$S
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
'LJLWDOLQSXWVRXWSXWVELGLUHFWLRQDO','2','2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-158
! !
S>@wV
70$,W\SH
S>@
>@
70:LUH%UN7KUHVK
>P$@ >PV@
S>@ S>@

S>@
9566 – Analog input 0 (AI 0)

P$ 7
)
P$ 70$QDORJLQSXWZLUHEUN

9ROWDJH &XUUHQW ! !

! U>@
9 ,6
S>@ S>@
; $, 9 ,6>@ +DUGZDUH 70$,RIIVHW
6PRRWKLQJ
S>@ S>@
wV \ >@
6 >@
! S>@ \
>@

[ \
P$ [ [ [

; $, >@
S>@ \

P$ !
70$,VLPVHWS 6FDOLQJ
9

S>@

70$,LQYVV [
S>@ 5HIHUHQFH \
YDULDEOHV
70$,ZLQGRZ 70$,HQDEOH SU [
70$,7BVPRRWK
>PV@
>@ S>@ x1 x x 2
S>@
S>@ 100 %

\ [LI
[ _\ [_!S \ U>@

RWKHUZLVH\ \ROG

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

! 'LIIHUHQWLDOLQSXW ! S

:LWKDVLQJOHHQGHGLQSXWVLJQDOWHUPLQDO;PXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRUHIHUHQFHSRWHQWLDO0 99
&DXWLRQ P$P$
7KHYROWDJHEHWZHHQDQLQSXW;RU;DQGJURXQGPXVWQRWH[FHHG9 P$P$ZLWKPRQLWRULQJ

3 Function diagrams
:KHQDORDGUHVLVWRULVFRQQHFWHG6FORVHGWKHYROWDJHEHWZHHQWKHLQSXWWHUPLQDOVPXVWQRWH[FHHG9 99
P$P$
! :KHQS WKHXQLWLVP$
:KHQS WKHXQLWLV9

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXW$, Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
845
846

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-159
! !
S>@wV
70$,W\SH
S>@
>@
70:LUH%UN7KUHVK
>P$@ >PV@
S>@ S>@

S>@
9568 – Analog input 1 (AI 1)

P$ 7
)
70$QDORJLQSXWZLUHEUN
P$

9ROWDJH &XUUHQW ! !

! U>@
9 ,6>@
S>@ S>@
; $, 9 ,6 +DUGZDUH 70$,RIIVHW
6PRRWKLQJ
S>@ S>@
wV \ >@
6 >@
! S>@ \
>@

[ \
P$ [ [ [

; $, >@
S>@ \

P$ !
70$,VLPVHWS 6FDOLQJ
9

S>@

70$,LQYVV [
S>@ 5HIHUHQFH \
YDULDEOHV
70$,ZLQGRZ 70$,HQDEOH SU [
70$,7BVPRRWK
>PV@
>@ S>@ x1 x x 2
S>@ S>@
S>@ 100 %

\ [LI
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

[ \ U>@

_\ [_!S
RWKHUZLVH\ \ROG

! 'LIIHUHQWLDOLQSXW ! S

:LWKDVLQJOHHQGHGLQSXWVLJQDOWHUPLQDO;PXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRUHIHUHQFHSRWHQWLDO0 99
&DXWLRQ P$P$
7KHYROWDJHEHWZHHQDQLQSXW;RU;DQGJURXQGPXVWQRWH[FHHG9 P$P$ZLWKPRQLWRULQJ
:KHQDORDGUHVLVWRULVFRQQHFWHG6FORVHGWKHYROWDJHEHWZHHQWKHLQSXWWHUPLQDOVPXVWQRWH[FHHG9 99
P$P$
! :KHQS WKHXQLWLVP$
:KHQS WKHXQLWLV9
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJLQSXW$, Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-160
S>@wV

>@
70$2LQYVV >@
! S>@
S>@
9572 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1)

>9@
S>@ >@
S>@ 70$2W\SH
S>@
>PV@ 9ROWDJH
S>@ S>@ ! ! RXWSXW
\
70$2VV U>@ U>@
!
S>@ \ $29 ;

[ \ 9
\

[ [

[ $2$ ;
P$
>9@ >@
6PRRWKLQJ S>@ \
P$
!
!
6FDOLQJ ;
S>@ $2UHI
[
70$2RIIVHW !
\ 0
>@ &XUUHQWRXWSXW
[ x1x 100 %
x2

5HIHUHQFHYDULDEOHV
SU 70$2LQYVV >@
! ! S>@
S>@
>9@
S>@ >@
S>@ 70$2W\SH
S>@
>PV@ 9ROWDJH
S>@ S>@ ! ! RXWSXW
\
70$2VV U>@ U>@
!
S>@ \ $29 ;

[ \ 9
\

[ [

[ $2$ ;
P$
>9@ >@
6PRRWKLQJ S>@ \
P$
!
! 6FDOLQJ ;

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

S>@ $2UHI

70$2RIIVHW !
! :KHQS WKHXQLWLVP$ 0 &XUUHQWRXWSXW
:KHQS WKHXQLWLV9
! S
! $VUHJDUGVWKHYROWDJHRXWSXWWKHRXWSXWYROWDJHPD\EHSLFNHGRIIEHWZHHQWKHIROORZLQJWHUPLQDOV P$P$
$2EHWZHHQ;UHIHUHQFHSRWHQWLDODQG;$2EHWZHHQ;UHIHUHQFHSRWHQWLDODQG;
99
$VUHJDUGVWKHFXUUHQWRXWSXWWKHRXWSXWFXUUHQWPD\EHGUDZQEHWZHHQWKHIROORZLQJWHUPLQDOV

3 Function diagrams
P$P$
$2EHWZHHQ;DQG;$2EHWZHHQ;DQG;
P$P$
! 7KHLQSXWVLJQDOVDUHUHODWHGWRUHIHUHQFHYDULDEOHS5 S[ 99

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
$QDORJRXWSXWV$2$2 Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
847
848

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-161
S>@wV
!
>@
705BVHQVRU 5 r&
248 °C
U
!
!
9576 – Temperature evaluation KTY/PTC

70VHQVRUW\SH .7< 7
7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU S 70VHQVRUW\SH
-140 °C S
+DUGZDUH 6RIWZDUH
; P$ 6PRRWKLQJV 6PRRWKLQJV

˽ 5HVLVWDQFH
37&WKHUPLVWRU
FDOFXODWLRQ RKPWKUHVKROG
;

.7<37&
37&

r&
r&

6HQVRUUHVLVWDQFH
0HDVXUHGWHPSHUDWXUH >@

70)$BWKUHVK
>r&@
S>@

! $
707HPS$WKUHVKFKUFK
$
70(UURUWHPSBVHQVFK 1
U
0
70WHPSWBGHOD\
S
$ODUPQRWSUHVHQW .
!
! S $ODUPSUHVHQW S>@
r& >r&@
(YDOXDWLRQGLVDEOHG 7
37& 70)$BWKUHVK
.7< )
! 707HPS)$BWKUFKUFK
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

! 'XHWRZLUH
EUHDNPRQLWRULQJ>@WKH 1
PD[LPXPWHPSHUDWXUHWKDWFDQEHPHDVXUHGLV _
>1 U

OLPLWHGWRDSSUR[r& 0 RQO\IRU.7<
! $YDOXH!r&GHDFWLYDWHVWKH
DODUPIDXOW .
! )RU.7<
3 ฬRXWSXWRIWKHWLPHU 70WHPSBDFWYDO>r&@
DOZD\VGLVDEOHG U
)RU37&
3 ฬGHOD\WLPH V
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HPSHUDWXUHHYDOXDWLRQ.7<37& Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-162
S>@wV
S >@
6HQVRUW\SH37&
>@
9577 – Sensor monitoring KTY/PTC

S
6HQVRUW\SH.7<
>@

RKPV

\
6HQVRUUHVLVWDQFH [ \ $

>@ 70(UURUWHPSBVHQVFK
[
$ODUPYDOXH

RKPV

\
[ \ ! $

70(UURUWHPSBVHQVFK
[
$ODUPYDOXH

RKPV

\ \
[ ! $
70(UURUWHPSBVHQVFK

3.21 Terminal Module 31 (TM31)

[
$ODUPYDOXH

3 Function diagrams
! :LWKWKH.7<WKHWKUHVKROGYDOXHRKPVFRUUHVSRQGVWRDWHPSHUDWXUHRIr&
! :LWKWKH.7<WKHWKUHVKROGYDOXHRKPVFRUUHVSRQGVWRDWHPSHUDWXUHRIഒ

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
6HQVRUPRQLWRULQJ.7<37& Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
849
3 Function diagrams
3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

Function diagrams

9625 – Temperature evaluation structure (channel 0 ... 11) 851

9626 – Temperature evaluation 1x2-, 3-, 4-wire (channel 0 ... 5) 852

9627 – Temperature evaluation 2x2-wire (channel 0 ... 11) 853

SINAMICS DCM
850 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-163 &KDQQHOಹ wV

TM150 error effect
&KDQQHOಹ p04117[0...2] (0) >@
&KDQQHO !
X531 [ZLUH S>@ 70JUSWHPSPD[>r&@
&KDQQHO
9625 – Temperature evaluation structure (channel 0 ... 11)

p4108[0] [ZLUH &DOFXODWLRQDQG U>@

ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH HYDOXDWLRQ
ZLUH + 70JUSWHPSPLQ>r&@
+ *URXS U>@
X532 [ZLUH TM150 sensor type +
[ZLUH &KDQQHO p04100[0] 70JUSWHPSDY>r&@
p4108[1] ಹ
ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH U>@
ZLUH S>@
&KDQQHO
X533 [ZLUH + S>@ 70JUSWHPSPD[>r&@
[ZLUH &KDQQHO +
U>@
p4108[2] U
ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH +

ZLUH + + 70JUSWHPSPLQ>r&@
$ + + *URXS U>@
X534 [ZLUH + +
[ZLUH &KDQQHO 70JUSWHPSDY>r&@
p4108[3] U ಹ
ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH +
+ U>@
ZLUH + S>@
) *URXS
X535 [ZLUH S>@ 70JUSWHPSPD[>r&@
&KDQQHO
p4108[4] [ZLUH 70WHPSBDFWYDO>r&@ U>@
ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH U>@
ZLUH + 70JUSWHPSPLQ>r&@
+ *URXS U>@
X536 [ZLUH +
[ZLUH &KDQQHO 705BVHQVRU 70JUSWHPSDY>r&@
p4108[5] U>@ >@ ಹ
ZLUH &KDQQHORQO\IRU[ZLUH U>@
ZLUH S>@

[ZLUH [ZLUH ZLUH ZLUH

! ! ! !
X53x.1 0.83 mA X53x.1 0.83 mA X53x.1 X53x.1
+ +

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

X53x.2 X53x.2 ! X53x.2 ! X53x.2
+ +

X53x.3 X53x.3 0.83 mA X53x.3 0.83 mA X53x.3 0.83 mA

+ + + + +

X53x.4 X53x.4 X53x.4 X53x.4
+ + + +

3 Function diagrams
! [
! &RQQHFWPHDVXUHPHQWFDEOHV
! 1RWHWKHVDIHW\LQVWUXFWLRQVLQWKHSDUDPHWHUGHVFULSWLRQIRUS

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HPSHUDWXUHHYDOXDWLRQVWUXFWXUHFKDQQHOಹ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
851
852

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-164 TM150 R_wire value wV
TM150 R_wire meas
p04109[0...5] p04110[0...5]
TM150 F/A_thresh >@
-99...251 [°C]
'HWHUPLQHWKHFDEOH 6DYH p04102[0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10] (251)
&KDQQHO\DODUPSUHVHQW
UHVLVWDQFHIRUVKRUWFLUFXLWHG FDEOH
+
9626 – Temperature evaluation 1x2-, 3-, 4-wire (channel 0 ... 5)

VHQVRU UHVLVWDQFH
37FKDUDFWHULVWLF ! U $
! &KDQQHO
! T TM150 sensor type
U $
! p04100[0...5]
&DOFXODWHUHVLVWDQFH &KDQQHO
+ TM150 t_delay
1 p04103[0...5] (0.0) U $
R +
&KDQQHO
TM150 smooth act 0 !
! U $
p04119[0...5] (0) 37FKDUDFWHULVWLF
&KDQQHO
T
T 0
U $
TM150 meas method ! p04118[0...5] (5) &KDQQHO
0 1 +
p04108[0...5] TM150 thresh hyst
R U $
+
&KDQQHO
TM150 F/A_thresh
+] .7<FKDUDFWHULVWLF 6 -99...251 [°C]
p04102[1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11] (251) &KDQQHO\IDXOWSUHVHQW
X53x.1 0HDVXULQJ 5
T
_
>1
PHWKRG A ! +
4
X53x.2 ! +
[ZLUH + + 2 U )
X53x.3 [ZLUH D R + 1 1 ! &KDQQHO
X53x.4 ZLUH 0 +
37&ELPHWDO1& 0 U )
[ ZLUH &KDQQHO
FRQWDFW -300 °C
ಹ U )

$FWXDOWHPSHUDWXUHYDOXH
p04121 (0)
TM150 filt f_line 1 &KDQQHO
U + p04118[0...5] (5) U )
>@ 0 1 TM150 thresh hyst
70WHPSBILOW7 &KDQQHO
0
-50 °C U )
$ಹ$ &KDQQHO
U>@ 250 °C )DXOWWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUFKDQQHO
705BVHQVRU U )
\
˖37& &KDQQHO
\ ಹ
˖ELPHWDO
0 70WHPSBDFWYDO>r&@
! S>ಹ@
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76

+ U>@
(YDOXDWLRQGHDFWLYDWHG -300 °C 1
37&WKHUPLVWRUZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUVKRUWFLUFXLW *URXSIRUPDWLRQ
.7<ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW >@
%LPHWDO1&FRQWDFWZLWKRXWPRQLWRULQJ
37ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW
37ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW
! :LWKS>ಹ@ r&WKHHYDOXDWLRQRIWKHDSSURSULDWHWKUHVKROGLV
! 7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUS VDQGVHQVRUW\SH.7<3737S>ಹ@ GHDFWLYDWHG
7KHFRUUHVSRQGLQJIDXOWFDQRQO\EHWULJJHUHGYLDWKHIDXOWWKUHVKROGWLPHURXWSXWLVDOZD\VORJLFDO
! 9DOXHUDQJHOLPLWHGIURPr&WRr&
7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUS VDQGVHQVRUW\SH37<WKHUPLVWRU%LPHWDO1&FRQWDFWS>ಹ@
! 2QO\IRU.7<37DQG37
7KHFRUUHVSRQGLQJDODUPDQGIDXOWDUHRXWSXWVLPXOWDQHRXVO\GHOD\WLPH V ! 2QO\IRU[[ZLUHHYDOXDWLRQS>ಹ@
SINAMICS DCM

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HPSHUDWXUHHYDOXDWLRQ[ZLUHFKDQQHOಹ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-165
TM150 meas method
p04108[0...5] 0HDVXULQJ wV
PHWKRG >@
7HPSHUDWXUHHYDOXDWLRQ >@ [ZLUH
X53x.1
&KDQQHO
A
TM150 F/A_thresh
-99...251 [°C]
9627 – Temperature evaluation 2x2-wire (channel 0 ... 11)

p04102[12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22] (251)

D &KDQQHO &KDQQHO\DODUPSUHVHQW
X53x.2 +
TM150 R_wire value
p04110[6...11] U $
!
&KDQQHO
'HWHUPLQHFDEOH 6DYH 37FKDUDFWHULVWLF $
U
UHVLVLVWDQFHIRUVKRUW FDEOH &KDQQHO
T TM150 sensor type TM150 t_delay
FLUFXLWHGVHQVRU UHVLVLVWDQFH p04100[6...11] 1
! p04103[6...11] (0.0) U $
+ &KDQQHO
! 0 !
p04109[6...11] R U $
TM150 R_wire meas &DOFXODWH + &KDQQHO
UHVLVLVWDQFH T 0
37FKDUDFWHULVWLF U $
[
ಹ p04118[6...11] &KDQQHO
TM150 smooth act T
TM150 thresh hyst $
p04119[6...11] (0) ! U
+ &KDQQHO
TM150 F/A_thresh
R
-99...251 [°C]
0 1 p04102[13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23] (251) &KDQQHO\IDXOWSUHVHQW
TM150 meas method
.7<FKDUDFWHULVWLF 6 _
p04108[0...5] ! >1 +
5
+ T U )
4 1
+] ! + ! &KDQQHO
+ 2 +
X53x.3 U )
R + 1 0
A 0
&KDQQHO
+
U )
D 37&ELPHWDO1&FRQWDFW -300 °C &KDQQHO

$FWXDOWHPSHUDWXUHYDOXH
X53x.4
p04118[6...11] U )
1 TM150 thresh hyst &KDQQHO
>@ p04121 (0)
+
0 1 U )
TM150 filt f_line 0 $ಹ$ &KDQQHO
-50 °C )DXOWWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUFKDQQHO
U U )
! S>ಹ@ 70WHPSBILOW7 \
250 °C &KDQQHO
(YDOXDWLRQGHDFWLYDWHG \ ಹ

3.22 Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

37&WKHUPLVWRUZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUVKRUWFLUFXLW 0 70WHPSBDFWYDO>r&@
.7<ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW U>@ + U>@
%LPHWDO1&FRQWDFWZLWKRXWPRQLWRULQJ 705BVHQVRU ˖37& -300 °C 1
37ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW ˖ELPHWDO *URXSIRUPDWLRQ
37ZLWKPRQLWRULQJIRUZLUHEUHDNDQGVKRUWFLUFXLW >@
! 7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUS VDQGVHQVRUW\SH.7<3737S>ಹ@
7KHFRUUHVSRQGLQJIDXOWFDQRQO\EHWULJJHUHGYLDWKHIDXOWWKUHVKROGWLPHURXWSXWLVDOZD\VORJLFDO ! :LWKS>ಹ@ r&WKHHYDOXDWLRQRIWKHDSSURSULDWHWKUHVKROG

3 Function diagrams
7KHIROORZLQJDSSOLHVIRUS VDQGVHQVRUW\SH37<WKHUPLVWRU%LPHWDO1&FRQWDFWS>ಹ@ LVGHDFWLYDWHG
! 9DOXHUDQJHOLPLWHGIURPr&WRr&
7KHFRUUHVSRQGLQJDODUPDQGIDXOWDUHRXWSXWVLPXOWDQHRXVO\GHOD\WLPH V ! 2QO\IRU.7<37DQG37

'270 ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
7HPSHUDWXUHHYDOXDWLRQ[ZLUHFKDQQHOಹ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
853
3 Function diagrams
3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

Function diagrams

9912 – Control word interconnection 855

SINAMICS DCM
854 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
SINAMICS DCM

Fig. 3-166 ! 352),GULYHVDPSOLQJWLPH

,QWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
>@
6LJQDO 0HDQLQJ SDUDPHWHU
9912 – Control word interconnection

67:%23 S>@ U

67:%23

67:%23 S>@ U

67:%23

3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

67:%23

67:%23 S>@ U

3 Function diagrams
67:%23

! 7KH%,&2LQWHUFRQQHFWLRQLVMXVWDQH[DPSOHDQGPD\EHFKDQJHGE\WKHXVHU

'2&8B'& ISBBB96' )XQFWLRQGLDJUDP
&RQWUROZRUGLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQ Y 6,1$0,&6'&0
855
3 Function diagrams
3.23 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)
SINAMICS DCM
856 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
Faults and alarms 4
Content

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 858

4.2 List of faults and alarms 870

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 857
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.1 General information on faults and alarms

Fault/alarm displays
In the case of a fault, the drive signals the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s).
The following methods are available for displaying faults and alarms:
• Display via the fault and alarm buffer for PROFIBUS.
• In online operation, display via the commissioning software.

Differences between faults and alarms

The differences between faults and alarms are as follows:

Table 4-1 Differences between faults and alarms

Type Description

Faults What happens when a fault occurs?

• The appropriate fault reaction is initiated.
• Status signal ZSW1.3 is set.
• The fault is entered into the fault buffer.

How are faults removed?

• Remove the original cause of the fault.
• Acknowledge the fault.
Alarms What happens when an alarm occurs?
• Status signal ZSW1.7 is set.
• The alarm is entered into the alarm buffer.

How are alarms removed?

• Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no longer
present, they automatically reset themselves.

SINAMICS DCM
858 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Fault reactions
The following fault reactions are defined:

Table 4-2 Fault reactions

List PROFIdrive Reaction Description

NONE - None No reaction when a fault occurs.

OFF1 ON/ Brake along the Closed-loop speed control (p50084 = 1)
OFF ramp-function • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the ramp-
generator down function generator down ramp.
ramp followed by
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if
pulse inhibit
parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the
closing time (p50088) expires.
Zero speed is detected when the actual speed value falls below the
speed threshold (p50370).

Closed-loop torque control (p50084 = 2)

• The following applies for closed-loop torque control:
Reaction as for OFF2.
OFF2 COAST Internal/external Closed-loop speed and torque control
STOP pulse inhibit • Immediate pulse suppression, the drive “coasts” to a standstill.
• Switching on inhibited is activated.
OFF3 QUICK Brake along the Closed-loop speed control (p50084 = 1)
STOP OFF3 down ramp • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3
followed by pulse down ramp (p50296).
inhibit
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if
parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the
holding brake's closing time (p50088) expires.
Zero speed is detected when the actual speed value falls below the
speed threshold (p50370).
• Switching on inhibited is activated.

Closed-loop torque control (p50084 = 2)

• Reaction as for OFF2.
STOP2 - OFF2 For SINAMICS DCM, these fault reactions have the same effect as for
OFF2.
IASC/
DCBRAKE
ENCODER

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 859
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Acknowledgment of faults
The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been
removed.

Table 4-3 Acknowledgment of faults

Acknowledgment Description

POWER ON The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON (switch drive unit off and on again).

Note:
If this action has not removed the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power up.
IMMEDIATELY Faults can be acknowledged on one drive object (Points 1 to 3) or on all drive objects (Point 4) as
follows:
1 Acknowledge by setting parameter:
p3981 = 0 --> 1
2 Acknowledge via binector inputs:
p2103 BI: 1. Acknowledge faults
p2104 BI: 2. Acknowledge faults
p2105 BI: 3. Acknowledge faults
3 Acknowledge using a PROFIBUS control signal:
STW1.7 = 0 --> 1 (edge)
4 Acknowledge all faults
p2102 BI: Acknowledge all faults
All of the faults on all of the drive objects of the drive system can be acknowledged using this
binector input.
Note:
• These faults can also be acknowledged by a POWER ON.
• If the cause of the fault has not been removed, then the fault will continue to be displayed after
acknowledgment.
PULSE INHIBIT The fault can only be acknowledged when the pulses are inhibited (r0899.11 = 0).
The same options are available for acknowledging as described under acknowledge IMMEDIATELY.

SINAMICS DCM
860 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Saving the fault buffer when switching off

The contents of the fault buffer are saved to the non-volatile memory when the Control Unit is
switched off, i.e. the fault buffer history is still available when the unit is switched on again.
The fault buffer of a drive object comprises the following parameters:
• r0945[0...63], r0947[0...63], r0948[0...63], r0949[0...63]
• r2109[0...63], r2130[0...63], r2133[0...63], r2136[0...63]
The fault buffer contents can be deleted manually as follows:
• Delete fault buffer for all drive objects:
p2147 = 1 --> p2147 = 0 is automatically set after execution.
• Delete fault buffer for a specific drive object:
p0952 = 0 --> The parameter belongs to the specified drive object.
The fault buffer contents are automatically deleted when the following occurs:
• Restore factory setting (p0009 = 30 and p0976 = 1).
• Download with modified structure (e.g. number of drive objects changed).
• Power-up after other parameter values have been loaded (e.g. p0976 = 10).
• Upgrade firmware to later version.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 861
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms

The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The information listed below
is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information
is optional.
The "List of faults and alarms" (Page 870) has the following layout:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx (F, N) Fault location (optional): Name

Message value: Component number: %1, fault cause: %2
Message class: Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive)
Drive object: List of objects.
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledgment: NONE
Cause: Description of possible causes.
Fault value (r0949, interpret format): or alarm value (r2124, interpret format): (optional)
Information about fault or alarm values (optional).
Remedy: Description of possible remedies.
Reaction to F: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledgment for F: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Reaction to N: NONE
Acknowledgment for N: NONE

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx Alarm xxxxx

Axxxxx (F, N) Alarm xxxxx (message type can be changed in F or N)
Fxxxxx Fault xxxxx
Fxxxxx (A, N) Fault xxxxx (message type can be changed in A or N)
Nxxxxx No message
Nxxxxx (A) No message (message type can be changed in A)
A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number.
The meaning of the letters is as follows:
• A means "Alarm"
• F means "Fault"
• N means "No message" or "Internal message" (or "No report")
The optional brackets indicate whether the type specified for this message can be changed
and which message types can be adjusted via parameters (p2118, p2119).
Information about reaction and acknowledgment is specified independently for a message with
adjustable message type (e.g. reaction to F, acknowledgment for F).

SINAMICS DCM
862 List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Note:
You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters.
References: SINAMICS DC MASTER operating instructions
The "List of faults and alarms" (Page 870) supplies information referred to the properties of a
message set as default. If the properties of a specific message are changed, the corresponding
information may have to be modified in this list.

Fault location (optional): Name

The fault location (optional), the name of the fault or alarm and the message number are all
used to identify the message (e.g. with the commissioning software).

Message value:
The information provided under the message value informs you about the composition of the
fault/alarm value.
Example:
Message value: Component number: %1, fault cause: %2
This message value contains information about the component number and cause of the fault.
The entries %1 and %2 are placeholders, which are filled appropriately in online operation
(e.g. with the commissioning software).

Message class:
For each message, specifies the associated message class with the following structure:
Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive)
The message classes are transferred at different interfaces to higher-level control systems and
their associated display and operating units.
The message classes that are available are shown in Table "Message classes and coding of
various diagnostic interfaces" (Page 864). In addition to the text of the message class and their
number according to PROFIdrive – as well as a brief help text regarding the cause and remedy
– they also include information about the various diagnostic interfaces:
• PN (hex)
Specifies the "Channel error type" of the PROFINET channel diagnostics.
When activating the channel diagnostics, using the GSDML file, the texts listed in the table
can be displayed.
• DS1 (dec)
Specifies the bit number in date set DS1 of the diagnostic alarm for SIMATIC S7.
When the diagnostic alarms are activated, the texts listed in the table can be displayed.
• DP (dec)
Specifies the "Error type" of the channel-related diagnostics for PROFIBUS.
When the channel diagnostics are activated, the texts listed in the standard and the GSD
file can be displayed.

SINAMICS DCM
List Manual (LH8), 02/2015, 6RX1800-0ED76 863
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

• ET 200 (dec)
Specifies the "Error type" of the channel-related diagnostics for the
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 device.
When the channel diagnostics are activated, the texts listed in the standard and the GSD
file of the ET 200pro can be displayed.
• NAMUR (r3113.x)
Specifies the bit number in parameter r3113.
For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are
combined.

Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces

Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Diagnostics interface

Cause and remedy.
PN DS1 DP ET 200 NAMUR
(hex) (dec) (dec) (dec) (r3113.x)

Hardware/software errors (1) 9000 0 16 9 0

A hardware or software malfunction was detected. Carry out a
POWER ON for the relevant component. If it occurs again, contact the
hotline.
Line fault (2) 9001 1 17 24 1
A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level ...).
Check the line supply and fuses. Check the supply voltage. Check the
wiring.
Supply voltage fault (3) 9002 2 21 21 15
2 2
An electronics supply voltage fault (48 V, 24 V, 5 V …) was detected. 3 3
Check the wiring. Check the voltage level.
DC-link overvoltage (4) 9003 3 18 24 2
The DC-link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value. Check
the dimensioning of the system (line supply, reactor, voltages). Check
the infeed settings.
Power electronics fault (5) 9004 4 19 24 3
An impermissible operating state of the power electronics was
detected (overcurrent, overtemperature, IGBT failure …). Check
compliance with the permissible load cycles. Check the ambient
temperatures (fan).
Overtemperature of the electronic component (6) 9005 5 20 5 4
The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest
permissible limit. Check the ambient temperature / control cabinet
ventilation.
Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7) 9006 6 21 20 5
A ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit was detected in the power
cables or in the motor windings. Check the power cables (connection).
Check the motor.
Motor overload (8) 9007 7 22 24 6
The motor was operated outside the permissible limits (temperature,
current, torque …). Check the load cycles and set limits. Check the
ambient temperature / motor cooling.

DCP List Manual LH21 0516 Eng
No ratings yet
DCP List Manual LH21 0516 Eng
518 pages
G120C List Manual 0917 en-US
No ratings yet
G120C List Manual 0917 en-US
756 pages
GM150 Listenhandbuch LH3 0112 Eng
50% (2)
GM150 Listenhandbuch LH3 0112 Eng
1,480 pages
Sinamics g120 List Manual Cu240b-2 Cu240e-2 fw4 6 Version 01-2013
No ratings yet
Sinamics g120 List Manual Cu240b-2 Cu240e-2 fw4 6 Version 01-2013
820 pages
G120 Cu240be
No ratings yet
G120 Cu240be
942 pages
G120 CU230P-2 List Manual 0418 en-US PDF
No ratings yet
G120 CU230P-2 List Manual 0418 en-US PDF
868 pages
G120C List Manual LH13 0415 Eng
No ratings yet
G120C List Manual LH13 0415 Eng
640 pages
DCM LH 1011 en PDF
No ratings yet
DCM LH 1011 en PDF
1,050 pages
Siemens - g120 Cu250s-2 List Manual
100% (2)
Siemens - g120 Cu250s-2 List Manual
1,242 pages
SINAMICS Drives
No ratings yet
SINAMICS Drives
990 pages
LH11 0112 Eng
No ratings yet
LH11 0112 Eng
782 pages
34-LH9 0113 Eng
No ratings yet
34-LH9 0113 Eng
742 pages
Lista de Parámetros
No ratings yet
Lista de Parámetros
528 pages
G120 CU240BE-2 List Manual LH11 0415 Eng
No ratings yet
G120 CU240BE-2 List Manual LH11 0415 Eng
912 pages
G120 CU240BE-2 List Manual LH11 0116 Eng
No ratings yet
G120 CU240BE-2 List Manual LH11 0116 Eng
924 pages
Sinamics g120
No ratings yet
Sinamics g120
732 pages
G120 - Lista de Parametros - CU240B-2 y CU240E-2
No ratings yet
G120 - Lista de Parametros - CU240B-2 y CU240E-2
702 pages
G120 Lista de Parametros CU230-2
No ratings yet
G120 Lista de Parametros CU230-2
668 pages
CPM2C
No ratings yet
CPM2C
312 pages
Syslib Rm014 en e
No ratings yet
Syslib Rm014 en e
80 pages
P DIn Instruction Manual
No ratings yet
P DIn Instruction Manual
52 pages
Sinamics: Parameter Manual Edition 05/2007
No ratings yet
Sinamics: Parameter Manual Edition 05/2007
50 pages
M221 Programming Guide - EIO0000001360.03 PDF
No ratings yet
M221 Programming Guide - EIO0000001360.03 PDF
180 pages
P ValveSO 2.0 Syslib-Rm015c-En-E
No ratings yet
P ValveSO 2.0 Syslib-Rm015c-En-E
76 pages
M221 Programming Guide
No ratings yet
M221 Programming Guide
182 pages
Modicon M221 Advanced Functions Guide
No ratings yet
Modicon M221 Advanced Functions Guide
270 pages
P DoseFM 2.0 Syslib-Rm020
No ratings yet
P DoseFM 2.0 Syslib-Rm020
88 pages
Altivar Machine 320: Variable Speed Drive For Asynchronous and Synchronous Motors PROFIBUS DP Manual - VW3A3607
No ratings yet
Altivar Machine 320: Variable Speed Drive For Asynchronous and Synchronous Motors PROFIBUS DP Manual - VW3A3607
104 pages
P DoseWS 2.0 Syslib-Rm021 - En-E
No ratings yet
P DoseWS 2.0 Syslib-Rm021 - En-E
80 pages
G120 - Parameter List PDF
100% (1)
G120 - Parameter List PDF
416 pages
Modicon M221 Advanced Functions Guide
No ratings yet
Modicon M221 Advanced Functions Guide
276 pages
857 Um001 - en P PDF
No ratings yet
857 Um001 - en P PDF
504 pages
ABB FENA 01 11 Ethernet Manual
100% (1)
ABB FENA 01 11 Ethernet Manual
358 pages
ABB FENA 01 11 Ethernet Manual
No ratings yet
ABB FENA 01 11 Ethernet Manual
358 pages
3C20 Smart Servo Motion Controller Guide
No ratings yet
3C20 Smart Servo Motion Controller Guide
78 pages
FPGA Digital Motion Controller Guide
No ratings yet
FPGA Digital Motion Controller Guide
82 pages
w426 E1 11 - cj1w NC - cs1w NC PDF
No ratings yet
w426 E1 11 - cj1w NC - cs1w NC PDF
688 pages
Sentron Automatic Transfer Controller ATC5300
No ratings yet
Sentron Automatic Transfer Controller ATC5300
50 pages
Manual Sinamics g120c
No ratings yet
Manual Sinamics g120c
484 pages
SPiiPlus 3U Hardware Guide (V5-20)
No ratings yet
SPiiPlus 3U Hardware Guide (V5-20)
72 pages
Modicon M221: Logic Controller Programming Guide
No ratings yet
Modicon M221: Logic Controller Programming Guide
292 pages
Modicon M221 Logic Controller Programming Guide en
No ratings yet
Modicon M221 Logic Controller Programming Guide en
238 pages
Shneider Manuela M221 Persona
No ratings yet
Shneider Manuela M221 Persona
296 pages
GX Work3
No ratings yet
GX Work3
430 pages
ATV610 Programming Manual EN EAV64387 04 PDF
No ratings yet
ATV610 Programming Manual EN EAV64387 04 PDF
344 pages
ABB Robot and Safe Move
No ratings yet
ABB Robot and Safe Move
152 pages
ACS880 - Diode Supply CNTRL Prog - FW Manual - Rev B
No ratings yet
ACS880 - Diode Supply CNTRL Prog - FW Manual - Rev B
126 pages
EMF2133IB - PROFIBUS-DP AIF Module - v5-0 - EN
100% (1)
EMF2133IB - PROFIBUS-DP AIF Module - v5-0 - EN
134 pages
ATV32 Programming Manual EN S1A28692 03 PDF
No ratings yet
ATV32 Programming Manual EN S1A28692 03 PDF
339 pages
ATV32 Programming Manual en S1A28692 03
No ratings yet
ATV32 Programming Manual en S1A28692 03
339 pages
EIO0000004165 00portes
No ratings yet
EIO0000004165 00portes
296 pages
CMMT-AS Manual 2023-11l 8204518g1-4
No ratings yet
CMMT-AS Manual 2023-11l 8204518g1-4
1 page
UM3307
No ratings yet
UM3307
227 pages
802D Ibn
100% (1)
802D Ibn
110 pages
Sinumerik 810 Sinumerik 820 Basic Version 3 Software Version 2 Installation Lists
No ratings yet
Sinumerik 810 Sinumerik 820 Basic Version 3 Software Version 2 Installation Lists
102 pages
Detector de Feixe Convencional - Pba1191
No ratings yet
Detector de Feixe Convencional - Pba1191
2 pages
Why Teams Dont Work
No ratings yet
Why Teams Dont Work
12 pages
Merchandising and Production Planning Guide
No ratings yet
Merchandising and Production Planning Guide
4 pages
Healthmedicon 2025 Brochure
No ratings yet
Healthmedicon 2025 Brochure
21 pages
Yin and Yang: Gender Roles in China
No ratings yet
Yin and Yang: Gender Roles in China
2 pages
Ph.D. Entrance Test Syllabus: Pharmaceutical Sciences
No ratings yet
Ph.D. Entrance Test Syllabus: Pharmaceutical Sciences
11 pages
HRM New Level-3 2015 QUE 5,6,7,8 - Q
100% (3)
HRM New Level-3 2015 QUE 5,6,7,8 - Q
26 pages
Maths Lab Activity 3
No ratings yet
Maths Lab Activity 3
3 pages
Examining The Efficacy of REBT On Irrational Beliefs and Anxiety in Elite Youth Cricketers
No ratings yet
Examining The Efficacy of REBT On Irrational Beliefs and Anxiety in Elite Youth Cricketers
18 pages
The Use of Piezoelectric As Energy Harvester in Breakwater
No ratings yet
The Use of Piezoelectric As Energy Harvester in Breakwater
13 pages
English Grammar Practice Questions
No ratings yet
English Grammar Practice Questions
8 pages
Circuits and Systems Fundamentals Review
No ratings yet
Circuits and Systems Fundamentals Review
35 pages
HCN and Starch in Jack Bean Flour Study
No ratings yet
HCN and Starch in Jack Bean Flour Study
11 pages
Spoofing Emails
No ratings yet
Spoofing Emails
4 pages
CV338H-U42 Service Manual
No ratings yet
CV338H-U42 Service Manual
16 pages
The Significance of Language As A Tool of Communication: Anca Sirbu
No ratings yet
The Significance of Language As A Tool of Communication: Anca Sirbu
2 pages
Quran Through Kafir's Eyes - Digital PDF
0% (1)
Quran Through Kafir's Eyes - Digital PDF
174 pages
Structure Maintenance and Rehabilitation Guide
No ratings yet
Structure Maintenance and Rehabilitation Guide
34 pages
Ara Documentation: Release 1.2.1.dev6
No ratings yet
Ara Documentation: Release 1.2.1.dev6
47 pages
Estimate Made Easy: Designed by Er. Navin, Executive Engineer, CPWD
No ratings yet
Estimate Made Easy: Designed by Er. Navin, Executive Engineer, CPWD
2 pages
INSPIRE Faculty Award Candidates 2018
No ratings yet
INSPIRE Faculty Award Candidates 2018
4 pages
Global Lettuce Market Analysis 2019
No ratings yet
Global Lettuce Market Analysis 2019
6 pages
People Prime Worldwide
No ratings yet
People Prime Worldwide
21 pages
Rolls-Royce CanMan Controller
100% (5)
Rolls-Royce CanMan Controller
59 pages
Australian Medicines Safety and Access
No ratings yet
Australian Medicines Safety and Access
8 pages
Advanced Diagnostic Techniques in Periodontology
No ratings yet
Advanced Diagnostic Techniques in Periodontology
29 pages
General Introduction To Ohada Accounting (Repaired)
No ratings yet
General Introduction To Ohada Accounting (Repaired)
36 pages
BCG Matrix: Strategy & Evaluation
No ratings yet
BCG Matrix: Strategy & Evaluation
20 pages
Chapter 3 Study Guide in Hydrology
No ratings yet
Chapter 3 Study Guide in Hydrology
28 pages
BTC Brochure
No ratings yet
BTC Brochure
4 pages